tldnuel de Ia
PROFI MG SOTO
MULTIPLEX
@
ModelttechnikGmbH. NeuerWq I 5 . D-75223Niefem . Germany
MULTTPLEX
O MULTIPLEX1997,lmpimö en Allemagne
Sousröseve d'erreurd'impression,de nndificationet de disponibiliE!
@
*asssse
Tabledes matiöres
. . . . . . . . .1. .
I.ll6nüeur
L'6metteur..........
'Ämission
Charge&
chargerapide
cha$e normale,
3
4
4
4
4
6
............
Le Clavieret le Systämecß i[enue
6
.......'.'....'
Le clavier
problÖme
7
.............
sans
le
choix
de
menu:
Le systöme
8,
I
.......
...............
des
m€nus
Structure
et itfümrpteu's..................'10
de comn/€Inde
Etän,me,rb6
Menus paftculies
10
..............'.......
ou d'61a1
de fonctionnement
L'affichage
11
horaire.......................
Commentutiliserle totalisateur
commentchangerle type de modulation
11
entrePPM7,PPMget PcM ........
12
Röghge d8 6tömetß & comn'ande
28
de commande............................
des6l6ments
Rdglage
29
.....................
de commande
Lesoptionsdes6l6ments
..29
Commentreglerles optionsdes 016m.de commande
"DuaFRate"
29
(rÖduction
de course)..................
L'option
"exponentiel"
30
...............................................
L'option
"169lage
30
..................
de courseassymelrique"
L'option
30
de la course"..................'
symÖtrique
L'option"r6glage
"centre".
30
..............................
L'option
31
de ralenti"...........................................
L'option'trim
"differentie|".............................................
31
L'0D1i0n
"vefeur
32
.............................'
fixe".....................
L'option
"norm-pos"...............................................
33
L'option
Le Cqnbi-Switch
Commentutiliserle combi-switch?
M6nlp,ircsefprcg''anmes
La listed'un modöle
Le menu"m6moire
Le menu"copief'
copier
Comment
Commenteffacer
Le modede copie
Le modede copie
La memoireMX Le menu"changef'
Le menu"nom".
Le menu'trim".......
13
14
{q
16
17
18
19
la commandede fhfllr'optäre
AttributionpourI'hÖlicoptÖre.
46
......................
de commande
des6l6ments
Attribution
......
46
cötÖservos
Attribution
.zz
L'atüb.rtion
23
de commande...........
Commentattribuerles6l6ments
...
..................""" 24
Commentattribuerfesservos.........
Rdgragedes sewos
..........""26
Commentinverserun servo(servoreverse)?
26
...............
Commentr6glerle centre?
26
Commentr6glerla coursedesservos?........................
Commentrdduire(limiter)Ia coursedesservos?.........27
Commentinterrompreles partiesde coursede servo? 28
MUUTlpLEX
degaz
Lecurseur
........
Autorotation
qn
du gyroscope
Att6nuation
5l
Le nßnu h6licofröre
52
de commande......................................
Les616ments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. .3. . . . .
..........
SCHLUETER
3J
HEtM.....................
"mix
points
53
tete"90' ...........................
ä3
Commande
"mix
points
54
tete"............................'.'..
ä4
Commande
"mix
54
tete"120".........................
ä 3 ooints
Commande
modelftechnik gmbh, NeuerWeg15,D-75223 NIEFERN
: Bemad ReY,SION,suisse,
@Tradudion
55
Comnwü utiti*r Ia fonclion6colage.......................
'... .......55
de l'61öve
de l'emetteur
n6cessaires
R6glages
' 56
du moniteur.......
de l'emetteur
necessaires
R6glages
ll. Il inshllationde räcePtion
62
Lecäbleinterruoteur......................
oz
PPMou PCM?....
63
utilisef .................
. . . . .5. 7 Quelr6cepteur
OJ
Fail-Safe(positionde s6curitÖdesservos)
.........57 Simple-Super
Le menu'?jest" des 6l6mentsde comnl6,ndes
63
ou Double-SuPe|?
63
...........
de I'accu,desservoset du rÖcepteur
Montage
Accessoires
OJ
Conseilspourle rÖcepteur:
PoU',lesexp€f,fs
oc
Testde port6e
59 Döparasitage
env01.................................
de m6moires
Commutation
pourles allumagesmagn6tiques
ou
Attributiondes seNos pourdes ailesavec
6lectroniques
60 conseilspourlesseNos..................
plusde deuxai|erons..............................................
oc
60 Alimentation
..............................
Sl ..
L'intemupteur
64
en courantde votremodÖ|e....................
61 Systöme
Transfert
entredeux6metteurs....................................
64
....................
diagnostique
62
virtuel"valeurfixe" ..............
de commande
L'6l6ment
64
ä orendre..............
Precautions
64
L'accud'ömission
64
Lesservos..........
A6
La familledesseMosMC ...........-.-.......
Ill. Techniquede modälisme
65
ä voiluresfixes...'...................
desmodÖles
Conceots
oo
de I'h6licoptÖre........
Concepts
UnconseilencoEpourlesd6butants:
toutesles
si grossoit-il,nepeutvousdonner
aucunmanuel,
pourl'utilisation
de vos modÖles.
n6cessaires
Parl'achatdefaPROFInrc 3010,vousvousetesd€cid€spour informations
encontact
specialisdes
et mettez-vous
rcmercions Lisezdonclesrevues
Nousvous
unprcduitdepointe"MadeinGermany".
deI'oQ6tience
mod6lisrne:
vousprofiterezainsi
aveclesclubsde
de cetteconfiance.
passionn6s.
"haut
Commepourtouteslesradiecommandes de gamme", d'autres
l-a PROFImc 3010
seconcentrent
danslesnombrcuses
lescapacites
du sys{Öme
possibilitesde
et La loi etvous
l'emetteur.
Afind'enrendrela compr€hension
certainspaysdemande
de radio-commandes,
I'utilisationdus facile, l'emetteurpossÖdeune nouvelle Pourl'utilisation
des
philosophie
devotreadministration
auprÖs
d'emploi.
unellcence.Informez-vous
"utilisateur
t6l6communications.
par
guid6
la
Ceci est r6sum6par les conc€pts
Vos obligations
machine",'systömede menus",'texteen claii'.
"Pourquoi
nesontpasdesjouets.Surtoutsivousctes
Lesmodölesr6duits
ped-etre
un
manuel
si
Vous vous demandez
ä
vousinformer.Lesclub etlesassociations
d6butant,
cherchez
quantit6
papier
de
ä
lirc
vous
effraiet'elle?
Et
la
compld?'.
pouront
dans
leulsdomainesrespedifs.N'hesitez
vous
aider
de choses.
Enfain,h PROFmc 30/0 peutfaire6norm6ment
pas
quesiionnervotre
mod6lisle
d6taillant
enmod6lisme.Tout
ä
donnesla peined'6critEun manuel
Aussinoussommes.nous
civile.
Attention
responsabilit6
se
doit
d'avoir
une
assurance
"€sum6".
que possible,
et nonun
aussicomprehensible
civile habitationne @uvre pas
responsabilit6
I'assurance
aussiici:avec20%de obligatoirement
De plus,la rögledes80/20s'applique
lesd6gatscaus6sparun modöler6duit.
de l'Ömefteur.
despossibilit6s
@nnaissance,
vousutilisezS0%
Avertissement
Et vous constatereztrÖsvite que vous ne consulterezce
esl agr6Öparlesposles
et chaquer6cepteur
Chaque6metteur
manuelque pourles cassp6ciaux.
(bende
10 KHz). Toute
6trcite
Normes
FTZ
Allemandes.
Nousvousprionsdoncdelirece manuelau moinsunefoisau intervernion
leu
rsaccessoires
6l6ments
ou
votre
surces
de
oatt
minimales annulecel agrdment.Les ensemblesde radio-commande
lesconnaissances
vouspounezacqu6rirainsi
d6br.rt:
de l'6metteur,
mgmesi MULTIPLEX
et unevisiong6n6raledes possibilit6s
d'extentionsne doiventctre
avec possibilit6s
vousn'envoyezpasencoreI'utilisation.
prÖvus
pourceuxqu'avec
MULTIPLEX
lesaccessoires
utilises
plaisir
que
piÖces
MULTIPLEX.
succös
et
de
d'origine
beaucoup
de
ci. Veillezä n'utiliser des
Nous vous souhaitons
n'6tantpas d'origineannulevotre
d'accessoires
avec votrc PROFImc 3010.
L'utilisation
garantie.
et votrc
assurance
Lemanud
maispas
civileesl conseill6e,
assurance
responsabilit6
Une
particuliÖrement
de
et
de
modÖles,
qui
et veulentvite obligatoire:I'utilisation
Pourlousceuxqui ontddjäde I'exp6rience
paragraphe
des
risques.
pr6pat€
modölesvolants,comporte
un
voircomment0a marche,nousavons
"D6managerapide".
TrÖsimportant:commepourunv6hicule,vousperdezvolre
d'utilisationsi vous modifiezvotre ensemble:
autorisation
ainsi:
Le manuelse comDose
typeset
n'estvalableque pourles ensembles
pr€sentons
partie,
I'autorisation
les
nombrcuses
premiöre
vous
nous
Dansla
uelles
eltensions.
leurs
6ver
possibilites
ä
vous
ceci
esl
fait
de
maniÖre
de l'6meüeur.
permettrede le lirc d'un bout ä I'autreou d'y revenirpour Pour les modölesvolantsde plus de 20 kg existentdes
consultercertainspointsparticuliers.
prescriptions
speciales.
quelesmessages
hadwareainsi
nousd6crivonsle
Enpremier,
panied'unclub,afindeb6n6ficier
Nousvousconseillonsdefaire
LCD.
importants
de I'afüchage
et de I'aiden6cessaire.
de sonassurance
Ensuite,bienquecet6metteurseprae mieuxquetoutautreä
petsonnelle,
nousvouspr6sentonsquelques
la pmgrammation
programmes)
quevouspounezutilisez.
exemples(appel6saussi
la majorite
Nous augmentonsensuitela difficult6en vous pdsentant Aprös I'achatd'une nouvelleradio-commande,
"chose".Pour
la
voircommenttravaille
vousd6sire
vite
d'entre
d'abordles possibilitdsles plus utilis6espuis celles plus
vous aider, voici un mode d'emploir6sum6 de la
specifiques
aux "professionnels'.
PROH,nc 3010.
pasäsavoiretä connaftre
dÖsled€but
Vousn'avezcependant
despages5 et 64.
Vouspouvezsimplement 1 . Cha$ezlesaccusselonlesindications
de l'6metteur.
touteslespossibilites
qui
chargeur-rapide.
utilisez
un
Pour
ceux
en
disposent,
que vous n'utilisezpasaduellement
sauterles informations
commed6qit en p.62.
I'ensemble
de r6ception
2. Assemblez
poury revenirplustard.
HFainsique
lequartzd'6mission,
particuliörement
lemodule
la 3. Veillezäceque
Pour les experts,nous recommandons
plac€
de
dansl'6metteur,
de couleurbleue,soientmisen
de
le changement
surlesm6moires,
lecluredesparagmphes
que
quanz
reception
de memecanalle soitdans
meme
le
EXet Sl.
desintenupteurs
m6moireen vol et l'rJtilisation
le
r6ceoteur.
panie,
deI'ensemble
nousnousoccuperons
Dansladeuxiöme
Allumezl'6metteur.Sur le displayLcD, vous voyez par
avecles
commeil n'ya pasgrandesdiffÖrences
de r6ception:
exemole:
systömesanl6rieuas,cettepartieest tßs courte.
cependantde
la
nousvousconseillons
SivousÖtesd6bulants,
i5 Eril:l1; FFii']
et d'enappliquerlesrecommandations.
lireattentivement
-ti-:t
j
ttEE|ggSL.tL.i:
.il,i
notionsde modÖlisme.
certaines
En annexe,nousexpliquons
Demanagenpide
le Si vousn'obtenezpascet 6cran,vousavez fait une ereun
vousavezle numdrode la memoire,
Surlalignesup6rieure,
fois pourobtenirl'6crande dÖpartet
sur E) plusieurs
(PPM7 ou appuyez
nomdu modÖleou VIDEet le typede modulation
PPM9 ou PCM)du modöleen service.Surladeuxiömeligne, rccommencez.
la tensionde l'6metteurest indiqueeunefoisen digitalet une Appuyezalorssur 5l: le chiffreü1 commenceä clignoter.
du AppuyezsurlatoucheE)jusqu'äfaireapparaitre
bare.Toutä droite,vousavezI'indication
le num6rcde
foissousformede
de tempsde fondionnement.
comdeur de totalisation
figurebiensürlenomde
m6moiredesir6e.Deniörele numÖro
si votrcvendeura la m6moirechoisie.
Lesindicationspeuventetredifi61entes
d6iä pr6pad votrc 6melteur.
ce quevousvoulezcopier.
Vousavezainsidit ä l'6metteur
les
m6moires
1
ä
5
sont
vides,
les
m6moires
la
livraison.
5. A
AppuyezsurE: plusrienneclignoteet la ligne2 a chang6en:
pardesexemplespr6prcgramm6s,
les
6 ä 15 sontoccupees
vides.
m6moiressuivantessont6galement
u['E t:rb:FIESTit
Si votrevendeufne l'a pasd6jäfait (vousn'avezalorsqu'ä
Ou
decesexemples.
r),vousdevezchoisirun
allumer l'6metteu
ou r[jE tEi;EIüLIFT
mieuxencore,en copierun dans une m6moirevide: vous
que
peurdemodifierquoi
pounezainsi
exp6rimentersansavoir
dans
I'original.
ou tüE 1I; HEL lE:i-tii
ce soit
Pour ce faiG, vous devez:
n'afüche C'est tout. Appuyezencore 3 fois sur El et vous Ctes de
lignedel'Öcran
memoiresilapremiöre
a. Changerde
nouveauau d6but.
pasla m6moire
81.
Notezbien:la copiesefaitsurlam6moireactivede d6part!
b. Copierun desexemplesdansoettem6moire.
suEit:
8, Un problömepeutmaintenant
Voici comment:
sontpr6vuspour
l'6metteur
m6moris6sdans
ligne,changez Touslesmodöles
6. Si la m6moireü1 nefigurcpasen premiÖre
PPM.
la modulation
de memoire.
30t0 avecun r€cepteur
Pour ce faire, appuyezsur ESSI Chaquepressionsera Si vousavezachet6votrePROFIrrc
modulation.
type
de
changer
le
vous
devez
PCM,
parl'6meteuravec
apparait:
untip. L'afüchagesuivant
marqu6e
suivantapparait:
et
l'6cran
sur
Pourcela,appuyez @Z Z
i FiE
t'lEI'lrJ
f.{UUT.JELLE
tr'lT
r. I q: F:[:'l t f
Une fois le bon 6crantmuv6,appuyezsur la toucheN. Le
Appuyezalorssurles
ä clignoter.
chiffreen ligne2 commence
touchesE) ou El jusqu'äobtenirle chifireEl clignotant.
Appuyezmair enant4 fois sur la toucheEl vous etes de
de m6moireBl
de d6oaltavecI'indication
nouveauä l'6cnan
en lignel:
I rlf'lI FFI'l!"s
f'lr-rFilLHT
AppuyezsurlatoucheE:PPM
AppuyezsurEl. PPMclignote.
PCM.
devient
Appuyez3 foissur E: vousetesau pointde d6part.
vous 6teignezel rallumezvotre Ömetteur,
9. Si maintenant
aussi
vousverez queceluinciaprisnotedesmodifications:
vousnechangezpasdemodÖle,I'affichage
long[empsque
ü1-LIIFE.FFIi'i
seratoujoußle mÖme.
de dÖpart
Avar[ de chercher
Maintenanttout est pt€t ä l'utilisation.
affich6
letypede modulation,
uneeneur,contrÖlez
vainement
cela
n'a
lieu
devide,
(sideniörc
modÖleau
un
nomde
01figure
ligne.
ä dioitesurla premiÖre
pasd'imponance).
Troistypeseistent:
Selon 1) PPM7: pourtouslesr€cepteurs
cettem6moire.
unexemdedans
7.copionsmaintenant
PPMqui ned6codentpas
ctloisit:
voüegoüt,vousPouvez
9 canaux.
(planeur)
6
enm6moire
FIESTR
Si vous utilisezun tel recepteuren PPM 9, les deux
premiöres
ou
sortiessontpenurb6es.
(avion)
10
enm6moirc
exceptions
EI|]LIFT
dcepteursPPM,sauf
2) PPM9:pourtouslesautres
e n1 .
ou
PCMMULTIPLEX.
3) PCM:pourtouslesr6cepteurs
13
enm6moirc
Schlüter)
syslöme
HELIEIV(helimptöre
changezde modulationselon description
copierun decesmodölesdansla Si nGcessaire,
Vousallezmaintenant
cidessusl
m6moire
l:
pages13ä22 pourvoirc€quevous
prcssion
parun Pourlasuite,
consultezles
chaque
confirme
surkgb,l'Ömetteur
Appuyez
pouvez
modÖle.
avec
votre
faire
bio.
si vousavezactiv6le cErtagedes
Avantde foncer,cont|Ölez
voirsurl'6cran:
Vousdevezmainlenant
gazet si la distribution
desfondionsdesmenchesconespond
rl,lu[,E : TüUT
ä votrehabitude.Poursavoircommentle faire,regadezen
pages5 et 12.
I-
rB
i. SrjutEEggsr3r:]:
r['E
Eli
Lll['E
(iciaussi,cequifigureaprÖs
01n'apasd'importance).
2
LL'ämelteur
Fiwre 2
D6nominationdes 6l6menb de commande
(abr6g6s
EC)sonlnot6savecdes
commande
Les6l6mentsde
du manche
avant-ariÖre
B = mouvemenl
lettres:parexemple,
gauche.CeslettresseNentä d6signeren abr6g6les EC et
pourtoutce manuel.
sercntutilis6es
Trims des manches (figure 3)
saufcelui
duCenter-Trim,
selon leprincipe
Lestrimstravaillent
desgala6rcfreins.Ce principesignifiequesi l'onddplacela
lesvaleutse)d€mes
avecletrim,
d'unecommande
valeurmilieu
ne changent
Pas.
trim
25%COUrSe
Figuß I
findicabur de mise sous bnsion
principal
ädroitedel'interrupteur
L'indicateurd'endenchement
No'
rdserve
d'accude
Sile
syslÖme
lorsdeI'utilisation.
s allume
quand
l'Ömetteurfonclionne
ladiode
clignote
7 5710estmont6,
Figure3
surl'accuder€serve.
de
d'u
n
trim
vousdisposez
desga/a6ro-freins,
Pourlemanche
Prise de charge
qu'en
position
versl'interrupteurralenti:cecisignifieque le trim n'eslefücace
La pdsede charueestmont6eä gauche,
pas
maisaussi ralentiet n'a aucuneadion en positionplein{az. Vous en
ä
charger,
principal.
seulement
Ellene sert
le cäble trouverezle rdglageen page31.
commesortiepour le cäble6lÖve-moniteur,
'Souris" (ne fait pas partiede l'6quipementde base!)
et le comptetours.
le cäbletransfen
diagnosiique,
La sourisa en principela memefondionquelestoucfiesq et
Ms de dglage du supportd'antenne
avec
miseen parallÖle
Avec cettevis, vouspouvezr6glerla forcede retenuedu n du clavieret esl autometiquement
judicieux.
d'un
cran
ä
droite
quand
toumer
La
est
celä
elles
de
la force
vousaugmentez
En vissant,
d'antenne.
support
q, uncranä gauche
touche
ä
appuyerunefoissurla
corTespond
retenue.
le support. ä unefoissurla touchen.
Nepasse ertropfort,souspeined'endommager
pasde 2610ou de but6e,vousne pouvezpas
Ellene possöde
Manqueursdes curseurs(figurc2)
d6passerles valeursmaimums: quandcelles.ci
Cecivous cependant
coulissarns.
desmaqueuls
Lescußeußpossödent
la sourisn'a plusd'effet.
atteintes,
sont
sans
descußeurs
uneposition
perme{
rapidement
deretrouver
grande6chelle,
commepar exemplela t tilisation: pourvarierune valeursur une parexemple
avoirä la cortr6lervisuellemert,
pourvarierune
valeurenvol,comme
avecle sp6cialement
le curseur
position
desvolets:il voussuffitd'amener
des
ailerons.
le
diff6rentiel
et I'indexenfacedumarqueur.
Douce
qrrseuts
vetslesmanches,les
sontä I'ext6rieur,
Lesv6ritables
pourvusd'un
fin:
crantage
Ceux-cisont
ä I'int6rieur.
marqueurs
descurseursetseulement
pourlesd6placer,
apFtyezendiredion
neforcezpasle crantage!
alorsd6placez-les:
J
Emplacementdes intemtpteurs
se trcuvent6
A gaucheet ä droitedevantsur l'6metteur
1
pour
Les
num6ros
des
intenupteurs.
emplacements mo age
tigure
4.
voir
ä 12leuront6t6attribuÖs,
chezvotre
n6cessaires
les intenupteurs
Vousobtiendrez
d6taillant.
FWrc 7
Ftgwe6
Boftierinf&ieur
lnterieur
A gaucheet ä droitesetrouventdessupportspourdesquartz
et le fusible.ObseNezle suppottspecialpourquartzDoppel(figure9).
SuperDSet sonpositionnement
Figure4
Owerture etfermeturedeI'$nefreur
Ouverturc
venous
surlafigure5.Appuyersurles
comme
Tenirl'emetteur
pas
ne
oublier
Avant
d'ouvrir,
le
fond.
et
enlever
defermeture
de fermerle @uvercledu clavier.
I
fioure9
t
Poussezpourfairesortirle quartz.
Ext6rieur
Figure5
Figure6
peutötre
La poign6e
estpr6vupourI'antenne.
Unlogement
de
inclinÖ,poignee
support
rentree,
misedanstroispositions:
lesfigures10ä 12.
transpolt:
regardez
Fermeture
commeindiquÖ,
Lefair€commesurlafigure6:tenirledessus
et
dudessus
glisserlescrochets
dufonddansleslogements
pour
cöt6
faire
de
6ver
uellement
Appuyer
fermerle tout.
lesvenous.
enclencher
qu'aucun
cebb ne se
fermer
le boftier,contröler
de
Avant
ou
sous
le
clavier.
manches
entre
les
coince
il nya pasde
selonlesinslructions,
sorndispos€s
Silescables
fermeture!
avantchaque
cependant
Corfirölez
risque.
du moduleHFet du quart.
Changemant
desonsupport(figure7).
Retirerle moduleparsess6curitös
8).
HF(figure
lemodule
estenfich6lateralementdans
Lequartz
plasique.
Lordsde
lamise
sonenveloppe
l'aideden
Leretirerä
dans
quele quanzp6nÖtre
effectivement
en place,controler
sonsupport.
les
deplierlÖgÖrement
Avantde metfieenoplacele module,
securitÖs.
ceci
dumodule:
aumilieumaisparlescÖt6s
Nepasappuyer
detodrelesfiches.
empeche
4
FrS.11
Fig 12
Int6rieurdeI'6müeur
Fusible
contreun
l'6metteur
Figure13. Le fusibles€It ä prot6ger
Ne
chaEe
rapide.
lots
d'une
de chargetrop6lev0
courant
par
5
que
meme
type,
autre
de
un
unfusiblebrü16
remplacer
plus
de
de
de
charge
Uneintensit6
mmx 20mm,2 ampÖres.
peutendommager
l'eledronique!
2 ampÖres
Tircir ä cäbles
ä travers
ir erudeurssontdisposes
desdiff6rents
Lescäbles
letiroirä cäble(figure14).
PourI'ouvrir,6carterles s6cures lat6laleset souleverle
couvercle.
Passerles cäblesdepuisles prisesde la platinedirec'tement
de
dansletimiretlesfairesortirducötÖdu moduleHF.L'excÖs
versI'intenupteur
dansletiroirouessu16
cäbleped etredispose
pardesbridesplasliques.
dansles
nesecoincent
fagonä 6viterqu'ils
Placerlescäblesde
manchesou sousle clavier.
Fig.13
Fig 14
Prises de platine
prennent
Sur les troiscöt6slibresde la platjne6lectronique
p6ripheriques,
comme
placelesprisesderaccorddesdiffÖrents
(figure
15).
etc.
les manches,les interupteurs,
parla gauche,voustrouverez:
En commengant
de la ptiseinversele
Souris:le retoumement
DE
sensEl et EJde sonmouvement.
(modulepluslivrable)
MULTINAUT
MNT
Manchede droite
KnR
El6mentde commandeE.
E
le culseurgauche.
Normalement
Elömentde commandeF.
F
le curseurdroit.
Normalement
indiff6rcnt.
clavier.Sensd'enfichage
T
Elömentde commandeG.
G
de la
un interupteur.L'inversion
Normalement
priseinversele sensde fonclionnement.
El6mentsde crmmandeH et l.
H, t
ReservePourusagesPeciaux.
Manchegaucne
KnL
Prisespourles interupteußSl ä 55 (voirp. 10).
Si ä 55
Ecolage:lnterupteurelÖvemoniteur.
ne peutAre
ÖlÖve-moniteur
Un interrupteur
qu'ä
cet endroit.
enfichd
de m6moire:seuluntel
Commutateur
M
ä
peuty ötrefx6. Un enfichage
intenupteur
mÖmoire.
I'enversinversela commutation
comd+
d'6l6ments
Attention: consultezlorsde I'enfichage
surle
lesinformations
demmmandeet interrupteurs
mentaires
ä la page57.
de commande"
menu'Tesi des6lÖments
US
Fig. 15
manches.
Activationdu crainä,gede.s
desdeuxmanches
avant-aniöre
le mouvement
A la livraison.
est avec rappelau neutre.
sur I'undes
cetteneutralisation
En g6n6ral,vousenlÖverez
y
manches("manchedesgaz') et vous mettrezle crantage.
Enlövementde la neutralisation:
Amenezle manchequevousvoulezcranter
Ouvrirl'6metteur.
dansla positionddcriteä la figure16.D6crochezle ressortavec
unepincetteou unepincefine.Enlevezle ressonainsique la
vous les reutiliserez
conservez-les,
piöcede neutralisation:
peut-etre
unjour.
libremaissanscrantage:
Le mancheesl alorscomplötement
pourlemanche
ceci,palticuliÖrement
cenainspilotespr6fÖrent
paYgazdesh6licoptdres.
Activation du crantage:
Surlefonddu manchesetrouveunevis (figurc14. ToumezLe crantageest alors
la environ4 toursen sensanti-horaire.
ac{iv6et vous pouvezle reglerä votreconvenanoe.
Fig. 16
5
Chargede l' accumulateur
d'6mission
Conseil:
Un accuneufn'atteintpasdÖsle d6butsa capacitecomplÖte,
(5
aplüsplusieußcyclesde charge/d6cha€e
maisseulement
pas
dÖsle d6butune durÖe
donc
ä 10).Vousn'obtiendrez
possÖde
ä six 6l0mers de 1400 d'utilisation
un accumulateur
L'emetteur
comdÖte.
de plusde 5 heures
rnAh,ce qui permetuntempsd'utilisation
foisse vider
au d6butde laisserplusieurs
ll esldoncconseill6
chaee.
surune
de
le
rechaQer.
I'accuet ensuite
complötement
Attention:
defasonLe ClaVief ef /e SySGme de
ces valeursde tempsvalentpourun accucharue
jusqu'ä
comdÖte.
d6chatge
une
optimaleet
d'accuse
chaeez votreaccu6metteurdÖsque le contröleur
ä 4 heures.
manife$e.Selonle charge,celäconespond
d'abordl'emploidu
Dansce chapitre,nousvousexdiquerons
Menue
clavier.
Chalge normale
dure14 Ensuite,nousvous pr€senterons
doitötrede 140 mA.A140mA,la charge
L'intensitö
l€ systÖme"conduitede
heuresenviron:un tempsde chargeplus long avec c€tte I'utilisateur
Darmenu".
intensitoestsansdanger.
Enfin,nousvousferonsun r6sum6de la stucturedu menu.
Leclaviq
Tout le travailde choixet de rfglagese fait avec ces huit
toucheset l'ÖcranLCD. Les touchesse pr6sententen trois
groupesfacilementidentifiables.
Fig 18
veßiondu
La chargeestdgalemertpossibleavecI'ancienne
dansce
Nr. 145540:choisissez
MULTIPLEX.GOMBII-ADER
de 100mA et chalgezau minimum24 heures.
casI'intensit6
encharge:
constamment
Vouspouvezaussilaisserl'6metteur
il ny a aucunrisquePourI'accu.
Connederensuile
Pourcharger,€teindred'abotdl'6metteur.
de
l'ömetteurau chargeurä I'aidedu cäble charge.
Fiche rouge= softie positive(+)du chargeur
Fiche bleue= sortie negative(-) du chargeur
lesfonctionssuivantes:
Vousavezde fagonschdmatique
[a touche El
C'eS la touche"Menu".Par elle, vous passezd?bod de
d'6tatä I'aörede menu.Dansl'aöre de menu,la
l'affichage
touchek terminetoujoursun reglageet vousfait revenirau
menupl€cftenl SelonvotrepositiondansI'albrede menu,
aurezä l'utiliserune ou plusieursfois pour revenirä
vous
Charge rapide
d'6tat.
peutetrecüarg6en uneä deuxheuresseulement, l'afüchage
L'dmetteur
MULTIPLExNr.I 2505. LatoucheEl
d'utiliserlecharyeurrapide
ä condition
tout de
L'utilisation d'un autre chalgeur rapide ou d'une autre R signitieReveFe,c esl-ädireinverser.Vousavez
par
inversez
vous
cetle
touche,
Avec
fondion.
suite
comprissa
maniöre de cherget peut occasionner des d6gats ä
ou
vous
mettezquelque
d'un
servo
rotation
le
sensde
exemole
l'6mefüurou ä I'accu.Nousd6clinonstouteresponsabilit6
lorsde I'utilisation
choseenouhorsfondion.Plusd'explication
dans ce cas.
des
menus.
Si vousposs6dezun chargeurqui ne s'accordepasavecles
de votre nouvelemetteur,veuillezprcndre LestoucheEl et E
caraderisliques
Vous
lesutiliserez
aussi
s'expliquenttoutesseules.
Cestouches
contactavecnotreseNicetechnique.
pouvez
aussi
Vous
une
valeur.
diminuer
pour
ou
augmenter
voussoucier
1 ä2A.Vousn'avezpasä
Choisiruneintensit6de
"feuilletef'dans
parmis
offres
les
gräce
les
m6moiresou
äelles
Avec
del'6tatdecfia0edeI'accuenutilisantlechaQeurrapide.
de d'unmenu.
vide,
laduree
de 2A et unaccucomplÖtement
uneintensitd
vousPouvez:
Parexemple,
chargeestd'envimn3,/4d'heure.
. r€glerunecourse
deservo
. r6glerunmÖlangeur
2A"Uneintensit6
. passer
dechaEenedoitpasd6passer
I'intensit6
suruneautremÖmoire
. passer
dechargeplusfonefaitsauterlefusible.Nepasutiliserde
etc.
surunautreintem"rpteur
fusiblede plusde2 A: dang€tpourl'6metteud
sontdotÖes
de
läoüc eslutile,cestouches
UnepaniculariE:
pour les d6gats I'autorepeat,
la
quesi vouslestenezenfonc6es,
Nous d6clinonstoute rcsponsabilit6
c es{-ädire
produitsparuneintensit6dechargesur6lev6e.
appuyer
ainsiqu'ä
Vousn'avez
fondionser6pÖted'elle-mÖme.
Attention:
6
et regadersur l'6qan pourobtenirla valeurd6sir6e.Si vous
etes trop loin, vous pouvezrEveniren aniÖrcavec I'autre
qued'appuyer
plusconfottable
touche.Ceciesl certainement
q
pourfaire
passerde
parexemple
0 ä 70olo
T0foissurlatouche
unevaleurde mÖlangeur.
coupl6ela souris(voirpage5)si
A cestouchese$ 6galement
pouvez
oulasouris.
utiliserlestouches
ainsi
celäestutile:vous
Le systüne& menu:le choixsa'ns
p[",blÖ1?,,e
precddent,
vousavezvucommentnaviguer
Dansleparagraphe
d'unmenuä I'autre.
de principe.
explications
Quelques
lesysidmede "conduite
ordinateurs,
Au niveaudesv6ritables
parmenu"a 6t6un despasles plusimportants
de l'utilisateur
LestouchesZ[lSIEl
pardesnovices.
pour
utilisation
leur
Ce n'eslpaspour
Ce sontlestouchesde choixou lesflÖches.
rienqu'ellessontplac6esen can6:loßquevous6tesdansun ll s'agittoujourslä de ceci:
de L'ordinateurfait une ofi1esousfome de menude tout ce
triangulaires
surl'6cranlessymboles
menu,voustrouverez
qu'il peut faiG. L'utilisateurchoisit alors ce qu'il d6sire
position
que
surle clavier.
cestouchesdansla meme
vouschoisissez parmile choix propos6.
Sivousappuyezalorssurunedecestouches,
ne vousfait pasqu'uneseule
En rögleg6nörale,I'ordinateur
ce qui est notdä cöt6du symbole
offre, car il disposed'un chox important.Une telle offre
Afinde voussimplifierla vie,deuxcomplements:
concentr6ene favorisepas la vue d'ensemble,de meme
1. Si,dansunmenu,iln'exi$eparo(emplequedeuxpossibilitÖs
avec50 metssur une pagevous
que deux qu'unecertede rcstaurant
de choix, vous ne lrouvereznaturellement
quede plaisir.
sur apporteplusde frustration
adifs:si vousappuyez
et seulsceux-cisercnt
symboles
vous proposede mets sur
C'esl pourquoile rcslaureteur
un autresymbole,il ne se passerarien.
plusieurs
pages,
leur
cat6gorie:ainsi,si vous
s6paresselon
2. A l'int6rieurd'un menude r€glage,la flÖchesertaussiä
regader
allez
directement
unetranchedeveau,vous
estindiqu6 cherchez
Le169lageactiv6
liMrerouä activercer€glage.
qu'une
plat
principal
Et
bien
veau.
viande
parunclignotementde
Vousvenezqueceläest la cartedansl'ordre
I'affichage.
pasdetablede
sivous
possöde
matiÖE,
ne
cartede restaurant
plusfacileä fairequ'äexpliquer.
en pageune('menu1")'
netmuvezpascequevouscherchez
Encore une fois en ]€sum6:
passercz
page
('menu
2'), etc..
2
en
vous
SymbolesurI'affidtage= toncheavec le fißme symbole.I-a
pour
la PROFI mc 3010.
ff en est de meme
tottde est clansE mene &gle qrc Ie s@ole su I'affidrage.
PROHmc 3010.
p.8lechoixque
vousproof,]sela
Ce qui estafrrcMä @tedu symbotee& adiv6 en d"-ssaft sur Consuftezen
loß devosprecddentsessaisquelatouche
Vousavez@ns1at6
Ia touc,he@re spnclante.
entrer
dansle premierfiEnu.
@ vousfaisait
Petit exercice
se trouveen hautä gauche.
rapide", Le r6glagedesSERuff
(Noussupposonsque,
commeddcritsous"d6marrage
"Big
E. f,. setrouveenhaut
decommande
des6l6ments
Lift"dansla m6moirc01 et quec'eslla Le169lage
vousavezcopi6
m6moireactuellede travail.)Apßs la mise en marchede ä droite.
d'6tat.Appuyezsurlatouche En basä gauchesetrcuvele cheminpourlesm6moires.
vousvoyezl'affichage
l'6metteur,
premiermenuprincipal:
le
dans
etes
maintenant
El. Vous
En basä droitese trouvele choixsuivantdansce que vous
proposel'ömetteur.
r5EF;Ut--i E.lj. r
il en va de meme:
Dansle secondmenuprincipal,
Lt'tEllulFiEt'lEl,{u!r
lemenu"€gler
surlatoucheZ, vousparvenezdans
Appuyez
servo":
E
TELEIJEHTTFIJE.
kTüT,HüFi. Frlt{.s
horarire",
ädroite,
et"Totalisateur
leschoix"Eleve"
A gauche,
' et "Modulation".
'Attribuef
nousparlonsd'arbolescence
avecunarbre,
Parlaressemblance
demenu.
menuprincipal. oudestrudure
aupremier
Avecla toucheE),vousrevenez
second
menuprincipal: Surlafigure,vousvoyezparexemple
quele menul€l'lÜIftE
Essayezlatouche
Z :vousparvenezau
en@re4 autremenus.
@moorte
rELEr,rE
HTTF;IEr,1
se
letermelfrl'l0IRE,
faitque,deniÖre
symboliserle
Ceciveut
rTuT,HUF:. Fi:f'ls
tHflHtiEE,
cesontt[F]ER,
cas,
4
choix
dansce
cachent
encore
(donner,
conigeo.
et TEIt'l(contröler,
changer),
l.l0l4
"Modulation":
EncoreunefoislatoucheZ, etvousvoiläaumenu
clartö,
Pourplusde
ilenvadememe.
menus,
Pourtrcisautres
enpage9.
nousvouslespresentons
läoüvousd6sirez
vousarivezrapidement
DecettemaniÖre,
; FFf,l'r.i
I ul..l
t'lrjtrl-llt:tT
unevaleur.
modifief
ouattribuer
FPI'19Vousprogressez
latouche
maintenantsur
tr, I'insoiption
de
Sivousappuyez
dansvoschoixgräceauxtouches
toujours
d'etatau premier
clignote.
de I'affichage
choh,sauflorsdu passage
E]).
commenousne voulonsrienmodifierpourI'in$ant,vous menu(touche
El.Vous Leretours'effectue
d'6tatenappuyantsurlatouche
I'affichage
retoumezä
toujouFaveclatoucheEl.
de
delatouche
I'effet
B etdestouches
maintenant
connaissez
plustard.
viendront
choix.Lesautrestouches
rl::UUF;:;E Erl-lTEEr
II.ITEF;FI,*
LIJEI-ITF:E
PROFImc soloEURO-LINE
Structuredes menus
Feuille
1
AlfrchageNincip€l
A6
FIEsTA
PFI{9
7.58U
Ellll
Büt2B
FtrTitrTH---FFEfll
|
lT.s$UrrrlrrEB:28
'l ,,.30,I!i(
de la mdmoire
num6ro
I caracte.eamax.
typede npdulation
tension
accu,digital
tensionaccu,graphe,6blocksmax.
dur6eutilisationen heures:minuiF
rSERUrl E.C,I
rl'lEl'ltlIRE l'lEHUZr
rrl0uRSE EUTEETrc0FIER
H0l'11
rI]EHTREIHTERR.T rI]HHHEERTRII,IT
R E E L EEE. [ . t
TESTI
rC0t'lBI-511.
E.C. = Eßnßnt de contol
TELEUEHTTEIB.I
rTtlT.H0E. PCI'lr
HI]ECIEE
EEBLHGETOTHLIS:
FOHCTINH
FFI'I9r
RESET:EE:lET I,IODULHTIOH:
EST : HOR5r
Ecolage
ENservice:
devene
Trimsurl'6rnetteur
p€s
travallle
Resettotalisaleurhoraireä 00:00
Choixmoduldion
ATTflBUER
rE.t.
sERUrlr
rEEüL. U5E-1'lIHr
rl rl0l,ll,lHHDE
DIREI]TIEH
S6lectionne
E.C.et
attribuefonclion
/'+HILER/+5FüIL ruSR-l{IHl( +TlR)
/+DIRErl /+PE0F0 r P R T . l : . t . /
Attribueles fontions
ä t6lä/e.
. SERUB1 I
.i
H HILEEIIH
Choisitle s€rvoet attribuela fonction.
D6linilles mixersdivers:
selectionne
Passage
Dtv-Mtx1,2, 3
au menu
partPRT1,2, 3,4 automatique
ATTRIBUER
SERVO
attribue16 tonctions
En r€sum6:
quelesfonclions
les
detellefagon
termes L'arbrede
menuestconslruit
des"Codes"oud'autres
Vousn'avezpasä m6moriser
que
plus
plus
les
plus
rapidement
atteintes
sera
utilis6es
soient
ne
vous
souvent
desmenus
Memela slructure
techniques.
principe
le
avons
explique
auues.
parlasuite.
Nousnevous
n6cessaire
le choixdes
quepourquevoussachiezä quoiconespond
la compr6hension'
ceciafindevousfaciliter
touches,
I
PROFImc soloEURO-LINE
Structuredes menus
Feuille
2
R69r€gE
dts SERVOS
FnLE:+ BUTEETI
I
lrtlEtlTEEIHTERR.T
rsER.2:
75ER.2:
PROF+
PROF+
r+lEBt Du PR0Fßr CEHTRE! +.EI;/
rsEE.2:PRDF+
rH.-FE: Etl /
rsER,2:
FROF+
EUTEE: }1EBt..
pour:
R€glercourseetdirection
- servo
- partd'entr€e
deamixers
MetENet HORSfonction
16 Dartsd'entr€edesmüerset
assigne|esinterupteurs
Limit€de coursedesservos
des mixers
ind€D€ndar{
MEMOIRE
rc0PIER
Htll'lr
\I]HHHEERTRII'Ir
rI'IODE: T$UT
rBE E6:FIESTH
F6r
R E G L H E E : = = =I.IOI'1
= : FIE5TH J
D
I,IEI'IBIEE I , I H H C H E ! R H IN[1,1.:
rB6:FIESTH
Ajuslerle r€glagedestrims
Selectionne
le modede cople:
- TOUT
- E.C.= El€ments
de Commande
- .EFFACER
- EXPORT
- IMPORT
Entrerle nomde la m6moire
Oryeg;l
I
t
r
e.r.-l
REELER
TEET4
lrtlfll'lBI-strl,
-
I
r
EüURsEI
I . 1 2 l 4 5 L 1 ' 1 +rD:PRBFO
1 S B 4E S [ I : 5 1 u
+ lBBtlr
+HILEEI]H + + + + + + E
FIRECT.
Definirle combistvitch
- r6glerles partsdentr€e
- aüribuerI'irt€nudeur
- inwrser lordre
ED
E.I].:EFEH
rED=-
R€glagedes E.C.
- rdglerl'effet
I - attribuerlinterupteur
o
les
vous pr6senter
nousvoulionsseulement
inutilis6es",
del'6metteur.
capacit6s
R6sumepratique
decommande'
our€glezdes6l6ments
vousattribuez
Quand
ceci es un chapitreth6oriqueque vous pouvezignorerau vousavezaffaire
principalement
ä deslettres.
d6but. Vous n'y aurez ä faire que lors de I'inslallation
inverseursou
supdÖmentaires.Quandvous attribuezdes interrupteurs
de commande
d'interurteu]sou d'616ments
et
US.
51 ä S5
toujouts
vousutilisez
m6langeurs,
des
Commevous I'avezvu en page5 lorsde la description
vousdevez
suppl6mentaire,
d'interrupteurs
du
montage
Lors
fiches.
desfiches,il exislediff€rentes
emplacements
connection.
cäbles
de
de
fils
des
au
nombre
attention
fairc
pour
(DE),le
Elämenbde commandeet
interrupteurc
clavier
llya d'abodlesprisespr6par€es lasouris
dire,
(tO.
d'autreä
lln'ya
rien
mdmoire
CDetlacommutationde
connectes
etre
les6l6mentsconcem6sdoiventobl(latoirement
ici.
de fondionnemeil ou d'6ffi
lly a ensuitelegroupedesprisesaveclettresA ä l. Cesont les IJafüchage
poufles exemplessuivantsquevousavez
entdes pour les6l6mentsd,ecommande.Petiteexplication: (Nousadmettons
"Big
elles copiöle modöle Lifi"dansla m6moire01,commeindiqu6
lesentr€esA, B, C et D n'exislentpasindividuellement:
"KnL"(manchedegauche= A sous'd6manage
rapide",etquevousygtesrestös'Cequisun
sontgrou#es sousleser rÖes
"KnR"
aussipourlesautresm6moires)'
+ B)et
(manchededroite= c + D)' Lesconnectionsdes vautnaturellement
manchesauxsortiesKnLet KnRsontaussiobligatoires.
l'6cranmontreI'afüchage
ementdel'6metteur,
Aolts I'enclencfi
rapidedes points
r€sum6
ll y a enfinles entr€es pour les interrupteursde fonction S1 d'ötat.celuinci vous donne un
pour
ou coupleur.
importants l'emploide l'emetteur
ä S5 et US, qui serventcommeinverseur
Menusparticuliers
Qu'es{+e qu'un 6l6ment de commande?
unmouvement
cequisurl'6metteurprovoque
Simplementtout
lescurseurs'
lesdeuxmanches,
Parexemple,
survotremodÖle.
etc.
qui ouvrele cmchetde ]emolquage,
I'intenupteur
141FIIJLIFT FPI'I'-;
: :El
7. E5uEEEnglrirrrr
En premiöteligne,vous trouvez:
ledemier
c'e$ toujours
actuelle.
dela m6moirc
Bl = num6ro
utilis6e'
mÖmoire
lademiÖre
respeclivement
modöle,
=
plus
ä m6moriser
facile
clair
modÖle
en
B16LIFT nomdu
qu'unnumöro!
= typedemodulation
del'6metteur.
PFt49
Unextrapour lesexperts:
"S1",
I'interrupteur qui [a secondeligne:
exisleencorc
speciaux
Pourlesusages
interrupteur
pasausch6mad6cdt.
lls'agiticid'un
neconespond
?, rjSr,JEEHngf
car
quiestenfaitun6l6ment
decommande,
ä troispositions,
älasoniel. Maisilpeutaussiservird'interrupteur =
il estconnect6
l'6metteur.
I'accumulateurde
7. €SJ indicetiondelatensionde
defonclion.
peu
est tßs pr6cis,mais malheurcusement
cet
affichage
surle sujet'les "parlant",
Nousnenousäendronspaspluslongtemps
digitaux.lmmÖdiatement
affichages
les
commetous
page
peuvent
Pourlesexpedsen
lterlechapitre
consu
experts
aprösla charge,la tensionatteintenviron8.2 - 8.4 Volts;le
60.
pourunetension
inf6rieure
entendre
cor r6leurdetensionsefait
Encoreunedifi6rcnceetunepossibilit6desetromper. ä 6.9voltspourvousindkluerla rechage.
peutetre
unintenupteur
Seloncequia 6tedit pr6c6demment,
A cot6 figurEune bane de 6 6lÖmentsau maximum.Cet
fondion, afficfiagede tensionesl plusparlarlmaisaussimoinspr6cis.
soilunintenupteurde
commande,
soitun6l6mentde
quepartiellement:
Cecin'eslvrai
ilestconnect6.
selonI'endroitoü
l'unaprösl'autre
s'6teignent
QuandI'accusevide,les6l6ments
ä de la droiteversla gauche:la bare se raccourcit.
A causede
ontuncäblede connec{ion
de couplage
Lesinterrupteurs
pasutiliserpourcetravail
uninterupteur I'affichage
tension
grcssieretdestol€rances,cetindicateurde
deuxfi
ls.Vousnedevez
digitale'mais
ä cäbleä troisfils.
n'e$ pasaussipr€ciset fiableque l'indication
peuvent visualisela tendance.
decommande
d'6l6ment
servent
Lesinterrupteursqui
entreed'Öl6ment
Parcequ'une
Poutquoi?
troisfils.
avoirdeuxou
Derriörc les barYesde tensions:
€{unintenupteur
äunpotertiomÖtre,
@respond
decommande
i31r.:4
fxes.
ä deuxoutroisvaleurs
ä unpotentiomÖtrc
conespond
Encoreun conseil
trösutile:
EetF, Unaccessoire
auxentr6e
interrupteurs
connederdes
lleslpossiblede
Cecieslunechoseutile Le totalisateur horaiG
descurseurs.
entr6es
normalement
y lireletempsd'utilisation
del'6metteur
comme
6l6ments Vouspouveztoujours
interupteurs
deplusieurs
lorsdeI'utilisation
(qui
ä
tout
moment
es{
ä
2610
remise
la
demiöre
depuis
decommande.
paragraphe
possible,
ci{essous).
voir
G,H et I des
auxentr6es
conneder
vouspouniez
DemCme,
l'6metteur
etdedÖclenchementde
d'enclenchement
Le
nombre
poterüiomÖtres
aulieudesintenupteurs.
marche
dÖsla
pas
se
met
en
totalisateur
le
d'importance:
n'a
laPROFtnc3010n'employeront
utilisateursde
Laplupartdes
"possibilitÖs
jamaisces possibilit6s.
Parce brefsuNoldes
Que sont les intemrpteurs de fonction?
ä labaseriensurvotre
vousnemodifiez
Aveccesinterupteurs,
modöle, mais vous changezseulementdes valeurs de
(parex.:
(par ex.: dual-rate)ou des mÖlanges
d6placement
combi-$vitch).
10
miseen fonctionet s'aneteä chaquedÖclenchement.
2610aprÖschaquecharge
En pratique,mettreletotalisateurä
s'avÖrele dus judicieux.
esten l*l: nr'r(heurcs:minutes)
L'indication
Commqt utilisq le tohlisteur honire
L'utilisationdu totalisateurhorairene necessiteque peu
sonseulr6glageconsisteen la remiseä z6ro.
d'explications:
Depuisl'afilcüaged'6tat,vous appuyezsur @Z5l: vous
anivezainsiau menutotalisateun
TUTHLI5.HUF:HIFJE
F;E5ET:üB!jr._rr
Appuyezsur A: b tempspassesurüE!ffi, c'eslfait.
troisfoissurE).
initialen appuyant
Vousrevenezä I'affichage
(heures: minutes).
est en frh:r'rt't
L'affichage
Vousn'avezpas ä vous occuperautrementdu totalisateur.
m6morisela
le totalisateur
Quandvousdteignezl'6metteur,
prodlaine
utilisation.
demiörevaleuret continuelorsde la
Quand faut-il le remettre ä z6ro?
Le totalisateurcomptejusqu'ä99 heures,59 minutespuis
ä zero.Cecin'estpassuffisantpourmesurerla
re@mmence
ainsimesurer
vie de l'6metteuIceuxquivolentpeupounaient
leurtempsde vol Parsaison.
Le plus pratlqueconsisleä le remettreä 2610aprÖschaque
charg6
d'unaccucomplÖtemenl
charge.Laduröed'utilisation
bonneindication
vousoblenezainsiune
4 heures,
estd'environ
citempsdonnÖ
re{ant.Neconsidörczle
dutemp6d'utilisation
peuventdiff6rer
rs
lateu
lesaccumu
commeindicatif:
dessusque
de plusou moins20%de cettevaleur.Faitesun essaipour
de votre6metteur.
la dur€ed'utilisation
dÖterminer
Commefi changerIe typedemodulation
ENrePPM|, PPIügüPCM
peuttravailleraussi
bienavecdesrdcepteußPPM
L'6metteur
PcM.
(MicIo-gparexemple)qu'avecdesr6cepteurs
conespondante
Pourcefaire,vousdevezd6finirlamodulation
de l'6metteur.
suivante:
Cecis'effectuede la maniÖre
au
les
touches
d'6tat,
@ZZ vousmÖnent
DepuisI'affichage
"PPIWPCM".
menu
suivant:
VousobtenezparexempleI'affichage
I ul.l: FFl'lt^r
ULFT
f'lüE
clignote.
Appuyezsur El: l'affichage
Appuyezsur El: PPMdevientPcM et inversement.
de PPM9surPPMT
Aveclestouch€sq et E),vouscommutez
et inversement.
d'6tat.
En appuyant3 foissur E vousrevenezä l'affichage
pourcenainsr6cepteuF
surPPMTestn6cessaire
Le passage
4/6de
le r6cepteur
quinedecodentpasgcanaux,parexemple
dePPM9avecuntelr6cepteurprovoque
L'utilisation
I'annee79.
dessolties1 et 2.
le brouillage
11
Echangerles ailerons(ou le cyclique lat6ral)et la
direction(ou l'anti{ouple):
decommande".
les6l0ments
aumenu"attribuer
1.Passer
("listes pr6d€finies")
sur@ZAZ.
appluyez
d'Ötat,
l'affichage
Depuis
de modÖles
desexemples
Lesmemoires6 ä 15 contiennent
ModölesprhprognmmQs
couvrent
unegrandepartiedes
pr6programmes.
Cesexemples
sfi r_Ut.lf'lFti.ltrE
dansla Pratique.
casrencontr6s
LtITERffL)
de m6moire
t
HI LEF;Ui"l(respeclivement
Vouspouvezutilisercesexemplesen changeant
ä
page
6ventuellement
rcsiera
37.
ll
vous
en
commeindiqu6
vous
endemierunautreE.C.,
sivousavezmodifiÖ
Conseil:
changerlesensderotationdesservos,cequivousestexpliqu6
A.
commande
de
devezd'abordfaireapparailrel'älÖment
en page28.
pour
puis
ou
sur El
E)
Pource faire,appuyezsur 5l
Vous pouvezaussi utiliserces exemplescommepointde
obtenir
A.
pas
Si vousnedÖsirez
d6partpourvospropresmodifications.
I'anti-couple.
Espectivement
dansunememoire 2. Attribuezä A la direction,
copiezlemodöleconceme
modifierlbriginal,
de la page38,puispassezsurcette
sur NoE). R6sultat:
Pressez
vide,selonles indications
nouvellem6moire.
Lesexemplessuivantssonten m6moire:
rt:t r_:ili,li{Hi.lt:,8
H-[ÜUFLE)
" (respectivement
t
ti I F:E|::T
M6moiß No.6
planeur
simple
FIESTF
latäral.
3. Attribuezä C lesailemns,respedivement
M6moireNo. 7
puis
R6sultat:
surSEEI.
Appuyezsurbqq
enV etflapenons
planeur
avecempennage
SHLTÜ
M6moireNo. 8
rrj r_:üHr,lHH[,E
dela classeF3Bavecbutterfly
F3Bplaneur
t
IlILEF;üI'{ (respeaivementLHTERHL)
M6moireNo.9
tüETIl.lFailevolante
d'6tat.
ä I'affichage
4. Retour
M6moireNo. 10
4 foissurEN:termin6
Appuyez
BItiLIFTavionsimple
Echanger les gaz (ou a6ro-freins ou pas) et la
M6moireNo.11
prcfondeur(ou cycliquelongitudinal):
.
Hf,I rFSRaviond'acrobatie
decommande"
les616m.
1.Passer
aumenu"attribuer
MömoireNo. 12
surElElSZ.
Appuyez
aviondelta
l'1IRRGE
rErriufil'1t-tl.{ttE
M6moircNo,13
avectetederotorSchlüter
Pff5)
HELIE0?h6licoptÖre
L H' -FF:Ei f'l (respec{ivement
M6moireNo. 14
endemierunautreE.C.,vous
sivousavezmodifiÖ
Conseil:
avect6tederotorHeim
h6licoptÖre
Rllf.lEER
de commandeB'
l'6l6ment
devezd'abodfaircapparaitre
M6moiteNo. 15
PourobtenirB appuyezsur B puissur El ou El'
avectetederotorä 120' el
Fl{ I 17helicoptÖre
(oule longitudinal).
2. Attribuezä B la profondeur
plateau
virtuel(taeCPM)
cyclique
puis
sur El ou E jusqu'äfaireapparaitre
Appuyezsur 5l
"pmfondeuf'(ou"longitudinal').
Danstous les exemples,vous trouvel€z:
R€sultat:
longitudinal)
cyclique
(ouanti-couple)
etprofondeur(ou
direction
dedroite
surle manche
rEr rjrll'lf4Hl..itrE
sur
(oucyclique
latÖraD
gaz(oua6refreins
oupas)et ailercns
t
FF:üFUI{F (respectivementL0IIEITU,)
degauche.
le manche
voicienr6sum6 3.Attribuez
uneautrcconfiguration,
habitu6sä
oule pas).
SivousCtes
ä D lesgaz(ouaem-freins
lesmodificationsn6cessaires:
surEousurEljusqu'ä
Appuyezsur
Z puissurFEEenfin
"gaz"(oua6ro-freins
oupas).R6sultat:
fair€apparanre
rir i_:üiir,lfil.lüE
e.
liHi
(ouF.-FREII.Iou FHS)
d'etat.
4. Appuyez4 foissurE) pourretoumerä I'affichage
esi decritede fagon
de commande
L'attibutiondesdlÖments
en page23.
approfondie
12
"FIESTA"
Exemple:
m6moireNo.:6
par un interrupteur.
eventuel
estcommande
Le "FIESTA'repr6senleici un planeursimple.Lesaile- morquage
pour compenser
le changement
d'asrons sont actionndspar un seul servo (diff6rentiel Un m6langeur
est prevu,sa vasiettelorsde la sortiedes adro-freins
mdcanique).
est miseä 2610et doitCtreregl6e
Les adro-freinssont command6soar le manchede leurde compensation
pr6vu.
rel'utilisateur
en
cas
de besoin.
gauche.Un combi-switch
Un
crochet
de
oar
est
Vued'ensemble
l'616m.
de comm.
pilote
servoNo
fonction
mrxer
1repartie
2e partie
A
aileron
D
B
c
a6ro-freins direction profondeur
E
F
G
crochet
c
4
3
AERO.FR.CROCHET
AILERON PROFOND.DIRECTION
+
PROFON.
AERO.FR.CBOCHET
DIRECTION
AILERON PROFOND.
AERO-FREI.
1
2
"profondeur+"
doitetremiseä zero;
Conseils:la partie"volet"du mdlangeur
"aÖro-freins"
peutetrerdgleeselonbesoinparI'utilisateur.
la partie
Interrupteur:55 = combi-switch
1000/o
valeurd'entrainement:
ailerons
surdirection,
Röglages:
combi-switch:
neutre0olo
touslesservos:course1000/0,
direclionsur ailerons
ou I'attribuer
Modifications6ventuelles:mettrehorsservicele combi-switch
utilisation
desaero-freins
oaruncurseurau lieudu manche
13
Exemple:"SALTO"
m6moireNo.:7
Le " SALTO"reprdsenteici un planeuravecempennage en V Sur chaquepartie int6rieurede I'aile sont
mont6sdes volets,servantaussi bien de voletsque
d'aörojreins.Lesaileronssontactionnespar deuxserDe plus'
un differentiel6lectronique.
vos et DossÖdent
Comme
flaperons.
comme
ils soni utilis6s6galement
pas
I'aile
de
la
totalit6
qui
ne
couvrent
flaperons
des
leur gmploi
aÖrodynamiques,
creentdes problÖmes
commeflaoeronsdoit CtrerÖduitet ne servirqu'ä augLa partieflamenterla inaniabilit6en vol acrobatique.
surz6roavecI'interrupteur
peronestdonccommutable
53. Un m6langeurpour compenserle changement
d'assiettelorsd-ela sortiedes adro'freinset de I'utilisalion desflaperonsest pr6vuavecla prolondeur.
Vued'ensemble
de comm.
l'616m.
pilote
A
B
aileron
a6rojreins
c
D
direction profondeur
E
F
volets
G
crochet
6
5
4
3
2
1
servoNo
flaperon empen.en V empen.env a6rojreins Flaperon crochet
fonction
FLAPERON
FLAPERONE M P E N V +EMP EN V+
mrxer
AILERON DIRECflON DIRECNONAERO- FR. CROCHET CROCHET
1repartie
VOLETS
VOLETS PROFOND. PROFOND.
2e partie
AERGFR. AERGFR.
3e partie
VOLETS VOLETS
4e partie
lnterruDteur:51,32 pourdual-ratedesaileronset de la profondeur;
Sg met'enou horsfonctionla partievoletdesailerons
de mettrehorsfonctiondes valeursde melange
lors
du rdglagedesvaleursde m6lange,la possibilitÖ
Conseils:
estd'unegrandeaide'
non-necessaires
desa6roJreinsparun curseurau lieudu manche
Modifications6ventuelles:utilisation
parS5)
(enclenche
du combi-switch
utilisation
14
Exemple:"FgB"
m6moireNo.:8
Ceci reprdsenteun planeurtypique de competition
F3B. Le systömede commandeest trös 6voluö.Les
chadeuxaileronset les deuxvoletssontcommand6s
quadroet butcun par un servo.Ainsi,les possibilit6s
terflysont disponibles:en vol normal,les aileronsailes voä I'atterrissage,
dent les voletset inversement;
letssont tortementbraqu6svers le bas et les ailerons
vers le haut(fonctiondbÖro-freins
butterfly).Les mouvementsdes voletset ceux du butterflyinfluencentla
profondeurpour compenserla variationd'assiette.Le
peutötremdlangeeä cemouvement
de la profondeur
lui desvolets.Uncrochetde remorquage
estpr6vu.
Vued'ensemble
l'616m.
decomm.
pilote
A
aileron
D
B
c
a6rojreins direction profondeur
E
F
volets
G
crochet
7
6
4
5
2
3
1
servoNo
voletdr. voletgch. profondeur direction crochet
ailer.dr.
ail. gch.
fonction
PROFON.+
BUTTERFLY
BUTTERFLY
BUTTERFLY
mixer
BUTTERFLY
1repartie
AILERON AILERON AILERON AILERON PROFOND.DIRECNON
VOLETS VOLETS VOLETS VOLETS VOLETS
2e partie
AERO- FR. AERO.FR. AERO.FB. AERO- FR. AERO- FR.
3e partie
PROFOND.PROFOND.
PROFOND.PROFOND.
4e partie
Conseils:lorsdu r6glagedesvaleursde m6lange,la possibilit6de mettrehorsfonctiondesvaleursde mÖlange
non-n6cessaires
estd'unegrandeaide.
par un curseurau lieudu manche
desaero-freins
Modifications6ventuelles:utilisation
utilisationdes voletsavecun seul servo:ceux-cine peuventalorsplussoutenirles
ailerons
15
Exemple:"CORTINA"
m6moireNo.:9
'CORTINA'esl un exempletypiqued'un planeurmoderne de type aile'volante.Le pilotages'etfectue.par
mobilessur chaqueaile,chacuned'endeuxsurfaöäs
("Öletre elles servantd'aileronset de profondeur
de vol
vons").Ceciprocuredanschaquecontiguration
sontr6gl0s
optimale.Les m6langeurs
une sustentalion
et exteinterieurs
pour
les elevons
de lagonditfdrente
Des
a6ro-freins
un
servo.
chacun
rieurs.oui oossÖderit
Le crochetde
sontprdvuöcommeaideä I'atterrissage.
estcommand6parun interrupteur.
remorquage
Vued'ensemble
de comm.
l'616m.
pilote
A
aileron
B
aero-freins
c
D
profondeur
E
F
G
crochet
6
5
4
3
2
1
servoNo
-'levenD ext..'levonG ext,elevonD int.elevonG int. a6ro-freins crochet
fonction
DELTA
DELTA
DELTA
DELTA
mrxer
AERO.FB.
AILERON AILERON AILERON AILERON
1repartie
PROFOND.PROFOND.P ROFOND.
PROFOND.
2e partie
d'un m6lanpar un curseurau lieudu manche'Utilisation
desadro-freins
utilisation
€\rentuelles:
Modifications
profondeur
et
la
les
ailerons,
g"ui libr" OiV-fUXau lieridu melangeurDELTA,.avec
la
modification
de
la
compensation
parties,
quipermettrait
ce
comme
resä6ro-freins
d'assiettedueauxa6ro-freins.
16
"BlG LIFT"
Exemple:
m6moireNo.:10
Un interrupteurpeut
d'unavionsim- rons et les voletsd'atterrissage.
Le "BlG LIFT"sertici commeexemple
possöde
remorquage.
ple.En compl6ment
le
crochet
de
de I'original,
il
des aile- actionner
\
-.'.,.)
\
;
' - , - l
'-'-
'
)
\
,
"
Vued'ensemble
l'016m.
decomm.
pilote
servoNo
fonction
A
aileron
1
AILERON
B
gaz
2
GM
c
D
direction profondeur
E
volets
F
G
crochet
6
4
5
3
P ROFOND. VOLETS CROCHET
DIRECTION
s5
s3
s2
s1
interrupteur
Combi-Swit.
DRaileron DR profond.DRdirection
fonction
et direction:600/0
dual-ratedesailerons,profondeur
R6glages:optiondes6l6mentsde commande:
-30o/o
gaz:
ralenti
des
trim
de
de commande:
optiondes6l6ments
0o/o,100o/o
coursedesvoletsd'atterrissage:
optiondeselömentsde commande:
combi-switch:
aileronssur direction,degröde priseen charge:1000/0
neutre00/0
touslesservos:course1000/0,
directionsurailerons,ou horstonction
Modifications6ventuelles:combi-switch:
17
Exemple:"RCl/F3A"
m6moireNo.:11
F3A.Lesailerons En plus du servo des gaz, un servo rögle le trim
Exempled'un modölede compdtition
par
pour contröler oointeau.
servo
sont commandeschacun
un
leur diff6rentiel.Deux volets sont or6vu comme Le train rentrantpeutCtrecommandepar un interruF
"aörclrcins".
teur.Pasde m6langeurnecessaire.
Vued'ensemble
l'616m.
de comm.
servoNo
fonction
A
aileron
B
gaz
c
F
D
E
G
direction profondeur pointeau adrojreins trainrentranl
4
2
3
D IRECTI. GAZ
AILER.D PROF.OND
1
6
7
8
5
TRAINR.
AILER.
G AERO-FR.
POINTEAU
s3
inlerrupteur
s1
s2
fonction
DRaileronDRprofond,DRdirection
Modifications6ventuelles:exponentiel
au lieudesdual-rate
utilisation
du m6lansi desvolets"snaPflaps"sontmont6sä la placedesa6roJreins,
geursnap{lap
18
"MIRAGE"
Exemple:
m6moireNo.:12
par un interrupteur.
Chaque
Le "MIRAGE"est un exemplesimpled'aviondelta.ll train peutCtrecommandÖ
par
Delta.
melangeur
un
commande
6levon
est
profondeur
par
aileesl commande une combinaison
rons("6levons")ainsiquepar la directionet lesgaz.Le
/:
/-
2
,
\
Vued'ensemble
l'616m.
decomm.
pilote
A
aileron
B
gaz
c
D
direction protondeur
E
F
G
trainrentranl
5
4
2
3
1
servoNo
gaz
trainrentrant
direction
fonction
dlevonD elevonG
DELTA
DELTA
mixer
PROFOND.PROFOND.DIBEgTION GAZ
1repartie
AILERON AILERON
2e partie
desailerons
le dual-rate
S1commute
I'interrupteur
Interrupteurs:
l'interrupteur
52 commutele dual-ratede la profondeur
de depart)
(recommand6
comme.valeur
400/0
R6glagesrpartieprofondeur:
partieailerons:
(recommand6
commevaleurde d6part)
600/0
trimde ralenti:-30olo
et ailerons:600/0
duaFrateorofondeur
neutre00/o
touslesservos:course1000/0,
19
"HELIBOY"
Exemple:
memoireNo.:13
simpleavecplateaucyclique
Exemoled'un h6licoptöre
pas,le cycliquelat6ralet le
Le
axialement.
non-niobile
par un
commandds
chacun
sont
lonqitudinal
cvclique
m6langeur
särvo. Pour-la compensationde flare, le
"flare"estactivÖ.
La commandede gaz est attribu6eä la fonctiongaz et
non ä la fonctiondyn-gaz,ce qui peut Ctre modifie
selonvotredesir.
la
H permetde commander
L6l6mentde commande
l'6metteur.
gyroscope
de
(min/max)
du
sensibilit6
G permetde commuterentrela sensibil-interrupteur
maximale
et la sensibilit6
lit6minimale
Vued'ensemble
A
de comm.
l'616m.
pilote
cyc.lateral
servoNo
fonction
mtxer
B
pas
c
D
anti-couplecyc.longit.
4
3
2
cyc.lat6ral cyc.longit. anti-couple gaz
ATS
FLARE
}YC.LATERO/C.LONGIANTI.COUP. GM
1
E
gaz
5
pas
G
pointeau gyroscope
F
6
gyro
1repartie
PAS
PAS
2s partie
Tnterrupteurc:|'interrupteurS1commute|edua|-rateducyc|ique|at6ral..
longitudlnal
du cyclique
le duaFrate
52 commute
I'interrubteur
gaz
directs
les
I'interruiteur55 commute
sansla valeurmilieu'
quelesdeuxvaleursextremes,
pour
G, n'utiliser
l'interrupteur
conseils:
utilisezunecourbede gazä troispoints
7
pointeau
aulieudegaz
Dyn-Gaz
melangeur
eventuelles:
Modifications
courbedegazä 5 Points
surservode ryclique
longitudinal
cyclique
"röbiiräi i" reüfigeurFtare,seulement
gyroscope)
(autre
de
gyro
type
Suppriäerle
orftiituoinat.
20
"RANGER"
Exemple:
m6moireNo,:14
a/ec plateaucycliquetype
Exempled'un hdlicoptöre
"HE|M".Leplateaucyclique
pardeuxserestcommandö
\Dsde paset de lat6ralavecle m6langeur"tÖteHeim".Le
sycliquelongitudinalest commandöpar un sert/osÖpar6.
La @mmande de gaz est attribu6e ä la filnction
"dyngaz".
la senH Dermet
de @mmander
de commande
L6löment
Uinterrupteur
de l'6metteur.
dugyroscope
sibilit6(min/max)
minimale
et la
entrela sensibilit6
H oermetde commuter
flare est suP
sensibilitdmaximale.La compensation
primee,
dansle slslÖmemecanicarelleestd6jäintegree
queHeim.
Vued'ensemble
A
l'610m.
de comm.
pilote
cyc.lateral
servoNo
fonction
mrxer
1repartie
2e partie
3e partie
4e partie
B
pas
c
D
antFcouplecyc.longit.
E
gaz
F
H
pointeau gyroscope
6
4
5
2
3
cyc.lat./pas gyro
cyc.lat./pas cyc.longit. anti-couple gaz
DYN-GAZ TETEHEIM
ATS
TETEHEIM
OYC.LATER. GYRO
CYC.LATER]YC. LONGIANTI-COUP GAZ
PAS
PAS
]YC. LONGI
PAS
]YC. LATER,
ANTI-COUP
1
7
pointeau
POINTEAU
du cycliquelateral
I'interrupteur
51 commutele duaFrate
lnterrupteuns:
longitudinal
le dual-rate
du cyclique
52 commute
I'interrupteur
I'interrupteur
55 commutelesgazdirects
cäbleä troisfils)
ä deuxpositions,
H esten option(interrupteur
Conseils:I'interrupteur
utiliserunecourbede gazä cinqpoints
Modifications6ventuelles:courbede gazä 3 points,supprimerle gyro(autretypede gyroscope)
21
Exemple:oBK117o
m6moireNo.:15
avecplateaucycliqueä comExempled'un h6licoptÖre
mandepar troispoints.Le plateaucycliqueest directement reli6 ä trois servos mont6sä 120" qui commandentle pas,le cycliquelat6ralet le cycliquelongitudinal.Pource laire,lestroisservosutilisentle m6langeur"mix tete".Lacommandede gazestattribu6eä la
fonctiongaz(dyn.gazest aussipossible).
l-6l6mentde commandeH permetde commanderla
(min/max)
de l'6metteur.
du gyroscope
sensibilite
permet
de commuterentrela sensibillinterrupteurH
maximale.
la
et
sensibilit6
lit6minimale
flare peut ötre obtenuepar des vaLa compensation
du pasentrele servodu milieuet ceux
leursdifförentes
de I'exterieur.
Conseil:la corractionde phaseinfluencetousles servos.Avant
d'utiliser la correctionde g6om6trie,r6gler d'abord
I'influencedu oas!
Vued'ensemble
A
decomm.
l'616m.
pilote
cyc.lat6ral
servoNo
fonction
mrxer
lre partie
2e partie
3e partie
B
pas
c
D
anti-couplecyc. longit.
4
3
2
gaz
lat./long./pasllat./long./pas
lat./long./pas
MIX.TETE MIXTETE MIXTETE
OYC.LATER3YC.LATERCYC.LONG. GM
CYC.LONG.C YC.LONG. PAS
1
PAS
E
gaz
H
F
pointeau gyroscope
6
5
anti- couple gyro
ATS
ANTI-COUP. GYRO
PAS
7
pointeau
POINTEAU
PAS
4e partiegeometrie
5e partiephase
55 commutelesgazdirects
commuteI'autorotation,
(interrupteur
cebleä troisfils)
deuxpositions,
H
ä
Conseils:l'interrupteur
utiliserunecourbede gazä troispoints
la partielongitudinaldluservomilieudoit ötredeuxlois plus grandeque celledes servosexterieurs
{avecunecommandeä 1200)
la partiepasest6galepourtouslesservos
courbede gazä 5 points,supprimerle gyro(autretypede gyroscope)
Moditications'6ventuelles:
22
vousmontrcundesneuf6l6mentsde commande
L'6metteur
(A ä l). Appuyezune fois sur Z: la lettrede l'6l6mer de
desfondions,des commandeclignote.Appuyezsur E jusqu'äfaireapparaitre
des 6l6mentsde commande,
L'attribution
A. EssayezaussiavecB.
de commande
avarn l'6l6ment
le plusimportant,
servosestle premierpas,e{ petlt-etre
pascependant A - D sontlesabrevialions
pourles manches:
Necraignez
ceslettressont
modÖle.
de pouvoircontrölervotre
que ce soitcompliqu6.
surle boftier.
imprimdes
Si vous pos66diezavanl votre PROFTmc 3010 un aulre E et F corespondent
aux deuxcurseurs,ils sont6galement
sans marqu6ssurle boitier.
vousavezd6jä"attribu6"
detadio-commande,
ensemble
le savoir.
du canal7.
l'inteffupteur
G esl normalement
ä drciteet la H - | nesort pasinstall6s
Si, parexemple,vousavezpermut6lesailenons
Vouspouvezacheter,
ä la livraison.
"aftribuÖ".
profondeur
ä gauche,vousavezainsi
pour
les monteret les
interupteurs
des
en casde n6cessitÖ,
platine
principale
(page
5).
raccorder
ä la
L'attribution conceme deux 6l6ments:
surcet6cran,vouschoisissez
1. les 6l6ments de commande aux
vouscomprenezque,
Maintenant,
fonctions de commande
les6l6mentsde commande.
Comme dans I'exemde plus haut, ou, autre exemple, Laissons,
le A clignoteret appuyons
commedansI'exemple,
etc.
auxa6m-freins
du curseurgauche
I'attribution
surla toucheS.
"ailerons")
2. les seruos aux fonctions de commande
La fonclionde commande(dans l'exemple
queleservoNo.2(servobranch6
surlasortie commence
Parexemple,
ä clignoter.
que
profondeurou
lesseNos
contdlela
No.2dur6cepteur)
un peupluscompliqu6.
Celädevientmaintenant
1, 2 et 3 controlentle plateaucycliqued'unh6licoptÖre.
'feuilletez"
en appuyantsur la toucheE (ou E)'
Si vous
ne possddaient l'6metteurvous proposeI'une apßs l'autre les fonctions
Lesanciensensemblesde radiecommande
pas cette possibilit6,parceque c,elän'esl pas abolument suivantes:
n6cessaire.Vousvenez cependantque c esttßs pratique.
diversl
gouvemail
cycl.lateral
ailerons
qui viennentavec les
En plus,il y a d'autrescompl6ments
moteur(el.) divers2
profondeur cycl.longit.
de fondions:nousne voulonspas ici nousen
anti-couple moteur2 (el.) divers3
mölangeurs
direction
divers4
pas
plussurcethÖmeen page39'
ga;z
occuper.Vousen apprendrez
L'attibution
gaz-2(z-mot
gyroscope
./. (rien)
)
Pourquoi attribuer?
aero-freins
essayonscependant: volets
n'apasunereponsefacile,
Cettequestion
ilesi plusint6ressant trainrentrant
devotreÖmetteur,
1. pourleprogramme
de recevoirun signald6finiparunefonction,parexemple ctrocnet
"profondeuf',qu'un signal d6fini par un ÖlÖmentde
pointeau
"manche
de drcite,haut-bas".
commandecomme
"aileron
gauche"
sontconnus.Si,lors Comme vous le voyez, ce sont les fonctions les plus
2. lesconcedsc,omme
que ntilis€es:
desservos,vousindiquezä l'6metteur
de I'attribution
planeurset h6licoptÖres;
pouvez
pas,
sairde
etre
vous
danslescolones1 et2 pourlesavion,
le servoNo.3 esl le servode
pas
prise
avec
No.3du r6cepteur,
ä la
recevoirle signalde
ä propulsion
la colonne3 concemelesbateauxet lesmodÖles
Cecivous6paEnedes 6lectrique
y-comprislesm6langes
6ventuels.
(y-compris
le vol 6ledrique);
cont|6lescompliqu6s.
divels 1 ä
la colonne4 es{ pr6vuepourles extravagances,
En r€sum6:
unefondionnond6cdteprecÖdemment.
divers4 rcmplagant
pour vous et pour
L'aüributionclarifieles problÖmes:
parla suitele pouquoide "./."!
Nousvousexpliquerons
de vot]€6metteur.
I'ordinateur
NousevonspddÖfinicesfondionspourvous,pourquevous
n'ayezqu'äleschoisirsansavoirä les 6crire;il y a aussiune
Commqtafuibuer ies6l&tents de
unetellefondion,votre
autrcraison:quandvouschoisissez
pr6pare.
qui
commande
I'aftendet se
ömetteursaitce
avec Faisons maintenant un exemple d'attribution
le menu"attribuea'
d'6tat,choisissez
DepuisI'affiohage
lestouches
ElZ [l .Vousobtenezl'6cransuivant,enadmeüant d'6ßments de commande:
de Admettonsun planeuravecprofondeur,
que la memdre No.: 01 "BlG LIFT"soit votremÖmoire
dimction,aileronset
travail:
a6rDfreins.
celui
lesailerons,
la pmfondeuret
Lemanchedroitcommande
FE,r_:.
5EFl.jül
de gauche,la diredion.Le curseurdroitcommandelesa6rG
h.El-:UL, ['ItJ-t'l]i'ic
freins.
que le mouvementavant-aniäredu manchede
"E.C"(6l6ments
de commande).ll esl clair
AvecZ, vouschoisissez
gaucheet le curseurgauchesontinop6rants.
Nouvel€cran:
rfi r:ül'ltlHr.l['E
T f;ILEF:UI.I
z5
"FLAMINGO",
selonpage43.
les616ments 3. donnerle nom
menu"ettribuer
Allongy(vousetesencorEdansle
quevousav€zfaitcelä.
Dansleso(emplessuivant,nousadmettons
de commande').
D'abord la profondeur:
Commqtattibuerresservos;
D
toucheZ, puisfeuilletezavecE)E pourfaireapparaitre
quelle
(manchedroit,avanraniÖre)
dqsseNos,vousditesä l'6metteur
Lorsde I'ettribution
"PROFOND":
äquelservo,vousdefinissez
(dansla ligneinf6rieurfigured6jä
eslattribuee
fondiondecommande
ainsila fondiondu seNo.
nousn'avonsainsipasä changercet0l6ment)
ceux-ciregoivent
concemes,
PourdAerminerquelsservossont
Ensuitelesailerons:
lasortiedu|€cedeurä laquelleilssontconnectÖs:
lenumÖrode
c
avecElEljusqu'ä
touche
Z, puisfeuilletez
(manchedroit,gauchsdloite)
touche51,puisfeuilletezavecEIE) pourobtenirAILERoN.
B N
seryono. 1
1
Maintenant la direction :
no. 2
servo
N
toucheA, puisfeuilletezavecEEI jusqu'äA
2
3
servo
no.
sl
(manchegauche,gauche{roite).
R6cepteur
seryono. 4
4
N
touche51,puisfeuilletezavecEIE jusqu'äDlREcT..
c
seNo no. 5
o
servono. 6
Enfin les a6ro-fneins:
seNo no. 1
pour
N
obtenirF
toucheP,puisfeuilletezavecElEl
(curseurdroit).
(celuiqui le desirepeutaussichoisirB,
Le servoconnect6ä la sortie1 est ainsile servo1, celuiä la
le manchegauche,avant-aniÖre)
sortie2, le servo2, e{c.
jusqu'
puis
ä
A"-FREIN.
avec
feuilletez
EIE)
touche5),
Vousavezainsilibrechoixpour d6finir cequedoitcommander
d'utiliserune
cependant
c'esl presquetermin6.Maisque faireavecles 6l6mentsde chaquesoltie.Nousvousconseillons
pour
vue
d'ensemble.
une
meilleure
(B,
E,
G,
H,
slandard,
inüilisds
num6mtation
commande
D?
pr6cddemment
et Notre prcposition (Ieprise de la ROYAL mc):
avoirreguuneattribution
ceux-cipounaient
Ceslle tourde "./.". seNono.1:
göner.Vousavezcompris:maintenant,
aileron
B, seNono.2:
decommande
profondeur
commecidessusles6l6ments
S6lectionnez
E, G, H, I et attribuezleur"./.".
direction
servono.3:
moteur(gaz)
sontainsifaits:memes'ilsnedoiventrienfaire, servono.4:
Lesordinateurs
aileron2
vous devez le leur dire, vous pouniezavoir une mauvaise seryono.5:
(si desservosdifferenci6ssont utilises)
surDrise!
seNono.6 9: autresfonctionsde @mmande
pelsonneodonnde,
vousdevrieztoujoursatüibuer
Commetoute
"./."aux6l6mentsdecommandeinutilis6s,
pareft
memesicelä
Densdes casspdciaux(parexemdedes ailesavecvolets)'
vousaurezä modifiercetter€partition.
suoemu.
et vouspouvez AprÖscetteintroduciion,voyonsle plocessus.
termin6
r6ellement
Vousavezmaintenant
quitterce menuavecla toucheE.*
(Dansl'exempleemployÖ,nous admettonsque vous Aes
"FLAMINGO",
comme
sur la mÖmoireNo 02
actuellement
Remarque:
d6crit
ci{essus.)
un
cl?d,isi
vobntairement
Dansrcxemdeci& ssus, nousavons
d'6tat,vousparvenezavecEZBII dans
üdrc un pu "s4cial" pow Wdder ä I'attb.rtidr; wus DepuisI'affichage
"attribuer
nW.
p{vousfißmes
möthode
wE
servos".Vousvoyez:
touverezs^refiEnt
le menu
dus
s
s
s
Encote une temarque:
HTTF:.:.EFT]U1 E
VouspouniezavoirI'ideed attibuer ä deuxercnEfts de
r
nmmandeh menebndion,p{ exemdeA = aibronsd C =
l-l HILEF;i-ll'{
L'odinateurne sa.n'aitabrs plus@ quie* valable.
aibF'ons.
qß Appuyezsur N. Le "1" clignote.Vouspouvezalorsfeuilleter
luia ditdeneconsidÖrer
c'esipouq@isonprognt|Tneur
jusqu'aunumdrc9
le plusbin dansfahhabeLDans aveclestouchesE) et E. Vousparvenez
I'öEmentde @mmancle
=
depuisle dÖbut.
igw6.
avalilde recommencer
l'exemde,C aibronsd A sera,it
* Si vousvoulez.vouspouvezmaintenant
pageset
sauterquelques
fairece qui suit:
1. cooierle resultdde votretravaildansla memoire02,
voir page36.
2. changerde m6moiresur 02, selonpage37.
24
pourI'exemple
surle num6ro3 ("3" clignote)'
An€tez-vous
"3",
indiquant
AppuyezsurZ.Aulieudu c estlaligneinferieure,
la fondion du servo,qui clignote.lci aussi,vous pouvez
feuilleteravecEJet E pourattribuerau seNosa fonclion.
toucheE),vousvenezque
feuilleteravecla
Sivouscontinuezä
ailerons
profondeur
direction
gaz
gaz-2(2-mot.'t
aero-freins
volets
trainrentrant
crochet
pointeau
cycl.lat6ral
cycl.longit.
anti-couple
pas
gyroscope
gouvemail
moteur(el.)
moteur2 (el.)
divers2
divers3
divers4
valeuerfxe
+
profondeur
emp.enV
emp.env +
flaperon
butterfly
quadromix
delta
t€teHEIM
flare
tetemix
div-mix'1
div-mix2
div-mix3
./.(rien)
gaz
Vousaurezbesoinde 4 servos,auquelsvous
de commande indeoendant.
l'6meüeurvousproposeun Gholxde fonctions
ä chacunlafonctionailemn.ll enva de mömepour
attribuerez
plusgrandque pourles6l6mentsde oommande.
lesm6langeurs!
lesautresfondions,y-compris
unebonnequantit6.
Cecireprösente
Mais attention:
Regardonsle tout de plus pds:
unefois
paltieapparaisse
nt,commepourles6l6mentsAtfibueztoujourslesservosdevoletsym6triquement,
Danslapremiöre
de commande,les fondionsslandardsdesdes avions,des droite,unefoisgauche.
planeurset des h6licoptöres.
des Parexemple:
Puislesfonctionssp6ciales
bateauxet du vol 6lecirique.Commevous le pensez,les
1-+4-2
hore
fondionsdivers1 ä 4 sontp€vues pourles specialitÖs
ou
normes.
1-7-9-5
1
7
Voyons maintenant le second groupe.
qu'ilsdoivent
pas
obligatoirement
ne
signifie
Sym6triquement
que vousavezpeut-etrc
ici les m6langeuls
Vousrencontrez
le secondexemPle.
dejä cherchdsen vain auparavar[.ces m6langeurssont se suivre,voir
pascetteßgle,votrediff6rentiel
d'ailercns
Si vousn'observez
pr6d6finis
et nbnt plusqu'ä6treappelÖs.
dansl'6metteur
dansle fauxsens.
le chapitresurlesm6langeurs. fondionnera
Pourplusde d6tails,consultez
lesm6langeurs Pourfinir,unexemplepratiquer€sum6.
Jusleunexemplepourvousexpliquerpoutquoi
"attribuer
difförenci6s,
ailerons
diredion,
avecprofondeur,
servo". Prcnonsle Un planeur
apparaissentdans le menu
"FLAMINGo').
"empennageen
(comme
le
mobilessont a6rcfr€ins
et crochet
V'. lci,deuxsurfaces
mdlangeur
chacuneparunservo,quisontdoncdesservos Nousattribuons
command6es
d'abord:
en V. Si vousattrihßz parexemple:
d'empennage
profondeun
surle seNo2
"surle servoNo 2, il y a empennage
surleseNo3
V"
diredion:
"surle seNo No 3, il y a empennage
surlesservos1 et 5
ailercns:
\f',
le servo4
a6ro-freins:sur
qu'ildoitenvoyersurlesseNos2
et3 lessignaux
l'emetteursait
le
servo
6
crocfiet
sur
la
profondeu
Vousn'avezplusqu'äd6finirensuite
r etdirection.
cidessus.
comme
decdt
sefait
L'attribution
quantit6de commande.
2 et3lafonc{ionm6lang6e Conseil:
Vousavezattribu6ainsiauxservos
"emp€nnage
tuw uneWtie des*wos, la fondionconedee$ cleiäE. Ne
en \f'.
quaMmemepourl'exerci@
etessayez
commande, vous/aiss€zpasd,:straie
Toutälafinäpparait,commepourles6l6mentsde
jusqu'ä
obtentclerpweauIa fonction@recte.
inutilede "./.".Un seNoqui ne fait de feuleter
apparemment
l'attribution
avecO
El, puisfeuilleter
rien,c'estunseNoinutile!Maisvousverez qu'ilya uneraison Pressez
'2" quiva clignoter.
"./."
jusqu'ä
apparaitre
faire
et que la possibilite n'estpassi inutile.
"PROFoND"
jusqu'ä
Pressez
Z, puisfeuilleter
jusqu'ä"3"
puis
feuilleter
N,
unservoä unesoltieauquelleestattribuÖe Pressez
Si vousconnectez
jusqu'ä"DlRECT."
Pressez
El, puisfeuilleter
la fondion "./.", votre servoregoitun signalqui conespond
jusqu?"1"
Pressez
N, puisfeuilleter
exadementauneutre,etriend'auüe.Vouspouvezulilisercette
jusqu'ä'AILERON"
puis
feuilleter
Z,
pourr€glermecaniquement
possibilit6
votreservoau neutre. Pressez
jusqu'ä"5"
Pressez
N, puisfeuilleter
"normales".
Retoumonsauxfonctions
jusqu'ä"A|LERoN"
Pressez
ü1,puisfeuilleter
plusieuts
foisla meme Prcssez
Vousn'avezpasä avoirpeurd'attribuer
jusqu'ä'4"
N, puisfeuilleter
eslpr6pa16.
Parexemple, Pressez
l'6metteury
fonciionde commande:
jusqu'ä'A.-FRE|N"
El, puisfeuilleter
vousattribuez Pressez
pourlesailemnsdifi6renci6s
Ölectroniquement,
jusqu'ä'€"
N, puisfeuilleter
simplement:
jusqu'ä"CROCHET"
Pressez
El, puisfeuilleter
"surle servo1, il y a aileron"
Termin6.
"surle servo5, il y a aileron".
d'6tat
ä l'afüchage
le menuet retoumez
Quitter
la
touche
avec
El.
(nous
verons
ainsilesignalaileron
Lesdeuxservosregoivent
Encoreun point:
"dgler lesöl6mentsde
le €glagedu diff6rentielau chapitre
commande').
quevousayezun modöleavecquatreaileronsqui
Admettons
doiventavoirchacunun r€glagede courseet de diff6rentiel
25
cötöde signeopposeä cellede l'autrecö16.Pourconiger,
de chaquecöt6aveclestouchesEl ou
donnezle memesigne
"rÖglage
"dglage
la coursetotaleparEl.
des E) et inversez6ventuellement
desservos",nousvoulonssignifier
Par
par
pour les hÖlicoptÖres,
et nonreglagem6canique CettepossibilitÖ
e.stint6ressante
signauxdesservosparl'Ömetteuf',
etdonne exemplelors du m6langedu pas avec I'anti-couple:la
l'Ömetteur
surleservo.CecisefaitparI'ordinateurde
le mCme effet que si I'on avait ajust6 chaque seNo compensation
surle mtoraniörcdependde la positiondu pas
möcaniquement.
et touioursavecle memesens.
lesdglagesde basedesservos.
Nousallonsvouspr6senter
r@lerIe centre?
L'inversionde course (servo-reverse)en est un des plus Commant
que le seNo lui-memene Vousavezla possibilit6
de r6glerle centrede chaqueservo
NotezdÖsmairilenant
imoortants.
enV. L€direclion b{anchäsurunesortiedu recepteur.
serajamaisinveF6:pensezä unempennage
Sivousinvesez Quel est son usage?
le mauvaissens.
estjuste,la profondeurdans
ll nefautdoncconigerque Unemodification
I'inveIse.
vousobtiendrez
lesservos,
lorsde l'utilisation
du cerüreestint6ressante
parla suite.
la partieinconecie!Nousy reviendrons
defabrication
normes
Acausede
fabricants.
deservosd'autres
peut
pas
conect.
d0plac6
eledrcniquement
forcÖment
servo
Ctre
le centredu servon'est
Leneutredechaque
diff6rentes,
deouisl'6metteur.
centrecommeseulecorec{ion
Unautrecass€raitler€glagedu
vous pouvezr6glerla coursedes possiblepourun seNo.
Enfin,demiörcpossibilitd,
pourchaquecÖt6.
servos,et ceciindividuellement
N'utilisezpas le dglage du centredu servo pour coniger
presqueau "pain une tringlede commandetrop courteou trop longuel
du sensde rotationappartient
Si l'inversion
quotidien",les deux autrespossibilit6s
sont pour les cas En g6n6ral,vous ne devezutilisercettepossibilit6
qu'aussi
sp6ciauxet pourlesexpertsqui veulerfitirerle maximumde rarementque possible.Le reglagedu centreest une des
finesse.
d'autant
possibilitös
lavued'ensemble,
dontonped facilement
dansce chapitrequ'auxreglages plusqu'ilexislebiend'autrcsmoyensqui donnentle meme
Nousne nousint6resserons
sercnt effet.
simples.Lesrdglagesen rapportaveclesm6langeurs
(page39).
traitösdansle chapitredesmÖlangeuß
faire:
Comment
|e"02FI-AMINGO'' Depuis
nouveau
en
nousprenonsde
Commeexemde,
d'Ötat,
allezdansle menu"reglelservo"
l'affichage
Rdglagedes servos
Commetrtinverserun seruo
(seruonreverse)?
surEIZ pouralleraumenu
d'6,tat,
appuyez
I'affichage
Depuis
"r6glerservo".Vousvoyez:
rr::ililFi5E E:ilTEEI
sr-El.lTF;Eif4TEF;r
"course"
et vousobtenez:
AvecZ, choisissez
appuyant
surE)Z].Vousobtenez:
Fl:r-ruFj5EE:|JTEEq
II'ITEF:FI,.r
hriEf.lTF:E
avecE le sousmenu"centre".Vousobtenezpar
Choisissez
exemole:
rIEFl.l: HILEFjut.l
r-Et{TF:E:
+, Fjlit
rSEF;.
1:FIILEFIUI..I
t]+ FTILEF:r
h+1r_iLr:{
vous devezd'abordchoisir le servod6sir6.
Appelezleservo
AppuyezsurZ: le num6roduservoclignote.
alors
surA: lavaleur
Appuyez
choisiaveclestouches
Elou E).
"centre"de la ligneinf6rieure
clignote.
Vous devez d'abod dire ä l'6metteurquel servo vous
r6glerced6calageaveclestouches
Vouspouvezmaintenant
voulezr6gler.
parpasde
0,1%,puisde11%ä 110olo
ä
11olo
de
0olo
ou
E,
Appuyezsur Z. Le num6rodu servoclignote.Vouspouvez El
par
pas
1olo.
de
feuilleteravec E) et E jusqu'äobtenirle numÖrodu servo
d'6taten
appuyezsur
51.[evaleuren Unefois le r6glageeffedud,retoumezä I'affichage
d6sire.QuandvousI'aveztrouv6,
o/oclignote.
la toucheE.
oressant
un signe,E ou E,
Attention: la valeurde coursepossÖde
Comment169ler Ia cou rsedesservos?
selonle demierr€glage.
du
der€glerlacrursemaximale
offrela possibilit6
U6metteur
de la toucheEl.
Nousallonsfaireun exempled'utilisation
cÖtÖ
ind6pendamment
de
chaque
el
ce
servo,
Appuyezsur c€ttetoucheGl: le + devient- et inversement' (asymetriquement).
Vousavezainsiinvers6la coutsedus€rvo.C'esllecasnormal
A quoiceläsert-il?
quandle servon'a pasde fonc{ionmÖlarEeur.
Les volets
un exemplepratique.
Pourle comprendre,
d'Ö{at.
En appuyantsur E, vousrevenezä I'affichage
dechaque
sontcommandes
d'ungmsmodöle
d'atterTissage
cot6par un servo.Les@utsesde cesseNosne sontpas
decouße:vous
I'inversion
Enfait,ceciesluncasparticulierde
de ceux-ci,
cequi
mecanique
fuales,duesä la conslruction
allezädroite,leservova ä droite,vousallezägauche,leservo conduit
a
de I'efietdesvolets:le modÖle
ä uneassymetie
va de nouveauä droite:quese passe-t'il?
ä trouverdes
consisle
Lasolution
ä panirenvirage.
tendance
un servos
vousavezunevaleurpour
lorsdur€glage,
leurcourse.
Toutsimplement,
ouä r6glerindöpendemment
apaires
Eneurfatale,et possibilit6particuliÖre.
zo
Dansce cas,il fautndurellementquechacundesservossoit
sansceläle
connect6sur une sortiediff6rentedu r€cepteur,
(utilisezpourcelä
neseraitpaspossible.
dglageind6pendant
seNosunememefondion
ä plusieurs
d'attribuer
la possibilit6
de commande(page24).
M6me cas pour des aileronsseNant ausside voletsde
couöufe.
dit:
Encoreun apart6,avantde passerau r6glageproprement
possÖde
de
que
unefondion
partons
le
servo
ici de l'id6e
nous
fonctions
Pour
les
commandesimple, sans mÖlangeur.
ce qui suit e$ aussivalable,maisse complique
mdlangees,
alolsque
lorsquecertainespaftiesdoiver resterconstantes
plusde
Voustrouverez
d'autresdoiventetresouventmodifi€es.
'.
"melangeuf
dansle chapitre
renseignement
vousvoyezcomment
cöt6ä I'autre,
lemanched'un
Enbougeant
passe
altemativementä 80oloou ä 90%.
la valeurde course
aucun|6le(cas
normalement
Lesignedevantlavaleurnejoue
invers6
enentier
servo
est
si
le
bas);
il
indique
voirplus
spöcial,
page
26.
en
voir
aussi
sa
course,
dans
surlatoucheE.
d'6tatenappuyant
Vousrevenezä I'afilchage
Encore quelques conseils:
grandeurdu
d6dacementdu manche
Danscetteproc6dure,la
seulecomptela directionmontr6eparla
n'apasd'importance,
petiteflöche.Vouspouveztot, aussibienutiliserlecurseurdu
trim pourcelä.
commande.
lesautresfonctionsde
ll envadememeoourtoutes
une flÖcheavant-aniÖre
Pour les fondionsavant-aniÖre,
remplacela flÖchegauchedroite.
au r6glage.
Passonsmaintenant
ä la cou|senormaledu
Touteslesvaleußen o/ose mpportent
avecEletZ aumenu servo,normalement45' (desexceptionssont possibles)'
d'6tat,
vouspassez
I'afüchage
Depuis
"r6glerseNo".Vousvoyez:
Vouspouvezaussisansrisque,utiliserdesvaleurso,ürämes.
ä 0: le servonefaitainsi
mettrelavaleurgauche
Parexemple,
rrjL'tuFL;E Et-tTEEl
gauchedu manche.
du
mouvement
lors
aucunmouvement
pluspetiteque0 en
ItITEF;F;..i
passer
rf.lEUTFiE
une
valeur
pouvez
ä
möme
Vous
vers
ladroitelorsd'un
servo
ira
le
n.
Ace
moment,
sur
appuyant
"course".
Appuyezsur Z pourchoisir
vels la droite
(et
gauche
6galement
manche
du
ä
mouvement
puisque
vous
droite,
ve15
la
manche
du
mouvement
En prcmier,vous devezchoisir le selvo ä r6gler'
avecun
utilisable
ceci
esl
rarement
pas
valeurdroite):
chang6
la
Pour celä, appuyezsur Z. Le num6rodu seNo clignote. n'avez
surun modöle.
avec E ou E pourotfenirle numärod6sir6.
Feuilletez
I'kl6eder6glerlacoursepour
Ate ion -piÖgetN'ayezjamais
le servoNo.3: vousvoyezalors:
Choisissez
lesdeuxcöt6savecunevaleurnulle.Dansce cas,le servone
rSEF:.I:tjIF:E|:T,
bougeplus.Si, plustard,vousoubliezce reglage,le canalde
pas.Inversement,
nefonctionnera
conespondant
commande
L+1tjtl}ittr+['lFiEt.r
plus,contrölezd'abod
si unesortiedu r6cedeurnefonctionne
pourcontröle
l'Öl6mentdesi les couses ne sontpasä zÖro!
duservoapparait
Deniöre
lenumero
La @ursedu servo peutaussi€tred6passÖe:un reglageesi
commande.
faire
Vousnedevriezcependantqu'en
possiblejusqu'ä
110olo.
La seconde ligne pr€sentedes particularitÖsint6res' peuusage,carilpeutaniverque
alorslacourse
vousdepassiez
santes.
du servo;de plus,un r6glagede plusde 45'de la
m6canique
coursedes servo n'apponepas d'avantage,du fait de la
L -F I L.ttl .J
fi+ lrlF:Et-t
g6om6trie
destringleries.
cou'se
E.C.et Posilion
du narrche
\;"-
setrouve(dansI'exemple)
d6placement
A cot6delagrandeurdu
pointe
laflÖche
lagauche,
le
mancheAvels
bougez
ff+.Sivous
de
la
valeur
d€pend
gauche.
(Comme
affichage
cet
vers la
deA,ilsepeutquelaflöchepointeaud6butvers
actuelledutrim
gauche:
vousinverserezsonsensen inclinar[le manche
la
dansI'autresens.)
Vous @mprenezmaintenant:vous avez ici l'6l6mentde
indiquela
quicommande
leservochoisi.LaflÖche
commande
esl boug6'
directiondanslaquellel'6l6mertde commande
clignote'
sur S. Le pourcentage
Appuyezmaintenant
gauche
(a
flÖchepointeä
Maintenezle mancheen but6eä
gauche).Si vous appuyezsur El ou E, la valeurchange'
le mancheenbut6eä
Amenezmaintenant
surSO%.
Röglez-la
droiteet reglezla valeursur90%
Avez-vousregald6commentle sy$Ömefondionne?
l-a couFe du servo command6epar le cöt6 gauchedu
mancheestehoisieenbougeantle manchedu cötagauche
puis est rdgl6e.
l-a couße du servo command6epar le Göt6droit du
mancheest choisieen bougeantle manchedu cöt6 droit
puis est r6gl6e.
Commentr&uire (limiter)la counsedes
servo
il peutaniverquela somme
Lorsde I'emploidesm6langeurs,
de la
la coursepossible
dÖpasse
des
m6langeurs
descourses
+
volel/flaps
(par
le
m6lange
exemple
surfacecommandde
de
la
limite
lequel
cas
dans
C'esl
un
flapslorsdu d6collage).
@ursedu seNopeutetr€utile.
"BUTEE"pour
Depuisle menu"r€glerservo",appuyezsurB
obtenir
r5EFi.i I HILEFIUI,..I
El-iTEE: +i[it-i::i
lacoursemaximaröglers6par6ment
Vouspouvezmaintenant
pour
cot6.
chaque
servo
le du
d'Ö{at.
Appuyez3 foissur El pourrevenirä l'afüchage
Si vouseffacezune m6moire,la courserevientä la valeur
maxmum.
prcgramme
6metteurs,
entredeux
Afü ntion:lorsdut|Ensfertde
pas
transmise.
lesvaleursde bulÖene sont
27
Commaft ifierromPre Ies Prti esde
coursedeseruo
"INTER"que vousatteignezen appuyantsur
Dansle menu
mettreenouhols
vouspouvez
ElZtr depuisl'amchaged'6tat,
un
fonctionchaquepartiede coursed'unservoenl'attribuantä
intenuDteur.
Prenonsun exemple:passezd'abordsur la m6moire07
"intef':I'affichage
ainsi:
seprÖsente
SALTOetallezsurlemenu
r:'EFI.1: FLIIFEFJUI..I
ufiILEF;: Et.t r
le servo1
Si ce n'estpasle cas,appuyezsur Z et choisissez
syss @ ou E).
AvecElvouspouvezpassez
AppuyezsurF: AILERclignote.
partie
Adroite,vousconstatez
VOLET.
partieAllER
ä
la
de la
alorsquela paltie
quela panieAILEResitoujoursENfonction,
par
53.
I'inter
peut
command6e
ötre
AlLERon
En pratique:
"INTER"
1. allerau menu
2. Z: choisirle servo
3. 5l: choisirla Partie
Z: mettreEN ou HORSavecla toucheEl
ENavecEJouE)'
enposition
l'interupteur
Choisir
choisiavecy
deI'intefiupteur
fnveßerlesensdefonction
touteslplusfacile:mis
commande,
diredementäl'6l6mentde
ä part la rfiudion de la valeurdu signaldu manchede
profondeur,
il n'ya rienä faire:toutcequid6pendde ce signal
modifi6.
estautomatiquement
Unautrcexemple:le 1€glagedu ditr6rentieldelacoursedes
aileronspour deux servosd'ailerons6pads. Comme un
difierentieln'estrien d'autrequ'unecoursediff6rentepour
lacourse
ajuslerindividuellement
nouspounions
chaqueservo,
plus
si
lesdeux
simple
de chacundesservos.C'eslbeaucoup
par
au
le
manche
gÖner6s
directement
signauxd'aileronssont
par
un
seul
en
valeur
et modifi6s
mäyend'undiff6renciateur
r€glage.
Faitesattentionä la bonneattributiondes servospour le
(voirPage24).
differentiel!
Un autrc exemple: I'inversion de sens de rotation:
commande'
del'616mentde
les€nsderotation
Sinousinversons
decommame
parun
memeel6ment
touslesservoscommand6s
leursensde iotation.ceciestdiff6rentde I'inversion
inversent
du sensdu servolui-meme.
Vous avez maintenant compris le principe:
aux0l6ments
Nousavonsunflotde signauxquicommencent
influences'
diffÖrentes
les
ensuite
de commande.Suivent
de la
maillon
Le
demier
etc.
r6paftiteuß,
commem6langeurs,
qui
attribu6es'
sont
lui
chaineestle seNoet lescommandes
n
&
Repeterce processuspourtoutesles panies
lafindur6glagedetousles
4. Recommenceraupoint2jusqu'ä
sefvos.
Attention danger avec les melangeurs:
si un servone r6agitpascommeildevraitlorsde l'emploides
d'abodsi lespartiesontENfonctionet
controlez
melangeurs,
si ellessont attribueesaux bonsintenupteurs.
n
&
a
,/,
,'ry'
1$t<et-
//
.n--.-
- rla
L_t
- Lr*,,
_tr
- Lda
t
- i €la
_7
" |"',fr,
1
choseä lasource-les6l6mentsde
Sinouschangeonsquelque
commande
-,ceciconcemetoutcequ'un
6l6mentde
commande
canaux.
les
diff6rents
ä
travers
influence
Commeä chaque6l6mentde commandeest atttibu6une
nous
nous
servos,
c6t6
r6glages
les
Aprösle chapitresur
fonctionde commande(profondeur,direction,"')'une
l'6metteur'
c
esl-ädirede
source,
c6t0
169lages
occuperonsdes
modificdionde l'effetde cet 6l6mentde commandechange
C'estexactement
de cettefondionde commande.
I'influence
Une difforence importante
utilisÖ.
qui
le
cÖte
souvent
le
Ömetteuret
est
cötÖ
ce
entre
le
Plus
sy$dmatique
Ladiff6renciation
de la philosophieEn@reun exemplepourcelä:si I'influence
des aileronsd'un
imponante
servoest unecaract6rislique
nous
nous
raison'
d'empfoide la PROHmc 3010-Pourcette
modöle6quip€de voletsquadrodoitetreexponentielle,
quatre
diff6rcnce'
cette
unefois
encore
vousr6expliquer
voudrions
voulonscetteinfluencede la fonc{ionaileronsur les
servos.
Prenonsdeux exemPles.
des
profondeur,
de
la
course
parexemple
la
r6duire
cöt6seNos,nousdevonsajusterchacun
Sinousrdglonsdu
si vousvoulez
ou
servo
du
la
couße
quatreservosindividuellement
vueder6duire
6galä PEmiÖre
il semble
Räglagedes 6l6mentsde
commande
celledumanche.
Enr6sum6:
le t€ r6glagede l'0l6mentde commandeinfluencela
lorsque
simples,
Cecin'estvraiquepourlesapplications
ou crois6.Si nous totalit6de la fonction de commande'
servone regoitpasde signalm6lang6
que
commanderrt
seNos
deux
pournotreexemple
admettons
le servo n'influence
dechacun Le t€glagesur
couße
la
r6duire
alors
nousdevrions
laprofondeur,
que le servocoresPondant'
ducötÖservo.
desseNos.si nousle faisions
queles
Lecasseraitencoreplusdifficilesi nousadmettions
partie
du
en
d6pendre
aussi
devraienl
voletsde courbure
en@re
alors
faudrait
profondeur.
nous
ll
de la
mouvement
I'efietdu
pourlesvolets,
autrement
la paltiem6lang6e
reduire
course
la
grand.
r6duisons
Si nous
seraittrop
m6langeur
28
et appuyezsur !1.
choisissezparexemple"profondeuf'
"Expo"
clignote.
des616ments Uodion
options
nousoccuperdes
Nousallonsmaintenant
de lci aussi,vouspouvezfeuilleteravecEl ou El lesdifiÖrentes
de commande.Sousce termese cachentles possibilit6s
que
r€glagedes 6l6mentsde commande, vous connaissez optionsquevousproposel'6metteur.
pourles avoirutilisÖs
avecd?utresÖmetteurs,
certainement
L'option"DuahRate"(r6dudion de
parexempledual-rate,exponentiel,
etc..
et voussont course)
dansl'6metteur
Lesoptionssontd6järdsidentes
de commande". ChoisissezavecZEElEl'6l6mentde
propos6es
dansle menu"r6glerles6l6ments
D "PROFO"
commande
'duaFrate".
pas
proprement
Pour
n'e$
n6cessaire.
dite
Une attribution
Vousvoyez:
et allezä I'option
le menupour
activeruneoption,ilvoussuffitdefeuilleterdans
puisde la modifier.Si vousned€sirezpas
r[i : FFjuFt_l
la faireapparaitre,
['-F:HTEI
(ou
00/6
ä
1000Ä
mettre
sa
valeurä
une
option,
il
suffil
de
utiliser
: F,Fjl.;e
s5i.i.
selonle cas).
Toutesles optionsne sont pas disponiblespourtous les Appuyezsur Z. La valeurinferieuredroiteclignote.Vous
ä un oouvezla modifieravec
cecin'aurait
aucunsens(pensez
commande:
6l6mentsde
ätoutela
conespond
El ou E). 100o/o
pour
des
options
La
disponibilit6
le
train
rentrant).
exponentiel
course,doncpasder6dudionlorsde I'emploideI'intenupteur'
estd6finieparsonaspedPratique:
507oconespondä la moiti6de la courseavec I'intenupteur
la profondeur.
endench6.
Vousavezainsi169l€leduaFratede
dual{ate et exponentiel:
pourlesailemns,la profondeur
et la direction
Halb - encorc un pointl
Dansle coin inf6rieurgauchefigureencorequelquechose.
course r€glable s6par€ment:
AppuyezsurE. AppuyezsurE) ou Eljusqu'äfaireapparaitre
saufaileronset gaz
touteslesfonctions,
"HORS"ou "EN".
courser6glablesymetriquement:
surEl sivousavez"HORS')et
Passezsur"EN"(enappuyant
pourlesailerons
seulement
appuyezsurEl. Vousvoyezalors'
Les opfons des 6l6menßde commande
r€glagedu centre:
touteslesfonctionssaufgaz,voletet a6ro-freins
L!14.'+' : bt:l:iJ
ralenti:
pourgazet a6rGfreins
Cecis'expliquesimplemer: le dual-rateest une optionqui
seulement
pourpasserde la pleinecoußeä la
n6cessite
un intenupteur
diff6rentiel:
pr6cisement
maintenantchoisi
avez
et
vous
coursedduite,
sont
sideuxservos
seulement
oourlesailerons
pourcelä.
nevousconvient
interrupteur
Si
cet
I'intenupteurS1
ä cettefonction
attribu6s
55.
suitejusqu'ä
pas,appuyezsur
choisi,
ainside
et
S2
sera
E
valeurfixe:
pouvez
US.
I'intenupteur
mCmechoisir
Vous
paspourlesailerons,
ladiredionet
la pmfondeur,
powez
choisirlibrementI'intefupteurn6cessaire.
ainsi
Vous
pourtoutes
lesautres
fondions
maisdisponible
lemoteur,
de oonserver
absolument
@nseillons
decesoptions, Cependar, nousvouspour
ensemble
aussiutiliser
Vouspouvez
dusieurs
sous
personnelle l'attribution
desintenupteuß,
une
norme
dudual-rate,
de
parexemple
avecdudiff6rentiel,
lesailerons
peine
futures!
de
difücult6s
pourceläde
llvoussufFlt
ducentre.
etlavariation
l'exponentiel
Notreproposition:
plus
bas.
dÖcdt
mettreenservicecesodions,comme
ailerons: S1
duaFrate
voirp.46.
descomplÖments,
ilya encore
h6licoptöres,
Pourles
dual-rdeprofondeun52
Passonsmaintenantä la pratique.
diredion: 53
dual-rate
Commant@lvles opübnsdes 6tunüß
decommande
La petite etoile
de l'6toileaprÖsle
Encorcune explicationde la prÖsence
num6rode I'intefludeur.
des 6l6mentsde Admettons
Comme il s'agitde r6glerles possibilit6s
que vousayezchoisi52 et que celuFciclignote.
"r6glerles
vousallezvousrendredansle menu
commande,
Appuyezsur E. La flöcheapßs 52 s'inverse.Vous avez
de commande".
61Öments
A quoi ga sert?Eh bien,beaucoupde
inveF6I'intenupteur.
d'6tat,vousappuyezsur @B[|. Si nous pilotesveuler[activerle duaLrateavecI'intenuFeurbascu16
DepuisI'afüchage
I'exemple"01 BIG LIFT",nousobtenons
vers I'avant.d'autresveulentI'inverse.Vous pouvezainsi
rcprenons
choisir.
rH:IIILEF; EI{FUE
- pource faire,ne pasinvelserI'interrupteur
en le
(Attention
que
commande,
toumant!lldoitreslertel letestdes61ementsde
EFFET_:T: Lli;r
tout).
page57, le demande,sinonvousm6langerez
de l'6l6mentde commande L 6toilequiapparaitapßs
Appuyezsur Z. La d6signation
laflÖchesignifiequel'intenupteuresl
"EN"dansc€tteposition.Le coindesintenupteurs
clignote.
n'apparait
616ments
qui
et
Les
que
pour
un
interrupteuf.
pouvez
feuilleter
avec
maintenant
E) E).
lesoptions demandent
Vous
avecleurfondion. Le dualratediminuela coursepourlesdeuxcÖt6set dÖpend
I'unapds I'autre
apparaissent
decommande
d'uninterTuoteur.
29
L'o ption oexponentiel"
Le r€glage lui-rn€me:
le manche
Appuyezsur Z, la valeurädroiteclignote.Bougez
petitd6placement
slgnifiequeleservonefaitquede
Exponentiel
C en but6eä droite:la petite flöche devant la valeur pointe
Plus
lorsde la positioncentralede l'€l6mentde commande.
la courseavecles
vers la droite.Si vousdglez maintenant
celui-cis'6loignede c€ centre,plus la coursedu sefvocron touchesEl ou E, vous modifiezla valeurde droite.Mettez
pouratteindre
enfindecoursese ensuitele mancheenbut6eä gauche:la flÖchepointenersla
d'unefagonsurproportionelle,
valeurnormalemaximale.
gauche.Vouspouvezalols r6glerla valeurde la courseä
0olo,
coursenulle.
signifiecoursemaximale,
Cecipermetdbbtenirenpratiqueunguidagefinsansperdrela gauche.lci,1000/6
possibilit6
d'unecoußemaximale.
C'es1simple.Encoreuneremarque.
le
de la meme Durantcetteproc6durc
il n'estpasimportantque
der€glage,
Le choixde cetteoptionet sonr6glagesbpÖrent
passerde
que
pouvons
la
la
flÖche
indique
que
pourleduaFrate.
doncnous
est
Nous
L'important
fagon
manchesoiten butÖe.
gauche.
la d6crire.
droiteou la
le manched'uncÖtöoud'unautre
ne peutpasetremisholefonclion,il ny a donc ll sufft d'incliner
l6gÖrement
L'exponentiel
pasd'intenuptour
ä choisir.0% exposignifieun d6placement oud'utiliserle curseurdetrim.Faitesattentionä la flÖche,elle
maximale.
avant-affiÖre,
lin6aire,100066galela döviationexponentielle
indiquequelcöt6vousr6glez.Pourlesfonctions
par
symetrie.
apparaft
ou
aniöre
avant
uneflöcfle
L'option"r*glagesymeüquede la course"
quepourlesailerons.Unreglage
Cetteoptionn'esldisponible
lorsde I'emploide deuxservos'
aucun
sens;
ici
s6par€n'aurait
parle diff6rentiel.
accessible
est
ce r6glages6par6
Si vous avez dÖjäessayeles autresoplionsci{essus, le
de la coursene poseaucrn problÖme'
reglagesym6trique
=
lci aussi,1000/0co{rsemaxim€le,0llo=9!E9 tt!!!e -r
100
L'option"r6glagede course
assymetrique"
cette optionpermetde r€glerla coursemaximaleindividueF
pourchaque
de
cötÖde l'6l6ment
lement,et cecis6parement
commanoe.
L'option"centre"
figure23
pourla plupartdes
fonciions.Parelle,vous
Elleesidisponible
position
pouvezd6placer6lectroniluementla milieudel'610ment
de @mmande:celä conespondä l'effetdes trims pour les
manches.
Lescoursesmaximalesnesontpasmodifi6esparlamodmcation
du centre(effetcenter-trims).
"*,"".J?Jä^'
tig|ute22
du modÖle
Ceciesi utilis6parexemplelolsquela sensibilit6
desgouvemes.
n'estpas6galedanslesdeuxdeplacements
et
ce dglage esitpr6vupour toutes les fondions, sauf gaz
"169ler
le
menu
dans
cetteodion
Vousre@nnaissez
ailerons.
de commande"ä I'affichage:
les616menls
r-::['IFjEr-r-uuF;:,Er
: + 1r3iltt"g
Sril,lliETFj
2n
/5oth
d6calage 'ntrel/
/
/
50
fgtage
101
centre
ligure 24
c'esl-ä{irejusqu'enbut6ede
Le rdglageva jusqu'ä100o/o,
concemÖ.
de commande
l'6l6ment
Valeur de ]€glage:
La proc6dut€ de r€glage est simple:
d'eneurl
Oo/o'. Letrimdegazn'apasd'effet- possibilit€
Prenons
Allezdansle menu"r€gler6lementde commande".
par exemplel'6l6mentde commandeD:PRoFo.Appuyez
gaz
permet
du
ralenti
sur
un
reglage
100%: Letrimde
"D:PROFO".
Appuyez
d'abod sur Z, puisfeuilletezjusqu'ä
toutela demi-course.
"CENTRE'.
jusqu'äfaireapparaftre
alorssurN puisfeuilletez
estconseill6e.
unevaleurde20 ä 30o/o
Dansla pratique,
Vousvoyezalors:
Encore un conseil:
la positiondu mlentiesl en aniÖre.Si vous
Normalement,
r[, ! FF;t:tFU
t::El.{TFjEr
appuyez
voulezl'inverser(parexemplepourun helicoptÖre),
TF:If,l: +El.;s
Ainsi,toutela fonctiondu manchesera
surE) lorsdu r6glage.
VousvenezcelädansI'affichage
invers6e:
leralentiestdevant.
Appuyezsur Z: la valeurä doite clignote.R6glezalorsavec parl'apparition
signe- devantla valeur(sile servotourne
d'un
ts ou El la valeurd6sir6e.ceci fait, Btoumezä I'afüchage alorsdansle mauvaissens,inversezsonsens,voirpage28).
d'6tatavecla toucheE).
Deuxutilisationstypiques de cetteoption:
lJoption "diff6rqfüel"
1:
Exemple
quepourlafonction
etpour
ailercn
n'estdisponible
Cetteoption
ducentre autantquevouslui ayezattribu6
der6glage
Vousavezvuplushautquelapossibilitö
deuxseryosau minimum.
ceüe Danstouslesautres
vajusqu'ä100%,c'ed-ä{ire enbutde.Sivouschoisissez
cas,cetteoptionn'apasdesenset peut
"169lageassymdtriquede
parexemplepourun manche,le servonebougera etreremplac6e
possibilit€,
parl'option
lacoujse".
paspourle mouvementd'un
cöt6du mancheet ferasacourse
entiöreDourI'autremouvement.
faireensorte
Vouspouvezainsi,poulunplaneurparexemple,
que les aem-fr€inssortentcomdötementloß de la @urse
aniÖredu mancheet soientinodrantslorsde la courseavant.
la dus courante?!
Exemple2: peut-etrel'utilisation
positions
destrimsne se
les
conslruit,
modÖle
bien
Pourun
prenez
que
peu
la valeur
vous
vols.
Si
lors
des
trÖs
modifient
plusä
r6aju$er
n'avez
de
centre,vous
valeur
destrimscomme
la valeurdeb€se
de modÖles:
lestrimslorsdeschangements
position
milieu.
la
esl
alojs
toujours
destrims
Attention: n'utilisezpas le r6glagedu cerflrepourr6glerle
"centre"dur€glage
centred'unseNo.Utilisezpourceläl'option
figure26
des servos(page26).
L'option"tim de nlenti"
prenonsun exemple.NousavonsattribuÖ:
PourI'expliquer,
gaz
gaz(et
que
pour
lesfondions
=
n'esldisponible
Cetteodion
A ailerons;servol = aileton;selvo 5 = aileron
poureffetque
n'opÖre
le
curseurdetdm
a
Elle
2)et a6ro-freins.
Appuyez
de commande".
Allezdansle menu"r€glerölÖments
qu'enpositionde ralentidu manche.L'effetapparaftdepuisle ensuitesur N et feuilletezpourfaireapparaitre'diff6rentiel"
milieu.Dans I'autremoiti6du mouvementdu manche
(particuliörement
en positionplein{az),elleestinop6rante.
rHIFILEFJ
T:'IFFEFJq
H:,rititiETFj:+Iilrt;r
Faites aüention ä une attribution conecte des s€rvos,
ä I'envers(voir page25).
sinon le difi6rentieltravaillera
Vouspouvez
AppuyezalolssurZ: la valeurä droiteclignote.
alorsajusierla valeur.
Signification:
coulse6galeenhautet enbas
Oo/o: pasdedifiÖrentiel:
ögalela moiti6de la course
500/o: la couFeinfÖrieure
sup6rieure
maximum:pasde coursedu cÖtÖ
lOOoÄ: diff6rentiel
inf6rieur.
figure25
pas
l'6metteur
169len
Vousn'avez ä vousoccuperautrementde
aux
seNos.
signaux
@rreds
les
disldbueautomatiquement
leplein{az.
influencer
ralentisans
ainsir6glerle
Vouspouvez
Lors du rÖglagedu difi6rcntiel,vous pouvezinvelserson
Lechoixet le röglagedecetteoptionsefontcommepourles sensavecla touche E.
cidessus.
options
d6crites
seNos(voirpage
unou plusieurs
d'inverser
Avecla possibilitÖ
26), vous pouvezainsimaitrisertous les cas possiblesde
montage.
31
avecE) pourottenirS5(vousavez6ventuellement
pourd'autresr6glages): Feuilletez
Encoreun truc (quivaut6galement
l'6toiledoit
flöcheetune6toile).Bougezl'interupteun
cofügeretd'optimiseraussiune
etplusrapidede
ll eslsouvertplussimple
que
positions.
pour
signifie
Ceci
une des deux
apparaitre
unevaleuren vol.
"en".
position
esl en
I'intefiupteur
Ceciesl trÖsfacileavecla souris:
Avant le d6paft, entrczdans le menu concemeet faites R6glagede la valeurfixe elle-meme:
Appuyezsur Z: la valeurinf6rieurcdroiteclignote.
clignoterla valeurä modifierne quittezpasle menu!
perme{
parallöle
la r6gleraveclestouchestsE. 07o
Vouspouvezmaintenant
avecles touchesE) et E et
La sourisest en
butee.R6glez
servo,1000/0,I'autre
signifielabut6ed'uncot6du
de modifierla valeuren vol.
de la course
par
ä
la
moiti6
ceci
conespond
pourm6moriserlavaleurconecte. exempleä 75olo:
Apßslevol,quittezlemenu
d'uncöt6.
Attention!
tester l'effet de la valeur fixe:
Bien qu'il soit th*ofiquemeft possib/ede le faie, n'Ltilisez Vous oouvezmaintenant
"hors',le servoest commandepar le
55
6tant
l'ir[erruoteur
jamaisle davbr duranth wl D'üsd W@ que @lä wus
le servova dansla
Si vousbasculezl'interrupteur,
diüait @ wüe rtodets.,ensuiteparcequ'uneeneu powmit curseur.
pr6rögl6e.
position
@n@uences da*oqhnues!
avoir cbß,s
travaillede fagoninverse,
Si vousvoulezque l'intenüpteur
Sivousappuyezalors
sur
55
clignote.
nouveau
!:
appuyezde
L'optionnaburfixe"
s'inverse,ainsi que le sens
aprÖs
55
la
flÖche
sur
E,
etc. sont des conceptesconnusdes
DuaFrate,exponentiel,
de I'intefiuPteur.
d'adionnement
avecI'option"valeurfxe".
expens;il en va tout autrement
Conseil important pour les pilotes F3B
prenonsun exemple:
PourI'expliquer,
votre€glage,vousavezpeutetrevu qu'ilexisleaussi
Lorsde
Soit un modÖleavec voletsde courbure,contr6l6spar le I'option"FlX-2".Ceci signifieque vous disposezde deux
pourotdenirund6dacement
rÖduites
Lescou]sessont
curseurF.
valeußfxes.
total sur la coursedu curseurde -5 ä +7,5' (cecin'eslpas
fixesdesvolets,par
deuxpositions
bien VouspourriezainsirÖgler
pourI'exemple,
maismontrepadiculiÖrement
n0ces6aire
et vol de vitesse.
exempledecollage
I'utilitöde valeurixe).
vous devez utiliserl'intenupteur
esttoujoursutilis6e Pour utilisercette odion,
unepositiondetermin6e
Pource modÖle,
"Sl".SivousutilisezI'intenuFeur
Idans
positions
pourunememe@nfiguration
de vol, parexemple15"pourle sp6cialätrois
de
pas
6l6ment
comme
l'attribuer
position ce but, vous ne devez
depouvoiractivercette
llseEittröspratklue
d6collage.
"J""
page
60.
Voir
en
Donc:E.C.I commande
notmale. commande.
parun intenudeuret de passerensuiteä l'utilisation
ne fume pas encore,nous vous presentons
votre
tete
ll seraitdonc ndcessairede passerpar dessusla position Si
autle finessede l'6metteun
une
normaledesvoletspouratteindreunevaleurfixegräceä un maintenarn
actionn6es
decommandepeuventCtre
Plusieursfonctions
interupteur.
par des interrupteurs momentan6, par exemple par
"valeurfixe"'
C'est ce que fait I'option
i'intemrpteurde manche ou l'inte.rupteur momentan6
Valeurfixeamönelafonctionde commandesurunevaleur pour chrono,
pr6d6temin6epar l'action d'un inGnupteuret passepar
qu'untelinterrupteurmomentan6
Pourlasuite,nousadmettons
dessus le signal de l'6l6mentde commandeluiflemeestbrancheä 54.
ll y a doncdeuxr€glages:
(eno/ode
lacoulsetotale); Appuyezsur N. Avec E, feuilletezjusqu'ä55 et continuez:
D'abord,lavaleurfxeelle-mCme
LS,G, I puisdenouveau51, maiscette
vousvoyezapparaftre
doitacliverlavaleur
deI'interupteurqui
ensuite,l'attribution
seule.Ceciindique
fois.ciaveclesymboleI et nonplusflÖche
fxe.
momentan6.
un intenupteur
Le r6glagese passede la memefagonquepourle duaFrate. Feuilletez
plusloinavecEl, jusqu'äS4I. AppuyezsurS4. Le
Unexemple:
servo6 va ä la positionpr6r€gl6epour la valeurfxe; ä la
suivante:
pression,
l'attribution
prochaine
il repassesurle curseur,etc..
Admettons
=
=
6
diversl
1;
servo
diveß
F
6l6mentde commande
avecle mancheune
Decettefaqon,vouspouvezd6clencher
celä signifieque le curseurdroitpilotele servosur la sonie fonctionde longuedur6e.
decommande"
Allezdanslemenu"169ler6l0ment
16ceoteur6.
Attentionl
l'6l6mentde commandeF: divets 1.
et choisissez
Avec ce syslömed'interupteur,vous ne voyez plus par
de
Appuyezensuitesur E, puissur El pour
l'interupteurla positiondu servo.Nousvous conseillons
".
pour
que
non
faireapparaitre"FlX-1
les
fonctions
de
faire
faQon
n'utilisercette
ou leg6nÖrateur
letrainrentrant
commeparexemple
critiques,
Vousvoyezalorssur l'affichage:
de fum6e.
rF:['ltl.1 FI:":-lr
Revenons ä "valeur fixe"
Vous pouvezegalementattribuerun servo directementä
5F-11i1
rHUFj5
"valeurfxe". Cellgci fonctionnealorscomme6l6mentde
commandevinuel.Vous pouvezainsiavec un intenupteur
Choix de I'interrupteurde la valeurfixe:
appuyez passerd'unevaleurä l'autre.
quecesoitl'intenupteur55,
Pourcefaire,
Admettons
Vraisemblablement,
clignote.
inf6rieurgauche
sur5l:I'affichage
Application typique:
"EN".
surEl pourobtenir
Appuyez
vousavez"HORS".
ou valeurde d6viationfixe pourun
Crochetde remorquage
divers-mix.
32
L'option"nonn-p6"
si la oositionnormaleesl en avantou en aniÖre.[€ normpos
estle pointde d6partpourle m6langeur.
Cette odion s'utilisepour un but preciset n'estdisponible C'es{tout;avecEl, vousquittezcommetoujoursle menu.
qu'evecun m€langeur.
la Faites attention ä ce qui suit:
ou desvoletsde courbure,
Lorsde la sortiedesa6ro-freins
m6langerles a6rofreinsou les volets de
modificationd?ssiettecreedoitetrecompens6eparunel6göre Si vous voulezprcfondeur,
vousdevezchoisirpourle servo
la
On m6langeainsiunepetitepartie courbut€avec
corec{ionde la profondeur.
"profondeur+"
Vousavezainsi
et non"profondeuf'.
concemö
du signaldesvoletssurla profondeur.
parties
profondeur
partie
aÖlufreins
plusdu
les
röglagedela
en
t-esprobEmessuivantsapparaissent:
et volets.
La positionde repos des volets ou des a6rc-freinsest
normalemerten but6ede l'6l6mentde commande.Si l'on
mölangeaitsimplementle signaldes volets ä celui de la
profondeur,la profondeurseraitdÖjädÖplac6edu fait de cette
doitpas
position
la profondeurne
enbut6e.Ceciestind6sixable:
Le combls,itchesl uneaidetrÖsutilepourtous les pilotes.
parla positionvoletsrentres.
Ctreinfluenc6es
ces des planeurs,les viragesdoiventtoujoursctrc
Dans
ceteffetsile mdlangeur"volet-sur-profondeud' le
Onpeutobtenir
en pilotantla direciionet lesailerons.La commande
n6goci6s
nedonnepaslevraissignaldesvolets,courteAdudiagramme,
de deuxfoncfionspeutprovoquerdesdifücultes
simultan6e
voletsrentr6sestle point
maisun signalcorig6.Si la position
pilote
pour
ayantpeude pratique.
le
X du diagramme,on doit donnerau m6langeurun sbnal
ä la courbeB. Pourla positionel0r€meY, c'est Avec le combi-switch, il est possible de relier
conespondant
6lectroniquementces deux commandes.Grece ä un
la courbeC.
peut Ctre enclench6e ou
reqoit interrupteur, cette liaison
le m6langeur
commevousle voyezsurle diagramme,
qui pemet de choisir de commander
ce
d6clench6e,
en positionvoletsrentds la valeurde m6langenulleet en
s6padmentou ensembleles deuxfonctions.
oositionvoletssortisla valeurcompläe.
Vous pouvezchoisir si, lolE de la liaison:
les aileons entrainentla direclion,c€ qui permetde
aveclemanchedesailerons;
deuxfonctions
commanderles
ou
cequipermetdecommander
entraine
lesailemns,
ladir€dion
avecle manchede direction.
lesdeuxfonctions
vol.Danslesdeux
d6pendde voshabitudesde
Votred6cision
cas,la fondionentraineere$e pilotableparsonpropremanche.
esl le deg16d'entrainement.
Un autrepointdu combi-s'vrritch
Vouspouvezle r6glerentre0 et 200%.
ceci veutdire:
ligwe2T
de 50%,la fonctionentrain6eatteintla
Avecun entrainement
Une course
de la fonclionprincipale.
moiti6du d6placement
possible
cecas
dans
plusgrandede
n'est
la fondionentrain6e
I'adive qu'enactionnant
L'dmetteur
Le r€glagedecetteoptionesltrössimple.
le manchede la fonctionentrain6e.
de
a6ro-freins
oudesvolets
lorsduchoixdes
automatiquement
deuxfonclionsont unecourse
sivousvoulezla Avecunevaleurde {00%,Ies
couöure.Vousn'avezqu'ädireä l'6metteur
egale.
'voletsrentr€s"
position
enavantouenaniÖre.
atteintd6jäsa
unevaleurde200%,lafonctionentrain6e
Avec
prenons
le modöle"09coRTlNA".Apßs le pleine
Pourexemple,
de
la fondion
de
la
course
demi
valeur
ä
la
course
pr€c6dent
pourl'exemple
comme
appuyez
cemodÖle,
choixde
principale.
Silbn donneplusde courseä lafonc{ionprincipale,
E|as.
la fondionentrain6eresteä sa valeurmaximale:il n'estpas
Loß du passageen revuedes options,l'affichagesuivant possiblede l'augmenter.
apparaftpourlesa6rofreins:
Commentutiliserle combiswitch
rE$tl, -FFjFrlSlT,1
Ii.lHr:T,E'iT: + ,
"PoSlT."clignote.
Vouspouvez
Appuyezsur
El: laflÖchesous
en appuyantsur E.
inversersi n6cessaire
Avec la flÖcheen avant,la positionr€posesl en avant.
AveclatoucheE), vouspassezsurnormposmilieuetsi votre
6metteurest au milieu(unsigne- estvisibleä l'6cran),vous
surE]' Encas
pouvezpassersurunedesbutÖes
en appuyant
vouspouvezchangeraveclatoucheE et choisir
de necessit6,
t ( q \I ]\ \K
50 o/o
100Vo
|
200o/o
est I
entraine o"1üi,"6,1entraineeni;inälentraine
est
Figurc28
33
unevaleurdebase,
Nousne pouvonspasvousre@mmander
commencez
En
casdedoute,
puisque
modÖle.
cellecid6penddu
pour
le meilleur
trouver
en
vol
essais
des
€rtfaites
avecl OOo/o
comDromis.
vol ä I'aidede
Vouspouvezfacilementmodmerlavaleuren
la souris et aniver ainsi rapidementä l'optimum.
priseencharge
modifiercettevaleurde
Sivousvoulez
envol:
surEl pourlib6rerla
Allezavantled6partau menuet appuyez
pas
quittez
ensuitele menu!
prise
Ne
charge.
en
valeurde
pouvez
ä I'aidede la
valeur
cette
modifier
vous
Durantle vol,
pour
la
m6moriser
k
sur
appuyez
Aprös
l'attenissege,
souris.
valeurexacte.
Aprösc€üeintroduction,un peude pratique'
pourfairecereglage
estquevousdevezavoir Attention:
Lacondition
etunautre€lÖment Nejamais169lerunevaleuravecle clavierdurantle voll Le
attribu6un6l6mentdecommande"ailercn"
"diredion".
De plus,un interupteurdoit ö{re dangerd'une ereur est trop grand: vous risquezvott€
de commade
marqu0 modöleet memeplusl
option,parexemdeä l'emplacement
inslall6pourcette
Pour les dglages durant le vol, utilisezexclusivementla
Sws/CS.
"02
qui vous pemet de faile des modmcationsä
souris,
pouniez
FLAMINGo";vous
Prenonscommeexemple
"09
l'aveugle.
aussichoisir FIESTA".
"Gombi-switch"dans le
Vous trouvez le menu sp6cial
menu "t6gler Öl6mentde commande".
d'6tat,vous y parvenezen appuyantsur
DepuisI'affichage
en
E)[|. Continuez appuyantsurS: vousvoyez:
e
F lBü:r r5[rl:55+.
I FlEr:T,
fi I LEFIUH+I:
estchoisicommeintenupteur
55+indiquequeI'interrupteur55
55+ clignote.Vouspouvez
sur
Appuyez
N:
de combi-s,witch.
Si
avec
interupteur
EE) si n6cessaire.
un
autre
choisir
alors
"EN". En
obtenez
plusieurs
vous
sur
fois
E,
appuyez
vous
horsfonclion.
appuyantsur E), vousmettezle combi-switch
r ltjrj:i tjsl.il:HitF:51
,
I F:E[T
!1I LEF:üt{+tr
appuyez
Ne d6sirantpas mettrehorsservicele combi-süvitch,
de 55+.
de nouveausur El, puissur Eljusqu'äI'appalition
doitetrc
La + flöchedeniÖre55 montrequesensI'interupteur
"EN"
voulez
Sivous
pouss6pourmeftre
fondionle couplage.
sens
ainsi
le
inveFer,il suffitd'appuyersur El: vousinversez
par
qui
une
est
indiqu6
ce
de I'intenupteur,
de fonclionnement
+ flöcheinversede la Pr6cÖdente.
esl en position"EN",une6toileapparait
LoßqueI'interrupteur
(+*) aprÖsla flöche.
quelesailerons
sivousd6sirez
Vouspouvezchoisirmaintenant
ou
l'inverse.
entrainentla diredion
Pourcelä,appuyezsurtl: lavaleurdepriseenchalgeclignote.
de la demiÖreligne
Si vousappuyezalorssur El, I'affichage
"diredionsurailemns"
"ailerons
et
en
surdiredion"
changede
I'exemple,
que
Dans
voulez.
vous
ce
Choisissez
inversement.
nouslaissercns"aileronssur diredion",c'est-ädireque les
aileonsentrainentla direction.
Comme
ä rfulerlavaleurdepriseencharge.
llrestemaintenant
celleci clignotedejä,il suffitde r€glerla valeurd6side,dans
I'exemple100%.
Vousdevriezavoiralo]ssurI'affichage:
r ltCrj:;[_il,J:55+q
.
i F:EI-:T
FtI LEFIt-1t.1+['
d'6tat
etvouspouvezrctoumeräI'afüchage
VousavezterminÖ
parla toucheEl.
34
M6moiresetprognmmes
de listessont€llesmemorisables?
Combien
peut$ocker30 lisleset les rappelersur simple
L'6metteur
m6moireesltrös
de changementde
op6ration
Cette
a
cedainement
demande.
possibif
nrc
30t0vous
sdela
PROH
ite
Unedes
li$e, vousallez
quand
une
autre
voulez
appeler
vous
30
modÖles.
simple:
de
m6morisation
achat:
la
ä
son
incit6fortement
"changef'etvous
"m6moir€",
cfioisissez
vousy
menu
dans
te
ce quevouspouvez
Dansce chapitre,nousvousexpliquons
jusqu'äce que le modÖled6sirÖ(avecson nomen
feuilletez
faireaveccesmÖmoires.
trouverezplus
ce$ tout(oupresque)'Vous
apparaisse:
clair!)
D'abod,unp€udetheoriepoursavoircommentla PROFIttrc de daailsen page37.
3010memoriselesmodöles.
commepar
surles m6moires,
"m6moire"et les sous. ll y a aussid'autresop€rations
Ensuite,du concretavec le menu
pourun
ou
modÖle
nouveau
liste6prouv6e
exempleutiliserune
menus:
pouvez
faire
aussi
donnerun nomä unenouvelleliste.Vous
cooier
table raseet effacerles lisie obsolÖtes.
effacer
dit:
Plussimplement
changer
les
icile
concept"liste",car l'6metteurslocke
Nousavonsutilis6
nom
modölessouscetteforme.
trim
parlerde"m6morisation
d'unmoddle"
ll estdevenucoutEntde
"cooierune
que
savoir
l'6meüeurdoit
ce
principe
m6moire".Tout
simple
oude
Ia listeüun modde,un
est
le
contenu
et
la
liste
lisle,
dans
une
setrouve
ce surunmodCle
maintenant
Rep€sentez-vous
Prenonsunde vosmodÖles.
"configur€')
Lorsde la copie,le contenude cettemdmoire
mömoire.
d'une
votre
sur
qui doit €tre 16916(techniquemer
:
etc..
estdupliqu6dansuneautremÖmoire,
0metteur.
Vouspensezque nouscouponsle cheveuen quatre.Nous
Parexemple,vousavez:
quelisle,m6moire
vousfairecomprendre
ä gauche; voulonssimplement
aileronssur manchede droite,profondeur
Danscemanuel,
meme
significdion.
la
rccouvrent
modÖle
ou
exponeriel pourla profondeu[
selonlecontexte.Si
indiff6remment,
ces
termes
utilisons
nous
diff6rcntielpourles ailerons;
la dösignationtriviale vous parait illogique'vous savez
latguagede bonbonsparun intenupteuI
pourquoivous pouveztoujou6 vous r6f6rerau
maintenant
oositionnormaledestrims;
conceDt"lisle".
sensde rotationdes servos;
Notez ce qui suit:
etc.
qui est ä l'6cranet quevouspilotezesi le modÖle
Le modÖle
Si votre6m€tteurn'avaitpasde m6moirc,vousdevrieznoter "actuel".
de
tous ces Dointssur une lisle et, ä chaquechangement
c,elle-ci
seratoutde
modification,
unequelconque
de Sivousfaites
Au
sommet
cette
liste.
modöle,r6glervotre€mefteurselon
sa
lisle
dans
m6moris6e
0a liste
et
automatiquement
suite
sonnom.
cetteliste,vousinscrireriez
niveau
demier
au
tout
toujours
est
la
mdmoire
Ainsi
actuelle).
C'e$ exac'tementce que fait l'dmetteurPROHrrc 3010.
l'Ömetteur.
vous
6teignez
loFque
des
modifications
si vous poss6diezauparavantun 6metteuravec m6moire,
et desvaleus de Lorsde la remiseenroute,cedemierniveauestde nouveauä
oubliezqu'ily avaitalorsdes programmes
Commecest
qu'unelislede disposition.
Vousn'avezainsipasä m6moriser.
d'autre
plwrammes
rien
n'6taient
reglage.Ces
epargnedu
celä
que
souvent,
proc6clure
ps
vous
utiliserez
plupart
du
tem
une
parlefabriquant,
la
prepar6e
etc.
mÖlangeurs,
grises.
cellules
ä
vos
travail
possibilitd
de modification.
sans
Mais attention, ceci peut cacher un piögel
l-a PROFI mc 30tO es{ bien plus efhcace:
quevousayezrful6 un modölede fagonoptimale
Elle
Admettons
une
fiche.
ouvre
l'6metteur
Pourchacunde vos modÖles,
pas
de peine.Vousne voulezplusmodifiezsa
ä
beaucoup
et
avec
n'avez
qui
modÖle.
Vous
concemece
contienttout ce
pour
cependantlester autre chose,ce qui
Vous
aimeriez
vos
liste.
quand
l'Ömetteur
vousr6glez
l'6tsblirsp6cialement
il notetoutce que modifieraitles r6glages.Ou bien, vous avez un nouveau
besoins,celui-cila clee automatiquement:
etvousaimeriezutilisercettelisteavec
plus
pas
ä la mÖmoriser modölede mÖmetyp€
non
Vous n'avez
vous choisissez.
quelques
cations.
modifi
de
l'6metteur,
miseenservice
lorsdelaprochaine
sp6cialement:
la demiÖrelis{eutilis6e. Quefaire?
direclement
celui-civousproposera
"OuL
maisk üis düüd ehbff @tte lige' La solutionest simple:vous copiezla listedans une autre
Vous allez dire:
c'est-ä4ire c':frlisirlesmelarceüs, les dtibutions, efc. Cesf m6moire,passezsurcettenouvellem6moireet exp6rimentez
ettainement@mpliqu6,etIa@ncwrercelesofredöiä faites"- sanssoucivosnouveauxr€glages.
Ceciest patticulßßment valablepour les exemplesd6jä
Toutde suitedeuxrgponses:
Tantquevousn'ötespasfamilialis6avec
1. vous verrez que c€ n'est pas du tout complique'Vous pr6programm6s.
pouvezchoisirexadementcequevousd6sirez,et laisser l'6metEur, vous devdeztoujouts utiliser une copie et
jamais I'oliginal. C'est pourquoi la connaissancede la
tomberI'inutile.
est le plus importantä apprcndteau
2. pourle casoircetravailesttmpdifficile,l'6metteurcorient copie des m6moircs
pourlesutilisations d6but. Elle est plus simple que ce que vous pensez
pr6par€€s
d6jä{ 0lisbs (ouprogrammes)
maintemntl
les pluscourantes.
exemplele modÖle"BlGLIFT"de la memoire10.
clignote.Vous
dans Appuyezsur 5l: le num6rode la m6moire
estcontenu
memoires
letravaildes
Toutcequiconceme
pour faire
pouvez
les
m6moires
feuilleter
dans
maintenant
'.Depuis
vousypaNenez
l'affichage
d'6tat,
lemenu"MEMolRE
BIG
LIFT.
apparaftre
sur@ puissur51.
enappuyant
La sourceesl ainsichoisie.Vousvoyezalors:
Le mqru"m6noire"
surI'affichage:
Vousvoyezparexemple
FT.L|FIEFj
f.lr_lt'|I
Tt:It'lr
b.r:HfitlriEF;
rFtl'-rF.Illl_liJrtr
! Tr-rl
!T
r !r-rr-r I
rt:'E it:i:FItjliFT
surEl: vousavezalorsune
d'appuyer
llvoussufft maintenant
A panirde ce menuvouspouvezchoisirles sous-menuscopiede BIGLIFTdansla m6moirequi 6taitadive.
suivants:
Afüntion: la copiese faittoujouFdansla m6moireactive.
"copie/':
c'eslfini.Lam6moireacluelle
appuyezsurEl
la Sitoutestconect,
Deniörele concept"copief'secachentnonseulement
de
BIGLIFT.Vousquittezle
une
copie
maintenant
contiert
possibilit6
dansuneautremaisaussi
decopierunemÖmoire
d'habitude.
comme
appuyant
sur
menu
en
El
de modeles
commele transfert
travauxanalogues,
d'autres
Enr€sum6:
ä I'autre,
etc..
d'undmetteur
La cible est toujou.s la m6moireactuelle
"nom":
Choisirla source(ceque vous desirczcopier)en ligne 2.
pourdonnerouchanger
le nomd'uneliste.
"changef':
Appuyezsur E: l'6metteurfait la copie.
passer
pour
une
mÖmoire
pourchanger
sur
ou
Quittezle menuavecla touche El,
de m6moire
vide.
Conseils:
Commewus I'avezvudansfexqnple, wus n'avezpasbesoin
d'etra@rla nemofuecibleavaft de coF,ier!
si la positiondes
vouspouvez@ntrÖler
avecce sous-menu,
plus
depuis Deuxtrucspourfinir
fois,
exactement,
trim a chang6depuisla demiÖre
de cettem6moire.
la demiöreutilisation
TrucNo.l
de mÖmoire,ce menu est autG ll peutaniverque
changement
riencopier,bienquevous
Aprös un
vousned6sireriez
"copieC'
que
ont
les
trims
(par exemple,si vous
car
il
esl
vraissemblable
appel6,
matiquement
soyezd6jä dans le menu
ce
modÖle.
plus
utilisation
de
que
la
demiÖre
de m6moirelibre).Vousne
6t6 bougdsdepuis
remarquez vousn'avez
Vous pouvezögalementappelerce sous-menusans avoir pouvezplus quitterle menu, car I'appuide la touche B
de copie.Quefaire?
le prccessus
la dedencherait
ceci esl utilepourcontr6ler
besoinde dlangerdem€moire.
position
problÖme.
miseenroutedel'Ömetteur, ll y a deuxsolutions
nouvelle
destrimslorsd'une
ä ce
passürsdela position
destrims,en La premiÖre,
sivousn'Ötes
sp6cielement
Ceslde choisircommeciblela mömem€moire
que la sourceet d'appuyefsur @. Ainsi, I'auto-copiene
concoutsparexemple.
aucunemodification.
Vous trouverez ci-aprös le mode operatoirede ces sous. provoque
l'6meneur.
d'Öteindre
menus.
La seconde,
c'esttoutsimplement
Truc No.2
Lemeltu"copid'
unelisle
quevousremarquieztFoptardd'avoircopiÖ
Admettons
appuyantsurEl
S dansune mauvaisem6moircet ainsid'y avoireffac6la liste
vousyparvenezen
DepuisI'affichaged'Ötd,
soue pr6c6dente.
pourobtenirle
Pasde panique,rienn'eslpetdu:unebou6ede
menu"m6moire",puisZ pourobtenirle
"copie/'.
estd6criteen page37 (mömoireMX).
sauvetage
Vousvoyezalors:
menu
rfiunE I T|JUT
FIE:;Tt]
rFE r.JFr
Com mentetracer une m6moire
unenouvelleliste,c'esiplussimpleet
Quandvous6tablissez
plussorde le faireavecunem6moirevide.
possibilit6s(Ce
diffÖrentes
Derriöre
leterme"MoDE"secachent
car tout ce que vous
n6cessaire,
n'eslpas absolument
plusbas,maintenant,
nousnous attribuezou modifiezest 6crit par-dessusles 6l6ments
decopie.Nousenparlemns
dela simplecopie.
occupercns
quelques
6l6mentsdu
pr6c€dents.
res'ter
ll pounaitcependant
modölepröc6dentcapablesde vous faire de mauvaises
Commwt copiu Ia lisled'un modöle
surprises).
Nousadmettons€tre rest6dansle menu"copie/' . L'Öcran C'e$ pouquoivous avez la possibilit6
d'effacerle contenu
"copief'.
visibledansle cfiapitrepr6cfuentesi encoEaffich6.
d'unem6moire.Ced se passedepuisle menu
La premiöreligne (mode:tout) ne nousint6ressepas pour Laligne"mode:" quenousavionssaut€eentremaintenant
en
I'instant!
jeu.
le num€rcet Admettons
A la secondeligne figurela source,c'esl-ä-dire
quevousetestoujouFau menu"copief'.
"E.c-"
le nomdu modölequevous d6silezcopier.L'6metteurvous
Appuyezsur
El:
surZ: '1out"ä drciteclignote.
Appuyez
proposepard6fautle modÖleaduel.
apparaft.Appuyezencoreune fois sur El et vous obtenez
Nous admettonsque vous vouliezcopierun modöle,par "efiace!". C'estle modedontvousavezbesoinmaintenant:
JO
dansune liste,l'Ömetteurmetune copiede la m6moie
avant que la
actuelle dans la m6moire
ä
la premiÖre
prcnne
seulement
efet et
modmcation
modification.
e$ effacöe.Vousquittezle menu
AppuyezsurEl. LamÖmoire
A quoi celä sert-il?
avecla touche@.
Ceslclair.Si vousvousCtestmmpÖsen
Dansle premiercas,
Conseil:
vouspouvezcopier
chance:
effagart,vousavezunedeuxiÖme
Le goässus d'etrrceßrentetrrcetoujousla nßrolrc ad.ßlE. de "MX'dansla mÖmoire
par
et I'eneur
effac6e inadvertance
est r6par6e.
"E.C."
Le mode de copie
6l6nent de
casestclairaussi:si vousavezcopi6parereur
Ledeuxiöme
vous
Commande)
dansune mÖmoireet effaceson contenupr6c6dent,
"MX"'ll vous
"tottt".
pouvezsauvercelui-ci,
est
maintenantdans
caril
Ce
Nousavonsutilis6splushautle modede copie
"MX"dansla m6moired6sirÖe
et le tourest
uneliste,c'est-ädiretoutes suffrtde cooierde
processus
copiesimplementtoute
jou6.
et
et lesr€glagesdes6l0mentsde commande
lesattributions
mÖmoire.
cas,ce n'estpas6videntau premierabord,
la
nouvelle
dans
Dansle troisiÖme
servos
des
ilya toujouts
LoIsdemodifications,
en
estpareil.
Commevous I'avezentrc-tempsconstat6en feuilletant'il maislaraison
"E.C.".
n'apporte
la
modification
Ou
bien
ereur.
fairc
une
dangerde
le
existeaussile mode
pasle resultatescompt6.
Voussavezd'autrepartquechaque
celui-ci est viE expliqu6:
effet dans la
effectuÖeprendimmddiatement
"E.c.", seulsles modification
Quandvous choisissozle modede copie
pas
faitune
d'abold
n'avez
35).
Sivous
mÖmoireaduelle
Ccage
sont
et les @lages des 6l6mentsde commande
attributions
point
esl
de
d6part
pour
le
ensuite,
la
modifier
travail
copie
de
LecötÖservon'eslpascopiÖ.
nouvellem6moire.
copi6sdansla
oemu.
[ä raison de ce mode:
automathued'unecopie,ce dangerest
Par la conseNation
Beaucoupde piloteont une attributionslandatdpour leuts r6duit.Encasde besoin,vouspouvezretrouver
l'Aatinitialen
pourtous
qu'ilsulilisent
leußmodÖles.
decommande,
"MX"dansla m6moireactuelle.
6l6ments
de
copiant
pourunnouveaumodöle,
Siseulela panieservoesldiff6rente
169lerles A cöt6 de celä existe une autre utilisation:
vouspouvezutilisezce modeaulieud'attribueretde
vousavez
ir ervedirdesmodÖles,
Sivousvoulezparexemple
particuliörement
6l6mentsde commande.Ceciva dus vite,
pourcelä
pouniez
Vous
intermfuiaire.
slockage
besoin
d'un
pourles modÖles
compliqu6s.
sont
memoires
les
si
toutes
vide.
Mais
une
m6moire
utiliser
pasndcessaire;
vouspouveztout
"MX"
ce modeneseraitcopendant
plus
possitilit6;
ce
cas,
dans
la
avez
vous
n'en
utilisöe,
etr6glerpasä pas
aussibiensacrifierplusdetempsetattribuer
sertde stockageintermÖdiaire.
lesel€mentsde commande.
descontenusdesm6moires
Misä Prenonsparexemplel'inversion
du modede copie"E.C."esl superflue.
Unedescription
14
et
16.
"E.C.",
c'estla m€mechoseque pour
part le fait de choisir
'tout".
copiezd'ebord14dans16.
unecopiede 16
faitegalement
Lorsde cettecopie,l'6metteur
"imporf'
nexporf'
plus
qu'ä
MX
dans14et c'esl
copier
et
dansMX ll nevousrcste
Le modede copie
ä termin0.
seNentsimplement
Cesdeuxmodesde copieexotiques
rtlü[,E : +'EFFI][EF;
eFE : L'tlftt 1
ä I'autre'lls sont
unelisteentiöred'unÖmetteur
transmetre
Lemenu"changd'
page
plus
pr6cis6ment
61.
en
döcrit
Comment changer de modöle
Remarque:
Pour faire oasserl'6metteurd'un modÖleä un autre d6jä
peu
termes
peut-ef€
des
de tfouver
Vous vous 6tonnez
"impon".
Vousn'avezpasä
il voussuffttd"'appebf'celui-ci.
Cedvientsimplementm6moris6,
et
comme"export"
mod6listes
6t6oblig6pour vousoccuperdu modÖleant6rieur(commeparexempleä le
devotrcemetteura
dufaitquele programmeur
parlantes
avecun stocker).
expressions
dechoisirdes
technique
raison
surlesm0moires,
6tantuneop6ration
modÖle
Lechangementde
r6duitdelettres.
nombre
La mfunoirellD(-Ia bouöedesa,wffige
remarqu6
vousavezpeut-etre
lesm6moircs,
Enfeuilletantdans
pas30 m6moires,
mais31:entrela
quel'6metteurnepossÖde
demiöreet la premiÖrem6moires'intercaleune m6moire
appelde"MX'.
Vousne pouvezcependantpas utilisezcettem6moirepour
stockeren permanenceun modÖle,elle est au contraire
contröl6eparl'6metteurlui-meme.
l. Quandvous effacezune m6moife,l'6metteurmet une
"MX".
copie de la m6moircefiac6edans
2. Quandvous copiezune m6moire,l'6metteurmet une
"MX"
copie de ta m6moirecible dans la m6moire
3, Quand vous modifiez une atüibution ou un r6glage
d'6latau menum6moireparEl!.
vouspassezde I'affichage
Vousvoyezparexemple:
ri::ilFIEF:
Hr:!l'15
TRIfis
kr_:HHi'.lriEF:
Sl pourobtenirle sousll eslclairquevousdevezappuyersur
"change/'.
menu
Vousavezle nouvelaffichage:
I FiE
t,{tl-luELLEl'lE['lu
ElT stjtl:ErirjlIFT
AppuyezsurS: le num6rode m6moireclignote.
37
Vouspouvezmaintenantfeuilleterdansles m6moiresavec
EE ou la souris.
chango6galement'
Avecle num6rc,le nomenclairdu modÖle
le but.
rapidement
ce qui permetd'atteindre
dansI'exemple
cherch6,
modÖle
Quandvousaveztmuvdle
"02 FI-AMINGO",appuyezsur El et vous avez presque
termin0.
ll y a en fait un problÖme:vousdevezmettrelestdmsdans
(L'6metteur
ne p€ut
la demiörepositionde vol de ce modÖle.
pasle fairetoutseul:il a un cerveaumaispasde muscles!)'
c'esl pouquoi, apßs I'appuide la touche El, l'affichage
"positions
trims"appaEftautomatiquement:
f'lHl'lrjHE: l-l E! l-: tl
F : E I i L F E+E+!' + 4 '
Exemplede nomsPossibles:
ASW20,TAIFUN,CORTIM, STUCKA,SANSNOM:
CORTINA3ou STUKA01 seraientaussi possibles,mais
lireen Page59!
attention:
Truc:
6videre unem6moireque
marquerd'unefagon
Sivousvoulez
sera automatiquement
plus,
Elle
effacez-la.
vous n'utilisez
"vide".
plus
de maquerles
confortable
ll esl
c,omme
marqu6e
"vide"
que
trainer des
de
m6moiresinutilis6escomme
"cadavres"
inutiles.
Aprös cette introduction n6cessaire, passons ä la
pratique.
"mÖmoire"
en appuyant
d'ötatau menu
itasseide t'afficnage
sur El5l. VousobtenezParexemple:
ri::IJF'iEH
i.iüfiE
Dansle castßs rareoü vousn'avezpasboug6lestrims,vous
rt-:Ht:tHüEFiTF:11'1.d
suit!
L'explication
aulieudesflÖches'
signesÖgaux
obtenezdes
"nom"par[1. Vousvoyez:
Sivousne voulezpas,pouruneraisonou uneautre,r€glerles Choisirlesousmenu
d'6tat'
trims,appuyezsur E) et revenezä I'afüchage
ühE
f..lull,I
valeurs.
Ajusonslestrimsauxanciennes
; FLFrf{It'lut-t"r
l..lt:rli
A.
de l'6l6mentde commande
Occuponenous
PoussezdoucementA l'affichageapparaisserle num6roet le nom du modÖle
uneflCchevetsladroite.
VousvoyezsousA
la
commandeAversdroite.Aunmoment ac'tuel.
letrimd; l'6l6mentde
en signe"=" (6gaD'C'esltout!'
'FLAMINGO"'
donn6,la flÖcfiese transforme
Dansnotreexemple,ce sontNo.06,
se
Ögal
le
signe
trim,
plus
le
ä
drcite
Si vouspoussezencorc
num6ro,vousdevez
esl Sivousvoulezchangerle nomd'unautrc
delaflÖche
Lasignification
velslagauche.
changeenflÖche
sur[],
d'abordchoisirlam6moired6sir6e.Pourcelä,appuyez
öviclentelleindhuedansquelledireclionpousserle trimpour le num6roclignote.
avec
la
m6moire
choisir
Vouspouvezalors
obtenirle r€glagecorrect.
natu|ellement
EIB ou lasouris(lenomse modifie
lestouches
De la memefagon,r6glezlestrimsB' C et D.
en fonctiondu num6rcde m6moire).
"CORTIM" Le
d'Ötat'
c'esltermin6,vouspouvezrcvenirä l'affichage
vousayezcfioisilenumero09
Admeüonsque
"BAMBINO".
nouveaunomdoitötre
Le mqru"nom"
r-d!q
i'lllä,:
Commentdonnerou modifierle nom d'un modÖle
1ä
souslesnum6ros
modöles
lesdifferents
c
U6metteurstocke
t'{uti : I-t.tF:TIf'lH
plus
de
visuel
bien
esi
il
vous,
Pour
30 danssa mdmoire.
(il AppuyezsurZ. LeC de CoRTIM clignote.
ä leurnomplutötqu'äleurnum6ro
lesmodÖles
reconnaftre
que
parlant
simplement
plus
quece nomsoit
le
fautcependanl
AveclestouchesE)E ou la souris,vous pouvezmodifier
"modÖle
"c". DansI'exemple,
sur El et "c"
27').
c'eslsimple:unepression
listeunnomde devient"8". Passonsau "o". Appuyezde nouveausur Z: le
ä chaque
donner
vouspouvez
C'estpourquoi
"O" clignote.
enaccompagnement
toujours
quel'6metteuraffichera
AveclestouchesEE ou la souris,allezä'4"'
modöie
passez
ä la lettresuivante,etc..
dem6moire.
AvecZ,
du numÖro
que vous voyez clignotersous le
conditions:
certaines
Le trait de soulignement
Lesnomsdoiver remplir
Sanslui,vous
signes' caractÖre
malqueur(curseur).
nepeutpasd6passerS
ä modifierseftde
lalongu€urmaximale
ä
modifier.
pas
pouniez
le
carac'tÖre
voir
chiffres
ne
aux
del'alphabet,
auxlettres
corTespondent
Lessignes
lettreparlettrele nouveau
vousintrcduisez
selonla listeci-apres:
De cettemaniÖre,
et ä dessignessp6ciaux
vousvenezquelessignesvous
nom.Si vousfaitesattention,
/El?34567S1rr=? |IE|IDEFGHIJHLI'IHüFI]RSTWIJH'fZ
dansI'ordreindiqu6plushaut.Si vousvoulez
sontpropos6s
qu'entre
le ? et le A, il y a aussiunsigne'appel6 intrcduireun espace,utilisezle blancsitu6entrele ? et le A'
Remaquez
"signevide"ou"blanc"
vousne pouvezvousdeplacerque de
Lorsde I'inttodudion,
"FSL|ZB"
5'
seulement
2E'compte6 signes,
P.ex.,"AStLl
appuyez
loin,pasdepanique:
gaucheädroite.SivousCtestrop
dessignes,l'Ömetteur
la
lisle
d6but'
connaitre
dös
le
de
pour
recommencer
ll n'eslpasn6cessaire
äncoresurla toucheZ
il n'ya pasde
queceux-ci.
Parexemple,
neuoüsproposant
avecles odinateurs'
exp6rienc€
Pourceuxqui n'ontaucune
minuscules.
encoreune16p6tition:
signene devraitpas-etreun L'anciennomn'eslpasen premierefface,il esl simplement
Trös importanttLe huitiÖme
en
quieslexpliquÖe
sp6ciale
chiffre.ieci sertä unefonction
d6critlettreparleüreparle nouveaunom.Lä oüil n'ya pasde
page59.
le signevide.
simplement
lettre,introduire
Vouspouvezalorsquitterce menugräceä la toucheE]'
38
Le mqtu "tim"
Commentcontt6lerla positiondestrims.
liste
destrimsetlanotedansla
18position
r m6morise
L'6metteu
vous
du modöleactuel.Lorsde la miseen routede l'Ömetteur,
les
voussuspedezque
pouvezainsicontr6lerleurspositionssi
trimsont6t6 boug6sdepuisle demieremploi.
Pource faire,procedezcommesuit:
"mÖmoirc"par les
Passezde I'affichaged'6tat au menu
"trim" avec Z . Vousvoyez
touchesE)Sl . Choisissezensuite
surl'affichage:
Nousnous
impromptus.
desproblÖmes
r6soudre
vouspouvez
'
"diveß
partie
mixef dansla demiÖre
deces
occuperons
"meangel"
Qu'esf-ceque
Prenonsun exemde:
par
devoletsdecouöurequipermettent,
Unmodölee$ Öquipd
portance.
de
la
Du
fait
la
de modifier
exempleä I'atterfissage,
cons6quence
comme
Ögalement
depofianceapparaft
variation
devientpiqueuroucabreur.
le modÖle
d'assiette:
unevariation
pourcompenser.
tilerlaprofondeur
Lepilotedoitalorspousserou
sil'ond6vieunepartiedusignaldes
Ceciselaisseautomaliser,
lebonsensetavec
naturellementdans
voletssurla
orofondeur,
: Ft F rj [i
t'lFtHr:HE
pas
cettevaleur
ä
avoirpeurque
la bonnevaleur.Vousn'avez
t'+
permetde
F t E l S L H t+j E
: .r.
l'informatique
volets:
aux
de coneclionmanque
d6vierdesvaleurssansPerte.
Glissezalorsle trim de A vers la droite(pourI'exemplecirecevradonc, en plus de son
setransfomereensigne Le servo de profondeur
laflÖche
A unendroitdonn6,
dessus).
"profondeui', uneportionsuppl6mentaite
pdncipal
signal
6gal. Si vous continuezencorevers la droite,une flÖche
de signal
orier öe ä gaucheapparanra.
ledoublepointindiquedansquelleditection
LaflecheaprÖs
vous devezbougervotle levierde trim pour obtenirle tdm
pr6cedemmentmis en m6moire'
deAversladmne'
vousdevezpousserletrim
DansI'exemple,
celuideB enavant,celuideC ä gaucheetceluideDenaniÖre,
jusqu'äobtenirpartoutlessignesd'6galite.
Vousquittezensuitele menuavecla tour:heE).
Conseil:
Figure29
e,emenuawalt apresdlaq.redl gBmeft& mömolrc'@ci
plus
(et
encore
choses
les
de
tims
en@remieux
que wus avez @ttainenent d'autresvaleurs
Faisonsmaintenant
parFr€
pout le modele .ttilis6 precedemment,et vous voulez compliqu6es).
ceftairemerrtddilircrresttit?s exacfsdu noweau modäle.
Le modÖlepeutvoleren loopingssen6ssi ä I'adionde la
uneadion moindredesvoletsdansle
profondeur
conespond
Attention:
en deviantune
Mettez les trims ä leurs valeuF exactes mÖmesi vous sensoppos6.Ceciaussipeutötreautomatis6
des
volets.
profondeur
le
servo
pas,
sur
partie
du signalde
choisissezun modÖlepouressai:si vous ne le faites
d'autlesvaleuls Le servodes volets lecevfiadonc, en plus de son signal
vous allez m6moliserautomatiquement
"volets", une portion suppl6mentaarede signal
de trims pour ce modÖlel
"profondeud',
M6langeur
lesm6langeurs
ä connaitre
Danscechapitre,vousapprendrez
de l'emetteur.
Avant de vous y attaquer,vous devez connaitreles bases
les dglages,etc'et lesmaftriser.
commeles atttibutions,
voilurefxe,
demodÖlesä
exemples
Nousnouslimiteronsädes
6tanttraitösdansleurproprechapitre(page
les h6licoptÖrcs
46). Cependant,tout ce qui est dit ici vaut aussipourles
Figure30
desh6licoPtöres.
m6langeurs
"la
et lesvoletssont
de l'6metteurPROE,tnc 30t0 sont utilis6s Auparavant,
vousauriezdit: profondeur
Les m6langeuns
parrapportaupass€.Nouspensonsque m6lang6s".oubliez-levite! Car maintenantvient une
d'unefagondiffdrente
de les utiliserestplussimple.
ll regoiten plusdesa6ro-freins,
de notremodÖle.
cettenouvellemaniÖre
am6lioration
Maislesa6rorapides.
pourlui
permettre
des
descentes
philosophie
d
e
faire
premierla
nouvelle
ercnsdoncen
Nousvouspr€set
du
modÖle.
l'assiette
6galement
modifient
que
sortis
s'adapte
freins
celle-ci
en tant que principe.Vous verez
parfaitement
au conceptde basede l'6metteur'
enr6sumelesm6langeurs
devousd6crire
ilnoussufüra
Ensuite.
viendmntplus tad) avec leurs
pred6finis(es explications
possibilit6s,
car ils possüenttousle mCmesch6ma.
et ily a grandechance
desgensinventifs,
Lesmod6listessont
que quelqu'unn6cessiteune fonciion m6lang6eque le
programmeurn'a pas pdvue. C'esl poulquoiil eiste les
;div;ß mixei', que vouspouvezd6finirvouememes.Ainsi'
ao
"diredion"en sens oppos6.Ceci n'est pas un problÖme'
puisquenous pouvonsr6gler le sens de chaquesignal
Encoremieux:nousn'avonsplus ä nous
individuellement.
quandle modöle
sensderotationlolsdumontage:
occuoerdu
et le
de
le manche profondeur
esttermin6,nousac{ionnons
De
mcme
le
bon
sens.
lemouvementsoitdans
r6glonspourque
pourla diredion.
Quand la griandeuret le signe de chaque partie sont
montage.
il n'yaplusdeproblÖmesde
dglables6par€ment,
comme dans notreexemple,il y a encorebeaucoupde
souventutilisesque l'on pourraitprfu6finir. Un
mölangeurs
pourcombiner
parexemple,
lessignaux
m6langeur'Tlaperon",
par
PourunmodÖlepilot6
desvolets(FLAP)etdesAlLERoNS.
un
il fautde nouveaudeuxde c€sm6langeurs,
desflaperons,
pourchaqueservode flaPeron.
Les m6langeursles plus utilis6speuventCtrepr6d6finis.
Dansce cas, les partiesdu m6langeursont dötermin6es
Flturc 31
par la fonction.
pas
permettrait
cette
m6langeurne
d'un
regoitunnom,de fagonä fairercconnaftre
L'ancienneconception
Chaquemelangeur
presentation
plus
des
choses.
sa fonction.
re
facilement
standards
praddfinispourdesutilisations
summum:
melangeurs
le
Detels
Et maintenant
plusque
quantit6
en
vol
pas
can€s:
le
votre
6metteur
loopings
dans
faire
des
disoosition
toujours
sontä
Nousne voulons
pas
plus
consiamment
ne
sont
si
les
volets
sufüsarTte.
facile
normalesl
le mdlange VoustrouvezdesmÖlangeurs
La solutiones{Övidente:
coupldsä la pmfondeur.
Poul:
est
commutable
laFrofondeursurceuxdesvolets
dessignauxde
+, snaF
V+,flaperon,profondeur
V, empennage
empennage
parun intenu$eur.
quadro.
flap,delta,butterfly,
Dans le flux des signaux "partie profondeursur volets" Si vousne comprenez
pasce que re@uvrecertainsde ces
pourI'in$antet vous
pas
d'impoltance
n'a
ceci
m6langeurs,
m6langeurs
attribuerces
Vouspouvez
ddessous.
seraexpliqu6
pas
plus
que
I
fois,
carvousne
de
aussisouvent d6sid.Mais
ä la
rcponse
comme
Ceci
que
servos.
disposez de 9 sorties
m6langeurs.
questionritoumelle
de
du nombre
avec
de mÖlange
n'estpas"neuf',maisI syslÖmes
Lardponse
diffÖrentes,
sur4 entrÖes
diff6rents
de commande
I 6l6ments
parseNo!
soit10000possibilites
seNo
Voussuspedezd6jäcequivavenir:nousd6vionssurle
de pofondeurunepartiedusignaldesa6rcfreins,dansle bon
cechangement
senset avecla bonnevaleur,pourcompenser
d'assiette.
|-e servo de prcfondeur rcgoit maintenant:
commesignal principalla profondeur
une paftie de signal des volets
une paftie de signal des a6ro-freins
Commentutilßerles m6langeurs
pr&6finß
Vousavez certainemertcompriscommentse fait la chose:
pr6d6finisse fait de la m€me
des m6langeurs
avantchaqueservoqui doit recevoirplusd'un signal,nous L'utilisation
dejä:
uneboitenoireavectouteslesentr6esnÖcessaires.maniörequevousconnaissez
installons
uneseulesortiequi envoieles signaux
CetteboitepossÖde
d'aborddtribuer, ensuiter6gler.
combin6sau servo.
sousformede
faitdespropositions
Pourcelä,l'dmetteurvous
de course menus.D'aprÖs
Nousdonnonsencoreä chaqueentr6eun rÖglage
il esl clairquelesmÖlangeur
ce qui pr€cÖde,
ainsiqu'uninveFeur.Et, lä oü celäa unsens,un intenupteur sontaftribues
auxservos.
pourpouvoirrapidement
couperou 6tablirla liaison'
D'abord un exemple simple: le m6langeuren V.
"m6langeuf'.
Nousappelonsune telle boite noile un
pourcetexemple
vousavezaftribu6pour
Nousadmettonsque
en V, et pour un modölenomm6"ESSAI"en m6moireNo. 3 l'6l0mentde
d'unempennage
I'exemple
Prenonsmaintenant
qu'unseulcöt6.Nousavonsbesoind'uneboite oommande
C ä la
commande
l'616mentde
commen@r,
B ä la profondeuret
et de dircction, direction.
de
l'empennage
servos
les
2
et
3
sercnt
noirequi combineles signauxde profondeur
Lesservos
"m6langeur
V'. Plus en V.
empennage
bofteque nousappellerons
dit:
et abslraitement
techniquement
Attribuons d'abord les m6langeurs:
Un m6langeurd'empennageen V est dffini comme la Allezdansle menu"attribuer
servo".
combinaisondes signauxprcfondeuret directionsur un Vousy dtoisissezen premier,et selonla m6thodeconnue,le
seryo.
servoNo.2. Adivezensuitele choixavecda.
nousavonsb€soindu
Pour I'autremoiti6de I'empennage,
Feuilletezavec E]: les fonctionsd6jä connueapparaissent.
signauxseranaturellemer
Lagrandeurdos
'Valeurfixe" et "---" viennentles m6langeurs,
mCmem6langeur.
voir
Nousdevonsfairc Aprös
"empennage
"profondeur+"
r€gl6ecommepourle premierm6langeur.
V":
ce$
apparaft
page
27.Aprös
lacomposare "profondeui'
"empennage
auxsignesdecessignaux
attention
V+",avecplus
d6sir€.(Apßsvient
le
m6langeur
la composante
surlesdeuxprofondeuJs,
doitagiren parallÖle
pourle
pas
moment).
possibilit6s,
ne
I'utiliserons
mais
nous
de
40
Un exemple encole plus compliqu6:
dud6butde chapitreavecun melange
ll s'agiticide I'exemple
r surles
sur laprofondeur etdeprofondeu
HTTF:.5EF:I.JUF-,1
devoletetaÖro-freins
volets.
r.,r
H tl'lr,
J
quevousavezd6jäattribu6laprofondeursur
Nousadmettons
la
meme
B,lesa6rqfieinssurDetlesvoletssur
commande
l'6l6mentde
Appuyezsur B: choisirle servoNo. 3 et refaire
Vousen avezfini aveclattribution. F. De plus,le servo
de m6langeur.
attribution
No.2 piloterala profondeur,
surleservoNo.2,ily a
Commevousavezdit ä l'6metteurque
"empennage
et
No.
4 lesaÖrofreins
qu'il
pour
que
No.
3,
il
sait
le
seNo
V", de meme
volets.
No.
6
les
lessorliesservosconcemÖes.
doitmettrccesmelangeußdevant
avec
Absiraitementdit. vous avez attribu€aux servos 2 et 3 la ll ya ici une particularitöquin'arienä voirdirectement
"fonctionm6lang6eempennage
V'.
trösimportante.
maisqui e$ indirectement
lesmelangeur
Admettonsque le r6glagede base (aerGfreinsrentrds)de
Ment ensuite le rgglage des m6langeurs.
"l€gler
pourchoisir
soug
l'61öment
de commandeD est en avant;poursortirles a€rG
avec
le
servo"
Z
Passezau menu
"course".
vets I'amiÖre.
le
manche
seratir6complötement
2.
Vous
voyez:
freins,
choisir
le
servo
No.
Ensuite,
menu
Le reglagede basecontientun signalde fortevaleur,c'est-är:;EFl,:;EfiF,Ll
versI'avant;unepartiede celuFciest
dir€le coulsecomplÖte
permetla compensation.
pmfondeur
et
sur
la
d6vi6
tiiü:,;
r+ 1
F+' FF:r_]Fr_r"r
possibilit6
deconedion,I'option
offreunemeilleure
L'6metteur
Appuyezsur 5) et r€glezcommepourle r6glagenormalles "nompos" de l'6l6mentde commande.Si vous ne la
valeursde @ursede chacundesc6t6s.Commeil n'ya pasde connaiss€z
pas,lisezmaintenant
la page33 poureviterdes
unevaleur Droblömes
choisissez
assymdtriques,
raisond'avoirdesc,ourse
ultÖrieurs.
de 40olopourles deux.
Vous de\rezmetrc cette option sur "avant" (flÖchevers
pouressai,
contrölezsi,
entirantsurla l'avantsur I'affichage).A condition que vos a6ro-feins
SivousavezunmodÖle
profondeur,
les surfacesbougentdansle senscorect. Si ce soient rentds en positionavantl
n'eslpasle cas,appuyezsury.
serad6jäcompens6e
Ainsi,la valeurde basedesadro-freins
n'apasd'influence
Conseil:
Cette
option
le
m6langeur.
d'atteindre
avant
Ia surle signaldesa6rc-freins.
Si wus rqlez les Nties d un melangeurde te e hgon qL/F&s rE,rtj,€s
ne ddpassepas tN%,le mölangeubavail Faitesattentionensuitelors du rdglage,que l'6l6mentde
somnB'e
alors fineairement.Vous pouvez aussi /arsserPr exemple @mmandesoit en butöeou mettez"hors"fonctionlors du
100%NU dteune desparfies.Tantqß wus ne pitotezq.te r€glagede profondeur
la partiea6rGfreins.
la diredionoulaprofül&ur seule,wus avezlacouse@mpEE
au @nctet.
ä dispositbn.Mais aussiüofqte la sonme des palres des Passons
dephcen ents üeift 10O%lors d'une utilisation@mbinee En premier,commetoujouts, I'attfbution:
"attribuerseruo".
Iemowenent sen röcluit,carle serw ne AllezparEIZNE dansle menu
W{oncteur/direction,
c eslclair rienn'estm6lang6.
une cv.ursede 100%.CeciWwque alors PourleservoNo.4(a6Gfreins),
Fut pasdör€,sss€r
leservo
choisiasez
normale,
aörcdwamiq.tequi peü pftuber.
une ass4py/?'f.tie
Donc,commepouruneattribution
"aÖro-freins".
"fineafue"
et
attribuez-lui
eü la filution la plus Wpte; en No.4
Un fißlangew
prdique,m r€gl$e enfreEs deu( effimes s'estavöft un bon Passons
ä la profondeur.
choisissezle seNoNo.2. AppuyezensuitesurEl: la fonction
@mgomis.
clignote.
Feuilletezavec
decommande
El. Lalistebienconnue
Passonsmaintenantä la pattieditection,
"valeurfixe"e{"--"
"direction".
"profondeuf'devient
suit"PROF+":
AprÖs
apparait.
des
offres
Vousvoyez:
AppuyezsurEl:
Vousvoyez:
r.J
r5EF;.::Et'lP.
l:+ [ilF;El,r
u+1Etr3li
HTTF].:;EF:[U : 3
ii FF:üF+ c
d6sir6.
de la C'eslle mdlangeur
sur5] et dglezalorslescourses
denouveau
Appuyez
partiedirection
600/0.
lciaussi, C'esltout, passonsau servode volet.
dansI'exemple
desdeuxcÖt6s,
labonnedirection, Choisissez
lessurfaces
sed6placentdans
contrölezque
le seNoNo.6. Passezä lafonctionde commande
avecE).
6ventuellement
inversez
sur Z et feuilletezavecE.
en appuyant
procedure
pour
pas
lamöme
r6p6tez
vous choisiriez'Volet";ä
Cen'Ötait tropdur!Aussi
Pourdes voletssansm6langeur,
le servoNo.3l
cause du m6langeur,vous devez passezplus loin ä
(sMPFLqP", le m6langeur
quidonneI'effetd6sir6:
Encoreun conseil:
paftie
que
powezaussime/te
ENou HORSune
wus
Penftz
IITTF;.5EI:LIUt' E
/,esavez
d unmeh@ur ouluidtibuerunhtenußeur.s, t/lous
t-tStltlFFLFlFg
duscommentle faire,rcgadezenPge 28.
41
pourlereglagedes
proc6dure
pasvous
dpÖterla
Nousn'allons
Le rgglage maintenant:
"volets".
"aÖro-freins"
Ceci se fait comme
et
oarties
Passezau menu"r6glerseNo".
pourchaque
partie,
lacourse
169ler
la
choisir
or6cödemment:
parleservoNo4:il nya pasgrandchoseä faire'
commengons
cö16,inversersi n6cessaire.
le neutre.
il suffitde dgler lescoußeset 6ventuellement
'!olet", ou pluscorredement
dit Notre conseil:
Ment ensuitele servoNo.6
Exet@?tousä rcgbr les paftiesdesnßlangeursiusqu'äbien
"snapflap',puisquenouslui avonsattribuÖ
cettefondion.
les ftgleges. Plustard, surb tenain,ce ne *rzt pas
mai,i&ssF,r
le seNo No.6: vousvoyez:
Choisissez
aussi tanquitte qu6n dlambre. L'enervement vous fera
fairedes erreatrs.
facilenßnt
r:iEF:,t,; SHilF
FLt-iF
pft paftescleI'emetteur.
Ceovadaussisivous./,lisezres/istes
wus
aurezdesPobemes
r+1i3td:iF'r' I,Jt_'iLETr
desdiffereftes,€,fties,
Sansrede6,e
"volet";r6glonsd'abordcette avec lesmehngBwg
A la ligne2 figureparexemple
du clawrtle jamaßftgter en wl unevaEÜ avec lestouc-hes
partie.
IJtiliseztoujours /a sou/,s, qui est en paralble avec les
si le
Faitesdignoterla valeuren appuyantsur N. Contr6lez
toucfiesEE.
sur
appuyez
sinon,
E).
conect;
sensde rotationdu servoesl
en vol, fermez le couvercle du clavier!
Pourla valeurdela coutse,nousnepouvonspasvousoonner Rögle de base:
d'indication,car elle d6penddu modÖle.Le mieuxesl de
(quin'a rienä
Pourle demierexemple,encoreunepossibilit6
soitenviron!
surle voletlui-möme,
mesurerle debattement
10"enhautet1S20"enbascommevaleurded6pan.Poussez voiraveclesm6langeurs).
"valeurfixe" pourles volets(voirpage32).
le curseurde l'6l6mentde commandeen but6eet reglezles EssayezI'option
Vousverez que tous les r6glagesprevuspour le cuFeur
deuxvaleursextßmes.
"prcfondeuf'.
quandvousdepassezlesvaleuFdu
fondionnent6galement
la partie
Et maintenant
Appuyezsur N puissur El. Vousvoyez('PRoFo" clignote): cußeuravecI'intenuPteur.
r:,EF:.i; IHHFFLHF
F+' FF:[tFt:!r
L+1BF_t:{
Dascrtpüon desm6langeurs pr& 6finis.
Aprös la pr6sentationde I'attributionet du reglagedes
m6langeurs,nous vous ploposonsune descriptiondes
pr6dÖfinis
dansI'odrede la lislede l'6metteur'
le sensde rotationdu m6langeurs
Activezla valeutavec 51. ContrÖlez
pris
quandvouslirez la Pourtouslesmelangeurs,
lestrimssontautomatiquement
servo:les snaPflapsdoiventdescendre
Tirez
pasävousen
pas
avec
inverser
6].
le
cas,
Vousn'avez
ce
n'est
Si
ndcessaire.
celä
esl
Drofondeur.
encompteläoü
profondeuret
reglezledebattement occuDer.
lemanchede
complötement
profondeur.
lemanchede
dememeenpoussant
desvolets;faites
Exemples:
ä
affinerpar
10",
valeur
5
serait
de
d6patt
valeur
Unebonne
v+", le trim de prcfondeurest efficace,
Pourl"'empennags
"snapflap".
essaien vol.
alolsqu'iln'aaucuneffetsur
Vous souvenez-vousque nous voulions rendre Chaquepartiede m6langeur
peutCtrcr6glöeen valeuret en
commutablela liaison profondeursur volets?
sens. De plus, lä oü c'esl n6cessaire,les parties sont
C'est ce qui vient maintenant.
commutables.
Vous pouvez,ou mieux,vousdevezdire ä l'6metteurquel Vous pouvez utiliserles melangeursaussi souventque
interupteurva le faire.
n6cessaire.
"lNTER"quevousatteignez
depuisI'affichage
Passezaumenu
Exemple:
'quadm"doitetr€utilis6au moinsquatrefois:
d'6tatavecEIZEl.
Le m6langeur
"EN"enbasädrciteclignote.
Feuilletez
mot
Vouspouniez6galement
le
AppuyezsurEl:
cesi sa d6finitiona6rodynamique.
dans
jusqu'ä
indique
vous
flöche
55+.
La
avec la touchets
sixfoissi votreailecomporte6 surfacesmobiles'
l'employer
liaison'
quelledireciion
basculerl'intenupteurpourenclencherla Pour m6moire:
appuyez
Si vous voulez invelserI'aclionde l'interrupteur'
Vous pouvezrfuler chaquepartie ä 2610pour la rendre
sur El.
pour
simplement
Vouspouvezainsiprendredesm6langeurs
inop€rante.
"snaFflap"
169lÖ.
est
ainsi
Le servo
similaires.
desutilisations
"profondeur
ll ne resteque leservode profondeur(exactement
Exemple:
'quadro"peut avoirsa partiede profondeur
+'), le No.2.
Le melangeur
"coulse"etchoisirleseNo
No.2avecZ et E. r6gl6eä z6roet devenirainsiun melangeurentrevoletset
Passeraumenu
ailerons.
Vousvoyez:
rtEF;.::PFtr_rF+
h+ltllill: El+'FRüFt-tr
nousallonsdonc
eslddjää l'afüchage,
La partie"profondeur''
sur
la 169leren premier.Faitesclignoterla valeuren appuyant
R6glezensuitela
S] et contrölezle sensdu ddbattement.
est unebonnevaleurde d6part'
coursedesdeuxcÖt6s:90o/o
42
Mdangeurspourmodds ä voilur* frxes.
Le m6langeur"profondeur+'
profondeur
Parties:
- servo
a6rofreins
voletsdecourbure
ä:
Aüribue
normalement
Servodeprofondeur
principale:
[ftilisation
Modöle
normalavecvoletsevouaÖrcfreins
Le m6langeur"empennageV'
profondeur
diredion-
ä:
Attribuönormalement
V
Servosde I'empennage
principale:
Utilisation
V
Modöleä empennage
"empennage
V+"
Le m6langeur
profondeur
directiona6rGfreinsvoletsä:
Aüribu6normalement
V
Servosde I'empennage
principale:
Utilisation
- seryo
aileronsvolets-
- seryo
- servo
"snapflap"
Le m6langeur
voletsDrofondeur
ä:
Attribu6normalement
Servosde volets
principale:
Lnilisation
de la classeF3A,
Modöled'acrobatie
pourles figutEscar€es.
normalement
ä:
AttribuÖ
Servosdesvoletset des ailerons
principale:
Utilisation
quadro(d6placement
en
Planeuren configuration
desailercnset desvolets)
opposition
[€ m6langeur"delta"
Parties:
ailerons
profondeur
- seryo
ä:
normalement
Attribu6
pour les hflicoptörs
M6langeurc
ä:
Attribu6normalement
Servosde flaoerons
principale:
Utilisation
combin6s)
Modöleä flaperons(ailercns/volets
"buttefl
y"
[-e m6langeur
aileronsParties:
- s€rvo
voletsa6ro-fieinsprofondour
ä:
Attribu6normalement
4 seryos
normalement
Servosde voletset d'ailercns,
Lftilisationprincipale:
butterflycommeaidede
Modölequi requiertla configuration
pilotage dans certainesconfigurationde vol (approche,
atterissage).Utilisabledgalementquandseulsles ailercns
doiventetreutilis6spourl'attenissage.
Parties:
aileronsvoletsprofondeur-
ailerons/profondeur)
Servosd'6levons(combinaison
principale:
LJtilisation
Modöledeltaet ailevolante
volets
VeuouaÖrcfreinseuou
avecempennage
Modöle
Le m€langeur'flaperon"
Perties:
Le r€langeur "quadro"
Panies:
- servo
[.e m6langeur"ats"
Parties:
pasanti-couple
valeurfxe -
ä:
Attribu6
normalement
Servod'arti-couple
principale:
l.nilisation
du couplecentrifuge
compensation
H6licoptöre:
surmtorarriöre.
Le m6langeur "Ete Heim"
pasParties:
cycliquelatÖral
ä:
Attribuenormalement
de plateaucyclique
Servosde commande
principale:
LJtilisation
ä plateaucycliquetypeHeim
H0licoptÖre
Le m6langeur"mix tCte"
Pa ies:
pas-
cycliquelat6ralcyliquelongitudinal
geometrie
phaseä:
Attribudnormalement
duplateau
cyclique
Servos
decommande
principale:
Lrtilisation
"Collective
PitchMixing"
cyclique
ä plateau
H6licoptÖre
pas
(m6lange
de collediD
Le m6langeur"dyn gaz"
gazPanies:
cycliquelat6ralcycliquelongitudinal
arnl-couole
ä:
Attdbu6normalement
servosdesgiv
principale;
Lnilisation
dontles gaz ne doiventpasCtrccommand6s
Helicodöre
parlepilotemais69alement
enfonction
seulement
diredement
etdurotoraniÖre.
durotorprincipal
4ö
Particularit6:
"anti-coude"sontm6larE6e-s
"longitudinal",
Lesparties"lat6ral",
cedesdeuxrotorscroft
depuissan
sanisigne,carlacommande
pourchaquecö16.
Le m6langeur'tral€"
longitudinal
cyclique
oasä:
normalement
Attribue
longitudinal
servodecyclique
Parties:
- servo
Lftilisationprincipale:
ä servo de cyclkluelongitudinals6par6(ex':
H6licoptÖrc
de flareesidÖsiree'
quandunecompensation
Schlüter),
Les mdangeurslibrqnqt dffinissables
(,D-MIX)
Exemples d'utilisation:
Prenonsun modölede vol dlectrique,qui a la fächeuse
tendanceä devenir@breurpluson donnede puissanceau
ellepeut
nouseslÖgale,
moteur.Laraisondececomportement
venird'uneereur de construdion.
de la
Ce seraitunebonnechosede donnerautomatiquement
du
I'effet
defagonä compenser
unm6langeur,
orofondeuravec
"moteur
+
moteur.Nous aurionsbesoind'un m6langeur
profonde
ui':
- s"to
+ rnt - [-l
profondeur
moteur L-J
Prof.
"div-mix'.
Un castypiquePourun
Secondexemple:
Lesdeuxmoteußd'unbateaudoiventaugmenterI'effetdes
gouvemails.En toumantä droite,le moteurgauchedoit
recevoirplusde courantet le moteurdroitmoinsde courant,
en toumantä gauche.
inveßement
pour
semblables
besoindedeuxmÖlangeuls
Nousavonsdonc
"gouvemail":
"moteui'
et
les panies
- regulateurde vitesse
moteur- l---l
+T-l
gouvemail
I moteurdroit
pr6d6finisd6critsdans les
Au contrairedes mÖlangeurs
nissables
pr6c6dents,
lesm6langeurslibrementd6fi
paragraphes
vos
selon
parties
ä
m6langer
les
permeftent
de
choisir
vouJ
par
les
pas
couveltes
sont
les
utilisationsquine
Toutes
besoins.
possibles.
ainsi
pdd6finis
sont
m6langeurs
peuver etreutilis6scomme
Unefoisd6finis,cesm6langeurs
- r*gulateurde vitesse
les pr6d6finis.
to,"u, -F
meme
de
la
16916s
et
+T-l
gouvemail
Celäveutdirequ'ilspeuventetreattribu6s
I moteurgauche
pour
parles
interrupteurs
possible
d'utiliserdes
s6parement
fagon.ll est6galement
Si lesdeuxmoteurssontd6jäcommand6s
"moteur
"moteuf'
devient
2", celä
et
les liaisons.
contrÖler
de commande
6l6ments
pas
pour
nousen
l'instant
porte
libertÖ'
ne
voulons
de
la
plus
nous
la
rafün6;
ouvrent
encore
vous
Cesm6langeurs
occuoer.
Attention:
que
cfloisissez:
pratique
vous
en
signifie
Gomment d6finir les melangeurs
D6finirun m6langeur
quatrcentr6es'Pour
ailerons
par
les
partie
exemple
Chaquem6langeurä d6finirpossÖde
1 commande
la
quelles
ä l'6metteur
profondeur
indiquer
devez
par
la
vous
exemple
d6finirle mdlangeur,
la partie2 commande
"delta".Attribuez-le fondionssontattribu6esä ces entrÖes.
Vous avez ainsi d6fini un m6langeur
par'd6finii''
vousvousapercevez: C'eslce quenousentendons
contrÖle,
appris.Maislorsdu
commed6jä
I'alded'unmenuquevoustrouverez
Cecisefaitnaturellementä
oasde trim?!
du menu"attribuef'.
droit
inf6neur
I'angle
dans
le
E)quand
div-mhet appuyezsur
Retoumezä la d6finitiondu
"attribuei'en appuyant
d'6tatau menu
Passezde I'affichage
chamode fonctionclignote,parexemplepourla partie1'
"divmix"
en appuyantsur tl'
ensuite
sur E)Z!|. Choisissez
Vous obtenez:1. ailerons+T.
suivant:
Vousobtenezl'affichage
pas??
El quese passe-til? Rien!Le trim nefonc{ionne
modifiÖ'
le m6langeur
r[i-t']IHl i:+T+F:i
En fait,vousdevezensuitere-attribuer
"attribuer
la
fondion'
de
I'affichage
et
aciivez
servo"
Allezä
J
,.j,
b . F F ; T1,l
'd-mix1"clignote,le mÖlangeur
modifi6esi adif
L'inscription
maintenant.
du premierexemple:
le m6langeur
maintenant
D6finissons
'div-mix1".
VoustrouvezcecicompliquÖ?
Celulciserale
a aussiune6normepossibilitÖ'
entr6espossibles:
Cettecomplication
Nousn'avonsbesoinquededeuxdesquatre
"profondeui"
"moteuf',
En ]1919]
une autrepour
une pour
Lesprosl'aurontdejäd6couvene:
d6jä "dfigure
m6langeur)
du
nom
(num6ro,
respedivement
seNo'
chaque
de
I'attribution
par
entre
pouvez
exemple,
Vous
"div-mix"etattribuer
ä chaqueservoun mix1":il n'ya rienä changer.
changerlad6finitiondu
les entr6es:la ligne2 nousprcpose
maintenant
m6langeurdiff6rent.Mais vous n'avezpas de rosessens Döfinissons
"PRT.1",
entr6e:c€ci peut
maisilsportenttous d6jä
ce qui signifiela premiÖre
sonttousdiff6rcnts,
6pines:lesm6langeurs
"d-mix1".
rester.
le mamenom,parexemple
avecle
un petitjeu de calculmental:
sur,,: lafonctionä droiteclignote.Feuilletez
Appuyez
Apßs cesreflexions,
"MoT'".
"Mon6metteurpossöde6 m6langeurs,
c'esl terminÖ'
et le tien?"
Eliusqu'äfaireapparaitrc
"1"
que
vous
g€d6finis'
Appuyezsur5) puissurE):
des 13 mÖlangeurs
Lasecondepartiemaintenant.
Ind6pendamment
neuffois,vousdisposezen plusdes devient"2". De nouveauZ pourfeuilletezavec El jusqu'ä
pouvezattdbuerjusqu'ä
librcs.LeursquatreentreespeuventCtredÖJinies "PROFO":
m6langeurs
cequinousdonne10000possibilitÖs
par1o-parties
diff6rentes,
F[,-till{1 i:+T+F;
i
parseNo.
FF;uFür
uFF:T..::
44
"+T".Ceciindique
alos surElapparaftä cötÖ
Sivousappüyez
Vousaveztermin6.lesentr6es3 et 4 restantinutilis6es.
"piofondeu/'
du
que la pa ie
avecsontrim est composante
Quelquechose d'ind6sirablepouvantencoE resterd'une
vides: m6langeur
contdlezsi ellessontr6ellement
definitionpr6cedente,
"
commedecritplushautI'entr€e3: si la fonction /
Choisissez
rli-f.lIHi L:+T+F:i
." apparaft,vouspouvezpasserä l'entr6e4, sinon,feuilletez
"./.". Refaitesde mömepour
rFFjT. :: FFlr_rFrl+Ts
avec El pourfaire apparaitre
I'entr6e4.
etlem6lange
surEl "+T"disparait
nouveau
Sivousappuyezde
termin6.Quittezle menucomme se faitde nouveausanstrim.
Ainsi.vousavezr6ellement
avecla toucheEJ.
d'habitude
Encore une fois:
A cet endroit,nousavonspr€vuun "confort d'utilisation": N'oubliezpas aprÖsune modification du "div{ir" de
"attribuefservo"pour
vousarivez diredementdansle menu
proc6dercomme
d6cdtplushautäunenouvelledribution,
Sivousnevoulezpaslefairemaintenant,
le fairediredement.
sinon la modificationne sera pas priseen comptel
appuyezde nouveausur El.
de votretravail:
Le r6sultatsymbolique
moteur-l----l
profondeur-l | - servo
len-l
nen-
I
Lil
auservode profondeur,
Quandvousattribuezce m6langeur
'sur le s€rvoNo ..
pourfairc
apparairc
feuilletez
voussuffitde
il y a d-mix1".
Lorsdurdglagedeceservo,vousdevezcommepourlesautres
"moteud'et "pofondeuf"
r€glerlesdeuxparties
m6langeurs
En r€sum€, le second exemple:
"div-mix".Surl'entrÖe
1, vous
pourceläledeuxiÖme
Lnilisons
"gouvemail".
"moteuf'
2
et
sur
I'entr6e
attribuez
unefinesse
entrÖe,
ä la troisiÖme
Si vousattribuez"moteur-2"
(pensez
Sivousenavezenvie,cherchez-la
eslpdprogrammÖe.
que I'onpeutaussimettreä 2610unepartie).
"./.".
L'entr6e4 sera6galementattribu6eä
ä ceci:
crrrespondsymboliquement
Le m6langeur
moteur- moteur
gouvemail(dgulateur
devitesse)
moteur2 rienEt maintenant une petite difi6]ence kÖs importante:
Ou'en estil du trim?
de combiner
il estn6cessaire
de mdlangeurs,
Pourbeaucoup
des
pur
conedion
au signalde commande aussile signalde
pourl'empennage
enV,sinonlesvoletsde
trims.Parexemple,
profondeur
ou de diredionne seraientpastrimmables.
nedoivent
m6langeursqui
D'autrepa]t,il exisle6galementdes
"snaP
par
exemde
signalnontrimm6,comme
rccevoirqu'un
lap" pourles modÖlesde voltoe. Lesvoletsne doiventpas
bougerquand la profondeurest conig6epar le trim: un
quelorsd'unevÖritable
desvoletsn'esld6sirable
mouvement
commandede la Profondeur.
aussides"div-mix",conditionne
desm6langeurs,
L'utilisation
l'emploidespartiesde mdlangeavecou sanstrim.
vous pouvezle choisin
cklessus.VousaviezI'affichage
aupr€mierexemple
Revenons
suivant:
r[,-tilHl
{:+T+Fi
i
b,F,FIT
. :: PFJUFUJ
dignote.
surEl: "profondeuf'
Appuyez
45
un desdeuxcurseurs.
s6par6lui estattdbu6,normalement
on pr6voitI'autrecurs€ur.
Pourle r6glagedu pointeau,
son
de
au
@urs
modöler&uit est devenu
L'h6licoptÖre
danslemenu"attribuer
commedÖsitauparavant,
Passezdonc,
perfedionnee.
En
cons6quence,
unemachine
commende
d6veloppement
aux6l6mentsde
Attribuez
commande".
öl6merrtsde
poursacommande. A ä D lesfondionsPAS,IATERAL,LONGITUDINAL
etANTIildemandede plusen plusde possibilit6s
la PROHmc 3010,de parsa flexibilite,r6pondparfaitement COUPLEselonvotrehabitudede pilotage'
gräce aux m6langeuls
ä ces demandes,partiqJliÖrement
au
ä E ouF lafonctionGAZet lafonciionPOINTEAU
et ä ses m6langeurs Attribuez
conquspourI'hÖlicoptÖrc
sp6cialement
libre.
encore
cußeur
de changerde
la possibilit6
libres.Lesexpeftsappr6cieront
Si vous utilisezun gyroscopeä sensibilit6reglablede par
m6moireen vol (page59).
sousforme
un6l6mentde commande
attribuez-lui
les l'6metteur.
d'h6licoptÖre,
Si vous avez d6jä quelquesexpÖriences
G.
d'uninterupteur,commeparexemplel'interrupteur
chapitresqui suiventne pr6senteontaucunedifücult6.
(si vous volez sans contröledu pointeau,vous pouvez
en compl6ment
Si vous6tesd6butant,nousvousconseillons
attribuerle culseurlibreau gyroscope).
non natulellement
de c€ manuelde liredesrevueset deslivressp6cialis6s,
maisparce
pasparcequefa PROFInrc 3010so.1@mpliqu0e,
n'esl Altributionc6t6selos
l'esl.Etparcequ'il
quelatechnique
m6medel'helicoptÖre
I'oIdre
suivezseulement
pourles Ce n'eslpasunechosecompliquee.
de commencercomme
paspos.iblepourl'h6licoptÖre
passur donn6!
avionsavec2 ou3fondions.Nousnenousattaftlelons
qui
nesont
pilotage
fondionsde commande:
d'un
h6licoptÖre'
fi
nessesdu
Lemodölecompoltetroisgroupesde
lesbasesel les
celles
pas
repr6senterque
ä
se
aussi
faciles
malheureusement
1. la commandedu rotor aniÖre,y+ompris I'attÖnuation
des modölesä voiluresfixes. Quelquesconceptsseront
du gyroscope
renseignements
parlasuiteetvousttouverczd'autres
expliqu6s
2. lacommandedesgaz,y{omplis ler6glagedupointeau
en page66.
sous"quelquesconcedsde I'h6licoptÖre"
3, la commandedu pldeau cycliqueprincipal.
Danscettepanie,nousadmettonsquevoussavezd6jämanriser
ce quisuit:
n6cessite
les chaqueh€licoptÖre
de votre6metteurpournous@n@ntrersur
le maniement
particularit6s
de I'h6licoptöre.
du rotoraniöre:
La commande
"expertses-h6li",
exercices
faitesquelques
Memesi vousetes
"attribuer
servo"'Appelezcommed6jävu le
del'€metteur. Passezau menu
connaissance
desexemples"avions"pourprendrc
puis
aciivezen ligne2 avecla touche
du servod6sir6
r6glagedesservoset numörc
de menus,chobqattribution,
Recherche
Eale choixde la fonctionde commande.
de commandedoiventÖtle6vidents.
"ats":
des616ments
avecla toucheE pourfaireapparaitre
Feuilletez
pilotage
d'un
pour
le
l'6metteur
de
A la base, l'utilisation
ä voiluresfixes.
conespondä celledes modÖles
h6licoptöre
5EFIU[|] q
F|TTF;,
vaut
etc.
lesm6langeuIs,
qui
pr€cMe
surles
mÖmoircs,
Toutce
J
H FIT:'
sensrestridionpourla suite.
6galement
e residedanslefaitquelesh6licoptÖr€sDansI'exemple,
Unediff6renceimportar
De cette
le servoNo. 3 piloteI'anti-couple.
minimumun, dans la rÖglemÖme fagon,le m6langeur
au
utilisent
modemes
pourla pattie"passur antF
n6cessaire
comme
desparticularit6s
ou possÖdent
plusieursm6langeurs
couple"est aaiv6. ll ne vousresieraqu'äreglerplustald les
de
la courbe Paggaz.
deuxparties.
l-acommandede l'h€licoPtöre
aufait'
Passonsmaintenant
lmportant:
"G" et non "anti+ouple"'sans
obligatoirement
Attribuez
Atti b ntion Pour I'h6licoPtÖrecelä vous n'aurcz que la fonction anti+ouple sans le
sans pas
En faisantabslradiondes anciensh6licoptÖres
mixage avec le pas, c'e$A'di]e aucune compensation
demandeau minimum5 statiquel
collectif,le pilotaged'unh6licoptÖre
fonctionsde commandePrimaires:
de meme:
Pourl'at6nuationdu gyroscope,vousproc6dez
"pas"
appel6normalement
1. pascollec,tif,
Commela sortiepour la sensibilit6du gyro esl connect6e
"sur
2. cycliquelatdral(ou lat6raD
c€cisediraitformellement
aur6cepteur,
un
servo
comme
(ou
3. cycliquelongitudinal longitudinaD
le servoNo..,il y a gyro".
(rotoraniÖre)
4. anti-couple
gyrodoitCtrcconned6ä la sortie
lasensibilit6
Dansl'exemple,
d'unecertainefagondu pas.
5. gaz,dÖpendant
6 du r6cepteur.
En Dlusviennentsouvent:
le seNoNo.6; appuyez
Apßs avoirappuyesurB chois'tssez
6. att6nuationdu gyroscope
'gyro":
pour
apparaitre
faire
ensuitesur El et feuilletez
7. pointeau:r6glagedu moteur
Attribntiondes6l&nenß de commande
HTTF;.5EFJUüi' 1
Fl tj'T'Flu
les4 fondionsprincipales
Du cot6Öldmenbde commande,
PAS,LATERAL,LONGITUDIML,ANTFCOUPLE
C'esttout.
Quittezle menucommed'habitude.
manches.
aux
doiventetreattribu€es
Commela fonclionGAZ ne dependpasque du PAS mais
commande
unÖl0mentde
r€glages,
69alementd'autres
dispose
46
une
au longitudinal
Si vousle d6sirez,vouspouvezm6langer
partiede pas.Cecisefaitenattdbuant
auservode longitudinal
cettenouvelleattribution
D'abord le €glage pointeau
Faitesattention,
lem6langeur'Tlarc".
dansle menu"atttibuerseNo"le servoNo.7 par vous fait perdretous les r6glagesprec6dentsdu servo de
Choisissez
"pointeau":
exemple,puisappuyezsur El et faitesapparaftre
longitudinal.
2. Le plateau cyclique "CPM"
5EF:IJü? T
FITTFI,
CPMveutdire CollectivePitchMixing,m6langecollectifdu
ü FüIt{TEl-tUr
pas.Cettefagonde cortt6lerun plateaucycliqueesl l'oppos6
.Cemouvement
duplateaufxe.Leplateauegmobileaxialemer
latÖraux,
le pas
Passonsau servodesgaz.
axialcontrölele pascollectillesmouvements
ce
cas
le
dans
le servod0sir6,
commed'habitude
choisissons
cyclique.
No.4.
ici, maisils pilotent
necessaires
sont6galement
"gaz"commepourles Troisservos
simplement
plateau.
d'utiliser
ä troisservoss'appelle
Maisici, au lieu
Unecommande
"dyn gez" (gaz toustroisle
points,
pouvez
de
m6langeur
le
aussiutiliserplus
vous
ätmis
avions, nous utiliserons
une@mmande
possible
il
est
mÖlang6e,
fonction
Avec
cette
dynamique).
servos.
dulongitudinaletde Une@mmandeä quatrepointsn'offreaucunproblömepour
moteur lessignauxdulat6ral,
d'envoyerau
pour compenserla demandeen puissance votreemetteur.
l'anti-c,ouple
cr66epar leuradion.Si vousne voulezpas
suppl6mentaire
ouplus,siuntelh0licoptÖre
les partiesä Vouspouniezm6meutiliser5servos
possitrilit6,
vousrÖglezsimplement
utilisercette
prcposdsurle march6.
6tait
zöto.
ätroispoints,voustrouvezuner6partitionä
Pourlacommande
jusqu'ä'dyn.gaz":
Appuyezdoncsur El puisfeuilletez
l-acommandedesgaz
FITTF;.5EF:IJIJ4 E
rl tiL/l.l_iiui s
C'esttout.
"dyn.gaz"
vous
n'estpasobligatoire,
la fonction
Remarque:
"gaz"
seul.
pouvez
trÖsbienutiliser
I-acommandedu platau cyclique
I
I
Pas
Nousarivonsici ä un pointqui meritedes explic€tions
latöral
+
commande
DufaitdesdiffÖrentssystömesde
compl6mentaires.
+
longitudinal
plusieurs
cassontä observer.
cyclique,
duplateau
Disposiüon90o
12€e
Disposition
pourquoi
nous vous proposonsune courte
C'est
FWre 34
plus
ainsi
les
importants,
descriptiondestroissystÖmes
plus
simple.
queleurattribution.
La commandeä Sl' est la
de pas,ce
"classique"
LestroisseNosdoiventrecevoirla mömequantitÖ
plateau
cycliquefixe
1. Le
Cetteconstrudionesl utilisÖe
parexempledansle syslÖme
Schlfter 80 ou sur les Petits
h6licoptöres.
Le dateaucycliquen'estPas
mobile axialementsur I'axe
rotor, il peut seulement
LacommsrdedePas
s'incliner.
glisse
parunetigequi
s'effectue
LemÖlange
dansI'axederctor.
du pascycliqueet colledifse
dans la
fait mÖcaniquement
I
tete de rotor. Le plateauest
latöral
command6par deux servos Lonqitudinal
I
-Pas
plac6sä 90'.
(+
Pas
si
compesationflarel Fllurc33
ll y a doncttois seNoss6par6s:pourle pas, le lateralet le
longitudinal.
Sur le servoNo 1, il y a lat6ral
Surle servoNo 2, il Ya longitudinal
Sur le seNo No 3, il y a Pas
qui provoqueun simpled6placementaxial du pldeau. Le
en sensoppos6des
lat6rale$ provoqu6parun d6placement
par
du
le longitudinal un mouvement
deuxseNosextdrieurs,
servo@ntral.
La commandeä 120' r6partit l'efioatägalementsur les
seryos,
La commandede passe r6panitä valeur6galesur les trois
seulementparlesdeux
servos.Le lat6ralesl lä aussicontrÖ16
I'emploidestrois
n6cessite
Le longitudinal
servosextorieurs.
du milieu'
ä
celui
en opposition
servos,lesdeuxext6rieurs
Cecinesuffit oasen@re:les couFesdoivent€tre diff6rentes'
pourunecommandede
longitudinal
ext6tieursfaisant
less€Nos
du
milieu.
de
celui
deplacement
la moiti6du
Pour la commandedes selvos dans les deux cas, vous
utilFez le m6langeur"mix teb":
geometrie
pascycliquelat6ralcycliquelongitudinal
pnase-
47
de piloterle servoavecdes
ofüela possibilitd
ce m6langeur
pour
le latdralet le pas'Une
le
longitudinal,
valeursreglable
milieu,
parexemple
partienonutilis6e,
lelat6ralpourleservodu
ou
hors
fonction.
ä
zöro
mise
serasimplement
L'attribution:
surle servoNo 1, il y a mixtele
surle servoNo 2, il y a mixtÖte
surle seNo No 3, il y a mixtete
encorerfulerles
terminele travail(vousdeveznaturellement
courseset lessens).
du servoNo.2:
Pourmemoire,I'affichage
FITTF;.IEFII.JI:I: I
H T-t{lH r
pourl'helicoptöre.
de
ä voiluresfxes, les Öl6ments
comme poutles modÖles
desoptionsde commande
egalement
commandepossödent
quevouspouvezadiverselonvos besoins.
nevous
de commande
6l6ments
optionsdes
Si le conceptdes
page
29.
esl pasclair,reportezvousen
aveccellesdesavions'
ces optionssonten partieidentiques
possibilit6s
spdcifiquesä
des
c€pendant
elles component
I'h6licootöre.
qui suivent.
Celleecis€rontd6ditesdanslesparagraphes
Les options suivantes sont ä disposition:
6l6mentsde commande
La commandepar quatre points est pratiquementune
commandeä 90" avecdeuxservosde longitudinal'
"mix
Avecla PROHmc 30t0, c esttßs simple.Vousattribuez
par4 pointsoffre
tCte"auxservosde plateau.La commande
desavantagelorsd'ennuipourunservo.Selonla panne,vous
pouvezencoreatteldren urgence.
voirPage54.
Pourles r€glages,
3. Le plateau cyclique Heim
Le plateau est mobile
axialementet pilotele Pas.ll
n'esl cependantdirectement
command6que Parles cleux
servos externes Pour les
mouvementsde Pas et de
lat6ral.
contr0l6Par
Lelongitudinalest
un renvoiaxialementmobile
pilotd par le servo de
L.erenvoid6coude
longitudinal.
le longitudinaldu Pas. La
positiondu renvoi Permet
egalemefitunecrmpensation
du flare.
m6canioue
Lesopüonsdes dünüß de commande
-r
1
pas,longitudinal,
lat6ral,anti-couPle
pas"
latoral,anti-couple,
tongitudinal,
lat6ral,anti-couPle,
longitudinal,
pointeau,
pas*
gaz
ralenti
gaz
vafeurfxe
courbede gaz
Pas
pas
gazdirect
gyro"hors"/'en" gyroscoPe
'appele pasmaximumet pasminimumPourl'hÖlicoptöre
* appel6paspourvol stationnaire
PourI'hölicoptÖre
oeonentiel
course169l.s€p.
nefire
Iacourbedepas
Par"courbede pas",ond6signela con6latjonentrela course
du pasdes pales.Voir
du manchede paset la modification
figure36:
FLluto35
utilisez
lem€langeur
de"pas+lat6ral",vous
Pourlesdeuxservos
'tete Heim".
pascydiquelatÖral
- servo
Vousdevezattribuen
sur le servoNo 1, il Y a teteHeim
sur le servoNo 5, il y a tae Heim
surle servoNo 2, il Ya longitudinal
48
Ftgurc36
etre
pasenposition
milieu,I'h6licoptÖredo
Aveclemanchede
pales
esl
point
des
L'angle
ST.
cesl
le
en vol stationnairc:
+3
+4
+2
degr6s;
et
parle
entrc
et
se
trouve
conslructeur
donn6
de
d6part.
valeur
une
bonne
6tant
degres
ä I'angle
La positionmanchede pasau maximumconespond
maximumdespales,P+.Sonrfulagese faitparessaisen vol
(voirplusbas).
moteurdisponible
selonla puissance
setrouvele pointde pasminimumP-.Sonr6glage
A l'opposÖ
n'estpas qitique et d6pendde son emploi.Les d6butants
suivrontles conseilsdu fabriquant,les expens,bur propre
exp€rience.
Vouspouvezrdglerchacundestroispointsind€pendamment.
commecesr€glagesne sontriend'autrequeles r€glagesde
cesdenominations
vouslestrouverezsous
cenfeetdecourse,
6lömentde
dansle menu.Pourcelä,allez au menu"r6gler
"centr€",
jusqu'ä"pas".Avecl'option
etfeuilletez
commande"
"course",
le pas
avecl'option
vousr6glezle volslationnaire,
et minimum.
maximum
Conseil:
sehit avecla @ubede
ComneE ftglqgectupasmaximum
suitegaz"nousy ranierürons
W la
l-acourbedegaz
se
Laouissancemoteur,c'esl-ädirelbuverturedu carburateur,
pas.
Cette
de
position
du manche
piloteen fonctionde la
"courbede
9a2".
cor6lations'appelle
Les possibilitfs de choix
Vousavez le cfioix entredeuxtypesde courbe:
la courbeä 3 Points,figure37'
ou la courbeä 5 Points,figure38
ces deux coutbes ont la memephilosophie de r6glageet
de fonction:
Le pasest
Le pointde d6partesl toujoursle vol slationnaire.
par
d6termine
6tant
par
le
slationnaire
determine I'h6licoptÖre,
le moteur.
Le prochainpointimportantest le pasmaximumCelui-cine
peut pas Ötrer€glÖcommeI'on veut, mais d6pendde la
puissancemaximalediponibledu moteur.Pource point,le
moteurestau maximumet le pasmaximume$ alors16916'
Le demierpointestle gazminimumau pasminimum'Pourle
r6glagede ce point, les anciens6metteursutilisaientla
presetection
Oesgaz.Ce pointestd6sign6parPR.Le moteur
quanOle rotorne foumiplusd'effort,detellefagonä
äst 16916
obtenirunevitessede rotationdu rotorconslante.
l.ä courbeen trois points est la plusfacileä regleret sufftt
de cas.Elleeslaussila basede la couÖeen 5
dansbeaucoup
ooinls.
gaz
-1OO% -50%
0
50%
too^
s8
Fi11un
Comment le faire
de choixet de rcglage'faites
le processus
Pourcomprendrc
de
le menu"169ler6l6ment
suivant.choisissezdans
I'exemple
"courbe
de commande
gaz"de l'6l6ment
l'odion
commande"
"oas".Vousobtenezl'affichage:
rE: Ffi5 I-IUF;EEq
5T; üB:i r
rHr.Jf,F
clignote'Avec.la
Appuyezsur 5l: le coin inf6rieurgauche
'4R", avec les
'A\f'
et
pouvez
choisirentre
toricfr-eO vous
"5P".
"3P"et
touchesElEl entre
Vousvousdouteztien sürde leurssigniflcations:
"pleingazavant",courbeen 3 points
AV3Psignifie
"pleingazarriÖre",
couöe en 3 points
AR3Psignifie
"plein
en 5 points
gaz
courbe
avant",
AVsPsignifie
"plein
en 5 points
courbe
gaz
aniÖre",
AR5Psignifie
D'abord, la courbe en 3 Points.
"AV3P"et appuyezsur
Z. LavaleurSTclignoteen
Reslezsur
la valeurdumoteurpour
basä droite:vouspouvezreglerainsi
(ci, 0olo
parexemple
75olo
la valeur,
lnlloduisez
le slationnaire.
gaz).
signmeralenti,10070Plein
pleingazet
Amenezensuitele mancheen avanten position
"P+",quevous
maintenant
montre
lä.L'afüchage
maintenez-le
sp
--2
pouvezaussirÖgler.
--,,,7
Attention: oe que vous r6glez maintenantest le pas
EC. pas
maximum(etnonlesgazmaximum)!
lesgazsontau
Cettefagonde t6glercorespondä la pratique:
maximumet il faut adapterle pas maximum.(Pourvous
le pas maximum,
que vousr6glezv€ritablement
convaincre
"course"
et contrölezla valeur ä pas
passezsur i'o$ion
maximum:vous r€trcuverezla valeurque vous venez oe
+ 100ob
-100qb
0
37
Figurc
169ler.)
versI'aniereet
de
adaptation
permet
meilleure
Enfin,les gazminimum.Amenezle manche
points
une
l-acourbeencinq
"PR".
Vous pouvez
gräceädeuxpointssuppl6mentaires
maintenez-lelä. L'affichageindique
depuissance
lademande
par
pas
gaz
minimum'
au
degazdevient maintenantr€glerla valeurdes
Lacourbe
duvolsldionnaire.
departetd'autre
lereglage exemple10%.
DemÖme,
ouplusdegressive.
ainiiplusprogrcssive
se fait Passons ä la courbe en 5 Points
Ceci
simplifiÖ.
pas
pour
est
nÖgatif
le
Ou moteur
r6glage.
de
de r6glageestle memequepourla courbeen 3
dela facilit6
Le pmcessus
aud6pend
cependant
"5P"'
points.Commencez
biensürparchoisir
Lepointsuppl6mentaire
regl6lesvaleußdes3pointsprec6demment'
parV+' Sivousavezd6jä
estd6signe
etle maximum
entrelestationnaire
comme
169lezJes
valables,autrement,
toujouß
celles.cisont
parV'.
ot le minimum
celuientrcle slationnaire
plus
haut.
d6cdt
le manche'
bougeant
remarqu6qu'en
Vousavezcertainement
"V+"apparait
entre
entre"ST"et "P+".Ceciesl le point-milieu
cette
dans
manche
pas
Tenezle
maximum.
et
le
lestationnaire
positionet r6glezla valeurde "v+".
49
"V-".
De memepour l'autrecöt6:entre"ST" et "PR" apparait
Tenez le manchedans cette positionet ajuslezavec les
touchesEIE la valeurde "V-".
R6glages en vol
levolavecleclavienlerisque
nejamaisreglerdurant
Attention:
d'ereuresl tropgrand!
Pour modifier la couöe de gaz durant le vol, utilisezla
souris,
Vousn'avezpasä vousoccuperdesdötailsde cettecourbede
gaz durantle vol. Si vous utilisezla sourisdurantle vol, la
I'endroit
oüsetrouvelemanche.
courbedegazsemodifieselon
principe.
Passonsrapidemerau
Pour la couöe de gaz en 3 points:
um,
lesgaz-minim
dumancfie,
vousmodifierez
Selonlaposition
ou le pasmaximum.
lesgaz-stationnaiß
Pour la couöe de gaz en 5 points:
manche,
vousd6placerez
Läaussi,enfondiondelapositiondu
gaz-stationnaire
ou pasmaximum
les valeuIsgaz-minimum,
(au milieu,les valeurs"ST",'V+", "V-" serontd6plac6es
en
parallöle).
utilisationpratique:
Avec le curseurde gaz, vous pouvez r6duireles gaz,
de la positiondu manchede pas, ou
indöpendamment
inveßement,les liberer.Une forte reductiondes gaz vous
en dessousde la valeurä laquelle
oermetde de.scendre
esl accoupl6.
l'embrayage
I'h6licoptöre
est au sol,gez r€duits.Pourle
Ou inversement,
poussez
le curseurau maximum,le pas6tantau
d6part,vous
minimum.
Lacourbedegazentrcenadionetvouspouvezfaire
d6collerl'hdlicodöre
avecle pas.
lnilisation en "gaz direcf'
pourler6glagedu
moteur,
cas,parexemple
Dansbeaucoupde
pouvoir
etreac{ionnesansCtre
du moteurdoit
le carburateur
coud6au pas.Getteliaisongazpaspeut6trecoupeepärun
intenupteur"gaz direct".
Dans cette utilisation, le carburateur est command6
seulementet directementpar le cußeur.
avecquel
commetoujours,vousdevezindiquerä l'emefteur
interupteurvousvoulezpassersur 'gaz direcl".Cecise fait
danslesoflions
de commande"
dansle menu"r6gleröl6ment
du Das.
En r€sum6:
commande"ä l'6l6ment
lemenu"169ler6l0mentde
Cette conection "intelligente" de |a courbe de gaz pelmet Allezdans
"pas" et appuyezsur ll. Feuilletezensuite
de
commande
l'emploi de la souris, ce qui simplifiele r6glageet facilite jusqu'ä
lbption"gazdirect".Vousvoyez:
le travaildu pilote.
rEl:FF:; L.t. üFl1
[:,IF:E[T : 55.i.s
Encoreun rappel:
de d6placerla courbedes
Vousn'avezpasque la possibilit6
la
gaz.Le trim du pasvouspermetde conigernaturcllement
valeurdu pasau slationnaire.
Lecurceurdegaz
surZ,
appuyezd'abod
selonla mahodeconnue,
Maintenant,
"en"avecE)etchoisissez
avec
passezsur
I'intefiupteurd6sir6
oE.
parle Vouspouvezmaintenant
influenc6e
desgaz peutetre6galement
La position
la position
choisiravecI'interrupteur
positions
"paygazcoupl6s"ou 'gaz direci",
gaz.
y
invelsables.
curseurde ll a lädeux
utilisationnormale
Conseil:
le cußeurdegazsert Laposition
Tantquevousetesdanscetteposition,
du ralentipeut,commepourlesavions,etrechoisie
de gazdisponiblesentreI'avantet I'aniÖre.Vous pouvezr€glerdansle menu
de limiteurpourles gaz.Le maximum
de la "r6gler6l6mentde commande"sous I'option"ralenti"de
du culseur,ind6pendamment
dependde la position
"PAS"la position
pas
position
de
delacourbe gaz. l'6l6ment
de etdur6glage
dumanche
du carburateurpour
de commande
le
diagramme:
Voyez
la positionralentidu curseur.
Autoroffiion
gaz
curseur
0
wß39
Si vous
ä la valeuren pointill6s.
Lecurseur
de gazest16916
d'abo]d
Iesgazsuivent
le pasdepuisleminimum,
augmentez
partir
des
deux
lignes,
A
de
l'intersedion
en
trait
tir6s,
la ligne
pointillÖs.
gaz
la
ligne
en
constants
et
suivent
reslent
les
ä la
surunevaleurinf6rieure
le curseut
Si vouspositionnez
et lesgazsercnt
courbede gaz,celle-cidevientinop6rante
parle curseur.
r0gl6sseulement
qn
gräceä un
de passeren autorctation
Vousavezla possibilitd
interruoteur.
fait deuxchoses:
l'6metteur
en autorotation.
En Dassant
pr6d6finie
position
(|Elentipour
surune
1. lecaöurateurpasse
s'exercer,ferm6en concours)
est
2. chaqueßglagede pasdu cöt66l6mentde commande
de la
inooerant.
Si vous ne d6sirezoas de modification
vousnedevez169lerla
coußedu paslolsdeI'autorotation,
coursequeducöt6seNo(lacoursetotalede pasresleainsi
ä disposition)
"Que se passe-fi,avec
Vousvousdemandezcertainement
la iaufle?'. Nomalemern,le m6langedu pas sur I'antiprovoque
puisque
le rotorprincipalne
coupledoit6tresupprim6
plusde coupleinverse.
PROFImc 30t0vous ofüeunesolutionsimpleet
L'ömetteur
ä commuterlapartie"pas"du
Vousavezsimplement
6l6gante.
"reglerseNo"
"ats"dans
enchoisissant
lememe
lemenu
s€rvo
vousavez
Si parexemple,
intenupleurque
celuid'autorotation.
"pas"
vous@mmutezla panie
choisi"S5"pourl'autorotation,
"S5".
du servo "ats" Par
A ceused'uneaulrefinesse,lisezla fin de ce chapitre.
Ce que vous devezdgler
Selonoequi vientd'€tredit:
commevaleurfixe
1. lesgazde I'autorotation
d'autorctation.
de I'interrupteur
2. I'attribution
sous la
que
vous tmuverezl"'autorotation"
ll en ddcoule
'gaz".
fondion
"r6gler616ment
ä l'6l6ment
de commande"
Allezdansle menu
"gaz".
etfaitesapparaitre
surB
ensuite
Appuyez
decommande
'valeurfxe".
I'oDtion
suivant:
I'affichage
Vousob,tenez
rErriHi
FIli-1r
b.HUF;5
I.J:{J
automatiqueet
sensibilit6du gyroscope.Une attÖnuation
proportionnelle
n'aici aucunsens.
"G" sera
du gyrode l'6l6mentde @mmande
L'att6nuation
sur"hots".
@mmutÖe
3. Gyroscopeavecsensibilit6r€gtabledepuis l'emetteur'
Ceciest le type le plusimportant.Pourla crmmandede la
un signald6viÖdepuisl'anti-couple
du gyroscope,
sensibilitö
"gyro"
gyroscopique
pass6
commeatt6nuation
la
sonie
sur
est
automatique.
Efücacit6 de I'att6nuation du gyroscope
Dans l'6metteur,un signal de neutralisationest gen6re
(et
proportionnellement
ä la positiondu manched'anti-couple
est
ce
signal
d6placement).
de
du sens
indäoendamment
amenÖpar une voie s6par6eä I'entr6ede commandede
sensibilit6du gyroscope.Plus le manches'apprcchedes
butöes,plus la sensibilitedu gyroscopeesi dduite, ce qui
de
provoque
une|€ac{ionplusfortedumoddleauximpulsions
le
40a,
40:
en
l'image
dans
ceci esi repr6sent6
commände.
gyroJqqge,
dq
4oq]fefficaglte
en
signald'att6nu€tion,
D'abordles gaz pour l'autorotation:
100%F_---1-__--a_-1
appuyezsur El et rfulez avec E E) la valeurd6sir6e:0 ä 10olo att6nuation
est unebonneveleufde d6but'
Attdbution de I'interupteur d'autorotation:
par
EIB I'interupteurd6sir6,
E)etchoisissezavec
appuyezsur
"S5".
exemple
Maintenantle problÖme:
Passezau
la panie"pas"doitCtresupprimee'
en autolotation,
"pas"
"seNo
partie
l'interfllpteur
intef' et attribuezä la
menu
s5.
"valeurfxe" et attribuez-lui
6galement
Passezensuitesur
Pourcelä,
invers6'
un
sens
cependant
avec
I'interrupteur"S5",
clignote.
quand
la
valeur
surEl
appuyez
15,BK117:
dela m6moire
Exemple
0
-1oo%
o
E.c."nriJJtop%
Figute 40 a
FSEF;,l:
HT!;
I
55+. a
rFH5
F5EF:.,]:
HT5
FIH: 55'l''+I
Li.J,
les gaz sur la
commuteen autorotation
Ansi, I'intenupteur
une
valeurfxe et
sur
pas
fondion,
pr6rögl0e,
hors
le
valeur
pour
le pas'
d6baüement
un
second
sur
6ventuellement
"@urse".
Vousr6glezles coursesdansle menu
Att&tuation du gYrosco
Pe
on comprcnduneatt6nuation
du gyroscope,
SousattÖnudion
un
quandle pilotedonne
gyroscope
du
siabilisation
de I'effetde
pour
nÖcessaire
esl
Ceci
ä
I'antincoude.
commande
ordrede
aucouple
neconigequelesmouvementsdus
quelegyroscope
@mmande.
de
otdres
non
les
invetseet
ll existe trois tyPes de gyroscope
L Gyroseopesans possibilit6d'influencede l'6metteur'
qu'uneseuleliaisonavec le
Ces gyroscopene possÖdent
vousn'avezpas
tel
Si vousutilisezun gyroscope'
r6ceDteur.
besoind'attribuer'gyro".
2.Gyroscopeavecsensibili6commutableou inGruptible'
"G",doit
parexemple
Dan!cecaj, un6l6mentde commande,
de memequ'unesoltieservoavec
Ctreattribu6au gyroscope,
"gyro".
de
Ä cettesortieseraconnecl6la commande
le nom
- 100o/o
Ec anticouPle 40b
Figure
Le gyroscopea, en g6n6ral,deux €glages qui permettent
maximumet minimum.
lessensibilit6s
d'influencer
peutetreun cutseurou
de l'6metteur
commande
L'ölÖmentde
un intefiuoteur.
continul'aü6nuation
de169leren
Avecuncutseuf,ileslpossible
limiteeparles dglagesmaximumet
de basedu gyroscope,
peutque
UninterTupteurne
lui-meme.
minimumdugyroscope
pratique
a cependant
ä I'autre.La
valeurextröme
oasserd'une
montr€que cette possibilitdest amdementsufüsante,ün
Ctrecontdl6
r€glageen continune pouvantquedifficilement
pai te pitotedurantle vol (ire ä ce sujetle conseilen fin de
paragraphe).
A,I
100%
La pratique
"6l6met de
Nous admettonsque vous avez d6jä attribu6
'3ur
le servoNo6, il y a gyro"'
commandeH: gym"et
Vousdevez6galementcontr6lerqu'uninterudeuradÖquat
soitconnedÖdb priseH.celuFcipeutö4reuninterrupteur'?rV
ä 3 fils.
hors"ä cäbleä 2 fils ou ä troispositions
automatiquePour
I'att6nuation
ll ne resteplus qu'ä aciiver
"l€gler
6l6mentde commande"et
celä, passezau menu
jusqu'äl'0lÖment
de commandeH.
feuilletez
'AUTO"'
Appuyezsur [l puissur E]E pourfaireapparaitre
Vousvoyez:
rH! rjTRü Hl_lTü.1
Ht-lF;!I
5|-IPFF;E:'5;
etficacitd
50
osecope
Röglage
course
1_
0
-100q0
+ 100%
0
E.c. anlicouple
Le menu h6licoPtöre
41
Figute
"HoRS"devient"EN"'cest
Appuyezsur El puissur E):
Les6l6mentsde commande
termin6.
ä
lesmodÖles
Mömesi vousavezlutoutela panieconcemant
des
d6signations
les
Truc:
"gW" durc@pteurPU ces voiluresfixes,n'utilisezen aucuncas
selonle principe
un*No ä la sr,ftie
Connectez
6l6mentsde commandepourI'h6licoptÖre,
E
tava
patiquemeft
comment
c'est
alors
venez
Vous
auxaileronsetque
travaux
que,parexemple,
le lat6ralconespond
füenuation:
plusfacileä se le rappeler.
"
Avec"suppessionsur"ttüs"dle nnncl]pdarüi'aufu au Pourvous,c est plusfacile,pas pourl'6metteur'll affichera
mitieu,le fitrD ed enbutÖed'un@te'Si vousboryezle avecuneannonced'ereur,justequandvousaureztout16916!
mande, E seNobougeWpottioryElbmentws faürc DepuisI'efüchage
d'6tat,appuyezsur EZSZ pourobtenir
üte, et 6ci in&Pdamnent duüte dededa@meftdu "attribuer6l6mentde commande".Activer le champ
nnnde.
commande
rel'616mentde
parZ etfaitesapparaft
d'intrcdudion
"su "en",le s€,luo
"supgessbn
uadüedefiEIt A ä I'aidede la toucheEl.
Sir,ousrteffez
ä cdte büee et nEy.pasinnuenEW lemarohe:il repit "A" conespond
au manchede gauche,@mmemalquesurle
gwffiW.
te signal@mpletd'afienuation
Appuyezsur 5l pourfaire clignoterle
boitierde l'6metteur.
avecElEl pourfaire
Encasde besoin:
suivant'Feuilletez
chamDd'introduction
travaille
que
gyroscope,
I'att6nudion
souhait6e'
ll peutaniver,suivantle
la fondionde commande
apparafrre
aumilieuet
d'anti-couple
manche
c'est-ädire
ensensoppos6,
exemPle:
en Par
de I'attÖnuation
minimumet augmentation
att6nuation
"Acommändelabral", appuyez
alorssurZ etunefoissurEl'
"B
vetslesbutÖes.
le manche
bougeant
Appuyezsur Sl et
changesur commande...".
"r€glerservo",choisissezUaffichage
passez
menu
au
Dansce cas,
avecEIE la fondionsouhaitÖe'
choisissez
"course"
surEl: "B
surSl etensuite
pour'le
servoNo.6.Appuyez
commandelongitudinal"(oule passi vousvoulez)'
inveß6e.
estmaintenant
l'att6nuation
commande
aux6l6mentsde
vousatlribuez
Dela mömefagon,
"./." seraattribu6aux
GonseilscomPl6mentaires:
souhaitÖes.
fondions
lea
n6cessaires
et maximum& l'attönudion
pasla meme
1.Minimum
nonutilis6s.N'attribuez
de commande
6l6ments
que
valeuß
parexemple
bs
pour
@
res,lage
comme
sur4rs6
commande,
de
Nousavons
fondionsä deux610ments
"H
pas
"E
r/ous
,esgue/tes
gaz"!
enfe
Et
n'oubliez
I'dtönudion
de
gaz"
minimum
commande
et
maximumet
commande
gwscory
lui4'eme'
(E
le
ou
sur
gaz
ftgees
des
curseurs
eaietrt
ä un
D'
@mmurcz
les
d'attribuer
ousitr'ou's Passezmainlenant
pasdeceffeposs'b'1ft6
du cot6r6ception.
SilegWs@F nedispose
desirczles regler depuisI'enßtaut, wus dispsez de Revenezaumenu"attribuef'parElet passezavecN aumenu
"attribuer
suivafte:
l'al@mafNe
avecle servono 3'
seNo".Commengons
"@use"
"t€gler
de
la
etftglez
seryo/couse"
Ntezaun@nu
veuillez
desservosn'eslpasobligatoire'
Lasuitedesnumeros
PU üqrc
Enftgtaft cettecowse,op.ssib/€
t'attönuation.
la suivrepourcetexemde'
cependant
cOEseßränr',nflwusne faiesriend'aubeq)e defixerles
sur le modÖle'
Le servo3 est le servoqui pilotel'anti-couple
timitesefremesdelaftenudion(frgre 41).
du servo et
le
numdro
pour
clignoter
faire
Appuyezsur [t
gW en/hors'
sur
zlntenufieurd'üönuationde sensibifte
Appuyez
gräce
touches
aux
ElE.
oässezsurle num6ro3
ur
un
idenuqe
avec
rcr
atffi
apparaftre
wus
Faites
le champd'introduction.
fu faqf,ltoulefoflndte, Pwr*rz
b pourlibÖrer
latoucllF- les touchesEE) ou la sourisle m6langeur"ats"' Si vous
siwus feuillatezavec
a.rtomdique'
ä h'?lienuation
survotre
de reception
q femetteurwus proqseradenouyeaulesinterrupEt'trs:enclenchez
insiallation
maintenantvotre
f
aubndi$E
aciionnez
vous
et
d6&ndtet
doitbougerquand
wus pufiez ainsienc#tndßr
leservod'anti-couple
modöle,
avec@tinteffuqe'tr le manchede commande
d'anti-couple.
VousPurfiezegalement
clatrcnuation.
Mnmüil Nexem& ledßl+aEckl'e6nßdcle@fiYnatße Normalement,
d'abordtouslesservosavant
vousattribueriez
pasä pas'
mti+ouPle.
de lesr6gler.Nousallonseffeduerle processus
52
foissur @ puis Passonsä la tetede rctor
Retoumezau menu1 en appuyar plusieurs
Nous vous
Lä r6sidela diff6renceentre les h6licoptÖres!
passezsur "r6glerservo"avecla touchez. Appuyezsur s
pourariver ä "servoneutre"et reglezle d6cal4e de tousles proposons5 exemplesdiff6rents:
Schlüter
tl et r6glezla valeur
Pourcefaire,appuyezsur
servossurO%.
pourrevenir
en
sur
tleim
appuyez
termin6,
@
Le
r6glage
avecElEl.
"coutse"en appuyantsur Z.
ä trois pointsä 9{l'avec d6calageviftuel
CPM
sut
maintenant
Passez
aniÖre.
quatE points ä 90'avec d€calagevirtuel
CPM
ä
l'6cran
suivant:
obtenez
Vous
CPMä trois points ä 120"avecd6calageviftuel
FgEFi,I:l-.1T5
pas
quinevousintÖressent
Vouspouvezsauterlesexemples
r +'3tii:it-:+ tl*t-UUr
Sicelui-ciest SCHLUETER
duservod'anti-couple.
lesensd'action
Contr6lez
au menu1 enappuyant
rotor.Retoumez
invers6,appuyezsur5l et appuyezunefoissurEl: le signede Pesdem6langeurde
'?ttribuerservo".
passez
2
ä
au
menu
et
sur
changeet le seNodoitmaintenanttoumer El
la partieanti-couple
alors:
dansle bonsens.
Choisissez
servoNo 1, il Y a latÖral
sur
le
pattie
pas
Passonsä la
"pas"
le
servoNo2, il y a longitudinal
pour
sur
RÖflÖchissez
apparait.
Appuyezsur tl et sur E):
servo
No4, il Ya Pas
sur
le
le
quelle
doit
compenser
rotor
aniöre
directionle
savoirdans
puis
principal,
de
changez
Connectezles servosauxsortiesrespectivesdu r6cepteur.
couplede renveßemenldu rotor
partie
"r6glerservo""course".
pour
la
d6crit
comme
sensde coredion si n6cessaire,
Avec@ retoumezau menu1 ä
anti-couple.
de
le sensd'adionet r6glezlesvaleursgrossiÖres
ContrÖlez
r!:EF.l:FtT!
Pourcelä,vousappuyezsur 5l et rEglezavec
ddbattement.
E)E chacundescÖtesen bougeantl'6l6mentde commande
L +3t:1:iFt' FFIS d
Vouspouvezinveßerla courseavecla toucheE.
respectif.
R6glezensuitela valeunenvircn30o/o.
encoreuneautre HEIM
rotorde queuepossÖde
Votrem6langeurde
avecle renvoi
ä laversionclassique
Latete Heim"conespond
partie(appuyezsur [l et sur E]).
page
(voir
48)
aussi
de
longitudinal
mobile
Valeur fixe
quandvousenclanchez Retoumez
au menu1 avecla toucheEl et passezau menu2
sedäbloquerl'anticouple
Cettefonction
"valeur
"attribuer
La
seNo".
Voir le chapitreAUTOROTATION.
ä
I'autorctation.
"ho]s":laissez-la
ainsi.
fixe"se trouvesur
Attribuezalors:
Servo des gaz
surle servoNo 1, il Ya teteHeim
avec le prochainservo.Quittezle menuaduel
Continuons
surle servoNo2, il Ya longitudinal
Choisissez
lemenu2ä"atüibuerservo".
avecEl etpassezdans
surle servoNo4, il Y a teteHeim
et faitesapparaitre
le servo6, libererle champd'intrcdudion
'gaz".Celuiquiveutun mÖlangeurpour Les servosde lateralsont connect6saux sorties 1 et 4 du
avecEJE)la fondion
Passez
la sortie2 regoitle servode longitudinal.
r€cepteur,
"dyngaz".Pourl'instant,
"couße".
"regler
reslonsä"gaz".
la voltigepeutchoisir
servo"
ä
et
allez
aveclatoucheEl au menu1
si vousdeplacezvotrecußeurde gazversl'avant(enrÖgle Choisissez
d'abordle servo1 et reglezla partiepaset le sens
g6n6rale)
et sivousbougezvotremanchede pas,leservodes de ce servoen bougeant
le manchede pas.
gazdoitr6agir.
s€rvo4 et faitesde meme.
desgaz. Passezau
Passonsau r€glagegrossieret au choixdela courbe
le manchede
"r6gler6lÖment Mömepmcessus
pourlapartielateral:actionnez
Revenezau menu1 parla toucheE) et allezä
et
sa valeur.Si
d6placement
le
sens
de
observez
et
lat6ral
et
Avec EIN activezle champd'introduction
de commande".
et r6glezles
conceme
"courbe
le
servo
avec
inversez
B
ndcessaire,
gez".Adivez le champ
feuilletezavec ElEl jusqu'ä
'AV3P"
de
course.
valeurs
ou
d'introduciiondans lequelfigure aduellement
avecElEl sivousd6sir€zunecouÖeen
similaireet choisissez
ä 3 points'mk t€te' 90"
3 ou 5 points.La toucheEl vouspermetde choisirentrcplein Commande
'AR"
'A\f'
(voirpage49). Cetypedecommande
esldemoinsenmoinsutilis6,dufaitde
gazen avant
ou pleingazen aniÖre
Nousd6clirons
lesgaz lamauvaise
desforcessurlesservos.
16oartition
En activantle champde la valeur,vouspouvezrÖglez
son
r6glage.
du
cependant
fonction
en
Pas
avecE aumenu1 puisavec
d'6tat,passez
pourla courbeä 3 Points:
I'affichage
Depuis
"attibuer
servo".
PR ralenti
tl aumenu2 ä
ST slationnaire
alors:
Attribuez
P+ Pasmaximum(coursedu seNo)
surleservoNo1, il y a mixtete
surleservoNo2, il y a mixtete
ou pourla courbeä 5 Points:
surle s€rvoNo4, il Ya mixtete
PR ralenti
V- avantle slationnaire
Pour m6moiß:
ST slationnaire
le servoavec
LiHrczle champ'!ervo"avecB. Choisissez
"il y a ..."et choisissez
V+ apresle stationnaire
avec
le
champ
avec
Activez
tl
EIE).
"mix
P+ Pasmaximum(coursedu servo)
etc.'
servo'
deuxiÖme
ensuite
au
Passez
tCte".
EIE
Le curseurde gazdoitefie au maximumpourles @lages.
53
au milieuaprÖsavoirr€916les
Aprgsavoirettribudlesservos,revenezavecEl aumenu1 el pasde mettretous lestdms
ä 0% dans le menu
de
commande
"rfuler
6l6ments
des
centEs
les
et|€gleztous
sur"neutre"
Pass€z
servo".
passez
sur
"dgler
de
commande"'
6lÖment
pas
tous
Pourcefaire,n'oubliez demettre
surOol0.
d6calages
des6lÖmentsRevenezavec E) au menu "r6glerservo" et passezsur
lescentres
avoirr€916
lestrimsaumilieuaprÖs
"regler
6l6mentde "course"avecZ.
de commandeä O%dansle menu
commande".
"r€glerseNo"et passezsur lmportant:
du sensde
Revenezavec El au menu
1. Le premierr6glageobligdoirees1le r6glage
"pas".
"course"
paltie
desservospourla
avecz.
debattemern
Aclionnezle manchede pas et obseNezles servos'
lmportarf:
de
du
sens
estle r6glage
D6terminezle ou les servosqui se d6placenten sens
1. Le premierreglageobligatoire
"pas"'
le
partie
Actionnez
pour
la
opposö.
desseNos
debattement
"partie:pas"'
lesservos'
dePaset obseNez
manche
choisissezle s€rvoenquestionet passezsur
Lib6rezle champde valeuravecS et inversezsonsens
le ou les servosqui se d6dacenten sens
D6terminez
avecEl.
oppos6.
"partie:pas"
et
pourtous les seNos la "partie:gÖometrie"
passez
sur
question
et
en
2.
Choisissez
le
servo
Choisissez
sonsens
r€glezla positiondesservosen degr6s.Passezau mneu
le cfiampdevaleuravec5l et inversez
Lib6rez
"inter''et mettezsur"en" la panieGEOMetrie
de tousles
avecE.
servos.
et
pourtouslesservosla "partie:g6omÖtrie"
2. Choisissez
au
ensuite
Passez
DonnezlesvaleurgO"pourle servode droite,180' pourle
desservosendegr€s.
r6glezla position
"iniei'
lespartiesGEoM6{rie' seNoaniÖr€,270"pourle servogaucheet 0' pourle servo
toutes
etmettezsur"en"
mänu
avanI.
90'pourleservodedroite,180"pour
lesvaleur
Donnez
de
servo
gauche.
sivotl€
et270'pourleservo
leservoaniÖre
aulieude
valeur0
attribueznluila
'0"
devant,
longitudinalsetrouve
180'!
t"{
2?0"!
)no'fo,,"ooonou"o,
\-/
V180"
}so"fii,="tiona, ',or
Si vous avez fait ces l€glagescoredement'toutesles
avecles
sontdisponibles
partieslat6rales
et longitudinales
toutesles
valeursn6cessaires.
Si vousavezeffectu6cesr€glagesconectement,
avecles
sontdisponibles
partieslateraleset longitudinales
pourvoteh6licoptÖred'undeplacement
3. Sivousavezbesoin
la paltie"phase"du
valeursn6cessaires.
viltuelduplateaucyclique,choisissez
pourvotre
h6licoptÖred'und6dacement menu"intef' pourun des servos.Mettezensuitedansle
3. Sivousavezbesoin
lapanie"phase"dans
choisissez
savaleursurlacofiectiond6sir€eendegr6'
menu"course-"
viltuelduplateaucyclique,
"intei'
pourun des servos.Meüezsa valeulsur
En maintenanten but6e le manchede lat6ralou de
le menu
"course"
"EN"puisrepassez
(Z
facilementsoneffet'
surlerfulage
vousob6erverez
dansle menu
longitudinal,
En
degr6'
en
d6sir6e
pour
la
contction
introduire
et ElEl)
umixt€te" 720"
delongitudinal, Commandeä 3 poittts
butÖelemanchedelatÖralou
maintenanten
vous observerezfacilementson effet.
estle plusutilisÖ.
ce typede commande
umixtäteu
d'Aat,passezavecE) au menu1 puisavec
DepuisI'affichage
Commandeä 4 Poinß
"attribuer
servo"'
Z au menu2 ä
eslde plusen plusutilis6.ll permet
Cetypede @mmande
plus' Attribuezalors:
siunseNonefonctionne
desauverI'h6licoptÖre
souvent
sur le servoNo 1, il Y a mix tete
avecEl aumenu1 puisavec
d'6tat,passez
I'affchage
Depuis
surle servoNo2, il Y a mixt6te
"attribuer
servo".
El aumenu2 ä
surle servoNo4, il Ya mixtcte
Attribuezalors:
Pourm6moiß, la fagonde faire:
"servo"avecB. choisissezle servoavec
surle servoNo1,il Ya mixtete
Libörezle champ
"il
avec
surle servoNo2, il Ya mixtete
ElE. AdivezavecZ le champ y a ..." et choisissez
"mixtöte".Passezen suiteau deuxiömeservo,etc '
surle servoNo4, il Ya mixtÖte
EE
surle servoNo5, il Ya mixtete
avecEl au menu1 et
Apßs avoirattribudlesservos,revenez
"neutre"et 169leztous
"r€gler
les
r
su
Pourm6moire:
Passez
passez
seNo".
sur
"servo"avecN. Choisissez
avec
le
servo
tous
pas
de
mettre
le
champ
n'oubliez
Lib6rez
Pourcefaire,
sur0ol0.
docalages
avec
desÖldments
ActivezavecEl le champ"il y a ." €f choisissez
EE. "mix
lestrim! au milieuaprÖsavoirr€916lescentres
"rÖgler6l6mentde
etc"
servo'
au
deuxiÖme
ensuite
Passez
tÖte".
le
menu
EEI
de commandeä 0olodans
au menu commande".
Aplts avoirattdbu6les selvos,rcvenezavecEl
"centre" et
"r6glerservo" et passezsur
1 et passezsur "r6gler servo". Passezsur
Revenezavec E) au menu
n'oubliez
faie,
"course"avecZ.
sur O%.Pource
r€gleztous lesdÖcalages
180"
54
"US"
deI'interrupteurd'Öcolage mont€dans
Parl'intermediaire
lmportant:
le moniteurpeutä toutmoment@mmuletentre
esl le l€glagedu sensde son6metteur,
f . ie premierr€glageobligatoire
"pas".
par
et le pilotageparle moniteur.
le
dlotage l'61Öve
dosservospourla partie
d6battement
commanesl limit6auxquatrefondionsprincipales
Acdionnezle manchede pas et obseNezles s€wos' f6colage
pas
et utile)'
necessaire
parles manches(plusneserait
D6terminezle ou les seNos qui se d€placenten sens d6es
PROFImc 30t0esldepouvoir
del'€metteur
Undesavantages
oppos6.
defagon
plusieurs
fonctions
"paltie:
ou
une
seulement
pas"' donneräl'61Öve
le servoenquestionet passezsur
Choisissez
pilotage.
progressivement
le
Liberezle champde valeuravec5l et inversezsonsens ä apprendrc
unePROF|mc
moniteuresl
l'6metteurdu
Nousadmettonsque
avecEl.
"partie:
g6om6trie"et 3010.
pourtous les servosla
2. Choisissez
vous pouvezutilisernaturelle'
dansle Commeemeteurde l'61Öve,
Passez
degrÖs.
en
position
servos
des
r6glezla
tous les
menu"inte/'surlechampde miseenfondionet mettezsur ment une adre PROFImc 3010'maisegalement
comme
"EN"la partieGEOM6trie.
d'uneprisediagnostique'
MULTlPLEXdot6s
6metteur
90' le
COMBI
el
COMBI
la
mc,
par
ROYAL
la
exemple
pour
le
Donnezlesvaleur60'pourle servode droite,180'
I'El,lROPAmc, t EURoPA'spint
COMMANDER,
servoariöre et 300"pourle servogauche'
U6metteurdumonieur doit CtteÖquip6d'un interupteur
suivantssor utilisables:
d'6colage,Lesintetrupteuß
gA
interupteur ä longmanche,7 5698ou
interupteurgA ä manchecourt,7 5697
duvol
lldlrectlon
\
i
Comme emplacementde montage,choisissezune des
Lapris€del'interrupteurdoit
1,7,6,12(voirpage5).
Dossibilites
"US",voirpage7' Lesens
prise
marqu6e
dansla
btreenfichee
180"
attentionaumontage
faitescependant
eslindiff6rcnt,
d'enfichage
page
testdes6l6ments
parties
cyclique
66
au
de
commeindique
de I'intenupteur,
Si vousavezbienfait ces€glages,les
leurs
avec
sont ä votredisposition
de commande.
lat6ralet longitudinal
valeursconectes.
L€s deux 6metteurssont reli6s par le cäble d'6colage
d'un
d6placement
h6licoptÖre
survotre
besoin
8 5121enfichedanslesp{isesde chalge.
3. Sivousavez
tete
de
la
seNos
des
sur
un
choisissez
cyclique,
virtueldu
Attention:le cäblecopilot8 5122de la ROYALmc n'estpas
"intei" Enclenchez
cette
menu
le
partie
dans
PFIASE
la
"course"surla
partie dilisable!
partiesur"EN",puisrevenezaumenu
;'PHASE' pourdonnerla
valeurdeconediond6sir€eVous R@lagesn&essairesde I'funetteur
de
pouvezen mesurefI'effeten adionnantle cyclique.
il ne f6lÖlre
la programmation:
Avecc€rfulage,vousavezterminÖ
mc 3010/303O'
lesvaleursde courseselon Si f'6metteur n'est pas une PROFI
vousre$e plusqu'äintroduire
"PPM"(s'il disposedes
1. Mettrel'6metteuren modulation
ou lesdonn6esdu constructeur'
votreexperience
Coupertousles m6langeurs
deuxtypesde modulation).
et autEs influencesde Goulse'
2. Mettretouslestrimsau milieu.
contrÖlezä cr momentquels num6rosde servo sont
piloter'
ä
command6s
d'apprendr€
Parlesmanches.
es{tafagonlaplus6conomique
L'öcolage
par
plustard.Uneinversion
et sontreliÖs
vouslesutiliserez
ontchacunun6metteur
numÖrcs,
Notezces4
Le moniteuretl'61Öve
de
commanden'estpas
moniteur6metle
l'6metteurdu
des
öl6ments
Seul
5121.
r6partition
autre
une
ou
uncäbled'ecolage8
pilote les
si l'61Öve
est transmisä n6cessaire.
ll est de meme indiffÖrent
signalHF. Le signalde l'emetteurde l'61öve
Ces
ety eslretravaill6' ailerons
lecäbled'6colage
moniteurvia
ä gaucheouädroite,dememepourlemoteur/pas
l'6lmetteurdu
de
rÖglage
dans
le
pris
compte
en
paniculiers
sont
Pource(teraison,l'6meüeurdel'61övene doit6mettteque dglages
"purs",
moniteur.
du
des
l'€metteur
sans m6langetSi vous envoyez
des signaux
signauxCejamelang6sä l'6metteurdu moniteur,ceux'ci Si f'6metteur esl une PROFImc 3010
seront doublementm6lang6sensuite.
Le dglageest ici tßs simple:il suffttde mettrcl'emetteuren
de
de
l'6metteur
mode'61Öve".
Attribuez les 6l6ments de commande
menu'fonction
l'61öve,par exemple:
appuyezsurEZElZ pouraniverau
Pourcelä,
A commandeaileron
6colage".
B commande gaz, etc
Vousvoyez:
puis les servos:
I ut'l EljrJLl-lrjE
Fut{r-:T
sur le seruoNo I, il Y a aileron
etc.
y
profondeur'
sur le sewo No 2, il a
Metteztous les m6langeuFde l'6metteurde l'61öveho]s
devient"EN":cestfait'
surZ puissurE. "HORS"
Appuyez
fonctionl
d'6tatparlatoucheEl.
ä I'affichage
L'6metteurde l'61Öven'a pas besoin de module HF Si Vbusiaoumez
ilvous
plustardenfondionnormale,
repasser
d6sirez
cependantil en contenaitun,celui{i seraautomatiquement (Sivous
mCme).
de
d'6colage'
refairc
suffit
de
le
cäble
mis hors fonction en enfichant
sooTfoo'r,
V
Commentutiliserla fonction
6colage
E5T: HUFt:;r
55
L-alignesup6rieuEde I'affichageclignoE entle le nomdu
mod;b et ''61Öve":ceci vous indique que l'6metteurest
maintenanten mode 6ßve. Ce mode resb op6rationnel
jusqu'ä ce que vous le mettiezhoß fonction,donc m€me
si vous 6teignez votre 6metteur'
lci aussi,vousdevriezcontr6lerquel6l6mentde commande
pourcelädansle menu
commandequellefonction.Regardez
"attribuerservo".Vousy trouvezparexemple:
surle servoNo 1, il Y a ailelon'
sur le servoNo 2, il y a ptofondeuf',etc"
Attention:
pratiquesde
commuterl'intenupteur
paslorsdesessais
N'oubliez
"US"sur "en",sinonrienne s€ passera.
ndcessairesdef&netteurdu
R6gTtages
moniteur
PROFmc
carl'Ömetteur
Lachos€devienticipluscompliquee,
lib€It6'
de
beau@up
nouveau
ä
30t0 vousoffre
Vous pouvezpar exempleattlibuer de fagon difiÖlente les
celä signifieque l'61öve
Peut
manciresdes'deux6metteurs.
piloteravec les aileronsä gaucheet le moniteurles aula ä
droile:vousn'avezpasä changerd'habitude'
savoir
Ced n'estpasdifücileä faire:vousdevezsimplement
commentpilotel'61Öve.
"6colage"Vousy
Pources r6glages,vous titilisezle menu
passezen appuyantsur E)EIEIS. Vousvoyez:
,'+fiILEF; .r'+ ül-li
.r+FIF:Et, ,'+FF:IJFU
Conseil:
dependent
et le typedes4 fonciionsprincipales
Ladistribution
peut
doncÖtre
L'affichage
du type de modöledu moniteur.
d'autres
ou
disposition
aure
diff6iänt,parexempleavecune
pourun
ou
anti-couple
(commelateral
fonciionsde commande
hölicoptÖr€).
num6rode
indiquerä l'6metteurquel
Vousdevezmaintenant
principales'
fondions
aux
(servo)
attribuer
de l'61öve
canal
'+HILER"
surZ: letraitobliquedevant
exemple
Aoouvezoar
en "1",
le traitsetrans{orme
cridndte.öi vousappuyezsur El
'2"' etc..
un autreappuile fait passerä
Cecisignifie:
serapris
Le änal I (ou 2, etc.)de l'6metteurde l'61Öve
commesignal d'aileronsdans l'6metteurdu monibur
et r€mplacele manched'aileronsdu moniteur'
Si vous laissezle trait oblique,rien n'est attribu6et le
contrÖlercsteau manched'aileronsdu moniteur'
Si vous consttrz que cette tonction de l'6metteur de
l'6lÖvea un sens de dÖbatGmentinverse,appuyez
simplem€ntsur y quand le chifite clignote'La flÖche
> se transformeraen flÖGheblanchesur fond noir' ce
quiindique que le sensde d6battementest invers6lors
de la ptise en charge'
vousrfulezlestloisautresfonctions'
De la mememaniÖre,
d'activerles4
du claviervouspermettent
LestouchesflÖches
I'affichage.
de
ntes
fonctionsconesponda
Etencorc...
larepaltition
Vousnedevezpasabsolumentd6terminerd'abord
pouvezaussi
essayer
vous
l'61Öve,
l'Ömetteurde
descanauxde
pedez
(mais
vous
lesdiff6rentsnum6roslorsde I'attribution
ansila vued'ensemble).
avantd'allersurle tenain,carvousn y
Essayezcesr6glages
aurezpasautantdecalmequ'enatelier'Etvousaurezsürement
ou unerepartition'
ä modifierunjouruneattribution
Le systüne d'accude r6erue
FixerI'unit6de I'accude reservesut lessuppoltsdansle coin
foumies.
ä I'aidedes 4 vis et des entretoises
droitinfÖrieur
tiennenten r6serveun bidonde Attention:
Beaucoupd'automobilisles
con€ctement
lesentretoises
monter
de'lus"estd6agr€able
resterenp€nneparmanque
carburant:
et souventdangercux.
ä coursde caöurantdurantI'emploi,
Si votreÖmetteurtombe
maisaussisignifie ä coup
cecin'estpasseulementd6sagr€able
:
sansparlerdesdangersinh6Ents.
sür la peftedu modÖle,
: :';',
L'accude rgserveest unes6cunt6contreunetellemauvaise
surprise.Vousavezavecluiunereserved'environ15minutes
poursauver
danstoutesles
unmodÖle
cequisuffltt
-t
d'utilisation,
situations.
,*n*
Fonc{ionnement
de montage(notreproposition:
emplacements
un
des
Percer
charg6par son
L'accu de r6serve est automatiquement
Mettreen place
y
le
commutateur.
et
monter
10)
emplacement
ne peutpas
ä chaquechargede l'accuprincipal.ll
6lectronique
gure45:faireattention
fi
sur
la
comme
cable
interudeur-accu
le
etresurchalgd,vousn'avezdoncpasä vousen occuper.
un autrecable.
ä ne pascoincerou endommager
de tensionvousavertitde la tensiontrop
Quandle controleur
QuandvousCtessürsque le cäblee'slmont6commesur la
commutermanuellement
ilvoussrffitde
faibledeI'accuprincipal,
accu(lespieds
bacäaccuprincipaletson
remonterle
figure45,
sur I'accude reserve(cettefagonde fairc a 6t6 choisie
doivententrerdanslessupportsdu boitier).
sciemment).
ll ne rcsleplusqu'ä6tablirla liaisonentreI'accude r6serveet
Tant que l'6metteurrestecommut6sur l'accude rÖserve,
clignote.Cecivousrendattentifä cequel'6metteur
l'affichage
I'accu
de r6serve,memebß d'unemiseen seNice
es'tsur
suivante.
f-
Courantet tempsde charye
30
dechargedel'accuder6serveprendenvircn
L'automatisme
plovoque
principal.
une
Ceci
chalge
de
mA du courant
du tempsde chatgede l'accuprincipal.Par
augmentation
exemple:
intensit6de charge:200 mA
le tempsde charges'allongede 30/200= 0.15=157o
ä cöt6dumoduleHF,selon
vouspouvez Enlevezd'abodlafichedepontage
multiples,
chargeuräsorties
Sivousdisposezd'un
plus
Enfichezdansla
n6cessaire.
n'est
4.6.
Celleci
passersurune
de30 mApour la figure
valeursup6rieure
naturellement
plat
cäbleplatselon
le
prisedu
livr6.
Placez
prise
cäble
l'unedes
gaIderle tempsnormalde chaEe.
prise
I'accu
de r€serve.
de
la
dans
47
et
enfichez-le
la figure
Charge rapide
surla figure47.
Contrölez
L'accude reserveesttoujourschalg6en modenormal,meme
que le cäbleplatne coincepas les manches.
si vouschalgezen moderapide.Si vouschargezvotreaccu Assurez-vous
Faitesensuiteplusieu6 chargesnormaprincipalen modelent,I'accude r6seNeesttoujoursplein.Si Fermezl'6metteur.
pour
I'accude 6serve.
complÖtement
chaßer
les
que
ce
vousne faitesquedeschargesrapides,il peutafüver
I'accude r6serve
tempsde cha€e ne suffiseplusä maintenir
de Le mqtu'tps;t'de.s d&tenß de
en pleinechaee. C'esl poutquoinousvous conseillons
aprÖschaque10 chargesrapides.Si commande.s
chargernormalement
I'accude r6servea 6t6 utilis6,faitesdanstous les cas une Le montagedescurseutset desintemipteurs
doitobdirä un
chargenormale.
permet
avec
les menus.
pr€cis,
qui
la
cor6lalion
seul
mode
Montage
et
lescurseurs
reconnait
Deplus,vous$vezquel'Ömetteurne
et lbuvrir.Enleverle suppond'accuet son lesintenupteurs
Eteindrel'6me{teur
quesouslesd6signations
E - l, Sl - 55 et US'
accude l'emetteuren tirantdoucementä gaucheet ä droite alorsquevouspr6f6r€zlesd6signations
en texteclair.
pou\rez
faite deux chos€s:
AvecI'aidede ce m€nu,vous
sontmont6set
et lesinterrupteurs
si lescurseuIs
1. ConttÖler
connecl6scorrectementdans l'6metteur.Ceci est
particuliÖrement
imponantpout le montagesubsÖquent
de leurdisposition.
ou unemodification
d'intefiupteurs
position
surlaplatinedes
la
ouvrirl'emetteur
2. Cor r6lersans
maqu6sen claiI.
intenupteurs
"tesl des 6l0mentsde
Une petitecofiedion:la ddsignation
@mmande"n'eslpastout-ä-faitexacte,c:lr vousne pouvez
pasleslerlesmanches,
ce qui n'esld'ailleurspasnÖcessaire.
y comprisceuxqui
nesont
TouslesinterupteurssontcontÖ16s,
oasdes6l6mentsde commande.
^7
Si vousappuyezsur E), vousotfenezle secondaffichage.
Petit rapp€l(voirpage10):
Les 6l6mentsde @mmandebougenldiredementquelque ll presentedansI'ordßles 6l6mentsde commandeE - l, en
ainsique le sigle
chosesur le mod6le.Les mancheset les curseurssontdes secondeligne,lesflÖchesconespondantes
"RD"(rfuulateurdigitaDpourla souris.
de commande.
61ements
de commande Si vous bougezle curseurE en avant,la flÖchede E doit
sontaussides6l6ments
Maislesintenupteuls
s'ils sont connect6sä des entr6esA l. ll y a aussiles egalementindiquerI'avant.Si vous bougezdoucementle
unepositionoü la flöche
le milieu,voustrouvercz
etlesinverseurscommele9dual-rate cuIseurvers
decouplage
interrupteurs
-55etUS.
esl
Ceci le milieu"6ledrique"
parS1
entraithorizontal.
Enfin, setransforme
ou I'intenupteurus.llssontd6sign6s
"memory"qui a unefonctionsp6ciale(voir exad.Dufaitdestol6rances,
ilpeutdiff6rerdumilieuinscritsur
il y a l'intenupteur
pratique,
celän'aaucune@ns6quence.
du boitiel en
page59)etqui n'appartient
ä aucundesdeuxautresgroupes. l'echelle
ll esl d6sign6par"M".
vous
n'estpasoccupee,
commande
Siuneentr6ed'6l6mentde
Aprös ce rappel n6cessairc,allons au fait.
"169ler616mentde
commande"
Voustrouvez
lemenu'tesl"sous
leteslavecEl. Vousobtenez
enappuyantsurElB.Choisissez
pourI'instant):
(la direcliondesflöchesn'a pasd'importance
T 1 ' : ' T r l :r L l'l+
+. .t .f. .1. .t +. El
suivant:
ä I'affichage
surE),vouspassez
enappuyant
:E F tj H i
Pourtesterla souris"RD",appuyezsur S et faitestoumerla
ä unerotationhoraire.Si ce
molette.Lesigne">" correspond
pas
la souris.
la
fiche
de
le
cas,
toumez
n'est
des
lesddsignations
Dansle premierafüchageapparaissent
"M+"
mont6
inveIs6,conigezen
esl
le
tout ä droite Si un 6l6mentde oommande
intenupteursde couplage/inverseuß,
"memory''
platine
prises.
des
toumantsafichesurla
d6signantI'interupteur
par
rapportauxinterrupteurs.
cette
difierence
dual-rate
desailerons Remaquez
ActionnezparexemdeI'intenupteurde
qu'ilestplusfacilede fairelestestsque
(tontä gauche).La flÖchesousS1 s'inverse.
Vousvousapercevrez
de
les
d6crire.
Vousen d6duisezdeuxchoses:
ä "S1".
dual-rate
desaileronsesl branch6
1. L'interrupteurde
Accessorites
concotüent,
2. Si la flöche et la positionde I'interTupteur
Manches de commande
coneqe[l€ol.
l]trtemulteur
esl mon!-ö
esl livr6avectroispairesd'embotltsde manche:
L'6metteur
coun,moyen,long.
environ10mm.
en hauteursur
Deplus,chacunpeutÖtre16916
pilotage.
de
selon
vos
habitudes
le
type
Choisissez
toumezI'emboutjusqu'ä
Pourle reglageou le changement,
totalede dsistance.Rfulez ou changez
s€ntirla diminution
52)
entoumantde 18o"(figure
l'emboutpuisassur€z-le
L Lrl'l
= ' T ' -
dedual-rate
et le
interupteurs
Contrölez
de memelesaufu€s
votre6metteuravecles
si vousavezÖquip6
combi-sliritch,
inteffupteurs.
Vousobtenez:
=Sl
dual-rateailerons
dual.rateprofondeur = 5 2
=53
dual-ratediredion
=S5
combi-slritch
pdvue au montageen usine(quevous
Ceciest I'utilisation
pouvezmodifier).
"memory",
vouscommutez
m6moire
EnbougeantI'inverseurde
"1"
"0".
et'2".
entrc
il se peutque la
Si vous montezpar la suiteun intenupteur,
pas.Dans
position
ne
concordent
de
I'interupteur
flöcheet la
Ne
ä
l'intenupteur.
faire
un
demi{our
devez
faire
ce cas,vous
pas
prise,
aucun
effet!
cela
n'a
toumez la
58
FkJure52
Poussoirde manche
peutetremontÖ
dansles
manche(momentan6)
Unpoussoirde
(figure
Ctresoit
53).Celui-cipeut
et longues
versions
moyennes
intenupteur
inverseur/
un 6l6mentde commande.soit un
@uDleur.
d'utilisation:
Exemples
crochetderemorquage
comme6l6mentdecommande:
du
commande chrono
@mmecouDleun
Support lat6ral, prctec'tion pluie
Intemipteur de manche
pupitre,
lat6raux
deuxsupports
del'6mefteuren
pouvez
PourI'utilisation
aussi
monter
plus
poussoir
vous
mommentan6,
du
En
peuvent
(figure
56).
etre
viss6s
fxation
rabattable
avec
le
manche.
ä basculedans
un interTupteur
de
se trouventdansles inslructions
r6side dans le fait que sa positionest D'autresrenseignements
avantage
Son
supports
lat6raux.
des
montage
ßconnaissable.
immddiatement
possibles:
Lnilisations
interupteurde flaPs
crochetde remorquage
interuoteurd'autorctation
Le montagede ces deux typesd'intenupteußde manche
s'effectueparle SAVMULTIPLEX.
Modification et installation d'intemr@urs
montagedesintenupteuß
Le nombreet lesemplacementrsde
gÖnerale.
ä I'habitude
ä la livraisonconespondent
votrc dÖsirpersonnel.
Vous pouvezcependantconcr€tiser
ä l'6metteur.
inscription
sontjoints
Pourcelä,deuxcachessans
types
sontä votre
de
divers
supplementaires
Desinterrupteuls
pour
points
disposen
les
suivanls
les
Observez
disposition.
1, 2, 5, 6
La sourisne peutCtremont6equ'alx emplacements
F@rc !ß
sur la positionvoisine.
(voirpage4), sonsupportempiÖtant
ä longsmanchesdevraientetre plac€sde
Les intenupteurs
principal/
pr6fdrence
aniÖre,cot6intenupteur
sur les rangÖes
antenneet les oluscourtscöt6manches.
Pour modifier la disposition,devissezd'abord tous les Commuätiondem6moireen vol
foumieavec cettenouvelle
sp6ciale
ä I'aidede lapiÖceplastique
possibilit6
interupteurs
ä l'6metteurdevos
vousoffreI'accÖs
de rÖves,ou presque.
estä
enleveravant
La visduboutonde la souris
l'6metteur.
d6monter.
[€ principeest t10ssimple:
int6rieures pourlemememodÖle,
Vouspouvezensuiteenleverlesplaquessupports
deuxoutroism6moires.
vousr6servez
centrale.
de l'6metteuren appuyantsurla s6curitÖ
Les lislesqui y sont crntenuessont differentes.Avec un
passerävolontede
l'uneä I'autredes
lesplaques intenupteur,
vouspouvez
remontez
desir€e,
laposition
Montezlasourisdans
et installezles nouveauxcachesod6rieutsaprÖs memoircs.
int6rieures
avecuncouteauel unelime. Lesdiff6rences
avoirlib6|€lestrousn6cessaires
entreleslislessontlaiss6esävotreappr€ciation:
de
vouspouvezpar exemplegarderla memeconfiguration
Attention:ne percezpaslestrousnond6sir6s.
changer
ou
Mettezen dace lesir erupteurs.Avantde lesfxerd€finitive base, mais avec des reglagesdiff6rents,
liste
ä
I'autre.
d'une
comdÖtement
pour
(page
57)
de commande
ment,faitesletesldes616ments
voletssurI'aileprincipale.
nombreux
sonten page5 Prenonsun
olaneuravecde
D'autresinformations
conttler leurenfichage.
pourle dÖpart,une
pr6voir
pouniez
configuration
une
Vous
et 10.
pourle
voldevitesse.
pourle
troisiÖme
vol normaletune
selon l'emploides autre
Enfin, collez en place les inscriptions
par
les
valeurs de
se
differencie
de leur feuillesupportavec une Chaque configuration
Soulevez-les
inteffupteurs.
volets.
et de sensdes
positionnez-les
pincette,
danslescrcuxdescachesetappuyez d6battement
se retrouvent
de configuration
de
tellesvariations
pasd'inscription
les
apart6:
utilisez
En
convenable,
fon.Sivousnetrouvez
"gros":le '1ly-by-wire"
possibles.
rend
pour
les
jaunes
les
avec
un
feutre.
unieset marquez-les
d6coupes
pourlevoldosd'un
consisieenI'inversion
Uneautreutilisation
ici, cenainseffetsde commandedoiventCtre
h6licoptdre:
inveF6savecdesvaleursde basediff6rentes.
pourlevolnormal,
uneautre
unem6moire
estclaire:
Lasolution
pour le vol dos. Comme vous pouvez ätablir une liste
diff6rentepour le vol dos, il n'y a pas de
complötement
pourla commutdion.
limitations
Passonsä la pratique.
deuxou trcis listespourun modÖledependde votre
Lrtiliser
FWre 55
Filurc U
reglage,
emploi.
S'ils'agitsimplementd'avoird'autresvaleursde
Dans
il voussuffitde copierla lisle de baseen I'adaptant.
d'autrescas, vous devrez peut-Ctrel'6tablirde nouveau
la
Pensezquevouspouveztoutchangerdans
complötement.
etc..
lesmelangeurs,
deuxiömeliste,y-compris
surlaquellevouscommutezdoit
la mÖmoire
Seulecondition:
de
Ctrela suivanteimm&iate dans l'ordredes mÖmoires,
memeoourla troisiöme.
Pourlesexperß
59
Exemple:la mdmoircnormaledu modölees'tla 11. Vous Exemple:
pourdesvolets'quadro"(voirpage65).
Attribution
aussila 13.
pouvezcommutezsurla 12,eventuellement
se fait par I'interrupbur "memory". Vous Dansde telscas,vousdevezattribuezlesservosparpaireet
La commutation
pouvez contrölerdans le menu 'test" des 6l6mentsde ä la suite.
commande(voirpage57) dansquellem6moireil commute Pourclarifierleschoses:
extreme,l€cranaffiche"M
Dansuneposition
selonsaposition.
+ 1", dansI'autre"M + 2".
Pournotreexemple,vousauriez:
M+1=m6moire12
M+2=m6moire13
devosmÖmoire
contenu
vousdevezd6placerle
Si necessaire,
contigues.
trois
mÖmoires
oourlibererdeuxou
En
des6curit€.
unecondition
aussisatisfaire
ll fautmaintenant
effet, si la commutationse faisaitaussifacilementsur les
Figurc57
m6moiresadjascentes,une manipulationerron6ede
par
uneaileavec3 surfaces cö16,
fatales,parexemplesi Surlafigurc57,nousavons
auraitdescons6quences
I'intenupteur
commeaileronsavecdu diff6rentiel.
ouitoutesfonctionnent
la memoiresuivanteconcemaitun autremodÖle.
"quadro"et
les
6
Vouscommandez servosparle m6langeur
ll est donc pr6vucommes6curit6que le demiersignedu vousr6glezlbption'diffÖrentiel"
commed6jävu' Passonsä
nom du modÖle(le huitiÖme)doit Streun chiffre.ceciseul I'ordred'attribution
6
seNos.
des
pemet la commutationde m6moiE avec I'interupteur
*memory'1
Attribuerparpaircet ä la suite"signifiedanscetexemple:
surle servoNo 1, il y a quadro 1 pairee>rd6rieure
Exemple:
surle servoNo2, il y a quadro )
"CORTIM
1".Sila m6moireI contient
La mdmoire7 contient
"CORTINA
"CORTIM 2" et la memoireI
surle servoNo 3, il y a quadro I pairemilieu
3", vous pouvez
surle seNoNo 4, il y a quadro
commutersurchacunedestroismÖmoires.
Daireintdrieure
surle servoNo 5, il y a quadro
ne
desdcurit6n'eslpasremplie,lacommutation
Si la condition
quadro
y
6,
il
a
servo
No
sur
le
par
pas
un
bip.
et l'6metteurle signale
se fait
clair.Si vousn'avezquedeuxsurfacespar
C'estmaintenant
Encore trois conseils:
vousa[€tezaunum6ro4'
normale
dequadro),
bienutiliserles cot6(attribution
vouspounieztrÖs
1. Dansl'exemplecidessus,
"CORT-W
vous
3".
Si vousne vousen tenezpasä cet ordred'attribution,
noms"CORT-DP1", "CORT-VN2" et
enon6.
un
diff6rentiel
VN,volnormaletW' vol aurez
DPsignifieraitddpalt,
Danscecas,
d'emploide la
la
compr6hension
de vitesse:ceci facilite
"parlants".
L'inturupteurSl
pas
aussi
lisle. Les chiffresne sont
"sl"
page32 en relation
2. Quandvous changezde memoireavec le clavier,faites Nousavonspad6de I'intenupteur en 'valeurfixe
1" et
commande
6l6mentsde
milieu. aveclesoptionsdes
enposition
ä mettreI'intefiudeur"memory"
attention
"valeurfixe2".Vousavez69alement
pr6sence
de
la
remalque
mÖmoire
Sinonilse passececi:vousvoulezchangersurla
"Sl" lorsde I'aüribution
S1
55.
des
intenupteurs
13, par exemple.Admettonsqu'il sy trcuve un modöle
lam0moir€ Qu'est+e que "Sl"?
imm6diatementä
U6metteurpasse
commutable.
"memory"
"Sl" est6galement
estcommut6en extr6mit6!
softwarequi e$ rattach6ä
14 ou 15 si le
un intenupteur
"pripourdescommutations
l'616ment
de commandel.
3. N'utilisezpascettepossibilite
avecunepositionde
mitives":ceci vous coüteune ou deux memoi|es.Ainsi, "Sl" estun interrupteur
ä troispositions,
de position reposau milieuet deuxpositions
en but6es.
vouspouvezex6anterunesimplecommutation
de
travail
"memory",maisI'option'€l6ment
"1"
de voletsparlesyslÖme
ä la prise un culseur,et quecelui-ciest
Si vousconnectez
"hors".Si vouspouss€zle
toutaussibien!
de commande- valeurlixe" fonctionne
alors"Sl" esi
milieu,
en oosition
"Sl"
Si le culseur
estenclencfie.
cußeuren but6e.uncot6de
"Sl"
ailes avec quitte
Attibtttion desseruospour de;s
d0clench6.
est
imm6diatement
but6e,
cette
plusdedewailerons
estlamemepourI'autrebut6e,saufquec estI'autre
Lasituation
"Sl" qui estenclenchÖ.
de
cÖte
l'attribution
A la page 26, nous vous avons repr6sent6
pour une aile ä deux ailerons "Sl"a unefietcomparableä deuxinterupteursdefin
decouße.
recommand6e
traditionnelle
sdpa16ment:
command6s
VouspouvezainsiI'ttiliseravecplusou moinsde fantaisie.
servol=aileronl
L'utilisation de "Sl" est simple.
servo2=aileron2
r ä troispositions,
ä lapriseI unintenupteu
connectez
Pourcelä,
Pour les ailes qui ont plus de deux surfacesfondionnant parexemplele No.7 5699ou le 7 5700.
comme ailemnset pour lesquellesle diffdrentieldoit etre Si vousadionnezcet interrupteur,
software"Sl"
l'interrupteur
n'estplusconecte.
employ6,cetteattribution
pilot6avec.Vousobtenezainsiun inverseurä
est6galement
quevouspouvezutilisermmme Sl - 55, mais
troispositions,
avectroiset nondeuxpossibilit6s.
bU
"Sf' est en rclation avec D'abordIIMPORT
L'utilisation principale de
"valeur fixe 1/ Reliezlesdeux6metteurs
avecle cäblede trans{elten le
l'option (l€s 6löments de commande
prises
deux
de charge.Allumezles deux
aux
@nnectant
valeur fixe 2".
6metteurs.
voletsavecdeuxpositionscommutables
PrcnonsI'exemoledes
pessez
quiimporte,
dÖsi€e.
surla mömoire
Dansl'6metteur
@urmieuxle comprendre.
"copiemÖmoire".
pour
menu
aniver
au
sur
que
la
Appuyez EINZ
Admettons sur l'6l6mentde commandeE est attribu6
"rfuler 6l6mentde Appuyez
jusqu'ä"MoDE:lMPoRT".
surZ et feuilletez
fondion '!olet". Passezdans le menu
commande"ä "6l6mentsde commandeE: volet".
Vousvoyezä l'affichage:
"valeurfixe 1".
jusqu'ä
I'option
sur
et
feuilletez
Appuyez [l
rli[rl:'E : IriFüFlT
"1"
avecE)etfeuilletezjusqu'ä
AppuyezsurN passezsur"en"
. r..rü'-, ! rlJ-rFft!
lT
avecla toucheE]:
f E : t ll:ILET
L 14
F I l':- I 1
luüri"s
6metteur
listedeI'autre
irdiquerquelle
maintenant
Vousdevez
;;::ffffii1ilX'#ä?lä!fJi;T"'#öTH:
la'Valeurfxe'1",par voyez:
r€gler
AprösunappuisurZvouspouvez
pourla position
depart.
exemple
rl,.!tJl:,E
:li'lptiF:T
pendant
de fagonä voirle
le r6glage,
Bougezl'intenupteur
rt:,E tt!: EI{TEF;I.{E
resuftat
oourle servo.
valeurfixe.
Passons
ä la seconde
"valeurfixe2".Appuyezalorssur El: c esl termin6.Le trans{erts'effec{ue
surl'option
surxetpassez
nouveau
Appuyezde
Si vous contrölezvotre memoircactuelle,
immediatement.
que
cellecicontientle progEmmeN0 9.
vousverez
suivant:
VousvoyezI'affichage
nesefait paspouruneraisonou uneautre,
Si la transmission
"mode:eneur!".Chefchez-en
lacause
votredmetteurannonce
et ßcommencez.
UEXPORT
pourlevol ll se fait de la mÖmemaniÖre,nousallonsdonc le d6crire
surwpourr6glercettevaleur,parexemple
Appuyez
pourvoirle b'riÖvement.
de vitesse.lci aussi,bougezvotreinterrupteur
surle servo.
rösuttet
lam6moire
danslemenu"changerm6moire"
Choisissezd'abord
pour
possibiliü6s
suivantes
Finalement,vous avezles
du second6metteurdanslaquellevous alleztransf6rerles
les volets:
donnöes.
"mode:
milieu:
enposition
interflipteur
Allezensuiteau menu"copierm6moire"et au lieudu
"expon".
parle curseur.
servodevoletcommandÖ
VousdevezappuyezalorssurIl
impon",choisissez
exremes:
pourindiquezquellem6moirede votre6metteurvousvoulez
enpositions
inteffuüeur
pr€r€g
lÖes. transf6rer.
oul'autre
despositions
servodevoletsurl'une
Votreaffichagese pr6senteainsi:
uE:IJULET Fili-:E
F-I1:J
5EUL5I:
rc.
Tnn sfertqte deux6mefteu
Admettonsque vous ayeztrouv6le gogrammeparfaitpour
votre modÖle'XYZ" et qu'unde vos amisvientd'acheterle
PRoH mc 3O10,vous
luiaussiune
mememodöfe.S'ifpossöde
pouveztransfÖrervotre programmedansson 6metteur.
entredeux 6metleuts
On peuttransfererdes programmes
PROHmc 3010.
Commevousallezle voir,celäsefaittds simdement.llvous
suffitde poss€derle cäble de transfertNo-8 5120.
Deuxtypesde transfertssont possibles:
le passagede votre ömetteursur un autreC'export')
surle votre('import')
le passaged'unautreÖmetteur
Le passageentredeux6metteursest le mÖmetravailque la
cooie entrc deux m6moirss.[a cible de votre transfert est
toujours la m6moircactuelle.
Cequiveutdirequ'ilvousfautfaireattentionlols de I'export:
de
si votremdmoir€aduelleeS la No 5 etquevousexportiez
m6moireN012,cettecopieirasurlam6moire
votredmetteurla
de sa prcpre
N0 5 de l'emetteurqui regoit,ind6pendamment
mömoireaduelle.
En cas de doute, mieuxvaut importerde l'emetteurd'un
collfuue:cecivouspermetde choisirvotrepropr mÖmoire.
rl,lu$E : EHPTJF:T
LirE t-lii:FIE:,Tli
ApresI'appuisur El, le transfertse passeimm6diatement.
Encore deux conseils:
decopie,d'import,
unprocessus
intenomprc
1. Sivousvoulez
d'exportou d'effacement,6teignezsimplementvotre
emetteur.Lesdonndesdansles m6moiresreslerontnon
modifi6es.
lesversionsde
unimporUexportentretoutes
2. Pourpermettre
l'6metteuf,cette fondion esl limit6eaux 15 premiÖres
m6moireset ä MX.
61
Ed6mentde commandevifurcl"valeur
fixeu
unservoavecun manche(ouun
Si vousd6sirezcpmmander
sacrifierun
fondion),vousn'ötespasobligdsde
intenupteurde
est
n6cessaire
öldmentde commandepourcelä.La condition
que le servo ne doit prendreque deux positionsfxes.
D'abord attribuer:
"attribuer
le
servo".Choisissez
Avec EIZI|B allezau menu
surwl'6l6ment
avoirappuy€
servod€sir{et attribuez-luiaprös
des vrais
de commande'valeur fixe". Lors de I'attribution
'Valeurfixe"n'apparait
pas.
6l6mentsde commande,
Ensuib r6gler:
"r6glerseryo""course"et
Allez par EIZZ dans le menu
choisissezle servoauquelvousavez attribu6"valeurfixe".
Appuyezsur El et fixezla valeurde la premiößposition.
lequelvous
I'intenupteuravec
Dansle menu"intef',choisissez
le servo.
desirezcommander
Figurc 61
"r€gler
La secondepositiondu servoestrdgl6edansle menu
servo""neutre".Pource faire,appuyezsur El puissur E. Le cäbleint*rupteur
etappuyez
ensuitesurZ pour
Choisissezl'intenupteurd6sign6
"8". ll permet,commeson nom
ll e$ connecl6ä la prise
r€glerla secondevaleur.
I'indique,d'enclencherou de ddclencherI'installationde
r6ception.ll peut Ctremont6dans la paroidu fuselagedu
modöle.
decourant ll eiste diff6rentesvariantesdu cäbleintenupteur.voir le
desservoset dessources
Branchement
Les catalogueg6n6ralMULTIPLEX.Certainsinterrupteurs
de rÖception.
esi le coeurde I'installation
Le rÖcepteur
possödentune prise de chaQe. L'intenupteurliv|€ avec
et
autres
6lec{roniques
seNos,r6gulateuF,interrupteurs
ce qui
possödeune ptisede chargeincorpor6e,
I'ensemble
y
d6codeurssontbranchÖs.
modÖle
cäble vouspermetdechargervotreaccusansleddmonterdu
estreli6aurecepteurparun
r6ception
L'accumulateurde
(figure
62).
(tigure60).
ll. L'in#llation de r6ception
interrupteur
PPMoUPCM?
esile processus"intelligent"
LePCM(Puls€-CodeModulation)
sontcodeespar
informations
Les
dedonn6es.
detransmission
l'6metteur.Le r6cepteurreconnaitles signauxabenantset
requtantquedure
coh6rents
donneauxservosledemiersignal
FkJurc60
perturbation
(voir
des seNos
Les fr6tillements
Fail-Safe).
de 1 ä un la
Lessortiesdesservosdu rdcepteursontnum6rot6es
ä unefonction. sontainsidiminu6s.
maximumde10.Chaquepriseservoconespond
conduitd'autrcpartä une
despe urbations
Lespetitsrecepteurs,pourdesraisonde place,ontdessorties Cettediminution
pefturbations
qu'avecle
plustardive
des
dites
unetellefichepeutparexemdeare maquÖe reconnaissanc€
ä deuxfonctions.
branch6.La syslömePPM.
avec"1/8".Un seulservopeuty ett€ditEctement
a des avantagessi vous
PPM (Pulse-Position-Moduletion)
plus
dansl'exemple,
est
alors
adiv6e,
bas
fonclionaunum6role
lesinformations
votre
modÖle,
rapidesde
rÖactions
desirezdes
la fonction1.
plus
lesyslÖme
au
rocepteurqu'avec
souvent
6tant
tra
nsmises
Dansce cas,vous
Quefairepourutiliserles deuxfonctions?
PCM.
avez besoind'un adaptateurd'extensionNo. 8 5060.ll se
composed'unefiche et d'uneprisedouble.La ficheva au
ä la prisedoublede
lesdeuxservossonl@nnec{6s
r6cepteur,
(figure61).
I'adaptateur
62
Testdepoftde
Quelr*cePteurüilisen
Le test de pon6e appartientaux corürolesqui permettent
Nousvous
unemeilleures6curit6de votremodÖle.
d'assur€r
portee
quid6coule
de
pourletestde
unerecette
avonspr6par6
notreexo6rienceet de nosmesures'
(unseul6l6ment
I'antenned'emission
1. RentrezcomplÖtement
op6rationnel).
2. FaitestenirvotremodCleparunaideä unehauteurde1 m.
3. Prenezgardequ'aucunobjet metalliquene se trouve ä
(positiondes&urit6 desseruos/
proximite(clöturcs,
voitures).
Fait-Safe
estallumd
autre6metteur
siaucun
letesiseulement
Disponibleseulementpour les dcepteurs PCM-DSI 4. Faites
PCM
avec
sontutilisables
PCMMULTIPLEX
Touslasrdcepteurs
votreemetteur.
PPM
PPMavec7ou9 canauxde
Vouspouvezchoisiruneemission
'l
'l).
les
ainsiutilisertous
(voirpage Vouspouvez
commande
FM+PMMULTIPLEX.
r€cepteurs
(meme
suruneautrefrequence).
plusde0,8seconde'
lesgaz
designaldure
Siuneperturbation
sivousavezles
ContrÖlez
(sortier6cepteurNo.4) passesur25oÄet les autresservos 5. Allumez
et r€cepteur.
6metteur
jusqu'ä
dur6ce eurque
80m.entre
estuneoption
pour
dislance
une
passent
Lefail-safe
auneutre.
cidessous
resultats
pour
fondion.
en
sa
mise
et r6cepteur
vousdevezcommuter
6metteur
Pourle syslömePPM,les servosdoiventr6agiraux
uPerT
Sim plesupu ou DoubleS
etsansfr6tillements.
desmenches
mouvements
Si votrc modÖlee$ equiped'un dcepteur35 MHzdansles
PCM,less€rvosdoiventr6agirimm6diate
PourlesystÖme
MHz'
puissants
surlabandedes103-105
environsd'6metteuE
ment aux ordres.Commele syslÖmePCM annuleles
dues
la port6equ'en
votrer6cedeursimplesuperpeutsubirdespeltutbations
vous ne pouvezcontrÖlez
ft6tillements,
superexclut
Le
|€cepteurDouble
harmoniques.
desservos.
auxfi€quences
regadantla vitessede d6placement
de filtres'
cespeftuöationsgräceä uneautretechnique
avec le
test
Ögalement
le
ä moteur,faites
Pourles modÖles
moteuren marche.
Monbgede l'accu,desservosetdu
r&epteur
de
la plusfavorable
Le schemacidessousmontrela maniÖre
D6finissez
monterlesdifferents6l6mentsdansvotremodÖle
de votre modÖlecommentmonterles
dÖsla cons{ruction
rec6ption.
I'ensemble
61emeitscomposants
Servo
Switch
Recaiver
Figure 63
Däpnsila,gepourlesallumages
magn6tiqu* ou 6l*lron iques
fix6au
avecuntubemdtallique
Blindezlecäbled'allumage
de la bobine.
canerä proximitÖ
de bougieblindes.
utilisezdescapuchons
depuisI'accude
jamais
prcnez
le courantd'allumage
Ne
16ceotion.
Gardezune distanceminimumde 15 cm avec tous les
accuy-compris.
6l6mentsde reception,
entre
aussicourtesque possibles
Faitesdesconnections
etsonaccuet avecuncäblesuffisant(minimum
I'allumage
0,5mm'de section).
d'allumageun interupteurd'au
Lnilisezpourl'intenupteur
despertes)
moins10Ampöres(diminution
Conseilspur resservos
Le couple ä utiliserpour le choix des seNos peut etre
parla formulesuivante:
calcu16
apprcximativement
Conseilspourle rÖcePteur:
= coupleen kg/cm
(en
0.75x surfacemobile crn2y100
pourle montage
du r€ceFeur
lespointssuivants
Observez
souventdes rallongespourles
demandent
LesgrosmodÖles
dansvotremodÖle:
cäbl;s de servos.celleeci influencentla r€ception.Si la
. evitezla
moteurs6ledriquesoudesallumages
mit6des
oroxi
60 cm,vousdevezutiliser
depasse
cäblerallonge
longueurdu
6ledrhues.
des filtres. Si des cäbles sont montds en parallÖleä ces
parlechemin
lepluscourt. rallonges
. sortez
votremodÖle
sur unedistancede plusde 25 cm, il faut aussiles
l'antennede
suivantes:
(emballezle
dans 6quiperde fittres.Vousavezlespossibilit6s
. protfuezvotrer6cepteur
desvibrations
No.8 5058
votre
pour
dans
interm6diaire
enfichage
Cäbleavecfilt.e
de la mousseet montezlesanscontrainte
entre le
existant
un
modÖle
Ce cäble peut etre mont6 sur
modÖle).
. nemodifiez
deräception r€cepteuret la Ptiseservo.
pasla longueur
devotrcantenne
No.8 5083
Gäblerallongeavecfiltre, long60 cm
. montezl'antenneenl'6tirantaumaximum
0amaisenroul6e).
en
kit
filtß
renforc6 Cäblerallongeä monteravec
fuselage
. nemontez
pasI'antenne
ä I'interieurd'un
No.I 5138
max.2 m
ä la fibredecarbone(effe{decagedeFaraday).
permet
lesailes
montÖs
dans
derelierlesservos
Cecäblevous
en fibrede parexemple.
. ne collezpas I'antenne
sur des 6lÖments
carbone.
qr counrrtdevotu modde
Alimentation
.
Accu de r6ception
parla
peutCtted6termin0e
La capacit6de I'accude r6ception
formulesuivante:
0,2Ah x nombrede servos= capacitede I'accuen Ah
un
Pourunmodöleavec5seryos,ilvousfaudraitparexemple
pour
votre
choisissez
lci
aussi,
d'un
Ampöre/heure.
accu
söcurit6un accuplusgrosquecalcul6.
Les accussontdes d6chetsspeciauxet ne vont pas ä la
poubelle.
L€s accus au repos
pasvotre6metteurpourunelonguepÖriode,
Si vousn'utilisez
obseNezlespointssuivants:
6tatde charge:
qu'ilvautmieuxconserver
lesaccus
a montrÖ
L'erp6rience
en 6tatd6charg6.
autod6charge:
Cäbleinterrupteur
Lesaccusperdentjusqu'ä1oÄde leurchargeparjour,ils
Le cäbleinterupteuresl mont6entrel'accuet le r6cepteur.
peuventCtr€complötement
en troismois.
d0charg6s
cequivouspermet recharue
sont6quipdsd'uneprisedecharge,
Certains
et charged'entretien:
du modöle.
sansle dÖmonter
de chaEerI'accude reception
peutetre maintenuen chargeavec un
Uaccud'6mission
No.
70mA.LecombiladerMULT|PLEX
courantconstantde
Sydömediagnostique
14 5540est6quipesortiede 70 mA.
et le r6cepteur
Pourlesdglages,vouspouvezrelierl'emetteur
doitCtre Lesservos
Le
r6cepteur
No.
I
5105.
diagno$ique
le
cäble
avec
prise
HF
Le
module
de
charge.
avec
ä
un
interildeur
connect6
Pour chaqueutilisation,le servoadapt6
mis
hors-service.
est automatiouement
de r6ception.lls
Lesservossontles musclesde I'installation
ou d'autres
les
carburateurs
Le systÄmediagnostique...
mobiles,
les
surfaces
actionnent
partie
des
utilisations
majeule
provoque
En
rÖgleg6n6rale,la
une
möcanismes.
du courant:le moduleHF
....6conomise
souvent
offrent
Ceux-ci
univelsels.
de
bons
seNos
secontente
de 30%
supp6mentaire
consommalion
prix/qualit6.
le meilleurrapport
HF
caril ny a pasd'Ömission
.... ne derangepersonne,
par...
.... ne peutpasetrcperturbe,carle signalHF n'eslpasutilis6 Les servos se diffÖrencient
... le type de sortie.
parle r6cepteur.
k majorit6desservossontdesseNosrotatifs,avecunecourse
lmportant pour le systÖmediagnostique:
spöcialescomme le train
+/- 45". Pour les utilisations
quesi aucune de
diagnoslique
VousnepouvezutiliserlesyslÖme
(stell-servo)
avecun d6battement
efslent desservos
(voirpages63et rentrant
ä l'Öcolage
fonctionde manchen'estattribu6e
de +/- 90'. CertainsmontagessontfacilitÖspar des servos
&l).
d'un s€rvolineairedside dansson
lin6aires.L'inconv6nient
le moduleHF esl de d6battement
sontadaptables
Si vousenlevezle cäblediagnoslique,
Lesservosrotatifs
nonmodifiable.
voscollögues. ä la coursedemandäepar une modification
de leur brasde
nouveauen fonctionet vouspouvezperturber
pas.
C'est pourquoi, öteignez l'6metteuravant de retirer la levier,leslin6aircsne le permettent
fiche.
... la puissance(couple).
(qui
du moteuretdurapportder6duction
LapuissancedÖpend
pas
ä prendre
importante'
Pr*cautions
n'esl
la
rapidit6
Si
aussila rapiditÖ).
influence
solutionresiele Povver-servo.
la meilleure
Prot6gezvotre 6meIleü PROF ,nc 3010conte:
nosseNosProfi
nousvouscrnseillons
modÖles,
Pourlesgrcs
. lesd6gatsm6caniques
granderapidit6.
ä
une
maximumalli6e
llsofirentune
ouissance
. destemp6ratures
de plusde 60' (soleildansI'auto)
un accude
choisissez
Profi,
servos
Si vousutilisezolusieurs
. humidit6,dissolvant,
r6sidus
carburant,
gros.
reception
dus
. poussiöres(dansvotre atelier)
... la rapidit6.
peut Larapidit6
Pensezaussiqu'unevariationrapidede temp€rature
vient,commepourlesautos,duchoixdurapportde
qui perturbele fondionnement pignons,ce qui va ä I'encorüre
provoquer
de la condensation
du couple.Nosservossont
Seulsdes
normales.
de l'6metteur.Faitesun test de port6esi vous avez de la suffisammerrapidespourlesutilisations
et laissezsecherl'6metteur.
desservosspeed.
condensation
modölestßs rapidesn6cessitent
... la pr6cision.
Ilaccu d'ötttission
atteint0,2%.
La p€ci$onde nosseNosprofessionnels
Preneznotequ'unacüt neufn'atteintsa pleinecapacit6 ... la grandeur.
qu'apßsenviron10cyclescharge/decharge.
Certainesutilisationsn6cessitentdes seNos tßs petits avec
. ChaEezdesaccusneußcapablesd'etrecfia€6s
rapidementune force suffisante.Dans ce cas, nos servos Pico sont
dememesil'accu paniculiörement
normale,
bienadaptÖs.
charge
auminimumtroisfoisen
r6cemment.
n'apas6t6chatgÖ
. Nechargez
en chaeerapidequelesaccuspr6vuspour
celä.
. Nechargez
entre0'Cet
unetemFrature
lesaccusqu'avec
40'c.
. Evitezdeseffortsm6caniques
etlescellules.
surlescäbles
. Remplacez
ä tempslesvieuxaccus.
64
MC
l-afamilledesservos
,..ou: un computerdansunservo
des
LesseNosmcsontcontr0l6sparuncomputeret possÖdent
pardesservosconventionnels.
qualit6sinatteignables
Parexemple:
grandepuissance
FWre 67
forte retenue
Quadrc:
6tendue
tensiond'alimentation
Chaque
ind6pendantes.
flapemnendeuxsurfaces
Partaged'un
prcgrammation
surfacetravaillecommeaileronet commevoletde coutbure.
Cettefamillede seNos permetde resoudr€des prcblÖmes La separation
en deuxsurfacespermetune utilisationplus
pourlesgrandesenvergures
complexes.
etdesvolets
desailerons
favorable
grande
plus
desailerons).
portance
efficacitÖ
(meilleure
et
Ctreplus
exterieursdevrait
dela partieailerons
Led6battement
pourameliorer
int6rieurs
grandqueceluide la partieailenons
de lapartievoletsdevrait
dememe,leddbattement
I'efücacitÖ:
pourgarantir
sur
plus
grand
surI'intdrieurque I'extÖrieur'
ötrE
ConceptsdesmodÖlesä voilurs fxes.
stabilitÖ.
unemeilleure
A6ro-fieins (spoiler):
Elömentsde commandepour augmenterla trainÖe(et
voletsde
a6ro-freins,
partiellement
Parexemple,
la portance).
plus
pouvant6tred6plac6sä
borddefuiteouvoletsdecourbure
de 30' en positifou en n6gatif.
lll. Techniquede mod6lisme
Fktut 6S
Butterfly:
Volets de couöure (flaps):
Volets de bord de fuite qui modifie la forme du profil et sa
devold6termin6es.
portance
pourl'adapterä
desconfigurations
Un mouvementpositif (volets vers le bas) provoqueune
n6gatif
de portanceen vol lent.Un mouvement
augmentation
resireint.environ2-3',diminuela dsistanceenvoldevitesse.
plusde30"provoque
uneforteaugmentation
Unmouvementde
de la trainee.lls peuventdoncCtreutilis6sainsicommeaides
d'atterissage(butterfly, spoileß).
quadro
aÖro-freins.
aveclafonc{ion
lafondion
Complementde
positivement
peuver
braqu6es
Ötre
int6rieures
Lessufaces
resnfuativementpouraugmenter
(verslebas)etcelles
ext6tieu
F3Bqui
nepossÖdent
pourlesmodölestype
Utilisation
latEin6e.
ques.
pasd'a6ro-freins
sp6cifi
Flaperons:
Figurc69
surfacesmobilescontinuesde bordde fuite,qui travaillent
Snap-flap:
commeailemnset voletsde courbure'
-+ voletsde courbure.Utilise
Fondionm6lang6eprofondeur
pouraugmenter
pour
spÖcialement les modÖlesd'acrobatie
pmfondeur,
lesvolets
profondeur.
Entirantla
de la
I'effic€cite
ou
ced
augmente
de courburebougenten sens oppos6.
permet
qui
des
figures
de
faire
de I'aile,ce
diminuela portance
trössereesavecdesanglesvifs.
Delta (6levons):
bod defuitedesmodÖlessans
Surfacesmobilescontinuesde
arriöre(delta,aile volante)'Travaillentcomme
slabilisateur
aileronset commeProfondeur.
Figare70
65
en V:
Empennage
etde laditedionenformedeV.
de la profondeur
Combinaison
r fontbougerlesvoletsdansle meme
LesordFsde profondeu
sens,ceuxde directionen sensoppo66.
fondionen courbe,lesgaz6tantasservisparle pas.
"courbeen 3 points":
et le pasmaximum.
le stationnaire
Passeparle pasminimum,
"courbeen 5 points":
de
avecenplusdeuxpointsintermddieires
Commeci-dessus,
Ceci permetune meilleure
oart et d'autrcdu slationnaire.
du rotorauxcaract6ristiques
adadationdubesoindepuissance
du moteur.
de puissance
P€s€lection gaz (idle-up):
pourun rotortravaillant
sanscharge.
Positiondu carburateur
Diff6rentiel:
pourcontrerle
infualdesailerons
du d6battement
D6signation
n6gatifsurI'axede roulis.
couplede r€nversement
6galdanslesdeux
Si les aileronsposs&entun debattement
virageprovoqueparsonaugmentalion
sens,l'ailerone)üÖrieurau
axialdesensoppos6auvirage.
detraineeuncoudedetorsion
parunmowementde la dircdion.En
Cecidoitötrecompensd
Commande Schlüter:
plus d'un componementde filotage peu favorable,cette chaque fonction lat6ral,
r6adiondiminuele rcndement,ce qui esl particuliörementlongitudinal
et paspossödeun
visiblepourlesgrosmodÖles.
servo söpar6.Particularit6:
(plusveß le hautqueversle bas) plateaucycliquenon mobile
diff6renci6
Un mouvement
reduitet meme annulecet effet. L'effetde ce couplede axialement.
depas
Commande
renversemersur l'axede roulisd6pendde la g6om6triedu par une tringledans I'axede
modöleet clesonprofil:desessaispratiquessontn6cess€ires rcror.
pourd6terminer
lesvaleuFcorredes.Engrcs,led6battement
mentverslebasde5G
verslehautatteint100%pourunddbatte
709/o.
Conceptsde fhdicopt*e
FWrc71
Plateau cyclique:
Piöcemecanhuequim6lange6ttransmetlesmouvementsde Commande lleim:
fxe surlespalesen rotation. Lesfonctionspaset latÖralsont
commandedepuisla m6canique
et
m0lang6es6ledroniquement
Pas collectif:
Ceuxr6padiessurdeuxservos.
En resum6:pas
en
leplateaucyclique
ci pilotent
Modificationcommunede I'angled'attaquedes palespour gauche/droiteet en basi/haut.
controlerla portance.La rdsultantede cetteportanc€coihcide Le longitudinal
est mÖcaniqueavec l'axe rotor.
pas.Unservo
mentd6coupl6du
Pas cyclique:
pilotelemouvementlongitudinal
Variationcycliquede I'engled'attaquede chaquepale.Ceci du plateau.
provoqueunemoditication
du plande rotationdespaleset la Paniculadt6:
portancer€sultantene coihcideplus avec I'axe rotor.Utilis6 Compensation
m6caniquede
pour:
flarepossible.
Commandelongitudinale:
la dsultanteesl d0plac6edevarüoudeniÖreI'axe,conespond
F4ß 72
avions.
ä la directionde vol. Corespondä la profondeurdes
La commande CPM (mix t€b)
commandelat6tiale:
Abr€viationpour ColledivePitch Mixing.Les signauxdu
La r€sultanteesl d6dac6eä droiteou ä gauchede I'axe. cycliquelat6ralet longitudinal
ainsique ceux du pas sont
Conespondauxailercnsdesavions.
combinöset ensuitedpanis sur les servos.ll ny a plusde
mecanique.
d'oalunesimplification
mölangeur
m6canique,
Rotor d'anti{ouple:
Produitun couple invets€ ä celui du rotor principald'un D6calagevirfuel du plateau cyclique
desavions. Sil'onmontesurun
Conespond
ä la direction
mono-rotor.
helicoptöre
pr6vupourdeuxpalesune
plateaucyclique
neconespond
ducyclique
t6tederotorätroispales,I'inclinaison
Gyroscope:
quimesurelestorsions
du plandespales,parcequela construdion
autourdeI'axevettical plusä I'inclinaison
Massetoumante
permetpasd'avoirla
commande
aurotor desrotorsäpalesmultiplesne
etquienvoielessignauxdeconedionsconespondants
la dus
arriöre.Commechaqueoldresur le rotorprincipalprovoque de chaquepaleä 90degr6sparrapportä sa trajectoire
haute.Si la commandedu cycliquene conespondpas au
unevariationde couple,cecifacilitele pilotage.
systömede rotor mont6, il est possiblede simuler
Att6nuationdu gyroscope:
ce d6calagedu plateaucyclique.
surl'axeverticalpourdes 6lectroniquement
de I'effetdugyroscope
Redudion
voulues.
rapides
manoeuvres
Courbede gay'pas:
possible
au
aussiconstantque
nombredetours
Pourgarderun
puissance
de
moteuresl adapt6eä la demande
rotor,la
pas/gaz
d'une
puissance
estRxesousforme
dumtor.Lerapport
t)o
Contents
Page
Page
Adiusting the transmilter controls
lntroduction
mc3010.........
tothePRoFI
welcome
Animoortantdifference........................................
Aboutthismanual.................
The legalside
Quickstart
....i,
I. The transmitter
The hardware
..........................4
frontface.notesonoDeration
Transmitter
andclosingthetransmitter,
Opening
.......................5
theRFmodule
changing
p
a
n
e
l
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..................................6
T r a n s m i tbt a
e cr k
lnsidethetransmitter:
theconnectors
CablecomDartment.
A c t i v a t i ntgh e s t i c kr a t c h e.t. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging the transmitter battery
rapid-charging
Slowcharging,
..7
What it does, how you set it up
Memories
and lists
...............7
The keypad and the menu system
Thekeypad
T h em e n us v s l e m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...............8
..................9
"Transmitter
Control"
copymode...............................-....
" EXPORT'
" IMPORT"
copymode...........................42
and
Transmitter control s a n d switches ...........
- thepointof noreturn.......................42
The"Mx" memory
The"SHIFT"menu:
Special-purpose menus
models......................
Howto switch
..............'12
or "Status"
display...............
The"Operations"
"NAME"menu:
The
period
timer.............................13
Howto usetheoperating
H o wt o e n t e ro r c h a n g ea m o d e ln a m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
mode
transmission
Changing
T h e" T R l M " m e n u :
(PPMZ
P P M gP, C M ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H o wt o c h e c ka n dc o r r e ctth et r i ms l i d e r s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4
Mixers
Poweredmodels:
"BIGLIFT"
"RC1/F3A'
" MIRAGE"
Helicopters:
, HELIBOY'
" RANGER"
.............,................4
W h a ti s " m i x i n g ? "
H o wt o u s et h e p r e - d e f i n emdi x e r s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6
"ready-made"mixers ......49
Description
of the pre-defined,
Mixersfor fixed-wingmodels:
"ELEVATOR
+","V-TNV, "V-TAIL+", "CROW',
" s N A p F L A P " ". Q U A D R O " , ' O E L T A. .'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9
. 1 9 Mixersfor model helicoDters:
"TAILROTOR'"HEIM
Mlx' ,
HEAD' ,' HEAD
,
..............20
" DYNAMICTHROTTLE',"FLARE"
The freelydetinablemixers
, BK-'117"
The assigning process
.................25
Whydowe haveto assign?
...........................--25
controls
thetransmitter
Howto assign
H o wt oa s s i gsne r v o .s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
Adiusting the servos
..............28
servorotation
Howto reverse
Howto adjust
servoneutral..................................-..........29
servotravel...............................................29
Howto adjust
H o wt o l i m ist e r v tor a v e.l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0
..............................30
switchable
Howto maketravelinputs
..50
......50
.....65
..TRANSMITTER
CONTROLTEST..menu .....66
The
Äccessories
............6
. .7. .
S t i c kt o p s
.
.
.
.
.67
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
i
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
s
g
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
F l e l o c a t i nagn d
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..68
w
e
a
t
h
e
s
r
h
i
e
l
d
H a n ds u p p o r t s ,
For Experts
"in flight"
............68
memories
Switching
2
.....................69
with
more
than
ailerons
Assigning
servos
..................................69
T h e" S l "s w i t c h
programs
..............
70
transmitters
between
two
Transferring
...................71
VALUE
virtual
transmitter
control
TheFIXED
-
Welcometo the PROFImc 3010
a Well.tirstot all.the PROFImc3010is capableof much
the PROFImc 3010youhaveacquired
In purchasing
quality,
of
productof the highest
withall the advantages morethan you can imagine- and we wouldhateto
"Made
we haveput a lotol
fromyou.Secondly,
Wethankyoufor yourfaith hideanything
in Germany".
being
can
that
any modeller
this
a
manual
into
making
eftort
Inourcompany.
- everything
in full.
is explained
understand
the capabilities
radiocontrolsystems
As in all top-class
soite ol this, we haveto admit that the familiar
in
the
transmitter,In
are
concentrated
of the equipment
" 8Ol2O"rulestillapplies:withonlya 20010
knowledge
of
wealthof featuresandfaciliwhichoffersa tremendous
you
oJ
its
facili800/0
will
be
able
exploit
the
transmitter,
also embodiesan entirelynew ties.Andyouwillsoonfindout thatyouonlyneedthis
ties.The transmitter
de- manualforthe oddspecialcase.
thesefeatures,
methodol settingup andcontrolling
for
easier
to maketheseadvantages
signedspecifically
we wouldask you pleaseto read right
Nevertheless,
anduse.
to understand
themodeller
Dothis,
this
book
at leastonce,andthoroughly.
through
"the
is basedon threeelements:
Thisnewphilosophy
you
to
usethe
you
know
enough
sure
that
can
be
and
deviceguidestheuser",by meansof a "menusystem" systemsensibly.
Youwillalsoacquiresomeideaof the
messages".
whichthe systemopensup,
and "clear,easilyunderstood
vastrangeof possibilities
"so
you
for
themat present.
have
no
use
evenif
for asking
Withthisin mind,youcouldbe forgiven
whydo we needsucha fat manual?"Andindeed,you We hope and trust that you will havemanyyearsof
pleasureand successwith your PROFImc 3010.
tomeratherfrightening.
maytindsucha weighty
Aboutthis manual
to applyto you,skipit for now,and readit lateron' perhapswhenyoufindthatyoureallydo needit'
lf vou are an old handat this sortof thing,pleasebe
suie to readwith particularcarethe Sectionswhichare
"
concernedwith memories,switchingmemories in
switch.Theseare the facilities
flioht".and
withanyotherradiocontrolset.
not
available
wfrich.are
The tirst part:
and its wide- The secondpart:
describesand explainsthe transmitter
of
basically
consisting
system:
dealswiththe receiving
facilities.
ranging
no
there
are
As
battery.
and
the
servos
the
receiver,
the
in a
andorganised
Thispartof the manualis designed
in this areafrom earlierradio
differences
substantial
it
makes
sense
that
so
sequence,
looicä|.tutorial-slvle
this parthasbeenkeptrathermorebriel.
systems,
to"readit rightth;oughwhileyoubecomefamiliarwith
to theworldof modelraif youarea beginner
at the sametimeit servesas an excel- However,
the equipment;
for youto readthis
important
it
is
tbchnology,
dio
control
sourcefor later.
lentreference
andobserve
information,
part
the
absorb
very
carefully,
thenthe main
the hardware,
lnitiallvthe textdiscusses
possible.
as
as
far
our
recommendations
ontheLCDdisplay.
whichyouwillencounter
screens
some
whichexplains
an appendix
jusl Themanualincludes
the menusystemmakesthe transmitter
Although
-perfect
in
dismost
often
up
which
crop
terms
the
technical
of
a seriesof
for the " DlY programmer",
about
systems.
control
model
aircraft
of
cussions
"programs"
(astheyusedto be called)is
ready-made
andex- lf you are a beginner,the next suggestionis aimed
thesearedescribed
and
standard,
as
supplied
squarelyat you:
plainednext.
singlemanualon radiocontrol
After this the learningcurve becomessomewhat No matterhow fat, a provide
you with all the knowlcan never
steeper(don'tworry,it's notas bad as it sounds)as we equipment
the morecomplex
to
operate
in depth.Firstyouwill edgeyou need in order
facilities
covdrthö transmitter's
So: readall the
successtully.
models
and facilitieswhich are anä dbmanding
learnaboutthe procedures
get
you
hold
ol - thereare
can
books
and
magazines
Afterthat we deal with those
neededmostfrequently.
whichcropup lessoften,andsomewhichonlythe ad- plentyof themabout.
Andonemorething:pleasejoina club,if at all possible.
is everlikelyto use.
vancedmodeller
who
peoplewithsimilarinterests,
Pleasedon'tthinkthat you haveto knowand under- Thereyouwill meet
their
of
pass
benefit
pleased
on
the
to
too
only
rightfrom the will be
aboutthe transmitter
standeverything
notseem exoerience.
does
that
you
something
across
lf
come
start.
and want to "get
lf you havesome prior experience,
pleaseturn to the
as possible,
downto it" as quickly
the main
whichprecedes
sectionentitled"Quickstart",
textol themanual.
of the book is dividedinto two main
The remainder
The legalside
Nothingtoo oneroushere,but thereare a tew regulationswhichwe haveto heed.
Youmusthavea licenceto operatea radiocontrolsystem - and in fact you needa licenceiust to own one.
system'so you
The PROFImc 3010is a type-approved
problem
licence.
a
obtaining
willhaveno
thesystemin the40 MHzband'
lf Vouintendoperating
"General
Licence"suppliedwiththe set is all you
thä
need.Carryit withyouwhenusingtheset,as it mustbe
oroducedön demahdit an officialof the PostOfficede'
mandsto seeit.
authorityif you intend
Youmustnotifythe appropriate
usinga systeniin the 35 MHzband.PleaseapplyJor
you
withthe system;
vourlicenceon theformsupplied
personal
your
details'
with
form
the
iraveto fill out
Systemsoperatingin the 35 MHz bandmay only be
uied to controlmodelaircraft'
lmportant:
RF
mayonlybe usedwiththefollowing
Thbtransmitter
modules:
OrderNo.45668
(27MHzband)
DBPlicenceNo.MF142183
OrderNo.4 5672
DBPlicenceNo.MFi42/83(40MHzband)
OrderNo.4 567|
(35MHzA andB band).
DBPlicenceNo.FE-78y83
It is not legalto use the systemwith other(older)RF
modules.
(although
sadlyit is notobliga'
recommend
Westrongly
for your
torv)thaavou take out third'partyinsurance
peryour
to
extension
modets,oi add an appropriate
sonalinsurance
PolicY.
TheoperationoI workingmodels- especiallyof model
aircraft- carriesinherentriskswhichoughtto be covinered.Andeventhoughyoumaybecomprehensively
your
with
model
you
operate
that
vital
sured,it is still
safetyin mindat alltimes.
Veryimportant:as in the caseof a privatecar,your liare invalidif you carryout
cenceand yourinsurance
Theopto yourradiocontrolequipment.
modifications
to
series-approved
eratinglicenceappliesexclusively
units.
expansion
andanyapproved
equipment
Formodelaircraftabovethe legalweightlimitit is neccertificatebeforeyoufly.
essaryto obtainan exemption
We strongly recommendthat you join a modelflying
to one ot the national
club.Many'clubsare affilialed
governingbodies,and insuranceis often an integral
partof membershiP.
Quiteapart from these benelits,a club can offer you
and helpyou to solvethe
help,answeryourquestions,
whichyouareboundto encounter.
myriadproblems
Wewill assumethat it hasworkedconectly.Nowpress
the Il key.The numberin line 2 startsto flash.Now
pressthe E or El key untilthe number01 appears.lt
After purchasinga new radio control system most shouldalsobeflashing.
wantto seeit in actionas quicklyas possible Nowpressthe E keytourtimes;you are finished,and
modellers
- to findoutwhetherit works,if nothingelse.lf thisde- will see the startingdisplayagain,exceptthat now
brief memorynumber01willbedisplayed:
fits,thenthissectionis toryou.lt provides
scription
how
on
in
the
way
of
explanation,
withlittle
instructions,
your
mc
get
with
PROFI
3010.
to
started
ü 1 EI{ F T ' /! F F I' ]:-I
as deand receiverbatteries
1. Chargethe transmitter
i . SErtJllllllrlrjr: ir.J
scribedon pages7 and 74. lt you are in a real hurry,
rapidcharger,
automatic
andhaveaccessto a Multiplex
lf you see a modelnameafter01, insteadof EMPTY,
thenyoucanusethat.
don'tworry- it'sallin order.
system,
as
of the receiving
the components
2. Connect
7. Nowit is timeto copy a "ready-madeprogram"into
shownon page72.
thismemory.
3. Checkthatthe RF moduleis pluggedintothe transselectone of
on your particularinterests,
crystal(blue)is plugged Depending
mitter,andthatthetransmitter
three:
these
intoit. Thereceivermustbe fittedwiththe receivercrys"FIESTA'
(glider)
frommemoryNo.6,
tal (sameChannelNo.);for a singlesuperhetreceiver
yellow
receiver
a
superhet
or
tag,
for
a
double
this hasa
"BlGLIFT"(powered
holder.
clearDlastic
frommemoryNo.10,
model)
The LCDdisplaywill now or
4. Switchon the transmitter.
" HELI-BOY"
showa screensimilarto this:
(Schlueter-type
from
helicopter)
memoryNo.13.
FFt'1'1
li
15 Erli:l
You will now copy one of these two models into
memoryNo.1,as follows:
:
rj5r,.rllllllr.Jrj
irt
i,
Pressthesekeysin succession:
EIS Z . Thetransmit'
The top lineshowsthe memoryNo.,the nameoJthe terwillconfirmeachkeypresswitha bleep.
"current"model(or EMPTY),and the transmission
Thescreenshouldnowlooklikethis:
mode(PPMZPPMg,or PCM)usedforthatmodel.The
voltage;
operating
secondlineshowsthe transmitter's
rf'lü[iE : F|]LL
firstin digitalform,thenin theformof a "bargraph".On
time.
therightistheoperating
r.J
!
I : El'lFTt,j
rFF;t'1.
as
may
not
be
exactly
line
ot
the
display
The top
iJthereis a model
shown;this dependson whetheryour dealerhas (Hereagain,it makesno difference
"EMPTY".)
No.
instead
of
nameafterthe
01,
preparedthe transmitterfor you in advance.
you haveeitherforgottenone
is
different,
lf
the
display
1 5 areva'
memories
thetransmitter's
5. As supplied,
presseda wrongkey.In this
"ready-made
you
have
keys,
or
of
the
programs".
6 15contain
cant;memories
press
untilyou arriveback
key
repeatedly
the
case
El
memories
arealsoempty.
Thefollowing
again.
Trytheprocedure
screen.
at
the
starting
lf yourdealerhas not alreadydoneso (in whichcase
in
line
2 (after"FRM."
The
number
01
Press
the
key.
!
youonlyneedto switchon),younowhaveto selectone
pressthe E keyrepeatOr - better- copyone of them = from)will startto flash.Now
ol these"programs".
The
andflashes.
number
appears,
the
correct
edly
until
Thenyoucanexperiintooneof the vacantmemories.
the
name
after
the
conesponding
will
show
display
mentwithit withoutworryingaboutchanginganything
numoer.
usefulto
in the original,whichmaywell be extremely
Youhavenow "told" the transmitterwhatyou wantto
yousoon.
copy.
Tocopya " program",you haveto do two things:
andline
Pressthe@ key.Nownothingwillbe flashing,
a. lf youdo notseememoryNo.01at top leftin thedis- 2 willlookeitherlikethis:
(i.e.to 01).
play,youwillneedto changeto thatmemory
"ready-made
prob. Then you will copy one of the
rF E :l 'ri
1 rE,:
. F IE 5 T H
grams"intothismemory.
Thisis howyoudo it:
6. lf youdo notseememoryNo.01at topleftin thedisi r1:ErIril I FT
rFF:t'l.
or
play,youmustfirstswitchto this memory.
will
The transmitter
PresskeysE 5lS in succession.
t F F I f ' I1. ] : H E LI E I J I J
confirmeachkeypresswitha bleep.Yourdisplaywill
nowlooklikethis:
That'sthejob done.Nowpressthe @ keythreetimes,
andyouarebackwhereyoustarted.
S H I F T I HF
EI L E
Pleasenote: the programis alwayscopiedinto the
T u r 1 5 :E t ' ;11i
currentactivememory!
. - . . :
at thisstage:
8. Youcouldmeeta slightproblem
in
memory
are for the "PPM"
models
stored
All the
mode.
transmission
yourPROFImc3010witha PCM
lf youhavepurchased
receive(you mustnowswitchto the correcttransmissionmode.
Todo this,pressthesekeysin succession
@Z tr, and
youwillseethisdisplay:
I tlti:FFt,ltr
t'1üt:'ULHT
Pressthe Z key,and"PPMg"willtlash.Nowpressthe
El key,and"PPMg"willturninto"PCM".
Pressthe @ key threetimes,and you will be backto
Thejob is done.
screen.
thestarting
off andon again(it's
9. lf younowswitchthe transmitter
youwill see that
not necessary,
but do it nevertheless),
Unlessand until
the newsettings.
it has remembered
youswitchto a diflerentmodel,you will alwaysfind the
mode
transmitter
setto thismodelandthistransmission
you
when switchon.
[::'"\'''*'
t
\
LI\
|
'-'r
t,
Keypad
under flap
Now you are readyto try the systemout. However,
beloreyou startworryingaboutwhy the systemis not
mode.This is always
working,checkthe transmission
ontheright.
shownin thefirstlineof thedisplay,
Threemodesarepossible:
whichcannotde1) PPM7 = tor all PPMreceivers
code9 channels.lf youpossesssucha receiver(e.9.
red 4/6 channelreceiver)with the transmitterset to
PPM9. the firsttwo servooutputchannelswill not
wofk correctly.
exceptthosemen2) PPMI = tor all PPMreceivers,
tionedin 1.
PCMreceivers.
3) PCM= allMULTIPLEX
* lf the transmission
modeis not correct,:see8.
The nextstepis to havea lookat pages15to 24 to get
an ideaol all the thingsyoucan do withthe model(or
program)
thatyouhaveselected.
However,
betoreyou can put the systemto serioususe,
you will needto activatethe throttleratchet,andset up
dependor throttle-right,
the transmitterfor throttle-left
Seepages7 and14tordetails.
ingonyourpreference.
Powerindicator
Justto the rightof theON/OFFswitchis an LEDwhich
is switchedon. lf the reglowswhenthe transmitter
servebatterysystem,OrderNo.7 5710,is installed,the
by
is beingpowered
LEDflasheswhenthe transmitter
Aerialtensionscrew the reservebattery
Chargesocket
The Chargesocketis on the leftfaceof the transmitter,
chargeleadis
thetransmitter
closeto thetop.Naturally
pluggedin here; the socketis also used for the
lead,thetransJer
lead,for the Diagnosis
Teabher/Pupil
sensor.
leadandthe rev-counter
Aerialsockettensionsctew
Thisscrewis usedto adjustthe frictionof the swivelling
the friction,
to increase
aerialsocket.Rotateit clockwise
buttakecarenotto overtightenthe screwas this might
tightenthe screwto the
damagethe swivel.lf necessary
(fully
pointwherethe
aerialjust holdsits posiextended)
in verysmallsteps,
adjustments
Make
any
tionreliably.
checktheeffect,andadjustagainif necessary.
the screwcan damagethe swivelbearOver-tightening
Ing.
Lift here
(Switchesand Digi-Adjustornot suppliedas standard!)
Slidercontrol"markers"(Fig.2)
Theslidersarefittedwitha newformof marker- an exfeature,
as it enables
Thisis a highlypractical
tra slider.
set postionby feel
youto shiftthe sliderto a previously
Simply
flapposition.
to a particular
älone:for example,
squeezethe slider and the markertogetherbetween
untiltheycoincide.
thumbandforefinger
Pleasenote: in eachcasethe "outboard"slider(the
one nearestthe stickunit)is the actualslidercontrol:
The markersare
the "inboard"onesarethe markers.
fittedwith a fine ratchetwhichcan be disengagedfor
purposes.
Todo thispushthe markerslider
adjustment
actualslider control- then
the
outwards towards
moveit to the correctposition.Do notforceit alongthe
ratchet- the ratchetwill lastlongerif youtreatit gently!
Fig.2
Transmittercontrol symbols
All of the controlsare designatedby a letter;for exampianeof the left-handstickunit,
ole B is the forward/att
and C is right/lefton the right-handstick.Theseletters
are a usefulshorthandmethodol referringto the controls.Theselettersymbolsare used all the time in this
text,and you will usethemwheneveryou usethe transmitter.
Stick unit trims (Fig.3)
stick
Basicallythe trims - apartfromthe throttle/spoiler
- workon the "Centre-Trim"
principle.This meansthat
the end-pointvaluesare unchangedwhen the centre
(by
positionof a stick functionis shiftedelectronically
lever).
trim
movingthe associated
Trim
o,{^
the idle trim feastick incorporates
The throttle/sooiler
ture: this meansthat the trim slideronly worksat one
end of the stick arc (idle);at the other end-point(full
throttle)the trim has no effect.Pleaseturn to page 41
for detailsof howto set up the idletrim tacility.
" Digi"-Adiustor(notincludedin basicset)
has the samefunctionas the El and
The Digi-Adjustor
connected
E keyson the keypad,and is automatically
parallel
that
serves
a uQekeys,
whenever
with
these
in
ful purpose.Turningthe knob to the rightby one clickstop has the same effectas pressingthe E key once;
turningit to the leftby one click is the sameas pressing
the E keyonce.
Thisadjustorhas no "zero" or centrepoint,and no endpoints!Don't worry - there is no possibilitythat you
might "overwind"il. Once you reachthe end ot a particularadjustmentrange,it ceasesto haveany effect.
When to use it: Wheneveryou wishto adjustany function over a considerablerange.However,its main purpose is for makingadjustments
to the modelwhen it is
duringtest
in flight,e.g.for adjustingailerondifferential
flying.
The switch bays
On eithersideof the LCDscreen,at the top of the trans'
mitterfront face,are two wells,each of which can ac'
They are numcept 6 switchesor similaraccessories.
bered1 to 12 as shownin Fig.4.
Switcheswith2 or 3 positions,longor shorttoggles,are
availablefromyourdealer.
.
ilililililtlil|
o @ o
o @ o
Fig.3
Openingandclosingthetransmitter
the RFmodule
Ghanging
@ o @
@ @ @
Ftg 4
paneldown towardsyou. Alwaysclosethe keypadflap
beforeopeningthe transmitter.
Openingthe case
as shownin Fig.5. Pressthe latch Closingthe case
Holdthetransmitter
buttonsdown with your thumbs,then fold the back This is best carriedout as shown in Fig. 6. Hold the
Fig. 5
transmitterfrontas shown.Engagethe lugs at the bottom of the back panel,then foldthe back panelup until
the latchessnap home. lf the latchesdo not immediatelyengage,pressin slightlyat the sides.
Before closing the transmitteralways check that no
wiresare trapped;especiallyaroundthe stickunitsand
overthe well tor the keypadflap: there is no clearance
at all at this point!
lf the cablesare organisedlogicallyinsidethe transmit
ter, there should be no danger of wires becoming
caught up or jammed. Nevertheless- alwayscheck
F i g . 6 one lasttime beforeclosingthe back!
thereby
Thiswillhelpto ensurethatit is fittedsquarely,
Changingthe RF module;changingcrystals
avoiding
damage
to
the
contacts.
Graspthe moduleat the recessedpoints(Fig.7), then
oull it uo and out of its holder.
The crystalis pluggedinto the side of the RF module
(Fig. 8). Pull out the crystalby its plastictag. When
pluggingin a crystalmakesure that both pins engage
correctlyin the socketin the module.
Beforepluggingthe modulein again,bend the plastic
tag overto one side.
When relittingthe moduledo not press down in the
centreof the unit,but aroundthe fingerrecessposition.
Ftg.7
Transmitter
backpanel
lnside
On bothsidesthereare holdersfor a sparepair of crystals and a replacementfuse. Pleasenotethe specially
formedholderfor doublesuperhetreceivercrystalsand
theircorrectpositionin the holder(Fig.9).
Outside
Thereis a wellin the outsideof the backpanelwhichacthe transmitter
aerialIor transport.
Thesupcommodates
port bar can be set to threeditferentpositions:
foldedin
flush,at right-angles
to forma backsupport,and upright
as a carryinghandle.Pleasereferto Figs.10to 12.
\
F i g .1 1
Fil.12
Don'tleverthemout - slidethem!
lnsidethetransmitter
Fuse
Takea lookat Fig.13.Thebasicpurposeof thefuseis
againstexcessive
currents
to protectthe transmitter
lf the fuseburnsout, replaceit
duringrapidcharging.
quick-actjng
withthesametype(5 x 21mm,2Ampere,
- standard
commercial
item).Chargecurrentshigher
electronthan2A maycausedamageto thetransmitter
ics!
Fig. 13
Fig. 14
Cablecompartment
The leadsfrom the variousswitchesare stowedaway The connectors
Threesidesof the mainelectronicscircuitboardare ex(Fig.14).
insidethecablecompartment
"peripherals",
push one of the spring posed,eachfittedwithconnectorsfor the
To open the compartment
i.e.stickunits,switchesand so on. See Fig. 15.
latches
to onesideandliftthecoveroff.
Startingfromthe lefl,theseare:
intothe comparl DE
Passthe wiresfromeachconnector
opening.
Leadthemoutagain Digi-Adjustor.
mentthrough
thenearest
lf you plugthis in the "wrong" way round,
the RF mod- the and f unctionswill be reversed.
on thesidenearest
throughthe openings
El
E
ule.Partof the"excess"cablelengthcanbeaccommo(moduleno longeravailable)
MNT
MULTINAUT
Anysparecableis best
datedinsidethe compartment.
position.
KnR
leftat theswitch
stickunit.
to avoid Right-hand
and neatly,
Alwaysarrangethe wirescarefully
around E
thecablesforminga massof unruly"spaghetti"
Control"E". This is normallythe left-handslidercontrol.
thestickunitsor closeto thekeypadcoverwell.
6
F
"F".Thisis normally
slidercontrol.
theright-hand
Control
T
Canbepluggedin eitherwayround.
Keypad.
G
Plugit
channel.
thisis a switched
Control"G". Normally
of operation
wayroundandthedirection
in theopposile
channelis reversed.
ol theswitched
H ,l
Controls
version.
Notusedin thestandard
cialpurposes.
KnL
stickunit.
Left-hand
51 to 55
51 to 55.
switches
Inputsfor the change-over/coupling
Moreonthison page12.
US
switch. lf you install a switch for
Teacher/Pupil
operation(thebuddyboxsystem),it must
Teacher/Pupil
be pluggedin here.
M
controls
andswitches
auxiliary
for thispurpose, Note:Whenconnecting
Memoryswitch.lf a switchis installed
of the "TESTControls"
it mustbe pluggedin here.Plugit in the "wrong"way pleasereferto the explanation
memories
areinterchanged. menuon page66.
roundandtheselected
Activatingthe stick ratchet
stick Activatingthe ratchet
As supplied,bothverticalaxesof the dual-axis
At the baseof the stickunityouwill see a screwhead
unitsareself-neutralising.
turns,coun'
(Fig.
thisscrewabout4 complete
theself-neutralising 17).Undo
willwantto remove
Mostmodellers
fittedto
ratchet
spring
releases
the
This
ter-clockwise.
actiontromonestick(the"throttle"stick),andactivate thestickunit,andactivates
theratchet.
the ratchetinstead.
spring
the neutralising
Removing
Selectthe stickfromwhichyou
Openthe transmitter.
spring,andsetit to the
wantto removethe neutralising
positionshownin Fig. 16.Disengage
the neutralising
pliers.Remove
pointed-nose
tweezers
or
using
spring
armwillcomeawaytoo.
thespring,andtheneutralising
carefully- one dayyou may
Keepthesecomponents
needthemagain.
in one plane,butthe
Thestickis nownon-neutralising
ratchetis notyetactive.Manypilotslikethethrottlestick
pitch/throttle
stick
for the collective
likethis;especially
Fig.17
Fig. 16
usedwithhelicopters.
arrangement
Charylngthe transmitter
batt*y
battery
is fittedwitha 6-cellsintered-cell
Thetransmitter
perF
an operating
whichprovides
of 1400mAhcapacity,
od of aroundfivehourstroma singlecharge.The EUis {ittedwitha 1350mAhbatterygiving
ROPA-Edition
about5 hours'operation.
Note: thesevaluesapplyto perfectlychargedbattery,
dismeasured
to lhe pointwherethepackis completely
(transmiüer
no longerworking).
charged
packas soonas the battery
Chargeup yourtransmitter
on yourchosenmethod
monitorwarnsyou.Depending
the monitorwilltripafterabouttourhours'
of charging,
operalron.
Slowcharging
Thechargecurrentshouldbe 140mA.At 140mAa full
chargeis achievedin aboutfourteenhours.At this rate
beyondthistime,
charging
it doesno harmto continue
asthereis nodangerol over-charging.
F i g .1 8
of theMULTIPLEX
ComYoucanusetheearlierversion
the batOrderNo. 14 5540,to slow-charge
bi-Charger,
tery In thiscaseselectthe 100mA chargecurrentand
chargefor at least24 hours.At this currentyou can
to the chargerconleavethe transmitter
connected
stantly;it is not possibleto damagethe batteryor the
at sucha lowcurrent.
transmitter
off beJorerecharging.
Be sureto switchthe transmitter
(chargesocket)to the
Then connectthe transmitter
chargerusingthechargeleadsupplied.
Redplug = + (positive)socketon the charger,
blue plug = - (negative)socket.
Rapidcharging
in only 1to 2
The transmitter
can be rapid-charged
hours.However,to do this salely you must use the
AutomaticRapidCharger,OrderNo. I
MULTIPLEX
2505.
lf youusea ditferentrapidcharger,or a difterentcharging process,thereis a dangerof damagingthe battery
Wewouldnot be ableto repairthe
andthe transmitter.
undersuchcircumstances.
unitunderguarantee
with
lf you possessa chargerwhichis notcompatible
please
the protectivecircuitryof your new transmitter,
deDartment.
contact
ourCustomer
Service
Forrapid-charging
selectan outputcurrentol 1 - 2 A.
charger,
Provided
thatyouareusingthe recommended
you do not needto concernyourselfwith the battery's
initialstateof charge.At the 2 A rate,and with a completelydischarged
batterythe chargeperiodis about
3/4 hour;in any casethe chargerswitchesitsel{off
whenthebatteryisfullycharged.
Caution:the charge rate must not exceed2 A. At
higher currentsthe transmitterfuse will
burn out. Do not be tempted to install a
higher rated fuse, as you risk damaging
the transmitter.lf you damagethe transmitter by exceeding the recommended
chargecurrent,we will be unableto repair
it underguarantee.
Note:A brandnewbatterycannotexploititsfullcapacity
fullcapacity
rightfromtheoutset.In fact,it onlyachieves
cycles(5to 10).Pleasebear
aftera fewcharge/discharge
as the
thisin mindwhenyoustartusingtheequipment,
periodwillnotbeavailable
at first.
fulloperating
lf youneedfull batterycapacityat once,we recommend
on unleaveit switched
thatyouchargetheilansmitter,
thenrecharge
til the batteryis completelydischarged,
it fully.Repeatthrscycleseveraltimes.
The El key
Thisisthe"Menu"key.Youuseit firstto movefromthe
displayintothe "Menutree".Withinthe menu
qy$tgfi
tree the m key is alwaysusedto concludeany procemenu.Redure,andto moveback intothe preceding
Thetirstpartof this Sectionexplainshowthe keypadis gardless
of whereyouarein themenutree,youcanreuseo.
this
turnto the Statusdisplayat anytimeby pressing
to howthe keyoneor moretimes.
Afterthis you will find a briefintroduction
"deviceguidestheuser"throughmenus.
of the The tr key
witha briefexplanation
TheSectionis concluded
R standsfor Reverse- that'sall there is to say.This
menustructure.
transmitter's
key is usedto reversea servo,or switchsomethingoff
of the individual
or on. Moreon thisin the explanation
menus.
The keypad
The E and El keys
Thesekeys are also more or less sellexplanatorylf
thenyoudo it
or reduced,
is to be increased
something
use
them
to "leaf
keys.
You
can
also
with thesetwo
through"listsof optionsat manyplacesin the various
menus.
of usingtheE) andE keys:
Examples
Adjustingservotravel
Adjusting
a mixerinputvalue
memory
to a different
Switching
controlwhen
Movingon to the nexttransmitter
Fig.19
testingetc.
with the LCD One specialteaturehere: whereit is of practicaluse,
Theseeightkeys,used in conjunction
function.lf you press
give
you
to
all
the selection thesekeysJeaturean auto-repeat
access
complete
screen,
groups,
its
occurs
once. lf you hold it
key
briefly,
action
in
three
the
The
keys
are
tunctions.
andadiustment
You
presseddown,the actionis repeatedautomatically.
whattheydo.
andit is easyto remember
simplyneedto pressthe key and watchthe display,
Verybriefly,the keyshavethefollowingfunctions:
The keypadaN the menu
I
then releaseit whenthe requiredvalueis reached.lf
you "overshoot",press the oppositekey to go back
if youwishto changea mixerinput
again.Forinstance,
easierthantappingthe
from0 to 70,this is somewhat
E key70times.
(seepage
it makessense,the Digi-Adiustor
Whenever
in parallel
withthesetwokeys.Youcan
5) is connected
thenchoosewhetherthe keysor the rotaryknobis the
to use.
moreconvenient
keys
TheIZZN
Theseare the "selector" or "afto^ " keys.The recwhenyou areat
is deliberate:
tangulararrangement
a particularmenu (wait a moment- we're nearly
there!)you will see triangularsymbols,or selector
keys.
tags, in the display,which correspondto these
Theyarealwaysin approximatelythe same" cornet"
of the screen.It you pressone ol thesekeys,you selectthat pointin the displaywhichis adiacentto the
symbol.
corresponding
you to get complacent,so here are
want
We don't
two (slight)complications:
in a particuselections
1, lf thereareonlytwo possible
displayed,
andonly
tagsare
larmenu,onlytwoselector
"active".
press
you
lf
two
keys
are
corresponding
the
oneof theotherkeys,nothinghappens.
menusthe arrow
2. Withinany of the "Adjustment"
keysarealsousedto "release"or "activate"particular
points.
The" trce"or "active"pointthenstartsflashing.
Don'tworryif this is notclear- it'sall mucheasierto
dothanto describe.
A brietrecap:
Symbolin the display= keywith samesymbol.The
keyis "in the samecorner'ras the symbolin the display.Whenyou pressone ot the keys,you selectthe
point in the menu which is adiacentto the same
symbolin the display.
TheMenuSystem:
makeschoosingeasy
Nowfor a quickpracticesession:
copied"BlG LIFT"into
We assumeherethatyouhave
"Quickstart",
andthatthis
in
memory01,as described
memory.)
the
current
is still
on, andyou will seethe Status
Switchthe transmitter
display.Pressthe E key.You are now in the "root"
menu- Menu1:
r![P;t..t11rjüHTt:t:tLr
rF I LE:;
l'lEl.lUfu
Pressthe Z key,and you are at the "Servo adjustment"menu:
rTFjt.J+FtEr.J.
L I l'1I Tr
I Tr-Hr
rt::Ef.lTFlE:;t,J
TheEl keyreturnsyouto the rootmenu1.Trypressing
theZ key:youarriveal rootmenu2:
rFUF'IL H5:;IIJHI
rLrF. FEF;I Lrti Ft_:t'L
Pressthe Z keyagain,andyouareat the Modulation
menu:
: FFl,1'lr
I r:rl'.1
t'1r:rt:,1_llt-lT
lf youpresstheZ key,PPM9Jlashes.
presstheE
As we haveno usefor thisat the moment,
key repeatedlyuntilyou arriveback at the Statusdisplay.You now knowhowthe selectorkeysand the E)
keywork.Wewillgetto the otherkeyslater.
the sensiblerestauanalogy,
Keeping
to the restaurant
pages,grouping
several
his
menu
over
rateur
spreads
"Keypad"
sectionwhichyouhavejustread,you
In the
in onesection,
allthefishin another,
learnedvirtuallyall thereis to knowaboutnavigating allthemeatdishes
you
fora vealcutlet,you
have
a
hankering
so
on.
lf
and
yourwayfromonemenuto another.Nowwe explainthe
- meatdishes
main
courses
it
like
this:
would
look
up
principles
behindthesystem.
"veal".A realmenuusuallyhasno contents
page.lf
of the whatyou are lookingJoris noton page1 ("Menu1"),
thedevelopment
ln theworldol "rcal"computers
"menu-based
hasbeenoneof themost then- assuming
userinterface"
reallyexoticthatit is notsomething
face youmighthopeto lindit on page2 ("Menu2").
important
stepsin maskirgthe stony,unflinching
andaccessF
andmakingit acceptable
of thecomputer,
The menu systemof the PROFImc 3010works in a
mortal.
bleto theordinary
similarway.
Thebasicsystemworkslikethis:
Takea lookat the diagramon page12,whichrepreThe computerprovidesa list ot options in the form sentsthe optionsofteredby the PROFImc 3010in a
of a menu,which showseverythingthat it is readyto slightly
iedform.
simplif
carry out at any one moment.From the options on
you learnedthat the ts key
your
last
experiment
In
offer the user selectswhat he wants.
takesyoudirectlyfromthe Statusdisplayto the menu
usuallyhasa vastarrayof capabili- proper,
Sincethecomputer
i.e.to RootMenu1.
option
the casethatthe particular
ties,it is generally
"Servo
youwantcannotbe selectedin a singlestep.Afterall, if By selectingSERVO(topleft)you moveto the
lengthy adiustment'fmenu,whereyou can set up manyopwerelo ofterjust one,extremely
the computer
to seewhatwas tions,if youwish.
listof oDtions.
thenit wouldbe difficult
selectingCONTROL(top right)you moveto the
on offer,and sort out whatyou want.lt wouldbe very By
"Transmitter
Controls"menu,wherethereare also
menuwith50 difdifficult
to makesenseof a restaurant
possible
optionsfor youto choose.
several
terentdisheson onepage.
PROFImc 3O1O
EURO-LINE
menustructure
BB
Eh FIE5TFI FPI'I:T F I E5Tll
: IEl PFll9
t. 5r:rr.rllllllErEr
Sheet1
l. SBU
llllll
tlB | 2B
Menu 1
Filenumber'1
...30,Fx
File name,I characters
Transmissionmode
Batteryvoltage,digital
Batteryvoltage,bar graph,6 blocks
periodin hoursrminutes
Operating
r_;EEtJr_r
r-:r:rt.lTF:üLt
rF I LE!;
l'lEHUfu
SERVO
MEMORY
CONTROL
r T H L I + F l ELt JI l.l l T r 7L:tlPV
Htll,lEt
rl:El.lTFiE5lrllTt-Hr r5H I FT t-:H1"..
TEI l'1.i
!:ET UF'\
rtlül'lEr
I -::trl. TE!:Tr
Menu 2
TFUFIL II5!;IEI.]t
tltt Fl:l'L
rr:F . F'EF:I
-- FLTFIL
r 4 ü t i E- 1 5 : I J F Fr
PupilmodeON means:
Trimon the pupiltransmitter
is not active
--t:tFER. FEFr
I t--t['-I t:tl.,l:
FFtl'i..
F : E 5 E T :E r l rl € , r l'1ltI:,LlLET
Resetoperatingperiodto 00:00
Selectmodulationl
PPM7
PPM9
PCM
ASS/GN
Tt.UHTFIUL !;EF:l..lr.lr
I lir
rTEFtlH l-l5F:-l'l
1 I
li 1 i:+T+E:j H!;51rjHSEELJ||
I r]rlHTE:lrL5 r + F ILI E E J + 5 F ' IUL rLt!:F:-l'1I
.'+FlU[t[tE
/'+ELEIJt]
Tü I.IILEF:UH
r
rlHF,1! .".
/
FIUIIDEE
Selectcontrol
and assignfunction
Releasefunctions,
to be controlledby the pupil
Defineusermixers:
Selectservo
s e l e cU
t S R - M I1
X, 2 , 3
andassignlunction
s e l e citn p u It N P1 ,2 , 3 , 4
Automaticon to menu
assignfunction
ASSIGNSERVO
periodtimer;on the righlto "Assign"and "PCM".Becauseof the similarityto a tree - albeitonegrowingupis otten
sidedown!- this typeof menuarrangement
as a
knownas a "menutree",or - moretechnically,
menustructure.
Havea lookat the diagramabove.You
will see,for example,
thatthereare four moremenus
hiddenbehindthe" Files"menu.
rFt_tF
Thisis intended
to showthattherearefour"deadends"
IL
H:;5Irif.lr
whichareaccessible
fromthe"Files"menu;in thiscase
LIJF.FEF;
I Lltr Ftll'p
"Copy",
"Shift"
"Name"(enter,
(switchmodels),
theyare
"Chk.Trim"
(check,
match).
and
On the leftyou get to the pupilmenuandthe operating change),
SelectMEMORYat bottom left, and you find a menu
to dowithmemories.
whichcopeswitheverything
Forthe moment,the bottom right optionhideseverythingelsewhichthe transmitterhasto offer,via Menu
2. Youmightliketo thinkof this optionas "more"or
"contd.".
in thesameway:
In RootMenu2 thingscontinue
10
EURO-LINE
PROFIMC3O1O
Menustructure
r T E r . r + F E L rI I. ' l I T !
rr-:El.lTEE5tilI TtlHr
7 : : E F l::. E L E L +
1 5 E Fil:. E L E U+.
r ! : E E . l : E L E \ .+r .
T,
l:lt{
+
.
/
ü : 1 . I r:;Fl.tI L:
r+lBtlil F+ ELEl..lF/I : E H T E E :
E L E L+I .
+ 1LlE:.:/
SwitchmixerinputsON/OFF
and assignswitchesto inputs
Adjusttraveland set directionfor:
@ ntes
rl:ilF'i
HF,tl'lEr
TF:ll'1r
r:;H I FT t_:H1.,.
rl{u[:'E : FULL
r:1b:
FIE5TH
\FFll'.|,
5TI r::ti
5 H I F T l H I FJ I L E
Tlt rr:rh:FIESTH
EE,I
FI L E :
H F I I . I EF
: IE5TF /
EEFI:IF:
Adjusttrim settangs
Selectcopymod6:
- FULL
- CONTROLS
- .ERASE!'
. EXPORT
- IMPORT
Enterfilename
Aulomalicon to menu
TRIM(adjusltrimsetlings)
CONTROL
5ET I]FI
-5t'l.
I
TE5Tr
rt_:Ltl'1E
r I I : E L E I J HT F I H U E L T
+ 1FJrili:^r
H!;Vl'ltlETF;
r l rjrJ:,jrl5L,r:
51+ r
+FII LEEI.]H
F:LITlIIEE
DefineCombi-Switch:
- adjustinputs
- assignswitch
- reversecouplrng
I T F I L . FL
LLT|I
F
,-.
rr
F t l n l
t
Set up controls
- adjustetfect
- assignswitch
-
of the
Thesameappliesto threeof the otherbranches
these"subthemaindiagrams,
tree.Toavoidconfusing
menus"areshownin detailon page11.
Usingthis branchingsystemyoucanalwaysreachyour
i.e.getto the pointwhereyouwantto adjust
destination,
justby pressing
a tewkeys.
or assignsomething,
The overallresult:
compuYoudon'tneedto learnanycodesor conJusing
In fact,youwillfindthatyoudon'teven
ter terminology.
aftera while,astheplainEnglish
needthetreediagram
textsguideyoueasilythroughthemenus.Oursolepurposein explaining
the principleis to ensurethat you
havesomeideaof whatyou aredoingwhenyou press
thevariouskeys.
neverhurtanyone.
a littleunderstanding
Andanyway,
in sucha waythatit is quickThemenutreeis arranged
thanto the
get
usedJunctions
to
the
commonly
er to
rest.
'11
or coupling
in a similarwayto oneof the change€ver
with a transmitter
in combination
especially
switches;
t . r
control.
'
,
of thesespecialfeatureswouldonly
An explanation
matters
at
thispoint.Pleaseseepage69 in the
confuse
dry andtheoreti- Sectionentitled" Forexperts".
Thissectionis necessarily
somewhat
cal, and you can skip it for the momentil you wish. Nowwe cometo one furtherdifterence,and a possiHowever,
sooneror lateryou will needto absorbsome ble sourceof confusion.
particularly
wheninstalling
auxiliary
of thisinformation,
to whatwe havejustsaid,a switchcanbeeiAccording
units.
switches
or otherexDansion
or coupling
transmitter
controlor a change-over
ther
a
As we havealreadyseenon pageZ wherethe internal switch,depending
insidethe
on whereit is connected
connectorsare described,there are severaldiflerent transmitter.
Butthisisonlypartlytrue:
typesof connector.
switchesand couplingswitcheshavea
whichhaveonepurpose Change-over
Firsttherearethe connectors
lead.A switchwitha 3-coreleadcan2-core
connecting
(DE),Keypadff) and MemorySwitch notbe usedforthisourpose.
only:Digi-Adjustor
(M).Thereis not muchto say aboutthesesocketsmayhaveeicontrols
whichactas transmitter
Switches
in thecorrectplace.
eachunitmustbeconnected
For
a
simple
ON/OFF
lead.
2-core
or
a
3-core
ther
a
Nextcomesthegroupof "letterinputs":A to l.
the lead is 2-core.For a 3-stage
switch (2-position)
These are connectonsfor the transmittercontrols. switchit mustbe 3-core.
is necessary:
the inputsA, B, Why?Whenyouplugin a switch,
Herea briefexplanation
control
thetransmitter
theyare groupedto- inpüt"sees"whatever
C, D are not shownindividually;
potentiometer
So
is
a
the
unit
as
getheras "KnU' (left-hand
stick = A, B) and "KnR" the inputseesa switchas a crudepot,whichcanonly
(right-hand
stick= C, D).Thestickunitsmustalsobe besetto itsend-ooint
values.
to thecorrectsockets(KnLandKnR).
connected
note
And one more
Theremaining
inputsaremarked51to S5andUS.This In linewithwhatwe havejustsaid,it is perfectly
possi"coupling
"change-over
is where
switches" and
switches)
3-position
ble to connectswitches(preferably
switches"areconnected.
sliders.This
to inoutsE and F insteadof the standard
Whataretransmittercontrols?
require
which
models
feature
for
special
be
a
useful
can
Well,in coarseterms,theseare all the "movableele- manyswitched
channels.
whichyou useto operate On theotherhandinputsG, H, I canalsobe usedwith
ments"on yourtransmitter,
something
on your model.Theyincludethe 'wo stick furtherDotsinstead
of switches.
units,the sliders,and also,for example,the switch Mostusersof the PROFImc 3010willhardlyeverneed
theaero-tow
mechanism.
whichyouuseto release
thisbrieJexin presenting
Ourintention
thesefeatures.
isjustto
So what are change-overswitches and coupling cursionintothe" realmof theunusedfeatures"
of your
andversatility
giveyouan ideaof the flexibility
switches?
Theseswitchesare usuallyusednot to actuallymove newsystem.
to switchbe- Whatthis all meansin practice:
on the model,but,forexample,
something
youwill
tweendifferentpre-setvalues(suchas DualRates)or to Whenyouassignor adiusttransmitter
controls,
or a alwaysfindyourselldealingwiththe "letter"abbreviaactivatecoupledcontrols(e.9. Combi-Switch,
coupling
switch).
flap/elevator
tions.
or cou'
switches
change-over
Whenyouare assigning
An "extra" for the expert:
you will be dealingwith 51 to S5 and
featurewhich plingswitches,
The switch"Sl" is a special-purpose
switch, L/S.
lt is a 3-stage
doesnotfit intoour neatscheme.
you mustbearin mind
switches
control", Whenfittingauxiliary
asa "transmitter
andshouldreallybe included
"l".
in
the
cable.
of
wires
the
number
it
be
used
However,
can
to input
as it is connected
rtrlEITiLIFT FFI'l'1
The"Operations"
or "Status"display
: trr
i . ErSrtllllllr:rri
Thetopline:
"BlG
Thisis always
Ol = numberof the "current"memory.
(Hereagainwe willassumethatyouhavecopied
"list")
"Quickstart"
lasttimeyou
(or
was
in
use
which
the memory
under
LIFT"intomemory01,as described
the model
means:
This
usually
the
system.
- andthatyou havenotswitchedto a differentmemory. operated
you
last
operated.
that
OJ course,what we are goingto say next appliesto
BIG LIFT = Nameof the modelin English.That's
everyothermodelmemory.)
isn'tit?
a number,
thanremembering
easier
Whenyou switchthe transmitteron, the Statusdisplay
mode
currenttransmission
a summary PPM 9 = Transmitter's
will appearon the LCDscreen.lt provides
you
last
time
used
as
the
(modulation).
Also
the
same
you
lor
know
conneedto
of the mostimportantthings
the
set.
your
model:
trolling
12
Thesecondline:
r:r.i4r.IllIIII
After the bar display:
rlrl:2+
batteryvohage.Thedigitalvalueis A veryusefulleature:
8.24Y = transmitter
not easyto assimilate The operatingperioddisplay
very accurate,but unfortunately
lm- At any time you can see how longthe transmitterhas
of all digitaldisplays.
at firstglance- a drawback
mediately
aftera full chargethe voltageis about8.2- beenin use sincethe lasttime the timerwas resetto
8.4V.At 6.9Voltsthe batterymonitortrips,andthe bat' zero(youcando thatat anytime - seethe nextsection
teryshouldbe recharged.
onthispageformoredetails).
of upto 6 Thetimeris cumulative,
Nextto thedigitaldisplayis a "bar" consisting
how
andit makesnodifference
"boxes".Thisis an analogue
versionol the digitalvolt oftenyou switchthe transmitteron and ofl; the operatat a glance,but it ing periodtimer stopscountingwhen you switchoff,
agedisplay;it is easierto understand
of bat- andcontinues
Considerit as a roughindicator
isnot soaccurate.
whenyouswitchon again.
steadilywhileyou
tery voltage.The batterydischarges
practice
thetimeris as foF
In
the
bestwayof managing
andat thesametimetheboxes
areusingthetransmitter,
you
the battery
recharge
zero
every
time
lows:
set
it
to
erasedfromrightto left;i.e.the bar beare gradually
tolerances, Thedisplayshowshours: minutes.
comesshorter.Becauseof manujacturing
natureof the bar,the disapproximate
andlhe inherently
playis notas accurateand reliableasthe digitaldisplay,
butit givesyoua usefulideaol howthingsaregoing.
Howto use
the operatingperiodtimer
Thereis notmuchto sayaboutthistimer;allyoucando
to it is resetit to zero.Todo this(startingtromthe Status
display)pressE Z f] . Youwill nowbe at the operating
oeriodtimermenu:
WhenshouldI resetthe display?
thenit
Thetimercancountuo to 99 hours59 minutes,
startsagainfromzero.That'sby no meanslongenough
althoughit
to measurethe lifetimeof the transmitter,
"occasional
to
counttheir
flyers"
mightbe enoughfor
--Ü FE F I .F E FI ILI t I - per
flyingtime season.
It makesmostsenseto resetthe timer to zero every
EE:;ET:Et:l:ltit r
batterya lull charge.The
timeyougivethe transmitter
period
lrom a full chargeis
operating
transmitter's
will
to
change
value
displayed
key;
the
Pressthe Z
aroundfourhours,so thedisplaygivesyouquitean ac00:00,andyouaredone.
curateideaof howmuchlongeryou can fly.But please
Returnto the Statusdisplaywith@El El .
in
thisvalueas a guide.Slightdifferences
onlyconsider
perioddisplayis in theform
Theoperating
currentconsumption
and in the transmitter's
batteries
hours: minutes.
Yourbestbet
can resultin variationsof up to +/- 20010.
this is to carryouta practical
how
to determine
experiment
Thereis nothingelseto worryaboutconcerning
lasts.
actually
timer.Whenthe transmitteris switchedoff, it records longyourowntransmitter
the last displayedtime and startsagain from the recordedvaluenexttimeyouswitchon.
Howto switchbetweenthe transmission modesPPM7,PPM9and PCM
The transmittercan be usedwith both PPM receivers
(e.9."UNl9") andwithPCMunits(e.9.'PCM DS').
modeto matchthe
You haveto set the transmission
typeof receiveryouwishto use.
Thisis howyoudo it:
Fromthe StatusDisplaypressEIZZ to arriveat the
"PPM/PCM"
display.
Youwillseethis:
I ül'lrFFI'1fu
l'lUttLlLHT
Pressthe E key."PPM7",'PPMg" (or "PCM")will
startto flash.
Pressthe E key.PPMwill changeto PCM(or vice
versa).That'sall thereis to it. Usethe E or El keyto
changefromPPM7 to PPM9 andback.
PressEl threetimesto getbackto the StatusDisplay.
It is only necessaryto switchto PPM7 if you wish to
use a receiverwhichcannotdecode9 channels(e.9.
4/6channelreceiversbuillin 1979).lf youattemptto use
this typeof receiverwith the transmitterset to PPMI,
the servosattachedto outputs1 + 2 will not workcorrectlv
13
("ready made lists')
No. 6 to
form,memories
In the transmitter's
standard
modellists(orproNo.15contain"readyprogrammed"
grams).Theseexampleprogramsembracea high perflownby praccentage
of themodelswhichareactually
tisingmodellers.
Youcan useanyof theseexamplelistsiust by switching
to the appropriatememoryas describedon page43.
Beforeyou fly your model,you may well haveto alter
the directionof servorotation,andthat is describedon
page28.
Youmayliketo usetheseexamples
asthe startingpoint
for your own lists. lf you do not want to changethe
"original",first copy it into an emptymemory(as deto the
scribedon page41)andthenmakemodifications
copy.
Thefollowingexamplelists areavailable
as standard:
MemoryNo.6:
"FIESTA'
- a typicalsimpleglider
MemoryNo.7:
"SALTO'- a typicalgliderwithV{ailand"flaperons"
MemoryNo.8:
'F3B" - a typicalFSBclassgliderwith"aileronbrakes"
(Crowsystem)
MemoryNo.9:
"CORTINI('
- a typicaltailless
glider
MemoryNo.10:
"BlG LIFT'- a typicalsimplepowered
model
MemoryNo.11:
"RCl/F3A'- a typicalpoweredaerobaticmodel
MemoryNo.12:
"MIRAGE"- a typicaldeltamodel
MemoryNo.13:
" HELIBOY"- a typicalhelicopter
with
"Schlueter"
rotorhead
MemoryNo.14:
" RANGER"
- a typicalhelicopter
with
"Heim"rotorhead
MemoryNo.15:
'8K117' - a typicalhelicopter
with"120degree"rotor
head headlinkageusingvirtualswashplate
In all the examplesit is assumedthat the transmitter
is set up as tollows:
on the
Rudder(ortail rotor)andelevator(pitch-axis)
stick.
right-hand
Throttle(orspoilersor collectivepitch)andaileron(or
stick.
roll)on the left-hand
you
mode,herearebrietinlf
usea ditterenttransminer
the
settings:
on
how
to
change
structions
14
Interchangingaileron(roll)and rudder(tail rotor):
menu
CONTROLS
1.SelecttheASSIGN
press
FromtheStatusDisplay
@Z N Z .
r fi r::r:rl.lTF:t:tl::
L FIILEE:I:II..I
resp.R0LL
Note:if you lastworkedon a differenttransmittercontrol,youmustfirstselectControlA. Todo thispressthe
in thedisplay.
Z keythenEl or E untilA appears
2. AssigncontrolA to the rudder(or tail rotor),as follows:oress! EIE . Result:
r H t_:ilt,lTF;uL:;
r FiUtitiEFi
resp.TFI LRÜT
3. AssigncontrolC to the ailerons(or roll),as follows:
oressZ E E, thenSIEIE . Result:
r t:: t::t:tl..lTFtt_tLl
L FIILEF:LIH
resp.R|ILL
pressE E]E E]. That's
4. Returnto theStatusDisplay:
it finished.
Interchangingthrottle/spoiler(collectivepitch) and
elevator(pitch-axis):
1. Move to the "ASSIGNCONTROLS"menu with
above.
EIZNZ, asdescribed
r E t::üt..lTFlr.rL:,
t ELEI.JI]TÜFJ
I5
resp.PI TrlH-FN
Note:il you lastworkedon a differenttransmittercontrol,youmustfirstselectControlB.Todo thispressthe
in thedisplay.
Z keythenE or E untilB appears
(pitch-axis),
as lolB
the
elevator
2. Assigncontrol to
untilELEV
lows:press!, andthenE or E repeatedly
(orPITCH-AXIS)
Result:
appears.
r E [ÜHTRÜ15
t ELEUIlTÜE
I5
resp.PI TrlH-HH
(collectivepitch),
3. AssigncontrolD to throttle/spoiler
press
then
as follows:
El or E until
Z, thenSIEE,
Result:
(orCOLL.PITCH)
appears.
THROT/SPOIL
r ti rlüt.tTFiü15
I THEITTLE
or 5PUI Lt t{
resp.rl0LL.PI TllH
4. Returnto the StatusDisplayby pressing@ four
times.
the transmiüer
controlsis
lor assigning
The procedure
describedin detailon page25.
"FIESTA"
Example:
MemoryNo.:6
of a simplemodelglider. atedby a switchedchannel.A mixeris featuredto proThe "FIESTA'is an example
when airbrakesare exby a singleservo(mechani- vide pitch trim compensation
Theailerons
arecontrolled
input is set to zero as
However,
the
mixing
The airbrakesare operatedwith the tended.
cal differential).
"Combi-Switch"
has
to
set
the valueif he needs
and
the
user
standard,
An
aero-tow
supported.
left-handstick.
feature.
fitted,
is
operthe
towhook,
if
radio-controlled
or
coupling,
Summary:
Channel
controls
A
Aileron
B
Spoiler
C
2nd inp.
E
Rudder i Elevator
ServoNo
Function
1stinp.
D
SPOILER
I AILERON
RUDDER
SPOILER
mixermustbesetto 0;
Note:the"FLAP"inputof the"ELEVATOR"
"SPOILER"
inputcanbesetto anyvaluebytheuser.
the
=
55
Combi-Switch
Switches:
Aileron-- rudder,followingrate1000/0.
Adiustments:Combi-Switch:
All servos:travel1000/0,
centre00/0.
off
rudder- aileron,switched
Combi-Switch
Possiblemoditications:
viasliderinsteadof stick
Airbrakeooeration
TOWHOOK
F
G
Aero-tow
"SALTO"
Example:
MemoryNo.:7
roothaveinherentaeroof a modelwitha V{ail.At whichdo notreachto the wing
The "Salto"is an example
"flapinput"shouldbe kept
the
disadvantages,
dynamic
2
rotating
trailing
edge
wing
are
endof each
theinboard
to
whichare usedto loseheightand to control small,and theyshouldonlybe usedfor aerobatics
spoilers,
Forthisreasonthe flap input
by two improvemanoeuvrability.
Theailerons
areoperated
the landingapproach.
Theyare alsoset can be switchedoff by meansof the switch53. The
servos,with "electronic"differential.
"flaperons",
to
i.e.theycan be movedin the same flapsand the spoilersare mixedwith the elevator,
up as
pitch
trim
compensation.
automatic
flaps.As flaperons Drovide
to actas camber-changing
direction
Summary:
Channel
controls
Aileron
ServoNo
Function
Flaperon
1stinp.
I
f
rp.
zr.ro
srorp
AILERON
Spoiler
Vtail
FLAPERON V-TAIL+
Aero-tow l
Elevator
Spoiler
V-TAIL+
Flaperon
Towhook
FLAPERON
SPOILER AILERON TOWHOOK
FLAP
f lthi'p'
thetlapinputto theailerons
53 switches
ELEVATOR;
Switches:S1,52 for DualRatesonAILERON,
to switchoffanymixinginputswhicharenotneeded
the mixinginputsit canbe veryuseJul
Note:whenadjusting
forthemoment
of slider
of theFLAPinputviastickinstead
Control
Possiblemodifications:
(controlled
via55).
Useof Combi-Switch
to
model:'FgB"
Example
MemoryNo.:I
modThepictureshowsa typicalF3Bclasscompetition
el. The controlsystemis quitecomplex.Eachaileron
and eachflap is operatedby its ownservo.Thismakes
"Quadro"and "aileronbrake"(crow)controlsystems
possible.
supportthe camIn normaltlightthe ailerons
ber-changingflaps,and vice versa;for landingthe
Jullyup
flapsaredeflectedfullydownandthe ailerons
is
("aileronbrake"function).Elevatorcompensation
and
flapmovement
mixedin withthe camber-changing
for pitchtrim
the aileronbrakesystemto compensate
mixed
in
to supporteF
movement
can
be
Flap
changes.
(towhook
towhook
A
radio-controlled
movement.
evator
and aero{owreleasetreatedas the same for control
purposes)
is anoptional
addition.
Summary:
Channel
ServoNo
r 7 z
Function
CROW
1stinp.
2nd inp.
Aero-tow
Elevator
Spoiler
L. ail.
R. flap
L. flap
Elev
CROW
CROW
CROW
ELEV+
I nrLenor.rAILERON
nrr-enoru
Rudder
AILERON ELEVATOR RUDDER
FLAP
FLAP
FLAP
3rdinp.
SPOILER SPOILER SPOILER SPOILER SPOILER
4th inp.
ELEVATORELEVATORELEVATOR
Note:whenadjustingthe mixinginputsit can be veryusefulto switchoff any inputswhichare not needed
tor the moment
Possiblemodifications:Controlof the FLAPinputvia stickinsteadof slider
Flapcontrolwithone servoonly;in this casetheycannotsupportthe aileronfunction.
17
model:"CORTINA"
Example
MemoryNo.:9
"Cortina"is a typicalexample
glider. Themixingratiosfor elevatorandaileronaredifferentfor
of a modern
tailless
A seoarate
servois reelevons.
Controlis achievedwith two controlsurfacesper wing theinboardandoutboard
forheight
panel,eachsurtaceworkingas combinedelevatorand quiredforeachelevon.Airbrakes
areincluded
Thisarrangement
makesit possible
to dumpingand landingapproachcontrol.The aerotow
aileron(elevons).
is actuated
viaa switched
channel.
tavourable
liftdistribution
in all flightsituations.coupling
achieve
Summary:
Channel
controls
ServoNo
Function
Mixer
1stinp.
2nd inp.
A
Aileron
1
B
Spoiler
2
c
D
E
F
Aero-tow
Elevator
3
4
G
5
6
Aero-tow
Elev.R,out ElevonL, oul ElevonR, in ElevonL, in Spoiler
DELTA
DELTA
DELTA
DELTA
AILERON AILERON AILERON AILERON SPOILER TOWHOOK
ELEVATORELEVA'TORELEVATORELEVATOR
Possiblemodifications:Controlof airbrakesvia sliderinsteadof stick.UseoJa lreelydefinablemixerinsteadof
the " DELTA'mixer.
ELEVATOR,
SPOILER.
inputsthen:AILERON,
Defined
tor pitchtrimchanges
elevator
compensation
wouldallowautomatic
Thisarrangement
causedbvairbrakes.
18
model:"BlGLIFT"
Example
MemoryNo.10
The "Big Litt" representsa simple poweredmodel. standardcontrols.An aero-towreleasecan be operated
channel.
Aileronsand landingflapsaretittedin additionto the viatheswitched
Summary:
5
3
2
AILERON THROTTLE RUDDER]ELEVATOR FLAP
1
6
AERO.TOW
-------_
ssCombi-Sw
rudder:600/o
controloption:DualRateon aileron,elevator,
Transmitter
Adiustments:
-30o/o
trim:
idle
controloption:throttle
Transmitter
Transmitter
controloption:flaptravel:Oo/o,10oo/o
Aileron--- rudder,followingrate1000/0
Combi-Switch:
centre00/0
All servos:travel1000/0,
rudder- aileron,or switchedofl
Possiblemodifications:Combi-Switch
19
model:"RC1/F34"
Example
MemoryNo.:11
Mixturecontrolin
Examoleof an F3A class comoetitionmodel.The spoilersarefitted,actingas airbrakes.
to throttlecontrol.A furtherservocanbe titted
to aF addition
areeachcontrolled
by a separate
aileron,
ailerons
via the switchedchannel.
low the optimumdegreeof differentialto be set. Two to retractthe undercarriage
Summary:
Channel
Throttle
controls
ServoNo
Function
L. AIL.
RUDDER ROTTLE R. AIL.
Spoiler
MIXTURE UNDERC
servotravelinsteadof DualRates.
Posiblemodifications:Exponential
mixer.
oJspoilers,
useof "SNAPFLAP"
lf "snapjlaps"aretittedinstead
20
Undercarr.
model: " MIRAGE"
Example
Memory:No.:12
can be retractedvia the switched
The "Mirage"is a simpledeltamodel.lt is controlled The undercarriage
withthe helpof a
plusrudder channel.Theelevonsarecontrolled
(elevons),
via combinedailerons/elevators
LrtsLtAmtxer.
andthrottle.
Summary:
r
Channel
controls
Throttle
D
ry9q91 Elgy"to,
ServoNo
Function
Mixer
'lstinp.
DELTA
DELTA
ELEVATORELEVATOR RUDDER THROTTLE
2nd inp.
AILERON AILERON
L elevon
Undercarr.
RUDDER THROTTLE UNDERC,
Switches:51 = DualRates,aileron;52 = DualRates,elevator
(recommended
startingpoint)
400/0
MixinginputELEVATOR:
Adiustments:
'
(recommended
startingpoint)
MixinginputAILERON:600/o
-300/0
Throttleidletrim:
AILERON:600/O
ELEVATOR,
DUAIRATCS
centre00/0
All servos:travel1000/0,
21
model:"HELIBOY"
Example
MemoryNo.:13
This,of course,is just a starting
with swash- steadof "DYN.THR.".
Exampleof a "simple"modelhelicopter,
pitch,
ooint.
plate having no axial movement.Collective
type.Youcanswitch
is a "suppressible"
pitch-axisand roll-axisare controlledby one servo Gyroassumed
"
each. FLAREmixer used lot flarc" compensation. betweenminimumand maximumgyro effectusing
G.
channel
usedtor throttlein- switched
assignment
Simple"THROTTLE"
Summary:
Throttle I Mixture
controls
ServoNo
Function
Mixer
1stinp.
2nd inp.
1
2
3
Roll
Pitch
Yaw
FLARE
TAILROT
PITCH
YAW
ROLL
4
c
THROTTLE Collect.
THROTTLE
coLLECr. coLLECt.
55 - directthrottle
Switches:51- DualRates,roll;52 DualRates,pitch-axis;
of switchedchannelG areused;the centrepositionis skipped.
Notes:onlytheend-points
3-pointthrottlecurveused.
"DYN.THR."
of THROTTLE
mixerinstead
Possiblemodifications:
throttlecurve
5-Doint
" FLARE"mixernolused,onlyPITCH-axis
servo
on pitch'axis
gyro)
(different
ol
type
not
used
Gyro
6
Gyro
Gyro
7
Mixture
model:"RANGER"
Example
MemoryNo.:14
acwiththe "Heim"swashplate
of a helicopter
Example
is actuatedby two
tuation system.The swashplate"HElMHEAD"
pitchservos,
mixer
andthe
roll/collective
control.In
is used.A separateservoprovidespitch-axis
"DYNTHR."
is used.
thisexample
gyro is assumed,which can be
A "suppressible"
switchedbetweenmaximumand minimumeffectby
controlH. "Flare"mixingis notremeansof switched
"Heim"
caterfor this mechanimechanics
ouired,as
ca v
71
7)ffi
\_il--'
Summary:
Channel
controls
ServoNo
Function
1stinp.
2nd inp.
3rdinp.
A
B
Roll ]]i]]xollecl
Throttle
Roll/col
Yaw
HEIMHEAD
TAIL ROT
ROLL
PITCH
YAW
Throttle
Roll/col
Mixture
Gyro
Mixture
GYRO
MIXTURE
DYN THR HEIMHEAD
THROTTLE
coLLEgr.
ROLL
YAW
55 - directthrottle
Switches:31- DualRates,roll;52 - DualRates,pitch-axis;
Notes:SwitchcontrolH mustbe installed(On/Offswitch,3-corelead)
curveused
s-oointthrottle
Possiblemoditications:3-pointthrottlecurve
typeof gyro)
Gyronotused(different
2.7
model:'B,K117"
Example
control
with"CPM"swashplate
ExamDle
of a helicoDter
is controlleddirectlyby 3 sersystem.The swashplate
vos,arrangedat 120degreesto eachother,whichproand roll-axiscontrol.
vide collectivepitch,pitch-axis
Three servos are used, in conjunctionwith the
"HEAD-MlX"mixer. The throttle is assignedto
MemoryNo.:15
"THROTTLE"
('DYNIHR.'is an alternative).
A "suppressible"
gyrois assumed,
bewhichcanbe switched
tween minimumand maximumeffectby meansof
by
switched
controlH. "Flare"mixingcanbe achieved
pitchinputsto the "centre"and"outcollective
unequal
board"servos.
Note: Phaseaffectsall rotor head servosequally.Beforeyou
changethe Geometry
settings,be sureto set up the collectivepitchinDutsandcheckthatthevarecorrect,
Summary:
Channel
Throttle
controls
ServoNo
Function
1stinp.
2nd inp.
r
3rdinp.
4
Ro/Co/Pi Ro/Co/Pi Ro/Co/Pi
f
5
Throttle
HEAD-MIX HEAD-MIX HEAD-MIX
PITCH THROTTLE
ROLL
ROLL
PITCH
PITCH
COLLECT.
I
Yaw
TAILROT
Gyro
Mixture
YAW
GYRO
MIXTURE
coLLEgr.
coLLECr. coLLEgr.
sth input:Phase
4thinput:Geometry
55 directthrottle
Switches:51- DualRates,roll;52 DualRatespitch;53 auto-rotation;
Notes:SwitchcontrolH mustbefitted(On/Offswitch,3-corelead)
used.
3-Dointthrottlecurve"centre
servo"twiceas greatas for "outboardservos"
Piichinputvaluefor
(assuming
120degreearrangement)
pitchinputsameforallthreeservos
Collective
Possiblemodifications:s-pointthrottlecurve
typeof gyro)
Gyronotused(different
24
i: i,:
control
controls,
or linkingup,thetransmitter
Assigning
functionsandservosis the firstand mostimportantpart
ot the settingup processwhichhasto be carriedout
beloreyou can actuallyusethe equipmentto controla
new model.But don'trun and hide- there'snothing
waitingforyou.
verycomplicated
li you haveownedanotherradiocontrolsystembeJore
alreadycar
the "PROFImc 3010",you haveprobably
"assigning"
process
it.
without
realising
riedoutthis
you havechangedswitchesround,or
lf, for example,
over,in orderto set up "aileron
swappedconnectors
"elevator
|eft",then you havealready"asright" and
to sultyourpreference.
signed"thoseJunctions
We can difterentiatebetweentwo torms of assigning:
1. Assigningthe transmittercontrolsto the control
functions
abovefalls intothis catwe mentioned
The examDle
egoryAnotherexamplewouldbe to decidethatthe leftairbrakes.
handslideris to controlthemodel's
functions
the
control
servos
to
Assigning
the
2.
thismightmeanthatservoNo.2 (theserForexample,
vo connectedto receiveroutput2) is to operatethe elthatservos1,2 and3 controla
evator:or in a helicopter
actuation
system.
witha 12o-degree
swashplate
"totaladjustment"
On earlierradiocontrolsystemsthis
facilitywas not provided,and in fact it is notabsolutely
Butyouwillsoonseethatit is highlypractical
essential.
anduseful.
to cope
procedure
canalsobe extended
Theassigning
with the "miiing" ot controlfunctions;but we don't
in full on
wantto coverthis pointhere.lt is discussed
page45,underthetitle"Mixers".
Whydo we haveto assignanything?
is notallthateasyto answersimply;nevThisquestion
we willtry.Herearesomeof the reasons:
ertheless
functions
arecarriedoutby
1. Manyof thetransmitter's
a comDuterand its relatedsoftware.The softwareis
wayif it is given
muchmorelikelyto workin a sensible
Forexample,"elevator"insteadof
soecificinformation.
"leftstick.uo/down".
are
2. Termssuchas "leftaileron"or "rightcollective"
lf you "tell" the transmitter,
familiarto any modeller.
thatservoNo.3 is the "coF
theservos,
whenassigning
lectivepitch"servo,youcan be certainthatthe collecat socket3 on
tivepitchsignalwillalwaysbe available
whichinthe receiver,
andthatall mixingarrangements
outcorbe
carried
will
automatically
volvethatchannel
rectly.lt preventsyou havingto worry about details
to sortout.
whichcanbedifficult
ln short:
Assigningdraws a clear line to follow: for you and
for the computerin yourtransmitter.
Howto assign
the transmittercontrols
in thislineof the
Bv nowthismuchshouldbe obvious:
you
control.
m-enu selectthetransmitter
and
moveto the "Assign"menu In our example,
leavethe "A" showing(flashing)
Fromthe StatusDisplay,
@ZN. Weassumeagainthat pressthe S key.
usingthe keysequence
"BlG LIFT"is stillthe modelin thecurrentmemory01.
Thefunctionwhichappearsafterthe letternowstartsto
"AlLER"),
willlooklikethis:
Thedisplay
flash(inourexample
Nowthingsdo geta littlemoredifficult.
rt_:t:ttlTFjULL:EEl"lt:tr
lf voupressthe E (orE) keyto leafthroughthefuncJuncwill offeryou the following
tions,ihe transmitter
iir
rTElll.H U5Fi-l'll
tionsin turn:
control)by pressing
Select"CONTROr (transmitter
the Z key.Thisiswhatyouwillsee:
1
ROLL-axis SHIPRUDeT
AlLERon
AUX.
PITCH-axis MOTOR(etectric)
ELEVator
r t:l t_:Ltt..lTF:uL5
YAW-axis MOT.2(etectric)AUX.o
RUDDeT
AUX.4
COLL.PITCH
THROTtIe
r tl I LEF:r:ttl
z ens.)GYRO
2THR (tor
responds
by showingone oJthe nine SPOlLer
The transmitter
controls(A to l) in the display.Pressthe Z key.The let- FLAP
until RETRAct
ter startsto flash.Nowpressthe El keyrepeatedly
]iOWHOok
control"A' appears.Tryusingthe E keyaswell.
forthestickunits.Thelettersare MlXTUre
A - D arethesymbols
C is
casing.Forexample,
on thetransmitter
alsoprinted
As you see, these include all the most commonly
stickunit.
movement
ot theright-hand
theright-left
usedfunctions:
E and F are the two sliders;these lettersare also
1and2 forfixedwingandhelicopters;
Columns
printed
casing.
onthetransmitter
models
(asstandard)
channel"No.7. Column3 Jormodelboatsandelectric-powered
the "switched
G is normally
(including
aircraft).
electric-powered
lf you
H - | arenotavailableon the standardtransmitter.
functions"1- 5.
4 is for the 'extra-special
you
and Column
install
extra
switches
can
channels,
needthese
"AUX.1- AUX.4"areusedwhennootherterm"fits".
connectthemto the maincircuitboardsocketsmarked
Wewillexplain",/," - thelastoption- verysoon!
withthoseletters.SeePageZ
25
We have"pre-defined"thesefunctionsfor you so that That'salmostall thereis to it. Butwhatof the unused
you don'thaveto typeanythingin; all you haveto do is controls
(8, E, G,H, D?
selectthe rightoption.Thereis alsoanotherreason:if Thereis a dangerherethatsomething
hasalreadybeen
you selectthe termsfromthe list above,your "intelli- assignedto thesecontrolswhenthe memorywaslastin
gent"transmitter
worksout whatyou are likelyto ask use - something
whichcouldcauseproblems.
At the
next,andpreparesitselfaccordingly.
very leastit wouldoffendthe sensitivegliderguiderto
againstB, for example.
You'veguessed
The bestwayof comingto termswith this procedure seeTHROTTLE
" , ". " comesin.Asdescribed
it:
this
is
where
above,
seis to carryout a sampleassigningexercise.
lect
the
controls
B,
E,
G,
H,
and
I
in
turn,
and
assign
We will assumea modelgliderwith elevator,
rudder,
themto ",..'.", unlessthathasalreadybeendone.
ailerons
andspoilers.
Thisis typicalof the waycomputershaveto be treated:
The right-hand
stickis to controlelevatorand aileron; evenwhentheyaresupposed
to do nothingat all,you
the left-hand
sticktherudder.
Thespoilers
areto be oo- haveto tell them expressly,otherwisethey mightdo
eratedwiththeright-hand
slider.
something
unexpected!
It is obviousthatthe forward/back
movement
of the left- Thetidy-minded
modeller
shouldalwaysassignunused
handstick,the left-hand
sliderandthe switch"No.7" transmitter
whenit appearsto
controlsto z . .../', €VOn
arenotgoingto be used.
be unnecessary.
lt is alwaysworthdoing,as it canavoid
confusion.
Nowwe can get going - providedthat you are still at considerable
Nowyou reallyare finished,and can leavethe menu
the"ASSIGNCONTROLS"
menu.
withthe @ key.'
Firsttheelevator:
KeyZ; leafthrough
withthe El andEl keysuntilD ap- Incidentally:
In the example
abovewe deliberately
chosea complex
pears(right-hand
stick,forward/back).
Ohe line sequence
process;
you
for
the
assigning
willsoonfind
underthisthedisplay
already
showsELEV,so
justhowquicklythiscanallbedone.
out
thereis nothing
to bechanged
here)
And onemorething:
Nowtheailerons:
You might have the bright idea of assigning two
KeyZ; leafthroughagainusingE)and E untilG aptransmittercontrolsto the samefunction,e.g. "A pears(right-hand
stick,left/right).
Aileron"and "C = Aileron".In that casethe compuKeyN; leafthroughuntilAILERappears.
ter would not know which instruction it was supposedto act upon, For this reasonour programmer
Nowtherudder:
has instrubtedit to consider the "last one" as the
(left-hand
KeyZ; leafthroughuntilA appears
stick,
valid entry. In our exampleit would ignore the tirst
left/right).
entry"A = Aileron",andaccept"C = Aileron".
Key!; lealthroughuntilRUDDappears.
. lf youwantto, youcan skipa few pagesat this pointand do the folFinally
thespoilers:
rowrng:
(right-hand
KeyZ; leafthroughuntilF appears
slider).
1. Copythe resultsof yourwork intomemoryNo.02;see page41.
PS.:if you wish,you canasslgnthe stickfunc- 2. Switchmemories;to No.02. See page43.
tion B to the spoilersinsteadof the slider
3. Enterthe name"FLAMINGO";
seepage43.
KeySl; lealthroughuntilSPOILappears.
In the followingexampleswe assumethatyou havedoneall this.
quence,as thismakesthewholebusiness
of settingup
a newmodeleasierto understand.
"assigning
By
the servos" we meaninJorming
the Oursuggestion(adopted
fromthe" ROYAL
mc"):
whichtunctionsare to be carriedout bv
transmitter
ServoNo.1 Aileron
whichservo,i.e.youdetermine
theservofunctions.
ServoNo.2 Elevator
Tomakeit quiteclearwhichservowe mean,eachservo
ServoNo.3 Rudder
is designated
with the numberof the receiveroutput
ServoNo.4 Throttle
socketto whichit is connected:
ServoNo.5 Aileron2 (if separateaileronservos
B
areused)
functions
ServoNo.6 - I : auxiliary
1ls
ServoNo.1
(e.9.
In
with multiplecontrolsurspecial
cases
wings
z
ServoNo.2
you
faces)
will
need
to
thingsdifterently;but
arrange
3
ServoNo.3
Receiver
more
of
that
later.
ServoNo.4
Nowthe preambleis over,we cangetdownto business.
5
ServoNo.5
In the displays
whichfollowwe assumethatyou have
6
ServoNo.6
"02 FLAMINGO",
moved
memory
to
as described
7
ServoNo.7
aDove.
The servoconnectedto receiveroutDutNo. 1 is there- Startingfrom the Statusdisplay,press @ZNtr to
foreservoNo.1,thatconnected
to output2 is servoNo. reachthe"ASSIGNSERVOS"
menu.Youwillseethis:
2, andsoon.
At thispointyouhavea moreor lessunrestricted
choice
t155IriH 5EFiLrü
i 1
we
of whichnumbercontrolswhichfunction.However,
TrJ llILEFiut'lr
stronglyrecommendthat you adopta "standard"se-
Howto assignthe servos
zo
Pressthe N key.The "1" startsto flash.Moveon, or
"leafthrough",
the E or E keys.Thenumby pressing
bersriseto 9,thenstartagainfrom1.
andpress
stopat No.3 ("3" flashing),
As an example,
the Z key.
andtheservofunctionin the
The"3" willstopflashing,
AILERON
ELEV(aro0
RUDDER
THROTTLE
2.THBOI
SPOILER
FLAP
BETRAT.
TOWHOOK
MIXTURE
ROLL
PITCH
YAW(tailrot)
COLL.PITCH
GYRO
bottomlinewillllashinstead.Hereagainyoucan leaf
throughtheoptionswiththe E and El keysandassign
thecorrectfunctionto thatservo.
lf youleafthroughagainwiththe E key,thetransmitter
willofferyoua largenumberof furtherfunctionsin sequence.
Theseriesrunsasfollows:
AUX.1
SHIPRUDeT
MOrOR(electric) AUX. 2
2.MOT(electric) AUX3
AUX.4
FIXEOVALU
ELEV +
V . TAIL
V - T A I L+
FLAPERON
AIL.BR.
SNAPFLAP
QUADRO
DELTA
TAILROT.
HEIM - IVIIX
FLARE
HEAD- IVIIX
DYN.THR.
U S R. M I X 1
USB - MIX2
USB - MIX3
in one go. Let'stakea Butbackto themore"normal"functions.
That'squitea lot to assimilate
closerlook:
Don'tbe afraidof assigningonecontrolfunctionseveral
"first
knowsallaboutthat.Forexample,
thetransmitter
times;
conthe
familiar
standard
includes
The
division"
"electronically
with2
ailerons,
differential"
let's
discuss
as
and
helicopters,
lor
fixed-wing
aircraft
tunctions
trol
process.
Theyare aileronservos:as you needtwo servosfor this,you ascontrolassigning
in the transmitter
for modelboats signthemasfollows:
functions
followedby the specialised
models.As you have guessed,
and electric-powered
AILERON;
ServoNo.1controls:
whichdo notfit
AUX.1- AUX.4arefor specialfunctions
AILERON.
ServoNo.5 controls:
intotheusualpattern.
will receivethe aileron
both
servos
This ensuresthat
Nowto the secondgroup
in theSec'
differential
up
aileron
More
on
setting
signal.
Herewe meetwiththe "mixers",whichyou haveprob- tionentitled"Transmitter
controladjustment".
ablybeenlookingfor in vainIn thisbookso far.All the
mixerslisted here are storedin the transmitterin Let'simaginethat you havea modelwith 4 ailerons,
Jor
"ready-made"
torm,and just needto be invoked,or eachof whichyou wishto be adjustableseparately
4
then
need
aileron
Youwould
traveland differential.
calledup.
Youcouldassignallfourservosto the"Aileron"
servos.
section.Usingour exam- controllunction.
Moreon this in the
Thesameappliesto all the otherconple,we willjustexplainwhythe mixersareincludedin trolfunctions
(even
the" mixed"functions!).
the "Assigningservos" process.Let'slookat the exknowthetwocon- But takecare:
Asyouprobably
ampleof a'V-TAIU'.
one right,
trol surfacesareeachoperatedby one servo,andthus Alwaysassigncontrolsurtacesalternately:
"V-tail
servos".lt you now assignthe oneleft.
both servosare
like
this:
servos
ServoNo.2 controls:V-TAIL;
V-TAIL,
ServoNo.3 controls:
that it
understands
automatically
then the transmitter
and ruddersignalsto servos2
mustsendthe elevator
and3.Allyouneedto do afterthatis tellit howmuchof
eachsignalto send.
You have assigned servos2 and 3 as the "V'tail"
" mixedcontrolfunction".
Rightat theendof the list,as in theearlielassignment
useless
table,youwillsee" . .'. " again- an apparently
oplion.A servowhichdoes"nothing"couldreallybe
leftin theshopwindow- that'sonewayto savemoney.
you will see laterthat thereis a goodreason
However,
for it,andthatthe" . .', " optioncanbeveryuseful.
And onemoretip:
l{ you connecta servoto a receiveroutputto which
meanthat the
" . ". " is assigned,
an accurate correct: Alternatedoesnot necessarily
thentheservoreceives
sequential.
outputs
must
be
directly
servo
signal(andnothingelse).Youcan use
neutralposition
centre lf you do not keepto this rule,yourailerondifferential
this to setthe servoitselfto its exactmechanical
willworkincorrectly.
ooint.
27
Finallya practicalexamplein abbreviatedform.
N key;thenleafthroughwithEl keyuntil"2" flashes.
A model glider with elevatorand rudder,differential Z key;leafthroughuntil"ELEV"appears.
sooilersand aero{owrelease(the"FLAMIN- N key;move
ailerons.
GO" again).
Z key;lealthroughwiththe El keyuntil'RUDDER'
appears.
Firstyoumaketheconnections
end:
at thereceiver
key;
leafbackto "1" withthe El key.
N
Elevatoris operatedby servoNo.2
Rudderis operatedby servoNo.3
withthe E key
z key;moveto "AILERON"
Aileronsareoperatedby ServosNo.1 and5
S key;forwardsagainwith E to "5"
SpoilersareoperatedbyservoNo.4
againwiththe E key
Z key;"AILERON"
Aero-towreleaseis operatedbyservoNo.6
"4",
withthe El key
N key;onebackto
procedure,
Nowto theassigning
asdescribed
above:
flashes
Z key;@ keyuntil"SPOILER"
(Note:youwillfindthatsomeof the servosarealready N key;leafthroughwithE until"6" flashes.
assigned
to the correct{unctionwhenyou selectthat
"TOWHOOK"
flashes.
servo No. Don't be put off by this. Just for practice, Z key;E keyuntil
"round
All
done.
pressthe keys
the clock" one time,untilthe
functionappearsagain.Of course,you neveractually Leavethe menuwiththe E key;then El threemore
times,andyouarebackat the StatusDisplay.
needto dothis.)
';-;.
+ REVERSE"
Pressthe Z keyto select"TRAVEL
Afterthisvouwillsee:
In caseyouare nottamiliarwiththe rathersloppylanguagewe modellers
the
are proneto use,"adjusting
rSEF1
: .: t : t I L E F ; ü H
servos"doesn'tmean attackingthe servo itself. lt is
L+ l rjlrjr:irj+ tl I LEFjr
more a matterof adiustingand settingup the "servo
Thesignalsfor eachservoare
end" of the transmitter.
producedby the transmitter,and since they are not Firstyou haveto tell the transmitterwhich servoyou
the ef- wantto revetse.
modified
at all aftertheyhavebeentransmitted,
is
the
if
it
had
been Pressthe Z key.The servoNo. ("1") startsto flash.
tect of any adjustment
same as
Nowyoucanpressthe El and E keysto leafthroughto
madeat theservoitselt.
theoneyou
in detailtheba- the desiredservo.Onceyouhavedisplayed
In thefollowing
sectionwe willdescribe
press
percentage
(theset
key.
The
display
want,
the fl
whichcanbemadeto theservos.
sicadjustments
travel)
begins
to
tlash.
the directionof servorotation(servoreverse)
Reversing
is certainlythe most importantaspectof this. Please Pleasenote: the traveldisplayhasa symbolin frontof
on howit was
depending
notethis pointrightnow:the servosthemselves
are it - the prefix
last
set.
neverreversed thinkfor a momentof a simoleV-tail
mixer:elevatorcorrect,rudderincorrect.Now reverse Now comesa typicalexampleof how the El key is
the "servo":rudderis nowcorrect,but elevatoris incor- useo:
rect.Moral:onlyreverse
the mixerinputlMoreon this Pressthis key,and "+" turnsinto"-", or viceversa.
later.
That actionreversedthe servo.This was a simple,
You can also adjustthe neutralpositionof the servo standard
hasno mixed
case,whentheservoconcerned
"electronically"
at thetransmitter.
Wewillcoverthisareain detailin the
controlfunction.
Finallywe havethe possibilityof adjustingservotravel "Mixers"Section.
- separately
for eachsideof neutral.
Youleavethemenuwiththe m key;andbypressing
El
the twicemoreyoureturnto yourstartingpoint,afteryetanWhilereversingservosis almosta dailynecessity,
two otherJacilitiesare morefor specialcases,and for othersuccessful
intothelandof thekeypad.
expedition
modeller
whowantsto tunehissvstem
theexoerienced
"feature"
Fatalerror;or a special
to a niln levelof refinement.
"simsection,
Reallythisbelongsto the "Traveladjustment"
onlywiththese
In thisSectionwe areconcerned
you
where
will
look
tor
it.
but
this
is
ple" adjustments.
Thereis a morecomplex
side,which
anerror?
in the Mixer Howcomethisfeatureis normally
withmixers.
Thisis explained
is concerned
Youapplyright- the servorunsto the right- so far,so
section(page45).
with "02 FLAMIN- good.Youapplyleft- theservorunsto therightagain.
We will discussthis in conjunction
What'shappened?
GO".
Now,whatyou havedoneis this:youturnedpast"0"
Howto reverse
whensettingthe servotravel.Turningit backpastzero
again reversesthe movementand removesthe probrotation
of
servo
the direction
tem.
Startingfromthe Statusdisplay,press@Z to reachthe lf yourservonowneedsto be reversed,
pressEl once.
" Servoadjustment"menu.
pilot.
for
Thisunusual
leatureis important thehelicopter
Youwillseethis:
mixingtail rotorandthrottle.
In thiscase
Forexample:
that is exactlywhat is required- regardlessof the dir T E : r , r + E :LEItHr .I T t
rectionot the changein tail rotor,thethrottlecompensapropor
tion mustalwaysoccurin the samedirection,
-;t,J
I TI-HT
LL:EHTF:E
tionalto thetailrotordeflection.
zö
travel,or utilisethetraveladjustactlyequalmechanical
mentfacility.
A Dointto notehereis that eachservomusthave"its
Iimits,youcanadjustthe neutralpo- own" receiveroutput;otherwiseit is not possibleto ad'
Withinreasonable
(usethe faoutput. just the travelof eachservoindependently
to eachreceiver
the
servos
connected
sitionof
funccontrol
to
one
multiple
servos
assigning
cility
of
What'sthe point of that?
page
26).
tion:
can be useful:for examthe neutralposition
Adjusting
ple, if you wantto use a servoof a ditferentmakewith A similarcase mightbe aileronswith superimposed
flapfunction.
your newsystem.Differentmanufaclurers
use difJerent camber-changing
andyoumayfindthattheoutputarmof a ro- A few morewordsherebeforewe getdownto business:
standards,
taryoutputservowill notbe at the correctangle.
Herewe assumethatthe servohasone "simple"conor aileronwithoutmixing,or
e.g.elevator
Anothercasemightbe thatyou find a servo'sneutral trolfunction;
positionnon-central
for any reason,and there is no undercarriage
In "mixedcontrolfunctions"
actuation.
is used;but then it getsa little
ontheservoitself.
meansof adjustment
the sameprocedure
in somecasesonlycertain"inbecause
more
complex,
pushrods
Never use this facility to make up for
puts" of the overalltravelare to be adjustedor shifted,
which haveturnedout too long or too short!
Moreon this
while
othersareto be leftunchanged.
Generallyspeakingyou oughtto use this facilityas in thethe
"Mixers"section.
lt is easyto forgetwhetheryou
as possible.
sparingly
or not,andthiscanleadto But nowto actuallyadiustingthe travel.
haveresetneutralpositions
sincethereareso manyotherad- Fromthe StatusDisplayyou reachthe "Servoadjustespecially
confusion,
justmentfacilities
whichhavea vaguelysimilar- but ment"menubypressing
El andZ. Youwillseethis:
notouiteidentical-effect.
rTFLr+F;Er,r,
This is howyou do it:
L I i'1IT1
press
keys
to
the
EZ
Startingfromthe StatusDisplay,
StrlITr::Hr
rL:EtlTF:E
getto the "Servoadiustment"menu.Youwillseethis
display:
withthe Z key.
Select"TRAVEL+ REVERSE"
The first step is to select the servo you wish to adrTFjil+E
Er,r. L I r'lITr
iust.
Pressthe Z key.The servoNo.("1" in our example)
I
TuHr
rt-:Et{TE:E5til
startsto flash.LeaJthroughthe servoswiththe El and
Selectthe "CENTRE"menupointwiththe ! key.Now Q keysuntilthecorrectnumberappears.
you are at the rightplace,and will see a displaylike SelectservoNo.3; in theexample
youwillseethis:
this:
Howto adjust
the servo'sneutralposition
r:;EFj.1: HI LEF:r:rl.{
|_:EHTFIE: +. Ell:r
r::EF:.f,: E:l_l[rlrEF
r+ l Ut:tl.:H+ F:l-l[i[!El
AftertheservoNo.youwillseethecontrolfunction- a
Firstyou haveto selectthe correctservo.
thatyouhavetherightservo.
double-check
"l")
(in
No.
our
example
the
servo
Pressthe Z key;
forus:
Butnowto thebottomline- thishassomething
startsflashing.Pressthe E or E keyto reachtheservo
pressthe Z key.
No.you want.Onceit is displayed,
Thevalueat therightof thebottomlinestartsto flash.
Youcan nowadjustthe offsetwith the E or E keyto
lnput
Direction
control
and -110/oin stepsof 0.1ol0, Sizeof tnvel
any pointbetween+110/o
in 10l0
steps.
to 1100/o
andthenfrom110/o
you will see A- nextto the valuefor
In our example
That'sall thereis to it. Pressthe E] keyto leavethe Ser- travel.MovestickA to the left:the rightarrowturnsinto
Menu,andthentwicemoreto returnto a leftarrow.Thisdisplayalsotakesaccountof the curvo adjustment
the StatusDisplay.
of thetrimslider,so it maybe thatin your
rentposition
you
seea leftarrowfirst,whichturnsintoa right
case
Howto adjustservotravel
arrowwhenyoumovethestickto theright.
control
it now:thisis thetransmitter
The transmitteroffersthe facilityof adiustingthe travel Youwillunderstand
whichacts uponthe servoyou haveselected.The arfor bothsidesof neutral.
of eachservo:separately
in whichthecontrolis moved.
thisis rowshowsthedirection
wayof explaining
Whatuseis that?Thesimplest
Now pressthe ! key.The "left-handbottomcorner"
to providea fewpracticalexamples.
modelaircraftareop- startsflashing.
Thelandingflapsof a large-span
as described
end-point;
eratedby two servos:one for eachflap.Manufacturing Holdthe stickat its left-hand
pressthe E
you
you
lf
now
a
left
arrow.
tolerancesin conventionalservoshave combinedto above, will see
it to "800/0".
value
will
change.
Set
travel
or
key,
the
produce
The
result
of
E
in outputtravel.
a slightdifference
"down"
(rightanow)
end-point
un' Movethe stickto the right-hand
on theflapsproduces
thisis thatmaximum
"900/0"in the sameway.That'sit
to
the
travel
and
set
You
to
turn.
the
model
tends
flap
movement,
and
eoual
havetwooptions:seekouttwomatchedservos,withex- for now.
29
to feelat homewiththesystem?
Areyoubeginning
which
correspondsto moving the
The servo travel
is
and then adiusted by
the
left
selected
to
stick
"stick |eft".
The servo travel which correspondsto moving the
stick to the right is selectedand then adiustedby
"stickright".
lf younowmovethe stickto rightandthenleftyouwill
see that the travelvalue alternatesbetween80 and
900/o.
Caution- a trap for the unwary!Pleasedon'tsetthe
Theresultwould
travelto zeroon bothsidesol neutral.
bethattheservodoesnotmoveat all.lf youdothisfor
somereason,but then forgetthat you havedoneit,
channel,
you will havean apparently
nonJunctioning
closeto theedgeof
whichwilldriveyouuncomfortably
insanity. . .
Theothersideof thiscoin:if youget "nothingat all" at
one receiveroutput,checkfirst whetheryou haveset
theservotravelto zeroby mistake!
Servotravelcan alsobe set to morethan usual:a selwe do not recommend
is possible.
ting of up to 1100/0
as,withcertaintypesof
usingthislacilityexcessively,
youruntherisk
servo(linearoutputservosin particular)
You might
of jammingthe mechanicsmechanically.
alsoliketo bearin mindthatan outputtravelof more
than45 degreesusuallyprovidesverylittleextramovelinkmechanical
of standard
ment,dueto thegeometry
ages.
Theprefixin frontof thetravelvalueshownis normally
irrelevantwhen adjustingservotravel(thereis an exception:seebelow);it showswhetherthe servo'swhole
seealsopage28: "Servoreversing".
travelis reversed;
the E)
menuby pressing
Leavethe Servoadjustment
key.
Nowa few morepoints:
It makesno ditferencehow far you movethe sticks
the only important
when makingtheseadjustments;
in
which
the
arrow
taces.lf it is not
is
ooint thedirection
iikelyto confuseyou,youcan movethe correspondingHow to limit servo travel
andleavethestickat centre.
trimsliderinstead,
mixedfunctions
it canoccurthatthesumof mixer
functions.For With
The same appliesto all servos/control
maximum
travelof the controlsur'
the
inputsexceeds
stickmove- face(mechanical
whichcorrespond
to forward/back
functions
with
limits),e.g.mixedailerons/flaps
ments,the rightand leftarrowsare replacedby up and flapsat the launchposition.Herethe variableservo
downarrows.
travellimit"LlMlT"canhelp.
travel
valuesreferto thenormalnominal
All percentage
youarestillat the "AdjustSERVO"menu,pressthe
this is usually45 degrees(aF lf
of the servoconcerned;
"LlMlT"keyandyouwillseethefollowing:
thoughthereareexceptions).
There is no reasonwhy you shouldnot set extreme
r::EF i1. : HI LEFIÜI'I
Forinstance,in the exampleabove
traveladjustments.
in
that
you couldset the left travelof the stickto zero;
L I I i I T : + 1ül:tilr
casethe servowouldnot moveat all whenyou move
possible
the stickin thatdirection.Youcan evensetthe travelto Nowyoucansetthe maximum
travelfor each
value,by simplypressing servoseparately,
lessthanzero,i.e.a negative
for eachdirection.
the n key.The servowill now moveto the rightwhen Returnto theStatusdisplay
with@@El.
youmovethe stickto the left,as wellas whenyou move
whenyouerasea modelmemory.
thatsideof neu- Fulltravelis resumed
it to theright(asyouhavenotchanged
is
transferredbetweentwo transwhen
data
tral).Quitewhyyou mightwantto do thatis beyondus Caution:
values
arenottransferred.
the
LIMIT
mitters
iustat themoment!
Howto maketravelinputs switchable
At bottomrightyouwillseethatthe aileroninputis alIn the "swlTcH" menu,whichyou reachwiththe key wavs switchedon, while the FLAP input can be
all switched
tromthe basicdisplay),
sequence@ZZ (starting
in andoutusingthe53 switch.
travelinoutsfor the servoscan be switchedON/OFFor In practicethesystemworksasfollows:
renderedswitchable.By "switchable"we meanthat a 1. Moveto the"SWITCH"
menu.
physicalswitchis assignedto thattravelinput.
2. Z: Selectservo.
Let'slookat an example:switchto memory07 SALTO, 3. fl: Selectinput
El: SwitchON/OFFwiththe El key.
then moveto the "SWITCH"menu(E)ZZ). The disRepeatuntilyouhavecoveredall the inputs.
playwilllooksomething
likethis:
untilallservos
4. Returnto ooint2. andcontinue
covered.
have
been
rSEFI.1: F LHF E F I I H
Anothertraptor the unwary:
lf servoswhich are controlledby mixedfunctionsapr
Ul'l
l
LEE::
rtl
pear not to respondto the transmittercontrolsin the
lf this is notthe case,pressZ and selectservo1 with way you intended,
then you may find that the inputs
in the "SWITCH"
the EIE keys.
OFFcompletely
havebeenswitched
is that the inputshave
Now press51, and AlLeronwill llash.You can now menu.The secondpossibility
physical
which is in the
switch
switchbetweenthe two inputsAlleron and FLAPtor been assignedto a
position.
wrong
servo1 by pressingthe El key.
30
worksthewrongwayround,
movement
of yourailerons
pleaseseepage33.
of rotation:
thedirection
is reversing
A turtherexample
When we reversethe directionof movementat the
dithe rotational
control,thenthis reverses
settingup the transmitter
In the previoussectionwe discussed
alltheinputs
"servoend" of the system;nowit is timeto concern rectionof alltheservos(or,moreprecisely,
by thistransmitter
whichareoperated
with adjustingthe "signalsource",namely fromthiscontrol)
ourselves
reversing
the servoitas
This
is
not
the
same
control.
controls.
thetransmitter
self.
An importantdifterence
Youcan probablyseethe principlealready:
between"transmitter
The systematicditferentiation
"flowof signals",
startingat the transmitter
of We havea
characteristic
end" and "servoend" is an important
"source").
(the
The variousinfluences
signal
behindthe PROFImc 3010.Forthisrea- controls
thephilosophy
- mixingarrangements,
signal
follow
signal
then
on
the
oncemore
sonwe wouldliketo explainthisdifference
which
control
surfaces
The
servos
and
the
etc.
splitting
in brief, beforewegetdownto business.
arethefinallinkin thechain.
theyoperate
arethe bestmethodof explanaOnceagain,examples
üon.
it
of the elevator,
ll vouwantto reducethe effectiveness
whetheryou reduce
mäyseemto makeno difference
reduce
stickor electronically
the travelof the elevator
-Disfribution,
travel.
theservo's
mixinq
is
of
the
simplest
if
the
application
Butthisis onlytrue
"mixed"or
possible
type,i.e.no signalsare"derived",
that
lf we assumein ourexample
influenced.
otherwise
therearetwo elevatorservos(e.9.onefor eachelevator
panel),then,it we insiston workingat the "servoend",
the travelof both servoswould haveto be reduced
separately.
lf we altersomething
at the source- the transmitter
whichis
Thingsget a littlemoredifficultil we supposethatel- controls thenthatchangeaffectseverything
bythatcontrol.
is alsointended
to involvethe cam- influenced
evatormovement
flaps.ln this casewe wouldneedto re- Eachtransmitter
ber-changrng
conto a particular
controlis assigned
input"to theflapsalso;other- trolfunction
ducethe "mixedelevator
(elevator,
aileron,. . .).li a changeis made
wouldalter.How- to thetransmitter
wisethe ratioof the mixedfunctions
thatchangeaffectstheentire
control,
end, controlfunction- andthisis exactly
at the transmitter
ever,if we reducethe movement
whatis usuallyrethingsaremucheasier:allwe haveto do is reducethe ourred.
byor dethatls affected
sticksignal;everything
elevator
aileronconit youwantexponential
moreexample:
reducedat the One
rivedfromthat signalis automatically
(foursepalate
trolon a modelfittedwith"quadro-flaps"
sametime.
thenthe entire"aileron"funcwingcontrolsurfaces),
moveaileron
A secondexamplewouldbe differential
i.e.allfourservosat once.
tionneedsto bealtered,
mentswheretwo separateaileronservosare used.As lf, on theotherhand,we try to setthatup by adjusting
servotravelon oneof the servos,the changewill onlyaffectthatone
is nothingmorethanunequal
differential
to adjust
sidesot neutral,it wouldbe possible
different
Butit is easierif we servo.
individually.
theservosthemselves
produce
thetwoaileroncontrolsignalsat thestickby a Torecap:
"differential
circuit",as we can thenset the degreeof Adiustmentsat the transmittercontrol affectthe en'
tire controlfunction.
withonesingleadjustment.
differential
Correctassignmentis important!lf the differentialAdiustmentsat the servoend affectthat servoonly.
Adlusting
tfie lransmittter contrcls
I
&
m
&
ffi
Thetransmittercontroloptions
justset
option,
controladjust- youwant.lf youdo notneeda particular
Nowit'stimeto discussthe transmltter
"transmitter
(or
the
type of
1000/0,
depending
on
its
value
to
00/o
term
Thecomplex-sounding
mentfacilities.
function).
of
the
description
is
simply
an
overall
controloptions"
forthetransmit- Notall ootionsareavailable
whichareprovided
lacilities
adjustment
tor all transmitter
controls;
familiar
withthemalready thatwouldnotmakesense(whowouldwanta retractable
Youareprobably
tercontrols.
from otherradiosets.Forexample:DualRates,Expo- undercarriage
Theavailability
travel?).
withexponential
nentialandso on.
practical
requirements:
is
on
the
options
based
of
"readymade"in yourtransTheseoptionsaresupplied
ControlAd- DualRatesandExDonential:
mitter,and are ofleredvia the "Transmitter
Ailerons,
elevator
andrudder.
"assigning"
justment"menu.No
ln order
is necessary.
"leat
on bothsidesof neutral:
separately
through" Travel,adjustable
an option,yousimplyneedto
to activate
ailerons
andthrottle.
Allfunctions
exceDt
pointin the menu,thensetthevalue
to theappropriate
31
adjustment:
Travel,
symmetrical
Howto set
Ailerons
only.
transmittercontroloptions
Centreadjustment:
the characterisAs we are nowtalkingaboutadjusting
flapandspoiler.
exceptthrottle,
Alltunctions
moveto the "Transmitter
controls,
tics of transmitter
ldletrim:
ControlAdiustment"menu.
Throttle
andspoileronly.
Fromthe Statusdisplayyou reachthe menuwiththe
Differential:
sequenceEINN. lf we returnto the firstexample
Aileronsonly,providedthat at least2 servosare key
- 01BIGLIFT- youwillseethisdisplay:
to thisfunction.
assigned
Fixedvalue:
rt:t:HILEF: fl:rip't_tr
Not for ailerons,elevatotIudderor throttle;all
otherfunctions.
E1::J
EFFEL:T:
Youcanalsousetwoor moreof theseoptionstogether;
controlletter(in our
Z key.The transmitter
exponential
and DualRateson aileron(il Pressthe
for example,
"A')
plusdifferentialexample startsto flash.
youthinkthiswillbeto youradvantage),
also.Allyouneedto do to apply Nowyoucan"leafthrough"theoptionswiththe El and
andcentreadjustment
willappearone
controls
transmitter
thevaluein thedisplay.
E) keys.Thevarious
theseoptionsis increase
the
displayshows
same
time
the
other;
at
the
after
thereareturtherpossibilities;
In thecaseof helicopters
they
operate.
which
function
page
53.
thesein detailon
wewilldiscuss
" Elevator"(leaveit flashing)
and
Select,for example,
But now,finally,to business.
pressthe N key.
Theoption"Expo"flashesin line3.
Youcan nowleafthroughagain,usingthe E and El
willofferyouall the available
keys,andthe transmitter
ootionsin turn.
option
The"DualRate"
it is importantthat you establishyour own
PressZ then E E E to switchto ControlD (ELEvator), However,
"
personal
otherwise
sooneror lateryouwilllind
(Dual
layout",
by
Rates)with N followed OEl.
thento D-RATE
yourself
totally
contused.
willlooklikethis:
Thedisplay
layout:
Oursuggested
aileron: 51
Dual
Rates,
r[:': ELEtJt:t
[r-Fjt-tTEr
DualRates,elevator:52
r5I+' TFll.J: F-,lli:r
DualRates,rudder: S3
Pressthe tr key.Thevalueat bottomrightflashes.You The asterisk(star)
of whatthe symbolsafterthe
is fulltravel, And nowan explanation
canalterit usingthe El and El keys.1000/0
refinement:
at switchmean:thisrsa realconnoisseur's
whenthe switchis operated;
i.e.no throwreduction
you
S2, and that
have
selected
that
us suppose
it willbe reducedto halfwhenthe switchis oper' Let
50o/o
"52"
The
smallarrow
key.
Press
the
is
flashing.
tr
still
ated.Youhavesetup " DualRates"for theelevator.
atter "52" is reversed.You have now reversedthe
Butwaita moment- there'ssomethingelse!
swttch.And the pointot that?Well,manypilotswant
DualRates"active"whenthe switchtogglefacesaway
Press
the
more
symbols.
left
corner
are
In the bottom
Youcansewayaround.
will beginto flash. fromthem;otherstheopposite
Sl key:andthisareaof the display
"OFF"
"ON"
it
lect
vourself.
there.
is
shown
or
key
until
the
Press E
This muchwill probablybe clear:this showswhether
the ootionis switchedon or off.Youcanswitchbetween
the E key.
ONandOFFby pressing
Switchto ON,thenpressthe @ key.Youwillseethis:
50 o/o
r51+.+ TF:t"t. Et:tl'lr
DualRatesis one
Thispartis alsoeasyto understand:
optionwhichrequiresa switch,namelyto switchbetweenfull and reducedtravel;and you havejust sell you don'tlike
lectedthe switch51 for this purpose.
press
32 will be seagain
and
El
this arrangement,
lected.You can continueup to 55 - even the
switchcanbe used(ityouinsist).
Teacher/Pupil
Youarefreeto choosewhichswitchit "oughtto be".
.tz
Fig.3
round! Thisentire"switchcorner"onlyappearson thescreen
themselves
Caution- don'tturn the switches
They mustbe installedas dictatedby the Transmitter whenyou are dealingwithan optionwhichrequiresa
switch;for fixed-wingmodelsthese are
ControlTeston page66; otherwisethe wholearrange- mechanical
"Dual
Flates"
and"FixedValue".
mentwillbe uoset.
in one Dual Ratesreducesservotravelequallyin both direcThe asterisk(star)whichappearsafterthe arrow
switch.
bya mechanical
showsthatthe switchis "ON" in tions,andiscontrolled
of the two oositions
thisDosition.
travel)
The "Expo" option (exponential
dispropor
curveis onewhichincreases
An exponential
tionatelythe furtherit movesawayfromzero.lts effect
on a controlfunctionis that the servomakessmall
aroundcentre,but the turtherthe stickis
movements
At the stick's
moved,the moreservotravelincreases.
itsownnormalend-point.
theservoreaches
end-point,
In practice
the resultis thatthe pilothasveryfinecontrolof the modelin normalflight,butstillhasavailable
whichare occathe largecontrolsurfacemovements
required.
sionally
andsettingup thisoptionarecarriedoutexSelecting
actlyas describedfor DualRatesabove,so we do not
in detail.
needto repeattheinformation
is notswitchable;
so thereis no mechaniExoonential
meansnormal,lincal switchto select.00/oexoonential
possiis themaximum
1000/0
earcontrolcharacteristics.
fromnormal.
deviation
bleexDonential
Fig.21
The "asymmetrical
traveladjustment"option
This facilityallowsyou to adiustmaximumservotravel
of thestick.
foreachof thetwodirections
separately
r [ ! F i U [ i [ i ET F j H t J E L I
: + 1rllr:.:r
fi,-:r,rl'll,lETFi
processitself:
Theadjustment
Pressthe Z key;the set valueon the right startsto
the
end-point;
flash.Movestick C to its right-hand
small arrow betore the displayed value will tace
right. lf you adjustthe travelwith the El and El keys,
thissettingappliesto travelto the right of centre.Move
the small arrow will
the stickto the left end-point;
point to the left. Youcan now set travel to the left
(againusingthe El and E keys).looo/o= maximum
possibletravel;00/o= zerotravel.
Onefurtherpointto note:
Thatwassimpleenough.
processjust describedit makesno
In the adjustment
Fig.22
the stick is at full rightor full left
whether
difference
wouldbe in a modelwhosecontrol
A typicalapplication
pointis that the smallarrow
The
crucial
movementperhapsfor
is not equalin bothdirections,
resDonse
points
in
the
correct
direction.
reasons.
aerodynamic
withtheexception All you needto do is movethe stickslightlyto the defor all controlfunctions
It is available
"ailerons".
"throttle"
The
first
stepis to select siredside;evenmovingthe üim slideris enough.Just
and
of
whetheryouareadControlC withthe sequenceZ and ElE, thenASYM. watchthe smallarrow;it indicates
justing
or left-hand
travel.In the caseof
the right-hand
TRAVELwiththe keysequenceS, followedby ElE. 'torclall'
"Transmitter
movements
or switchessmall up and down
ControlOpThisoptionis locatedin the
"leafing
arrowsappear.
through":
tions" menu,andis foundby
The "symmetricaltraveladjustment"
option
forailerons.
A traveladjustThisoptionis onlyavailable
wouldmakeno
mentfacilityfor bothsidesseparately
aileronservosthe efsensehere;withtwo differential
hadbeenapfectwouldbe the sameas if difterential
olied.
lf you havealreadytriedout someot the optionsdescribedabove,youwill haveno troublesettingup this
function;
it is carriedoutin exactly
thesameway.
= maximum
Hereagain:1000/o
travel;00/o= notravel
Fig.23
The"CentreTrim"option
for mostcontrolfunctions.
lt is usedto
Thisis available
of thetransmitter
control"elecshiftthecentreposition
it hasroughly
thesameeffectas movingthe
tronically";
trimsliders.
travelswhichyouhavesetarenotinfluThe maximum
(i.e.it worksin the
encedby the centreadjustment
samewayas the "centretrim"systemusedby thetrim
sliders).
Fig.24
i.e.as far as the
The adjustmentrangeis up to 1000/0,
transmitter
control.
of thecorresponding
end-point
procedureis simple:
Theadiustment
Options"menu.Let'slookat
Moveto the "Transmitter
transmittercontrolD = Elevatoras an example.First
pressthe Z key and then leaf throughuntil "Ctrl
Pressthe S keyand leafthrough
D:ELEV"appears.
withthe El keyuntil"Centre"appearsin line3 (flashing).Youwillthenseethis:
r[r : ELEl.Jtlt_:E[.lTFlEr
TEIf'l: +11:r
34
at bottomrightwill
PresstheZ key;thevaluedisplayed
you
flash.You can carryout the centreadjustment
want,usingthe E and E keys.Onceyou havecompletedthe adjustment,
returnto the Statusdisplaywith
the E key.
Hereare two more examplesot typical applications
tor this option.
Example1:
Youhaveseenthat it is possibleto offsetthe centreby
i.e.to oneend-point.
It youselectsuchan
up to 1000/0,
for onestickaxisthe
extreme
setting- in thisexample
associated
servodoesnot moveat all whenthe stickis
movedto oneside.Whenit is movedto the otherside
theservocarriesoutitstullmovement.
Thisfacilitycouldbe usedfor a gliderwith airbrakes:
the brakesare extendedwhen the throttlestick is
Overthe entire
movedbackfromthe centreposition.
'lorward' hal{of the sticktravelthe servodoesnot reYounowhave
spondat all, and staysat full movement.
fullservotravelcontrolled
by halfthestickmovement.
themostcommonapplication!
Example
2: perhaps
Witha well-built
andcarefully
trimmedmodelthe posiin flight,or
tionof thetrimslidersis notusually
changed
lf you adoptthe positionof the trim
onlyveryslightly.
youwill notneedto
slidersas yourcentreadjustment,
the basicsetalterthetrimswhenyouchangemodels;
ting of the trim slidersis thenalwaysthe centreposition.
controlcentretrim
Caution:do notusethetransmitter
facilityto "centreup servos".Thereis a separatefacility
providedfor this(seepage29).
The"ldleTrim"option
oJthis optionis thatyou can
advantage
The practical
withoutaftec!
carburettor
idle
setting
of
the
adjust
the
for the "THROTTLE"
con- ingitslull-throttle
Thisoptionis onlyavailable
position.
lts effectis thatthethrottrolfunction(orTHROTTLE-2).
this optionis the sameas for
and adjusting
whenthestickis at Selecting
tle sticktrimslideris onlyeffective
described.
the
other
options
already
towards
ltseffectis steadilyreduced
its "idle"position.
range:
of the stick.In thewholeof the full- Adiustment
the centreposition
at the "full
0 0/oin thedisplay:the"throttle"trimsliderhasno
throttle"half" of the stickarc (especially
effect.
thetrimsliderhasnoeffect.
end-point)
throttle"
100% in thedisplay:the"throttle"trimslideradjusts
withinthe
theidleposition
wholeof onehaltof thestick
arc.
a valueof 20 to
In practice(specialcasesexcepted)
is a sensible
sefting.
300/0
Onefurther note:
Stick
Normally
the idlepositionof the throttlestickis "stick
back".lf youwantit theotherwayround(e.9.fora helipressthe y keyonceat the adjustment
stage.
copter),
ldle trim
idleis then"forThisreverses
the entirestickfunction;
in the displayby a minussign
ward".Thisis indicated
(-) in lrontof thesetvalue,instead
of a plussign(+). lf
the servothen rotatesin the wrongdirection,reverseit
on page28.
Fis.25 asdescribed
The "Differential"option
if a transmitter
controlhas It is vital that the servosare assignedcorrectly,othThisoptionis onlyavailable
beenassignedto the controlfunction"AILERON"at erwisethe differentialmovementswill not be correct
the "Assigning"stage,and if at leasttwo servoshave (seepage26).
to "aileron".
In allothercasesdifferential Pressthe Z key;the valueat bottomrightwill flash.
beenassigned
makesno sense,or can be replacedby the option Youcan nowset the degreeof difterential
you require
"Asymmetrical
traveladjustment".
usingtheE) andE keys.
Thefiguresmean:
upanddown
samemovement
0 0/o- noditferential;
t*=
lor bothservos.
is onlyhalfas large
5Oo/o- the"down"movement
asthe" uD"movement.
movesuo,
ditferential:
eachaileron
1ooo/o- maximum
all.
but
does
not
move
down
at
0,6
50
1(
\\
\'.\^
elsewhensetYoudon'tneedto worryaboutanything
\so&
control
signalsare
The
differentiated
tingupditferential.
\'.{;
sentto thetwoservosautomatically.
'(
you can "reWhensettingthe degreeot difterential
verse"the differentialwith the El key.
Difter.ntial
Youwill find that it is possibleto set up differential
by usregardless
of yourinstallation,
correctly,
Fig.26 ailerons
with
reversing
one
or
both
in
conjunction
ing
this
option
Toexplainhowthis works,we will takeanotherexample.
givegeneralguide(see
page
28).
We
cannot
servos
The transmittercontrols and servos have been asvariations
lines,however,
asthereareso manypossible
signedas follows:
in modeldesignandradioinstallation.
Transmitter control A = AILERON; servo 1=
Onemoretip(whichalsoappliesto otheradjustments):
ATLERON;
servo 5 = AILERON
It is sometimes
easierand quickerto find exactlythe
Startingfromthe StatusDisplay,moveto the "Transmi! rightsettings
out" in flight"adjustments.
bycarrying
ter ControlAdjustment"menu. Pressthe N key and
whichis availleafthroughwith El untilyou see "DlFFER."in the dis- Thisis veryeasyusingthe Digi-Adjustor,
as
an
accessory:
able
play,f lashing:
menu
Beforestartinga flight,moveto the appropriate
"Adjust
Value"
as
dealready
described,
and
select
as
r H : I I L E F :[ ' I F F E F ' I
scribedabove;butthistimedon'tleavethemenu!
! +Ir:rlir
HItit'l1'lETF:
35
"in parallel"withthe El
is connected
The Digi-Adjustor
andEl keys,and hasexactlythesameeffect,namelyol
Allyouneedto do in
thedegreeof differential.
adjusting
whilethemodelis
thiscaseisto rotatetheDigi-Adjustor
flying(don'tlookdownat it!)untilyouaresatisfied.
the
Landthe model,thenleavethe menuby pressing
gets
there's
(everything
automatically
stored
E] key
nothingmoreto bedone).
Caution!
Although it is theoretically possible, you should
neveraitemptto makechangesvia the keypadwhile
the modelis flying. Youwouldhaveto takeyour eyes
off the modelto find the right key;and if you madea
mistake,the resultscould be catastrophic!
The"FixedValue"optionwhat'sthat?
"DualRates","Exponential"
thisis to be theswitch55. Pressthe Sl
andso on aretermsJamil- ln ourexamole
cornerwillflash.
in thebottomleft-hand
key;
the
display
He maynot be on such
modeller.
iar to the advanced
"OFF".Pressthe tr key;"OFF"
"Fixed
probably
show
It
will
Value",however.
closetermswith
"ON".
it is to describean turnsto
The simplestmethodof explaining
(afterit
LeafthroughwiththeE keyuntil"55" appears
examore:
possibly
Operate
an
asterisk).
you
and
willseean arrow
flapswhichare the switch
lmaginea modelwithcamber-changing
the asterisk
55; at one of the two positions
controlF. mustappear.
slider= transmitter
operatedby the right-hand
is
set
to "ON".
the
switch
This
means
that
Travelhas beenreduced(usingthe "Travel"option)so
is in the range-5 to +75 de- Adiustingthe FixedValue:
thatfull flap movement
(thisis notnecessary Pressthe Z key;the valueshownin the bottomrightgreesat thetwosliderend-points
"Fixed
Value",but it doesshowup the useful- handcornerstartsto flash.
to use
Youcan nowadjustthe'FixedValue"withthe El and
nessof theoption).
the
El keys.00/omeansone servo end-point;1000/o
position
(+15
Jlap
model
there
is
a
specitic
NoWon this
you
value
to
if
set
the
For
example,
flightsitu- otherend-point.
whichis onlyneededfora particular
degrees)
position
centre
and
half-way
between
this
means
a
750lo
Wouldn'tit be niceif we could
ation(say,launching).
witha switch,then oneend-ooint.
movetheflapsto thisfixedposition
the
Nowyou can carryout a practicaltest to see how
returnto normaloperationagainafterwards?
"Off",
"FixedValue"function
55
is
when
switch
works:
In orderto achievethis it wouldbe necessaryfor lhe the servocanbe controlled
in the normalwaywiththe
"normal"
flap controlsignal,so
switchto overridethe
"On" the servorunsto the position
When
set
to
slider.
thattheflapstakeup a pre-set,fixedvalue.
youhavejustset.
This is what"FixedValue"is all about.
lf vou now want the switchto work the "other way
"Fixed Value" movesthe control function to a pre- roünd",
pressthe S keyagain;"S5" willflash.Press
set fixed value when the associatedswitch is oper' the E key,and the arrowafter "S5" will be reversed'
is
of switchactuation
ated.and overridesthe transmittercontrolitself.
andyouwillfindthatthedirection
reversed.
also
Therearethereforetlvothingsto setup:
First,of course,the FixedValueitself(in o/oof full lmportantnotefor F3Bflyers:
you mayhavenoWhen"leafingthrough"the options
travel).
"FixedValue-2".
You
further
option
"activate"
is
a
that
there
ticed
the Fixed
Second,the switchwhich is to
"FixedValues"(FixedValueand
two
fact,
set
up
in
can,
Valuehasto be selected.
whichyoucanselectat will.
FixedValue-2)
Adiustmentis carriedout in a similarway to that de- Forexample,you couldset up two pre-setpositionsfor
scribedabovefor "DualRates''.
flaps on a glider: "Tow" and
camber-changing
"
example:
Hereisanother
SDeed".
as In orderto exploitthisoption,youwill needto usethe
the controls
Wewillassumethatyou haveassigned
follows:
switch"S1".lf youusetheswitchI for
special3-position
you mustnot assignit as a transmitter
this purpose,
controlF = AUX.I;gsrvog = AUX.1.
Transmitter
usage;i.e'Icontrols= ""
Jor
normal
control
theservo
slidercontrols
Thismeansthatthe right-hand
(nothing)'
on
thison page69'
More
output6
to receiver
connected
this is a good
clearly'.
menu. lf-yourbrainis slilllunctioning
controlAdjustment"
Moveto the "Transmitter
of
this
transmitter:
present
a furtherreJinement
timeto
ControlF, d;:i.^"'"""'
SelectTransmitter
"Flx-1"
press
appearsäffi'H:1'iT"Ut["i,n:t".ofi':llj]tt"flötilJSffil
rhen
rheN key;
s "g;, un,ir
Youwill nowseethisdisplay:
r F : t : t l _ l1i r i . F I I : - 1 r
Stlli:,r
rrJFF
Selectingthe FixedValueswitch:
36
äiä noimattoggie switch.'Th'eoptionat
toni,-insteäO
"stick press-button"is one example,or the momen'
tary switchwhich is recommendedfor operatingthe
stopwatch.
In the lollowingwe assumethatyou haveconnecteda
momentaryswitchof this type to "S4".
Pressthe N keyagain.Go past"S5" withthe E key;
for
afterthe displays"LS", "H" (controlH is reserved
the Profimc 3030)and "1",the symbol51 appears
again,but this timefollowedby the symbolinsteadof
that a momentary
switchis
the arrow.This indicates
now"expected".
lf youwishto tryoutthisoptionyouwill,of course,have
switch.
to installa momentary
Pressthemomentary
switch.ServoNo.6 willrunto the
pre-setFixedValue.Nexttimeyoupressthe buttonthe
to theslideragain,andsoon.
servoresponds
switchto reIn this way you can use the momentary
leaseor activate
a functionin the modelwhichthenremains"on" or "off" untilyoupressthebuttonagain.
Caution!lf yousetupthisoptionyoucannolongersee
at a glancethe currentstateof the model,i.e.fromthe
positionof the switchtoggle.Forthis reasonwe only
function,
recommend
usingthistacilityfor a non-critical
and
obvious
sewhich
works
in
a
delinite
or a function
quence; for example "undercarriageretracted/exon/otf".
tended"or "smokegenerator
FIXEDVAUE again
to a FIXEDVALUE,
Youcanalsoassigna servodirectly
regardless
of whatwe havejust said.Thisthenfuncfunction
tionsas a virtualcontrol.Usingany assigned
servoto and fro beswitchyou can run the associated
tweenthetwo positionsyouhavechosen.
Typicalapplication:Aero-towreleaseor the tixedinput
(offset)of a user-defined
mixer.Butmoreonthis later.
The"Normpos"option
in conjunction
with Thereis notmuchto adjustin thisoption.lt is activated
This optionis onlyoJsignificance
when SPOILERor
automatically
by the transmitter
mixers.
You
only
need
to
tellthetransmitter
FLAP
is
assigned.
you
flaps
it
is
desirable
to
often
When extendspoilersor
control
for "spoilersreof
the
transmitter
the
oosition
pitch
which
occurs.
for
the
change
in
trim
compensate
"forward".
t'back"
or
Toachievethis,partof the spoilersignalis bledolf to tracted"
we willconsider"09 CORTINA".
Select
As an example
theelevatorservo.
press
previous
examples,
model,
then,
as
in
the
this
Thefollowingproblemthenarises:
@
N
N
.
"idle
position"(brakesretracted)
of the transmitter
The
"SPOILER"as
spoilercontrol(e.9.stickor slider)is usuallyoneof the Whenleafingthroughthe optionswith
displayappears:
controlthefollowing
lf we werejustto mixthe spoilersignal thetransmitter
twoend-points.
"full
movement"of the transmitter
with the elevator,
rEt: :;FüI L f.luFjlitlLl
significantly
fromitsneucontrolwouldshifttheelevator
tral position.This is not what we want; the elevator
F I J : ; I T I Ü HI 5 : T 1
shouldnot be affectedat all at the "sooilersretracted"
oosition.
Pressthe Z key;the arrowunder"Normpos"startsto
"spoiler
eleva- flash.Youcan reversethe facilitywiththe El key,if necby sending
the
Thiscanbe achieved
tor" mixera "corrected"signal,insteadof the true essary
spoilersignal(curveA in the diaglam).lf the "spoilers At "Arrowforward"you select"idle forward",and vice
is pointX in the diagram,thena versa.
retracted"
end-point
to curveB shouldbe sentto the
signalcorresponding
andif
WiththeE keyyouswitchto NormPos"Centre",
Fortheend-point
Y thecorrectcurveiscurveC.
mixer.
yourtransmitter
is at centre(a - signwillbeviscontrol
As you can see from the diagram,the mixerat the ible in the display)you can switchoverto one of the
"spoilersretracted"positionnow receivesa " zeto"
end-pointswith the E key.lf necessaryyou can then
the normal,full compensa- changethe end-point
mixedinput,but it receives
againby pressing
El, andselect
"spoilers
extended".
tionvalueat
(r')or
whetherNormPosis to affectforwardmovement
(+).
is
the
source
back movement The Norm-position
pointfor mixedfunctions.
That'sit; leavethe menuin the usualwaywiththe E)
key.
Onefurtherpointto notein this connection:
or flapandelevalf youwishto mixspoilerandelevator,
servoto "ELE
tor,you mustassignthe corresponding
+" insteadot'ELE'I In thiscasethe inputsFlapand
willbeavailable
in addition
to elevator.
Spoilet.
Sooiler
,.4
Fig.27
37
lhe
Howto use
"Com$-8vvitch"
is to helDthe less Now,after this necessarypreamble,to the matterin
The mainuse of the Combi-Switch
pilothandlethe moredemanding
formsof hand:
experienced
reasons
manyglidersre- Youcannotset up the Combi-Switch
modelglider.Foraerodynamic
untilyou havealouireco-ordinated
controlol rudderandaileronsin or- readyassigned
onetransmitter
controlto aileronsand
However, oneto rudder.Youwillalsoneedto installa switchfor
derto flya smoothturn- justlikethefull-size.
canpresentprob- thefunction(e.g.S5).Theswitchwellon the leftof the
simultaneous
controlof twofunctions
pilot.
lems,especially
forthelesspractised
CS = CombiSwitch.
displayis alreadymarked
"06 FIESTA'.
The Combi-Switchis used to couplethesetwo con- Wewilltakeasourexample
The couplingcan be be turned Youwill find the soecialCombi-Switch
trols electronically.
menu under
on and otl via a switch, so that it is possibleto " Transmitter
Control
Adjustment".
switch between "normal" (separatecontrols) and Fromthe Statusdisplayyou reachthis menuwiththe
coupledcontrolsat anytime in flight.
keysequence
Eltr. ThenpressS to go on. Youwill
You can choose the way in which the coupling seethisdisplay:
works:
r l tilt_iijr_::,['J:
in this caseyou
The rudderfollowsthe ailerons;
:,i+. r
operate
bothcontrols
withtheaileronstick;
FlUtitiEFj+f; I LEFjr:rt.,l
or
"55+" indicates
as theComthatswitch55 is selected
The aileronstollowthe rudder;in this caseyou
"55+" flashes.Using
key,
bi-Switch.
Press
the
and
N
ooerate
bothcontrols
withtherudderstick.
the El and E keys you can now select a different
you
chooseis a matterof personal switch.
The modewhich
pressing
the El keythefinaloplf youcontinue
preference.
In both casesyou retainfull controlof the tion that appearsis "ON". PressEl,
and "ON" be"following"
"slave")
(or
function
viaitsownstick.
"OFF".
is outof circuit:
NowtheCombi-Switch
comes
A turther point which needsexplanationhere is the
"following rate". lt can be set to any pointbetween0
r 1t:1r:i:i
! [tFF r
[:11.il
and20oo/o.
+HI LEF:r:rt]
E:Llt:'[1EF:
An explanation:
At a followingrateof 500/0the slavecontrolsurfacewill As we don'twantthat at the moment,pressEl again
deflectto halfitsfull travelwhenthe mastercontrolis at ("ON"),thentheE key,until"55+" appears
again.
full throw.The onlyway of gettinggreatermovement
"35"
indicatesthatthe switchis on fromthe followingcontrolsurfaceis to operateits own The+ arrowafter
arecoupled- if youmovetheswitchin
i.e.thecontrols
stick.
of the arrow.lf you wishto reversethis,
the direction
bothcontrolsurfacesmove pressthe y key now;this reversesthe directionof opAt a followingrateof 1000/0
to thesameextent.
erationof theswitch.In thedisplayyouwillseethatthe
the slavecontrolsurfacede- 'l arrowturnsintoa r arrow.
At a followingßte ol 200o/o
flectsto itsfullextentwhenthemastercontrolsurfaceis Incidentally:
an
whenthe switchis in the ON position,
onlv at haltthrow.It the masterstick is movedbevond asterisk
(++).
in
confirmation
appears
after
the
arrow
this ooint.the masterconlrolsurlacemovesto it; full
extent;the slavecontrolsurfacestaysat tullthrow- be- Nowyoucanselectwhetheraileronis to be masterand
ruddertheslave,or viceversa.
available.
causethere'snomoremovement
ratevaluestartsto flash.
PresstheZ key;thefollowing
2OOo/o
100Vo
50 o/o
lf youpressthe E key,the bottomlineof the displayaF
ternatesbetween"RUDDERgovernsAILERON"and
"AILERON
governsRUDDER".
Leaveit as youwantit
\ / \ /
to work.In our examolewe will leaveit at "AILERON
governs
i.e.theaileroncontrolisthemaster.
RUDDER",
you
haveto set the valuefor the followingrate:as
Now
\ \ \
\
\
\
\
inputfieldis alreadyflashing,i.e."rethe appropriate
master slave
master slave
master slave
leased",
simplysetthevalueyouwantwiththeE or El
1000/0.
in ourexample
keys,or theDigi-Adjustor;
Fig.28
youshouldseethefollowing:
here, Inthedisplay
for usto makerecommendations
It is verydifficult
ratevariesfrommodelto model.lf
astheidealfollowing
r l t1tit:.:t_:5lr.l:
you
with 1000/o
:,i.+. 1
start
andthencarryout
in doubt, could
tidyturns.
testflightsto findthebestsettingforsmooth,
+tlI LEFIüH
F:l_t;:'X,gp'
This is an ideal case for using the Digi-Adiustor,as
you can then easily adjust the tollowing rate in That'sallthereis to it: youcanleavethe menuwiththe
@ key.
flight.
\f lt F\ l f
38
\ l \ l
l n
n
q
lf you want to adiustthe followingrate in flight (Digirequired):
Adjustor
Beforelaunching
the model,moveto the menuas depress
theZ key,to release
thevalueinput
scribedand
field.Don'tleavethe menu!Whileyou are flyingyour
modelyou can nowvarythe valueof the followingrate
Landthe modeland press
by rotatingthe Digi-Adjustor.
the @ keyto storethe valueyou havefoundto be correct.
Caution!
Neverattemptto makechangesvia the keypadwhile
the modelis flying. Youwouldhaveto takeyour eyes
off the modelto find the right key;and if you madea
mistake,the results could be catastrophic!For inflight adjustmentsuse the Digi-Adiustor,which you
canoperate"blind".
Msmoäesand #$b
Whenyou weredecidingwhichradioset to purchase, V-tailmixer- but that was only availablein another
can store, "program". . .
the factthatthe PROFImc 3010transmitter
up to 30 differentmodelswas undoubt- The PROFImc 3010is quite honestaboutthe matter
or memorise,
factor.
edlyan important
ol " programs".
Firsta littleinformation
on thewayin whichthe PROFI Foreachmodelyourtransmitter
drawsup a "list".lt inmc3010records
andstoresthemodelinformation.
model.
thatappliesto thatparticular
cludeseverything
createthislist:whenyou
Thenwewill moveon to the morepracticalmatterof the Youdo notneedto speciJically
" Memory"Menuand its sub-menus,
the
to meetyour requirements,
whichare used set up the transmitter
everything
assembles
the listautomatically:
transmitter
for:
that you selector adjustis "noteddown" by the transcopyrng
memones
mitter.Thusyou do not needto storethe list in a sepamemones
erasrng
rateprocedure;
if youswitchoff,thenon again,the list
memories
switching
"thereagain"immediately.
you
is
last
used
namrng
memofles
"that's
all verywell,but
trimsettings
You mightobjectat this point:
checking
andmatching
now I alwayshaveto makeup this list beforeI can fly a
new model,i-e. scratcharoundfor the differentassign'
The modellist - a simpleprinciple
and other
ments,mixersetc.That soundscomplicated,
lmagineone ot yourmodels.And nowimagineall the manufacturersofferready-madeprograms!"
hasto Wehavetwoanswersto this:
asoectsof that modelfor whichthe transmitter
(thetechnical
termis "configured").
bead.iusted
is by no means
1.)Youwillsoonseethatthe procedure
mightbe:
thesettings
Forexample,
or difficult.Foryourslighteffort,howcomplicated
left;
stick;elevator
Aileronontheright-hand
ever,your rewardis that you can seek out and ason elevator:
exoonential
thatyou
thoseoptionsandfeatures
sembleprecisely
to a particular
value;
ailerons,
adjusted
differential
want,"a la carte".And you can leaveout whatyou
sweetbombrelease,actuatedby a switch,
don'tneed.
2. In any case,iJthe rdeaof so much"work" is offputting,or you do not trustyourabilityat first,the
of thetrimsliders;
thenormalposition
listsas standincludes10 ready-made
transmitter
directionof servorotation;
ard, which caterfor the vast majorityof models.
wouldcallthis provision
Someothermanufacturers
" 10programs"
...
Howmanylists areavailable?
elc....
can store30 suchlists,and recallany
The transmitter
lf your transmitterhad no " memory",you wouldprob- oneol themat anytime,whenyouwantto changemodablywritedownallthesepointsin a listand- whenyou els.Thisis probably
themostfrequently
used"memory
to operation",
thetransmitter
according
changemodels re-adjust
and it couldhardlybe easier.Whenyou
this list.Youwouldwritethe nameof the modelat the wantto "callup" a different
list,moveto the "Memory"
"SHIFT",
tooof thelist.
then"leafthrough"to themodel
menu,select
you want lo fly (modelnamesin English' no codes!),
that.
doesexactly
ThePROFImc3010transmitter
witha memory, and that's(almost)all thereis to it. See page43 for
lf you havealreadyowneda transmitter
"programs"
and moredetailsof thisprocedure.
it is bestto forgetrightnowthatit used
"programs"
"adjustment
Forexample,
werenothing Butthereareother"memoryoperationst'.
values".These
control youcan createa copyof a triedandtestedlist,andyou
moreexoticthanlistsoi mixingarrangements,
etc.,madeup bytheradiomanufacturer;canthengivethecopya newname.Youcan "clearthe
characteristics
if at all.You decks"anderaselistswhichyou no longerneed;and
slightly,
theycouldonlybe modified
usually
mixerinsteadot the muchmore.
mighthavelikeda flap elevator
eo
lf you makeany changes(e.9.to the trims,to servo
terms.
Wedon'tmindi{youwantto usetheordinary
is althe modification
"list"
here,becausethat is travel,to mixingratiosetc.),then
We have used the word
"current" list)automati(the
list
in
the
ways
recorded
foreachmodel,
assembles
actually
whatthetransmitter
Whenyouswitchoff,the memoryis
than a "pro- cally,immediately.
to
imagine
list
is
easier
a
because
and
"uPto date".
always
therefore
gram".
again,this "lateststate"is autoNow,it hasbecomeusualto talkof "storingmodels"or Whenyou switchon
i.e.youneverneedto storeanything
restored,
"copyingmemories".
In factit wouldbe prettydifficultto matically
foundthat this is the easiestand
We
have
expressly.
- it justain'tbig
storeevenone modelin a transmitter
of working,and the one which
natural
method
most
is
the memorychipsin thetransmitter
enough.Copying
grey
cells
theleast.
the
old
strains
a simplejob,either.
notexactly
knowswhatthe termsmean. But takecare therecould be a catch!
Jokingaside:everybody
a clearandcor- Let us imaginethat you havetest-flowna new model
cultivating
Butwe thinkit is worthwhile
with
thisequipment. andtrimmedit outwithgreatcare.Youwouldnotwant
when
dealing
of
thinking
rectstyle
"needsto know"about to risk makinganylurtherchangesto this "ideallist".
thatthe transmitter
Everything
youwouldliketo try something
outas an
modelis includedin a list,and the list is Nevertheless,
a particulär
your
list.
hard-won
would
change
this
Whena memoryis copied,it is experiment but
in a memory.
contained
model,
and
perhaps
you
a
new,
similar
have
built
in a Or
of the memorywhichare duplicated
the contents
wantto usethesamelist,withminormodiJications.
differentmemory,andso on.
to admitthatwe occa- Whatto do?
Are we splittinghairs?We have
"model"
to theproblemis simple:copythe list
sionallyuse the terms"list","memory"and
Well,thesolution
usethe into a differentmemory,then "shift" to the new
In this manualwe sometimes
interchangeably.
on whatis memoryandexperiment
the other,depending
to yourheart'scontent.
one term,sometimes
"sloppy"
occa- This alsoappliesto the "ready-made"
terms
if the
However,
mostappropriate.
samplelists.
thenyouat leastknow While you are unfamiliarwith the transmitter,you
soundlessthanprecise,
sionally
why,andcanalwayskeepthe ideaof the listin the back should alwayswork on copies of the original lists,
of yourmind.
andnot on the "genuineoriginals".
Oneimportantpoint to remember:
For this reason "copying memories" is one of the
you
which
and
in
the
display,
which
is
shown
model
The
most importantthingsto learnat the start.lt's simtlying,isthe"current"model.
plerthanyou mightthink!
areactually
The"Memory"Menu
All the tasksconnectedwith memoriesare carriedout
fromthe "Memory"menu.FromtheStatusdisplayyou
@f) .
reachthismenuwiththekeysequence
Youwillseethisdisplay:
r[:[rFti
HHt'lEr
TFII I'1r
t5H I FT I]HFi.
pointswiththe arrow
FromhereyouselecttheJollowing
Keys:
CopyingZ:
The term "copying"coversthe actualcopyingof one
memoryto another,but also relatedtasks,such as
to another.
a listfromonetransmitter
translerring
NamingN:
Thisallowsyouto enteror modifythe model'snamein
thelist.
shifring!:
This is where you go to switchto a ditferentmodel
whoselistyouhavealreadystored.
40
TrimZ:
you can checkwhetherthe posiFromthis sub-menu
tion of the trim slidershas been movedsince " last
sincethelasttimeyouusedthis
time".Moreaccurately:
memory
this menuis calledup autoAtteryou shiftmemories
likely
that the trimshavebeen
it
is
very
as
matically,
movedsincethelasttimeyouusedthe "new"memory.
youcanalsocallupthismenuwithoutswitchNaturally,
In normaluse,whenyou switchon the
ing memories.
checkthatthethetrim
there
transmitter is no automatic
slidersare stillat the positionwheretheywerewhen
youlastswitchedoff,sothis is a usefulfeature.
For example,if you thinkthat they mighthavebeen
moved,butyouarenotquitesure.
in greaterdetail
are explained
Thesefour sub-menus
below.
The"Copy"Menu
"Mode:" is the routeto severalpossiblevariations
from
"
procedure.
the
simple
copying
We
will
discuss
these
From the Status Displayyou reach the Memory"
"normal"
Menuwith the key sequence@S, and movefrom later.At the momentwe willonlydiscussthe
thereto the"Copy"MenuwiththeZ key.Youwillthen copyingprocess,whichis usedmostfrequently.
seethis:
rl'lü[iE : FULL
rFF:f' 15:
l. E l' l 11i
Howto copy a model list
Herewe assumethat you are alreadyat the "Copy"
Menu,as described
above,and thatthe displayis as
shownabove.
The tirstline(Mode:ALL)doesnot interestus at this
oornI.
The second line showsthe "source";namelythe
numberand nameof the modellist whichyou want
in the lackof better
to copy.Thetransmitter
suggests,
the"current"model.
knowledge,
Wewillassumethatyouwantto copya model;e.g.the
model"BlGLIFT"in memoryNo.10.
Pressthe N key;the memorynumberbeginsto flash.
Youcannow"leafthrough"the memories
usingthe El
or E keys,or theDigi-Adjustor,
untilBIGLIFTappears.
Thedisplaylookslikethis:
Thisdefines
the"source".
The destination (the memory No. where the new
copy is to be located) is always the current
memory).
Select the source (the model which you want to
copy) in line 2. Press the El key; the transmitter
makesthe copy.L€avethe menuwith the @)key.
Note:
As you haveseenin the example,you do not needto
"delete"the "destination"
memorybeforeyoucopy.
Twomoretips
Tip No.1
On occasionyou may havesecondthoughts,and decide not to copy anything,in spite of beingat the
"Copy"Menu(1orexample,
you mayfindthatthereis
no vacantmemory).You cannotjust leavethe menu
withoutdoinganything,since pressingthe k key to
leavethe menuwouldexecute
the copyingprocedure.
rIi UIl E : F ULL
Whatto do?
: EI rjl I FT
LFFjt'l.I t:'r
Therearetwowaysoutof thisproblem.
first:selectas "source"the currentmemory,
and
Now pressthe El key,and the sourcememorystops The
pressthe @ key.Youhavethencopiedthe model
then
flashing.
Youhavenowcopiedthislistintothecurrently ontopof itself,whichmeansthatnothinghaschanged.
activememory.
justswitchoffthetransmitter.
Orthesecond:
Caution:all copyingproceduresalwayscopy into the
Tip No.2
currently
activememory
Let us assumethat you noticetoo late that you have
Pressthe @ keyandyou aredone.A copyof BIGLIFT copieda list into the wrongmemory,and havethus
Leavethe menuin overwritten
nowresidesin the currentmemory.
theliststoredthere.Nowyou'vedoneit! But
the usualwaywiththe @ key.
it's not a disaster.Pleasesee page42 lor the finalres" Mx").
(Memory
cuesolution
Hereis the wholeprocedure
againin brief:
Howto erasea memory
and least
lJyouarecreatinga "new" list,the simplest
routeis usually
to picka memorywhichis vaconfusing
cant,or emply.
whichyou
Thisis notabsolutely
essential,
as everything
and adjusting
overwrites
the old
enterwhenassigning
bear in
contentsof the memoryin any case.However,
previous
model
might
lurk
that
some
aspect
of
the
mind
give
you
list,
it
a
nasty
surin
the
new
and
could
unseen
priseat an inopportune
moment.
Forthis reasonthe transmitter
offersthe ootionof erasThis is donefromthe
ing the contentsof a memory.
"Copy" memory.
Hereis wherethe line"Mode:" comesintoplay- the
lineweskipped
earlieron.
Weshallassumethatyouarestillat the "Copy"menu.
Pressthe Z key,and "ALLi'on the rightstartsto flash.
Now pressthe El key,and "CONTROLS"(transmitter
appears.
Pressthe El keyagain,and it turns
controls)
into"ERASE".
Thisisthemodewhichwe nowneed:
'+'EFiHIE
rFF:l'1. Ef,tFTtj
r[''lt_t[:rf
Now press the El key, and the current memoryis
erased.Press@ againto leavethemenu.
Note:
The erasureprocessalwaysworkson the current(active)memory.
41
The"TRANSMITTER
CONTROU'
copyingmode
Earlieron in this Copyingsectionwe usedthe "ALL" for everymodel.lf youacquirea newmodel,in which
you can use
is different,
copymode.Thissimplycopiesthe entire"list",i.e.all onlythe servoarrangement
and
controlsand thiscopyingmodeinsteadof the normalassigning
assignments
and settingsof transmitter
procedure
for the transmitter
controls.
For
adjustment
servos,intothe newmemory.
or models
As you havealreadyseenwhenyou leafedthroughto the morecomplexmodels(e.9.helicopters,
thiscansavetime.
the " ERASE' mode,there is also the (transmitter)withmanycontrolsurfaces),
"CONTBOL"mode.Thisis easilyexplained:
It is neverabsolutely
to use this mode;you
essential
lf youselectthe "CONTROII'
copymode,onlythe as- couldjustas easilyspenda littlemoretimeandassign
controlsstepby step,as designments
and adjustments
of the transmitter
controls andadjustyourtransmitter
The"servoside"is scribedearlierin thismanual.
arecopiedintothecurrentmemory.
notcooied.
It is notnecessary
to describehowto copythe "CONTROLS".
Apart
trom
the fact that you select"CONreason
for
this
mode:
The
"standard"
is exactlvthe sameas
Many pilotshave a
assignment
and ar- TROLS"tirst.the Drocedure
rangement
of the transmitter
controls,
whichtheyuse whencopying"ALIJ'.
The"EXPORT"
and"IMPORT"
copymode
Thesetwo "exotic"modesof copyingare usedto transfer entire"lists"fromone lransmitter
to another.
More
detailsof thison page70.
Note:Youmaybe surpnsed
to seetermssuchas lMPORTand EXPORT,
whichappearto havenothingto
The"Mx" memorythepointof no return
do withmodelling.
Thereasonis simple:yourtransmitwasforcedto pickwordswhichdeter'sprogrammer
whichat
scribethe featureas accurately
as possible,
the sametimewouldfit withinthe maximumavailable
numberoJletters!
you may well copyof theoverwntten
listis nowin "Mx".Simplycopy
When "leafingthrough"the memories
"Mx"
intothe correctmemory,
and once
havecomeacrossthe fact that thereare not really30 it backfrom
thereare31.Between
memories
No.30 and againyourbaconis saved.
memories:
"Mx".
l thereis anothermemorydesignated
In thethirdcasethe reasoning
is notquiteso obvious,
you
Whenmodifying
a listthereis
However, cannotusethis memoryto storea model butthe reasonis similar.
permanently,
lt is "adminis- alwaysthe dangerthatyouwillmakea fatalerror.Perlike the othermemories.
hapsthe modification
doesnotproducethe desiredefitself,in thefollowing
way:
tered"bythetransmitter
(seepage40)thateverychange
fect.
You
know
now
by
1) Whenyou erasea memory the transmitterautois
executed
immediately
in the currentmemory.
Unless
maticallystores a copy ot the deletedmemoryin
you
made
are
working
a
back-up
copy
beforehand,
and
Mx.
listwouldbe lostforever.
2) When you copy a memory,the transmitterauto- on thecopy,theoriginal
The
automatic
creation
of a "back-upcopy" reduces
maticallystores a copy ot the previouscontents
you can recreatethe "old
this risk.In an emergency
of the "destination"memory.
of "Mx" backinto
state"again,bycopyingthecontents
3) The transmitterautomaticallystoresa copy of the the currentmemory,as describedabove.
current memory as soon as you start modifying
lt Thereis anotheruse: "swap
anythingin it, e.g.assignments
or adiustments.
models",i.e.movetwo
does this beforethe modificationin the current Supposethatyouwantto
To
lists
into
each
others'
location.
do thisyou needan
memorytakes effect, and only at the first moditilocation.
You
intermediate
storage
could,in fact,use
cation.
However,
if
is no vacant
any
free
memory.
there
Andthe pointof all this?
youcan'tdo that.Andin anycaseit
memoryavailable,
lf youmakea mis- is easierto use"Mx" astheintermediate
Well,thefirstcaseis quiteobvious.
store.
youhavea "second As an example,
takeanderasethewrongmemory,
you
wantto interwe
will
assume
that
chance":copy it back from "Mx" into the erased changethecontents
of memories
No.14and16.
memory,
andallis well.
FirstcopyNo. 14to No. 16.The transmitter
automatiThe secondcase is also clear:if you copy into the callycopiesthe previouscontentsof No. 16 to uMx".
wrongmemoryby mistake,and overwriteits previous Nowall you needto do is copythe contenls
you can still savethe situation,becausea backto No.14.andvouarefinished.
contents,
42
The"SHIFT"Menu
the newmodel.Thetransmitter
cannotdo it by itself;it
hasplentyof brainpower,but no musclepower.
menuappears
Tocaterfoi this,the "TRIMPOSITION"
whenyoushiftmemories.
automatically
Howto switch models
overto anothermodel- it
To switchthe transmitter
mustalreadybe storedin a memory,of course- you
just needto "callit up".Youdon'tneedto worryabout
5T I til'; rr H 11t r l-r' l -r-.. L l-rJ
the "current"model(the modelin use beloreyou
r
i
r
i
'+'
i.e.youdo nothaveto "save"it first.
changememories);
1}'
1
EEFIJFIE
moveto
As changingmodelsis a Memoryoperation,
thatyouhavenot
eventuality
MenufromtheStatusDisplay,
withthe Note:in the fairlyunlikely
the "MEMORY"
shiftedthe trimsat all sinceyou lastJlewthis model,
keysequence@13.
you will see equalssigns (" = ") insteadof arrows.
Youwillseesomething
likethis:
in a moment!
Exolanation
you
lf
do not wishto adjustthe trims,for whateverreaFf'r-rE,t.t
hlühltrl
pressthe @ keyto leavethe menu.PressEl twice
son,
':U
'L _ r t t I t T trTI r'Ut'
Ttr'
T t'1,
r _ . t 1 .r
I t 1 .I t t I
more,andyouarebackto theStatusdisplay- alldone!
you will wantto resetthe trimsto
Youwill see at oncethatyou haveto pressthe ! key, Normally,however,
positions.
"SHIFT".
the
earlier
nextto theword
Youwillseea newdisplay:
As an example,
we willdo thisfor transmitter
controlA
in
the
above
display:
S H I F T I H IFl I L E
Under"A" you see an arrow pointingto the right.
TI:I tEI l : E I UL
I I FT
Pushthe associated
controlA =
trimslider(transmitter
left stick, righuleft)slowlyto the right.At a particular
Pressthe! key;thememoryNo.beginsto flash.
pointthe arrowwill turn intoan " = " sign - that'sall
"Leafthrough"the memories
usingthe E or E keys,
thereisto it.
or theDigi-Adjustor.
"=" is
the actualnameof ll youpushthetrimsliderfurtherto theright,the
As the numberschange,naturally
you
pointing
left.
Now
can see
by an arrow
the modelchangestoo,so thatyou quicklyfind your replaced
whatthe arrowsmean:they indicatethe directionin
wayto yourdestination.
you mustmovethe trim sliderin orderto reach
Onceyou havefoundthe memoryyou want- in our which
the
correct
setting.
pressthe El key,and you
example"02 FLAMINGO",
Adjustthetrimslidersfor B,C andD in thesameway.
arefinished- well,almost!
so press@ threetimesto return
Thereis iust one little problem:you needto set the Youarenowfinished,
trimslidersbackto wheretheywerelasttimeyouJlew to the Statusdisplay.
The "NAME"menu
Very important:the eighthcharacter
shouldnot normallybe a number.
Therersa "specialfunction"which
Howto enteror changea modelname
requiresa numberas the eighthcharacter,
so do not
Thetransmitter
storesthevariousmodelsin itsmemory use one otherwise.
Moredetailsof memoryswitching
underthe numbers1 to 30.Foryou as userit is much on page68.
eachmodelby its name. Herearea fewoossible
easierto be ableto recognise
names
Mindyou,thisassumes
thatyougiveyourmodelssen- ASW 20, ryPHOON,CORTINA,STUKA,NONAME;
siblenames;"ModelNo.27" doesn'trevealmuch!
but read
CORTINA3
or STUKA01 are also possible,
each"modellist" page68andheedthewarnings
Forthisreasonyoucan differentiate
first!
witha name.Thisnameis thenstoredwiththe appro- Tip: ll youhavea modellistin a memorywhichyouno
priatemodel(= memory)No.,and displayed
withthe longerneed,andyouwantto markit as such,it is best
numoer.
The erasureprocessgivesit the
to eraseit altogether.
Therearecertainrestrictionsto modelnames:
You may think you will
name EMPTYautomatically.
which
memory
is
obsolete,
but youwon't.lt
remember
may
no
more
than
8
characters
long.
1. Names be
"Characters"
whichare
makes
much
more
sense
to
erase
memories
in this senseare letters,numbersand
"deadlists".
"special
no
longer
in
use,
than
to
continue
to
store
as in thefollowing
list:
certain
symbols",
After this necessarypreamble- let's get downto it:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSIUWXYZ
1O123456789:;=?
"Memory"menu,
Pleasenote that there is an extracharacterbetween Fromthe Statusdisplayselectthe
"?" and"N' - a blankspace,whichis alsoconsidered withthekeysequence
@! . Youwillseea displaysimilar
to
this:
a character.
long."ASW20"
Forexample,"ASW20" is 6 characters
rrjrJFT
HHf'lEr
long.
is only5 characters
Youdon'tneedto worryaboutstickingto the permissiI-:HI.I.
TEI I'1r
I:;HI FT
ble characters,
as the transmitterdoesnot let you use
'NAME"with[l. Thisiswhat
letterscannotbe Nowselectthesub-menu
any others.For instance,lower-case
vouwillsee:
to vou.
usedandarenotmadeavailable
43
whichyouwillseealternat
The "underline"
character,
letter,is knownas the cursor:the
ing withthe Jlashing
Withoutthe cursor
cursormarksthe currentposition.
youwouldnotseeanythingat a blankspace.
showsthenumberandname Enterthe newnameletterby letter.lf you lookcaretully
Thedisplayautomatically
of the "current"model.In our examolethis is No.06 whenyoupressthe El andE keys,youwillseethatthe
and"FLAMINGO".
various charactersappear in the display in the
lf youwantto changethenameor pickanothernumber, sequencestatedon the previouspage.lf you wantto
you mustfirstselectthe memoryNo.To do this press enter a space,selectthe "space" symbol (between
the N key;the displayednumberstartsto flash.You ,,7" and,,N').
can nowselectthe numberyouwant,usingtheEl and
As you do this,the name Whenenteringa nameyou can onlyworkfromleftto
E keys(or the Digi-Adjustor)
at a time.lf you makea mistake,
displayedwill alsochange,as it alwaysrelatesto what right,one character
presstheZ keyuntilyoureach
worry.
You
simply
don't
is Inthenewmemory.
whichthe sequence
begins
the
eighth
character,
after
We will imaginethat you haveselectedNumber09 agarn.
"BAMBINO".
"CORTINA'.
Thenewnameisto be
of comForthoseof youwith absolutelyno experience
puters,
wewillrecap:
rir'_-rl
F I LE:
instead
The old nameis not "erased"immediately;
I Ht:t,r
HHHE: t_:t:rFjT
each letter is overwrittenin turn by the new name.
Wherethere is to be "no new letter", you have to
startstlashing. overwritewith a space.
PresstheZ key-The"C" of CORTINA
you can
Usingthe El and E) keys,or the Digi-Adjustor,
thatyouhavetackledthistasksucnow changethe "C". In our examplethat is simple; Nowwewillassume
the
new
nameis ondisplay.
cessfully
and
"C"
"8".
presstheQ keyonce,and
Now.it's
turnsinto
"O"
"O".
Pressthe E] keyto leavethe menu;then pressit twice
Pressthe Z keyagain,and the
the turnof
flashes.
Changethe O to A, againusingthe El andE more,andyouarebackto whereyoustarted:the Status
keys.Moveto the nextletterwiththeZ key,andso on. display.
I]üI
FI L E :
I FLHI'Ill'ltiU^t
t'lFll'lE
The"TRIM"menu
The arrow after the colon (:) indicatesthe direction
Howto checkthe positionof the trim sliders
"remembers"
in which you haveto movethe trim slider in orderto
the
of
the
trim
The transmitter
Dosition
"current
matchthe currentpositionwith the storedposition.
This
values
in
the
list".
by
entering
their
sliders
givesyou the chanceto check,if you switchon and In our exampleyouwouldhaveto movethe A trimto
thinkthatthetrimsmighthavebeenshiftedaccidentallythe right,the B trimforward,
the C trim leftandthe D
sincethelasttimeyouflew.
sign
at eachpoint.
trimback,untilan equals appears
ThisistheDrocedure:
Youcannowleavethe menuwiththe@ key.
Fromthe StatusdisplaypressEl and 5l to go to the Note:
"Memory"menu.Nowselect"TRIM"withthe Z key.
this
Everytime you changemodels(shiftmemories)
similarto this:
Youwillseea display
menuappears,
as youwill havebeenflyinga different
and it is very likelythat you
modelin the meantime,
want
the
trims.
Andyouwill certainly
needed
to
adjust
!
r:.
Fl Ei
[:'
!;TI L:Ii:
to carryon flyingwiththe trimsset to the sameposi.+,
r T t T . * .
EEFr:rE:E
tionsasthelasttimeyouflewthemodel.
lf yourdisplaywereexactlylikethisone,youwouldcor- Caution:
slidethetrimsliderA slowlyto Even if you are only enteringthe data tor a model
rectthetrimsas follows:
arrow temporarily,be sureto set the trims. ll you don't, the
the right.At a particularpointthe right-facing
"A"
by an equals(=) sign.lf trim sliderpositionstor that modelwill be lost next
under wouldbe replaced
push
youwereto
it furtherto theright,youwouldseea time you slritch memories.
leftJacingarrow.
44
youwillgetto knowthemixerswhichthe Forthis reasonwe will firstdiscussour newmethodof
In thisSection
mixers.
Youwillseethattheconceptfitsin
considering
transmitter
hasto otfer.
with
elegantly
the
simple
andlogicaloverallconceptof
you
please
you
makesurethat
are
Before divein here,
youareby nowfamiliar.
with
which
the
transmitter,
as
familiarwith the simplersetting-uptasks,such
After
we
the
characteristics
of the "pre-dethis
describe
transmitter
controls
and
servos,
adjusting
assigning
is briel,
later);
thedescription
servotravelanddirectionandso on. Practisetheseoro- finedmixers"(explanation
timesuntilyouteelat homewiththem. sinceeveMhingalwaysworksin the sameway.
cedures
several
souls,andthe
are by natureinventive
In our examples
we will restrictourselves
to fixed-wing Now,modellers
is highthatsomebody
will find he needsa
model aircratt:helicoptersare coveredin a separate probability
in spiteof his
all the basicinforma- mixingfunctionwhichour programmer,
Section(page53).Nevertheless,
hasnotthoughtof beforehand.
Forthis
to the spe- vastexperience,
tionwe providehereappliesin fullmeasure
mixers"(" USRreasonthere are the " User-detined
helicooter
mixers.
cialised
"define"yourself.
Thisgivesyou
by the PROFImc 3010areoper- MlX")whichyoucan
The mixersprovided
the
lo
overcome
the
most
exotic
chance
Droblems.
atedin a ratherdifferentwayfromnormal.Wethinkthat
mixersare discussed
in the Jinal
philosophy"
is muchsim- Theseuser-defined
this newtypeof "operating
Section.
method.
olerthantheconventional
Whatis "mixing"?
Let'simagine
a simplecase:
flapsor landYourmodelis fittedwithcamber-changing
ing flaps.Theyare loweredfor the landingapproach,
of the wing.
and therebyincreasethe lift coefficient
in the
However,
oneresultof thisis usually
an alteration
pitchtrimof themodel- it becomes
nose-heavy
or tailheavy.The pilotthen hasto apply"up/' or "down"in
orderto keeothe modelon an evenkeel.
canbe
Thismanualformof "pitchtrimcompensation"
of the "flapsignal"
automated
by passinga proportion
to the elevator.
Of course,this hasto be in the correct
Fig.30
Youdon'tneed A yearor two agowe mighthavesaidthis:"that'san
direction,
and ot a suitablemagnitude.
to worrythatthispartof theflapsignal"goesmissing"; elevator/flap
mixer".Pleaselorgetthat rightnow - it's
in sucha waythatthefull justtoovague
aredesigned
the electronics
is
Ourexample
to coverlhe possibilities.
signalreachesthe flaps,evenwhenpartof it is "bled aboutto becomeevenmoresoohisticated.
The model
off" to theelevator.
has suddenlysproutedspoilers,allowingthe pilotto
The net resultis that the elevatorservoreceivespart makeit loseheightrapidly.
In mostcasesspoilers
also
ot the "flap" signalin additionto its main"elevator" affectthemodel'spitchtrim.
signal.
wefeeda proporYoucanprobably
seewhatiscoming:
signal
to
the
elevator
servo;againin
tionoJthe spoiler
and
the correctdirection
andof the correctmagnitude,
is automatically
correct.
thepitchtrimcompensation
The elevatorservo now receivesthe following signals:
the main"elevator"signal
partot the "tlap" signal
partof the "spoiler"signal
Fig.29
(andcomplicate
it).
Nowwewillrefinethearrangement
loops
if
is
of
tlying
smaller-diameter
Yourmodel capable
whenyouapplyupthewingflapsdeflectdownslightly
elevator.
Onceagainthe pilotcoulddo it, but we will
the processby
removethattaskfromhimandautomate
teedinga proportionof the elevatorsignalto the flap
servo.
The net result is that the tlap servo receivespart of
Fig.
the "elevator"signalin additionto its main "flap"
somewhat.
Ourearlierideaof a mixeris nowcreaking
signal.
45
partmustworkin thesame
part-signals:
the "elevator"
for bothhalvesof the tail.The "rudder"part
direction
But this presentsno
mustact in opposeddirections.
of
the direction
adjust
of
course,
oroblem,as we can,
part-signal.
we
Even
better:
for
each
rotationseparately
do not needto worryany moreaboutthe mechanical
whenthe modelis
linkagesand the spaceavailable:
"up elevator";if the
we apply,for example,
comfllete,
of
thedirection
movesdown,we simplyreverse
elevalor
part-signal".
Thesameapplies
rotation
of the "elevator
to theruddersignals.
Sincethe magnitudeand directionof eachpart-sigyou can see that installation
nal is fully adiustable,
problemsarea thingof the past.
thereare manyothercommonly
As in this example,
mixers
forwhich" pre-defined"
used" mixedfunctions",
"flaperon"
produces
forexample,
mixer,
canbe used.A
oJ
servosconsisting
signalfortheflaperon
a composite
(hence"tlaperon").
thebasictlapandaileronfunctions
you again
F i g . 3 2 lf vou havea modelfittedwith flaperons,
servo.
for
each
flaperon
neädtwosuchmixers:one
Nowyoucanprobablyseehowit all hangstogether:
used mixers can be pre-defined.The
Commonly
than one single
Eachservowhichis to receivemore"black
inedmixer
part-signals
tor the tunctionsof a pre-def
box".The
withan (imaginary)
signalis provided
"6lackbox" has inputsfor all the signalswe needto arealreadylaiddown.
passto theservo.Butit hasonlyoneoutput- andthat Each mixer of this type is given a name which
itsuseclearly.
signalwhichis actuallyfed to describes
the composite
irrovides
"adthe servo.
Such pre-definedmixers are availablein an
and caterfor all
thateach equatC"numberin yourtransmitter,
Nowwe providean adjustorfor eachinput,so"reversing
applications'
the mostcommonlyused
can be variedin size.A
of the part-signals
device"is alsofittedfor eachsignal.Andfinally,where Youwillfindmixersfor:
"elevator+", snapJlaps,
it is likelyto be useful,we fit a switch,so that each V{ail, "V-tail+", flaperons,
"Quadro".
part-signalcanbeturnedon andoff.
delta,"aileronbrakes(crow)",
"black
box" thatwe calla mixer. lf at thispointthe operation
It is this imaginary
of anyoneof thesemixers
a V'tail.Firstwe is not clear Jrom its title, don't worry.They are all
example:
Nowwewilllookat a different
thiscase explained
in lull at a laterstage.Youcan implement
willonlylookat onetailpanel- one"half".In"elevator"
"black
the
which
combines
box"
we needa
eachof thesemixers(i.e.installtheblackboxin frontof
and " rudder"signals.lt is calleda V-tailmixer.In a servo)as oftenas you like.The actuallimitis nine
terms:
andabstract
moretechnical
slightly
times,sincethe systemls "only"ableto control9 ser"rudder"
vos. That has to be the definitiveanswerto the oftA V-tailmixercombinesthe "elevator"and
" howmanymixers?"
!
posedquestion
to
the
servo.
signalsand feedsthe compositesignal
Weneedthe samemixerfor theotherhalfof theVtail. The answeris notwhatyou mightthink,and certainly
as not I mixers.lt is I mixersystemswith 10 different
thesizeof thetwosignalsisfullyvariable'
Of course,
inputs,i.e.10-possibilito 4 di{ferent
pay
controls
atten- transmitter
mixer.In this casewe haveto
in the Drevious
"prefix",
per
ties
servo!
of rotationof the
i.e.the direction
tion to the
And nowthe finaltouch:
"normal" flyWe don'talwayswantto fly tightloops;for
inq it is betterif the flaps do not deflectautomatically
wf,en the elevatoris moved.Obvioussolution:installa
switch so that the part of the elevatorsignal that is Jed
to the flap servocan be switchedon and off.
"eh
We have introduced a switch into the signal line
evatorto flap input".
mixers
Howto usethe pre-defined
" ready-made"
mixersis
The use oJ the pre-defined,
you
come
have
already
that
scheme
the
same
basedon
to know:first assign,then adiust.Once againthe
"oJfers"
optionsin theformoJmenus.
transmitter
Fromwhat we haveiust said it should be clear that
mixersareassignedto the servos.
Firsta simpleexample:the V-tail
thatyouhaveset up memory03
Herewe willsuppose
"TEST",
the controls
andassigned
named
for a model
"Transmitter
=
and
ELEVATOR"
B
control
this:
like
"Transmitter
Servos2 and3 are
controlC = RUDDER".
to ooeratetheVlail.
46
Firstthe mixeris assignedto the servos:
Moveto the"Assignservos"menu.
ThereyoufirstselectservoNo.2 in the usualway.Now
"activate"
fieldwiththeZ key.
theselectfunction
withwhich
Thelunctions
key.
Leafthroughwiththe E
pronormal
assigning
from
the
familiar
now
are
bv
vou
öedureafpearone by one.After"FIXEDVALUE"and
+" comes"V-TAIU'.
for the full list.After"ELEVATOR
"VThis is the mixerwe want.(Afterthis comesthe
TAIL+" mixer,whichcan do evenmore,but we will
cometo thatin a moment).
in the correctdirection(if you havea modelhandy).
Reverse
thefunction,if necessarywiththe E key.
H55Irjt.lSEFlr,IÜ
I I
We hopeyou didn'tJindthat all too confusing.
Never
ll r
mind - you can repeatthe wholeoperationnow for
Tü tJ-TFL
servoNo.3!
Pressthe [! key,selectservoNo. 3 and repeatthe Note:
processis
wholethingfor this servo.The assignment
Bearin mindthatthetravelinputsforthemixerscanbe
nowcomplete.
switched
ON/OFFor assignedto a physicalswitch.lf
"
yourtransmitter
Youhavenow informed"
that:
you are not sure how to do this pleasereferback to
ServoNo.2 operatesV-TAIL,andServoNo.3 operates page30.
V-TAIL.
And nowa morecomplexexample
It alsoknowsthat it is to placethe appropriate
mixer
we discussed
a modelwhich
betoreeachof the two servos.In moreabstractterms: At thestartof thisSection
pitch
"V-Tail
featured
trim
compensation
for
camber-changing
youhaveassigned
servos2 and3 to the
higher
flapsandspoilers,
andelevator
to flapmixing.
mixedfunction".
We
will
assume
that
transmitter
controlB has been
Leavethemenuin theusualway.
"elevator"
to
function,
assigned the
controlD to the
Nowwe cometo settingup the mixer.
"spoiler"tunctionand controlF to the "flap"function.
"
Moveto the Servoadiustment"menu.Pressthe Z Thefollowing
servoassignments
havealsobeenmade:
keyto selectthe sub-menu"TRAVEL+ REVERSE".
ServoNo.2: elevator
SelectservoNo.2 in theusualwav
ServoNo.4: spoilers
Youwillseethis:
ServoNo.6: camber-changing
flaps
Here we come to another special feature which,
it hasnothing
although
to dowithmixing,is important
in
an indirect
sense.
r+ I rittjt:.:
Elt' ELEtltlr
We will assumethat the "basic position"(spoilers
Pressthe \l keyand adjustthe lhrowto the oneside closed)of controlD is "forward";toextendthespoilers
(stickback)and thenthe otherside(stickforward),just thestickis pulledrightback.
as if settingup in the normalway.Thereis no reasonin
positiona very largesignalis already
this casewhyyou shouldset unequalmovements,
so At the basic
- namelyfull travelforwards.Of this a certain
present
setbothto, say,400/o.
proportion
wouldreachthe elevator,
and then would
lf you havean actualmodelto handwhileyoucarryout needto be "compensated
away"
by
some
means.
"up"
procedure,
thispractice
checkat thispointthat
on
The
namelythe
transmitteroffersa betteralternative,
the stickmakesthe elevatorrise.lf this is notthe case, "
(Normal
Normpos"
Position)
controloption.lf you
presstheEl key,andit will be reversed.
yet tackledthis feature,you shoulddo it now;
have
not
Note:
youwillencounter
problems
otherwise
in the nextseclf yousetmixingratioswhichaddupto lessthan1000/0,tion.Pleaserelerto page37.
thenthe mixerwill operatein a " lineat"fashion,and
"forurards" (forward
Youcould, You must set this option to
the controlsignalswill neverbe restricted.
In arrow in the display).Assuming,that is, that your
on the otherhand,leavebothinputsat, say,1000/0.
sucha case,if you applyelevator
or rudderone at a spoilersare retractedwith the stick forward!
fortheundesired
basicmixino
However,
time,you will havefull travelavailable.
as Thisactioncomoensates
soonas thesumof thetwoinoutsfor eithercontrolsur- inoutbeforeit räachesthe mixer.lt has no eflectat aä
faceexceeds1000/0,
i.e.whena lot of elevatorand rud- on thesignalto thespoilerservoitself.
der are appliedsimultaneously,
the movement
will be Fromnowon takecarethat controlC is set to one or
restricted,as the servoand the controlsurfacecannot otherof its end-points
for all youradjustments.
Alternamoveto more than 1000/o
of maximum.The etfectis tively,youcouldswitchthe "SPOILER"inputoffwhen
asymmetry
whichcanbedisturbing.
aerodynamic
adjustingthe elevator,
as describedabove.
" Linear"mixing(no more than 1000/o)
is the most Butenoughof thepreliminaries.
elegantsolution,but in practicea settingpart-way
betweenthe two extremeshas proveda very effective Firststep,as always:assigning:
Move to the "Assign servos" menu with the key
comoromise.
Nowto therudderinput.PresstheZ key,thenEl. "ln- sequenceEl El [l N .
put:ELEVATOR"
is nowreplaced
by "Part:RUDDER". ForservoNo.4 (spoilers)
everything
is clear;thereis no
Youwillseethis:
mixing.So, iust as with "normal"assignment,
first
selectservoNo.4, thenassign"SPOILER"
to it.
r 5 E F jr.r r . rT. H I L
Nowto theelevator.
Select
servoNo. 2, then pressthe Z key;the control
\+ I t:Jtit:.j
[:+ FIU[r[rEr
tunctionfieldstartsflashing.Leafthroughwith the E
Pressthe Sl keyagain,thensetthe " ruddet"inputfor key.Onceagainthe lamiliar"list of options"appears.
bothdirectionsof rotation;in ourexample600/0
for each After "FIXED VALUE"and
":
side.Hereagain,checkthat the controlsurfacesmove " ELEVA'IOR+
Youwillseethis:
rSEF:.
r: r.r-19
i '_
47
5EFitlui I
1155Iril..l
Tr_rELEtl.+ r
in detail
Thisis the mixerthatwe need.(lt is described
preamble
which
of
mixers
description
to
the
detail
in the
follows.)
That'sällthereis to it;flapservonext:
SelectservoNo.6, thenselectthe servofunctiontield
withthe Z key.LeafthroughagainwiththeEl key.
For an unmixedflap functionyou wouldnow select
"FLAP";because
youhaveto con'
of the mixer,however,
'SNAPFLAP"
the
appears:
until
tinueleafingthrough
the desiredmixing
nameof the mixerwhichproduces
effect:
Ü1
I I : , 5 I I J H5 E H [ . JE
TI:I SHHFFLI-IF^T
Do you rememberthat we wantedto makethe eleva'
tor --- f lap mixingswitchablet
Thatcomesnext.
which
Youcan - or rather,must- tell the transmitter
switchis to carry oul this task (you haveto do this
yourPROFImc3010setsvirtuallynorestrictions
because
onwhatyoucanandcannotdo)
the key
menu,by pressing
Nowmoveto the SWITCH
sequence
EIZ Z fromthebasicdisplay.
until"55+"
Pressthe 0l key.Iap the El keyrepeatedly
appearsand flashes.The arrowshowsthat the switch
to switchit ON,i.e.the
mustbe pushedin thatdirection
couplingis then effective.lf you want to reversethis,
presstheE key,andthejob isdone.
You are finishedwith the snapJlapservo.Now to the
servo,in our
elevator(moreaccurately:ELEVATOR+)
caseNo.2.
menu.
& REVERSE
FirstmovetotheTRAVEL
SelectservoNo.2 withthe Z andEl keys.Thedisplay
willlooklikethis:
Now to the setting-up process.
menu.
Moveto the "Servoadjustment"
ServoNo.4 is the firstoneto adjust.Thereis not muchto
say about it: set the directionof rotationand the centre
point(if necessary)in the usualway.
The flapservo(No.6) comesnext.In thiscasewe should
is alreadythere,so we willsetthatup
really call it the snapJlap servo, because we have Input:"ELEVATOR"
assignedthe SNAPFLAPfunctionto it. Hair-splitting?first.Releasethe inputvaluefield with the ! key,then
Well,that'showyourtransmitterseesit.
check the directionof rotation;reverseit if necessary
SelectservoNo.6. Youseethis:
Then set the travel itselfon both sides:900/owould be a
usetulstartingpoint.
r:-1EF:.
l.J-Ttl
The "SPOILER"and "FLAP" inputsare adjustednext,
lL
i:
procedure
but we don'tneedto describethe adjustment
"business
t +Itli: F't' FLHF
as
usual":
it
is
all
In
both
cases
in detailagain.
the
Reverse
value
tor
both
sides.
input,
set
the
select
the
In the secondline you will see "FLAP" on the right.So
The methodof makingthe inputs
if
necessary
tunction
we willset up thisinputfirst.
switchable has already been described for the
Releasethe input value field with the S key (value SNAPFLAP
mixedfunction.
flashes).Checkwhetherthe directionof servo rotationis
correct.lf not, pressthe E key.But the valuesthem- Our tip: Practise "adiusting inputs" until you are
selves?We cannottell you exactlywhat they should be, confidentwith the procedure.Lateron, at the flying
as this dependson your model,and in particularon the site, you will also needto know what to do, so that
lengthof the actuatingarms on lhe servoand the control you can makesenseof the test-flyingprocess.lt is
surfaces.lt is best to measurethe result on the flaps not alwaysquite as quiet and calm out there on the
themselves;for camber-changingflaps a good starting tlying strip as it is in your workshop;and in such
"mild stress situations"you can easily make an
oointwould be around5 - 10 degreesup and 15 - 20
degreesdown.Set the sliderto the one end-pointand error - unless you are contident of what you are
then the other,and use the E and El keysto set the 0/o doing,that is.
The sameappliesif you use the "ready-madelists"
vatues.
"elevator"
withoutassigninganyinout.
suppliedwith the transmitter,
Nowto the
flash- thihg yourself.lt is almost impossibleto use any of
Pressthe ! key,then the El key.With ELEVATOR
the mixers unlessyou know how to set and adiust
ing,the displaywilllooklikethis:
r t E F : :. :
E L E T+J .
L +1| i 1 fi :tEt E L EtJ HT
inputvalues.
Neverattempt to adiust anything trom the keypad
r5 EFl.E , : ; HHF F LI I F
when you are flying a model.Insteaduse the oigir+ 1riifi:tErt ELEt.Jl.lr
Adiustor,which is alwaysswitched"in parallel"with
the E and El keys,when it makessenseto use it.
Activatethe input value tield with the ! key once more. The basic rule is this: keep the keypad flap shut
Check the directionof servo rotation;for snapjlaps the whlle you are flying!
elevatormust move in oppositionto the flaps, i.e. up-elevatorwith downJlap.ls that how it is? lf not, reverseit
with the E key.Apply"full up" at the elevatorstick,and
set the desiredflap deflectionwith the El or E keys.
Repeatthe processfor "full down" elevator.A good starting pointfor bothsideswouldbe around5 - 10 degrees
you will be ableto find the optimumsetflap detlection;
tingslateron, duringtest-flying.
4a
One finalthingyou mightliketo try out in additionto the
lastexample(thishasnothingto do withmixers):
Tryout the transmittercontroloption" FixedValue"for the
flap function(seepage36).Youwill see that everyaspect
of the adjustmentsyou have made regardingthe slider
controlstillfunctionsif you "ovenide"the sliderposition
with a switch.
Description
of the pre-defined,
"ready-made"mixers
Youcan assigneachmixeras oftenas yourapplication
it.
Nowthat you havebecomefamiliarwith the waythe demands
hereis a listof the Examole:
mixersare assigned
andadjusted,
pre-defined
mixersin the samesequenceas they are Youmustusethe "Quadro"mixerat leastfourtimes;
whenyou "leatthrough"the less than that numbermeansthat it is no longera
offeredby the transmitter
"Quadro"mixer.However,
thereis no reasonwhy you
oDIrons.
Withall mixersthe stickunittrimslidersareautomati- shouldnotuseit sixtimesif yourmodelhasthreewing
on eachside.
whereit makesmostsense,or whereit is controlsurfaces
callyincluded
standardoractice.Youdon't needto concernvourself Onemoretime- justto remindyou:
it
Youcan set any inputlo " zerc"and thendisregard
withthemat all.
mixersuitable
altogether.
This may makea particular
Examoles:
butsimilarpurpose.
Fora "V-tail"the elevator
trimworksin the usualway; fora different,
"snap-flaps"
Examole:
for
it doesnot.
Foreachmixinginputthesizeandthepretix(rotarysense Withthe "Quadro"mixeryou couldset the "elevator"
Theinputscanbeswitched inputto zero,andyouthenhavea mixerwhichinvolves
of theservo)canbeadjusted.
"flaps"and"ailerons"
only.
onandoffwherever
thatisof oractical
advantaoe.
Mixersfor fixed-wingmodels
mixer
The "ELEVATOR+"
lnouts:Elevator
Sooiler
FlaD
etevalor
sporler
flap
Themixeris usually
assigned
asfollows:
Elevatorservo
Mainapplication:
or landing
modelswithcamber-changing
Standard
flaosand/orsDoilers.
The "V-TAlf mixer
lnDuts:Elevator
Rudder
The "aileronbrake"(Crow)mixer
atleron
lnouts:Aileron
Flap
sporler
Sooiler
elevalor
Elevator
Themixeris usually
assigned
asfollows:
Flapandaileronservos.
4 servos.
Usually
Mainapplication:
isto be used
Modelsin whichthe"Crow"configuration
as anaidto flightpathcontrolin certainllightsituations
(descent,
landingapproach).
Canalsobe usedforpure
"aileronbrakes".
The "SNAPFLAP"mixer
Inputs: Flap
Elevator
assigned
asfollows:
Themixeris usually
V-tailservosMainapplication:
ModelaircraftwithV-tails
,an
etevalor
Themixeris usually
assigned
aslollows:
Flaoservos
Mainapplication:
F3Aclassaerobaticmodelsfor "souare"manoeuvres
" mixer
The "V-TAIL+
elevator
The "QUADRO"mixer
Inputs:Elevator
ruooer
aileron
lnouts: Aileron
Rudder
sporler
Flap
Spoiler
flap
elevator
Elevator
Flap
Themixeris usually
assigned
asfollows:
Themixeris usually
assigned
asfollows:
V-tailservos
Flaoandaileronservos
Mainapplication:
ModelswithV-tailand/orspoilers
and/orcamber-chang-Mainapplication:
(flapssupport
with"Quadro"flapconliguration
Gliders
ingor landingflaps.
ailerons
support
flaps)
ailerons,
mixer
The "FLAPERON"
Inputs:Aileron
Flap
aleron
flap
Themixeris usually
assigned
aslollows:
Flaperonservos
Mainapplication:
(combination
flapi ailerons)
Modelswithflaperons
The " DELTA'mixer
lnDuts:Aileron
Elevator
Themixeris usually
assigned
asfollows:
servos(combination
ailerons/elevators)
Mainapplication:
deltamodelaircraft
andflyingwings.
49
Mixersfor modelhelicopters
The "TAILROTOR"mixer
pitch
Inputs:Collective
Yaw
Fixedvalue
collectivepitch
yaw-axis
fixed value
MiXCT
The', DYNAMIC-THROTTLE',
throttle
lnputs: Throttle
roll-axis
Roll
pitch-axis
Pitch-axis
yaw-axis
Yaw
throttle
servo
astollows:
assigned
Themixeris usually
asfollows:
assigned
Themixeris usually
"Throttle"servo
Tailrotorservo
Mainapplication:
Mainapplication:
in whichthrottleis notcontrolled
withmainrotortorquecompensationAll modelhelicopters
Modelhelcopters
accord'
pilot,
indirectly
is controlled
but
by
the
directly
via tail rotor
of themainandtailrotors.
ingto thepowerabsorption
feature:
SDecial
The "HEIMHEAD"mixer
and "yaw" inputsare mixed
The "roll", "pitch-axis/r,
pitch
Inputs:Collective
"withoutprefixes",
collectivepitch
powerrequirement
of the
the
as
Roll
"on
sides".
zerc
both
roll-axis
rises
from
tail
rotors
mainand
asfollows:
assigned
Themixeris usually
The"FLARE"mixer
actuationservos
Swashplate
Inputs:Pitch-axis
Mainapplication:
Collective
oitch
linkage,
swashplate
with Heim-type
Modelhelicopters
or similar
mixer
The"HEAD-MIX"
geometry
pitch
Inputs:Collective
collective pitch
Roll
rolFaxis
pitch-axis
Pitch-axis
phase
Geometry
Phase
asfollows:
assigned
Themixeris usually
controlservos
Swasholate
Mainapplication:
PitchMixing"swashwith"Collective
Modelhelicopters
platelinkage
pitch-axis
collective pitch
pitch-axas
servo
asfollows:
assigned
Themixeris usually
Pitch-axis
servo
Mainapplication:
Helicopterswith separatepitch-axisservo (e.9.Sch" tlarc"mixingis desired.
"Shuttle"),it
lueter,
The freely definablemixers("USR-MlX"mixers)
in the 1.AIL +T
mixersdiscussed
to the "pre-defined"
In contrast
you And the result?Nothing!Has the transmitter
give
mixers
gone
Section,the user-definable
Drevious
you wrong?
precisely
inputs
the mixing
the chanceto select
applications
Thisfeaturecatersfor all possible
require.
the
No,there'snothingwrong:lirstyou mustre-assign
provided.
pre-defined
mixers
are
no
forwhich
assignment
to
the
servo
Move
thesemixerscan be modifiedUSR-mixer.
Oncethey havebeen"defined",
servo,and activatethe
appropriate
the
"pre-defined"
menu,
select
mixers.
likethe
usedexactly
1 flashes- nowthe
inputfield.The legendUSR-MIX
This meansthat they are assignedand adjustedin alteredUSRmixeris active.
exactlythe same way.And in exactlythe same way,
butbearwithus;
or complex,
inputson Youmaylindthisdifficult
switchesare providedfor turningindividual
"trap"
possibilities.
in Jactoffersimmense
this
andoff.
give
you
freedom!
total
Thesemixers
lf you are reallyclever,you will alreadyhaverealised
thepotential:
Note:
the term"definingmixers"meansthatyou Sincewe haveto re-activate
In practice,
the mixereachtime,we
select:
eachservo
between
canalterthe USRmixerdefinition
(sayeleva- assignment
(say)aileronInput2 controls
(servo1,2, 3 etc.),sothateachof the9 ser'
Input1 controls
tor
vos hasitsownUSRmrxer.But- of course- therehas
That is all you needto do to definea deltamixer.You to be a drawback.
can nowassignthe mixerin the standardway.However, TheUSRmixerscanindeedall be diflerent,
buttheyall
whenyoutry outthe system,youwilldiscover:
1.
name,
e.g.
USR-MIX
same
havethe
Notrims!
Al thispointwe willcomebackto the gamewe played
mixer,
release
theUSR-MIX
Rightthen,backto defining
yourfriends'question:
in answering
before,
theinputfieldwiththeE key,andaddthetrim.
"My
has6 mixers;andyours?"
transmitter
E.G.Inout1
50
we needonly 2: one jor
mixersystems,each Ot the four possibleinputs
of the 13ready-made
Independent
"ELEVATOR".
"MOTOR',
In line1 (Number
theotherfor
of whichyoucanapplyI times,younowhavethe USR
"USR-MlX1";
"name"
i.e.
you
will
see
mixer)
oJ
the
inputs
and
up to 1.0different
Thesecanbe assigned
mixers.
possible
here.
mixers
be
done
is
nothing
to
10"
there
Thatmeans:
for all fourchannels.
oerservol
Nowwe will"define"theinputsin turn:in line1 youwill
see"lNP1",whichis thefirstinput;we canleaveit as it
Sampleapplications:
is.
As the first example,imaginean electric-powered
has
the
unpleasant
that
it
lmagine
also
modelaircraft.
Pressthe Z key;and the "type of input" = control
the more functioncan be entered.Leafthroughwith the E key
moreand moretail'heavy,
habitof becoming
the "throttle"is opened(themorepoweris ted to the until"MOTOR"
That'sit done.
appears.
motor).Quitewhythis occurswe don'tneedto waste Nowto the secondinput.Pressthe ! key,followedby
just wanted
timethinkingabout:perhapsthe modeller
"lNP1"turnsinto"lNP.2".Pressthe Z keyagain,
at the build- El.
an easylife,or maybehe madea mistake
then leafthroughwith the El key until" ELEVATOR"
ingboard.
appears:
Now,wouldn'tit be niceif we couldmixdown'elevator
sothatmore"down"
in withthe"throttle"automatically,
rl_l5F:-t,lI
l':1 i +T+F:]
Wewouldthen
as thethrottlewasopened.
wasaDDlied
"elevator"
"motor"
mixer.
and
needa
r I fiF. i: ELEr,.rHI
elevator + trim
molor
Now you reallyare finished.Inputs3 and 4 are not
etevalor
servo
mixer.
A casefora mixer- a USR-MIX
Secondexample:in a modelboatwith2 motorsand 2
screwsthe motorsare requiredto supportthe rudder.
the leftmotoris to be
When"rightrudder"is applied,
fed withmorecurrent,andthe rightone less;andthe
otherwayroundwhen"leftrudder"is applied.
Here we need tvvomixersol the same type for the
inouts" rudder"and" motor":
motor
rudder+ trim
motorcontroller
R.H.motor
motor
rudder+ trim
motor controller
L.H. motor
It is alwayspossiblethat therecould be something
so
leftherefroman earliermixerdefinition,
undesirable
side:
on
the
safe
look,
to
be
to
have
a
we ought
Select input 3 as discussed above. ll you see
to
(Nothing)
there,moveon immediately
leafthroughwiththe E keyuntil
inputNo.4; otherwise
appears.Repeatthe processwithinput4.
the task.Leavethe menuin
Thisreallydoescomplete
the usualwaywiththe @ key.
is builtin:
convenience"
At this pointa little"operating
you are taken immediatelyto the "Assign sewos"
lf youdo
menu,whereyou can carryout this process.
notwishto dothis,justpress@ again.
form:
Theresultof yourwork,in diagrammatic
n#liif_,if"",".
ffiiilr8lil
lf the two molorshavealreadybeen set for separate
mixerto the elevatorservo,leal through
usingthe assignmentsTo assignthis
controlfrom the transmitter,
"Servo
USR-Mlxl'.
No.. controls
see
'MOTOR"and " MOTOR-2",
'
thenthe solutioncan be untilvou
I
ot seNo
number
go
here.
into
that
butwewon't
evenmoresophisticated,
"define"
with
the mixer
lf you wantto adiustthis servo,you mustthen,as"ELHowto
"MOTOR"
and
inputs
adjust
both
mixers,
thö
other
the
Everydefinablemixerhas tour inputs.To define
whichcontrolfunc- EVATOR".
mixei,we needto tellthetransmitter
inputs.
tionsit isto sendto these
The secondexamplein abbreviatedform:
Thatiswhatwe meanby "defining".
For this you use USR mixer2. Assign"MO'rOR"to
you input1;" RUDDER"
to input2.
thisis doneby meansof a menu,which
Naturally,
"As'
"bottom
the
'MOf
of
corner"
right-hand
-2' to the 3rd input,thena further
will find in the
ft you assign
signing"menu.
Why not try and
available.
is
automatically
relinement
"AssignStartingfromthe Statusdisplay,more to the
workout whatit is? (clue:bearin mindthatyou can
@Z N ; thenselect laterswitchoftor setinputsto zero).
ing" menuwiththe keysequence
"USR-MlX"
withtheZ key.Youwillseethisdisplay:
(Nothing).
Input4is againsetto
form:
Thismixerin diagrammatic
rutFt-f'lI
iil i +T+E:i
rIl'.|F.1: rj".
r
Nowwe will detinethe mixerfor the first example.
Thiswillbe USRmixer1.
motor
ruooet
motor2
nothing
molor
(motor controller)
cl
And nowone small,but very importantdifference:
ru:,Ft-fl
I iiI {:+T+F:i
Whathappensto the trims?
r I l'lF.r: ELEr"rHr
to includethe trim
With manymixersit is necessary
withthe "puresticksignal".Forexamsliderpositions
"ELEVATOR"
flashes.
ple,that appliesto a V-tail,otherwise
it wouldnot be PresstheZ keyagain;
"
you
press
key,
+T"
will
appearnextto it.
lf
now
the
E
oossibleto trim the elevatorsand rudder.The same
"with
indicates
that
thetrimposF
This
means
trim",
and
also appliesto the elevatorcontrolof a llying wing
input:
mixed
in
with
the
ELEVATOR
tion
is
now
model.
On the otherhandthereare mixersin whichthe posiExample:
tionof thetrimslidersshouldnotbe included.
rU:;Fj-l'1
I :'iI {:+T+F:
i
"snapjlaps"on an aerobatic
model.In this casethe
r I I' l F ::
. E L Er-rH +Tr
wing controlsurfacesshouldnot deflectwhen the
elevatortrim slideris shifted;flap movementis only
again,
lf you pressthe El keyagain,"+T" disappears
requiredwhenyou"control"the elevator.
"withouttrims".
mixing
occurs
and
the
your
particular
application,
It dependstheretoreon
whetheryou want the mixinginputswith or without Onelasttime:
trims,andthisappliesequallyto theUSRmixers.
Pleasebear in mind (as already describedabove)
that you must re-assignthe USR-Mixerseverytime
Youcan choosethis too:
here. you altertheirdefinition,otherwisethe changeswill
we discussed
We will returnto the firstexample
not takeeftect.
Wehadthisdisplay:
under"SomeheliOverthe courseof its existencethe modelhelicopter will find somefurtherexplanations
and demanding copterterms"on page76.
has developedinto a sophisticated
The demandsthesemachinesmakeon the In this Sectionwe startfromthe assumption
machine.
thatyou
The arealreadyfamiliarwiththewaythe transmitter
radiocontrolsystemare no less comprehensive.
works,
is morethana so thatwe can concentrate
PROFImc 3010,withits vastflexibility,
on the characteristics
oJthe
thanksin in particular helicopter.
matchfor alltheserequirements;
"helicopter
mixers"andthe user-de- Evenif youconsider
to thespecialised
yourself
an expertanda helicopter
mixers,
which
canbe usedto fulfilalmostanycon- specialist
fined
youshouldat leastcarryouta few"dryruns"
to exploit withthefixedwingexamples,
ceivableneed.Expertswillalsobe delighted
sothatyoubecomefamiF
of "switchingmemoriesin flight"(see iarwiththewaythetransmitter
the possibility
works.
page68).
a minimum,you shouldteel at home with the
the As
withchoppers
lf youalreadyhavesomeexperience
method
of findingyourwayaroundthemenus,andwith
present
noproblem.
willprobably
lollowing
Section
servosand transcorrelating
and adjusting
selecting,
to the worldoJthe whirlingrotor, mittercontrols.
ll youarea beginner
we stronglyadviseyou to read and studymodelling Basically
"helicopter"
in the
transmitter
is operated
the samewaythe
and specialistbooksto complement
magazines
thatwe
for a fixed-wing
model.Everything
as
in thismanual.
information
mixers
havesaidup to nowon workingwithmemories,
thePROFImc3010is complicated,andsoon,appliesin fullto thehelicopter
Thatis notbecause
transmitter.
complex.And However,there is one fundamentaldifference:every
are inherently
but becausehelicopters
becauseit is not possibleto startwith 2 or 3 functions, modernmodelhelicopter
is tlownwith at leastone
model.lt is faroutsidethescopeof mixerrightfromthe start,andmostoJthemfeaturesevas witha fixed-wing
thismanualto go intothebasicsandfinerpointsof heli- eral mixers.The "collectiveDitch/throttle
curve" is
coptercontrolsystems,as they are by no meansas anotherfeaturewhich is peculiarto the helicopter
nor as easyto imagineas thoseof world.
easyto understand
usedterms
models.Someof the commonly
tixed-wing
in thissectionwherenecessary;
andyou But now:downto business.
areexplained
52
Theassignmentprocess
for helicopters
Assigningat the "servoend"
Herethingsgeta littlemorecomplex.
Butlet'sdothings
right
in
the
order!
which
lf we disregard
theearly,verysimplehelicopters,
pitch,the modelhelicopter Inthemodeltherearethreegroupsof controlfunctions:
managed
withoutcollective
1.The tail rotor (yaw)controlsystem,including
requires
at leastfiveprimary
controlfunctions:
gyro suppression
1.Collective
oitch
2. Throttlecontrolsystemincludingmixture
(fixedwing:elevator)
2. Pitch-axis
adiustment
(fixedwing:aileron)
3. RolFaxis
(mainrotor)controlsystem.
3.
Swashplate
(tailrotor- fixedwing:rudder)
4. Yaw-axis
No helicoptercan managewithout this:
5. Throttle;
usuallylinkedto and derivedfromcolThetail rotorcontrolsystem
lectiveoitch
Moveto the "Assignservos"menu.Selectin the usual
Commonly
usedauxiliary
functions:
way the desiredservonumber,and activatethe servo
6.Gyrosuppression
function
fieldin line2 withtheZ key.
forthe motor.
and7. Mixtureadjustment
" Leaf through" with the E key until "TAILROT."
appears:
Assigningthe "transmittercontrol"
endof the system
H5:,Iriil 5EF;r.Jü
I I
^T
TI:I TI]I LEL-'IT.
Atthetransmitter
endthefourmaincontrolfunctions:
PITCH,
PITCH-AXIS,
ROLLandYAW
COLLECIIVE
haveto be assignedto the two transmittersticksin the In our exampleservoNo.3 is nowassignedto tail rotor
control.Thisautomatically
makesavailable
the essenusuarway.
passes
part
pitchsig"THROTTLE"
tial
mixer
which
of
the
collective
in twoways
As the
functionis controlled
- partlyvia a derivedsignalfrom "COLLECrIVE nal to the tail rotorservo.All you needto do lateris set
PITCH"and partlyvia a separatecontrol(moredetails the levelof thetwo inputs.
later)- a transmitter
controlmustalsobe assignedto it; lmportant:
Be sure to assign "TAIL ROTOR".lf you assign
usually
oneol thetwosliders.
"YAW"instead,you will havethe normalstick funcTheotherslideris usedformixture
adjustment.
tion, but not the collectivepitch mixing - i.e. no
Start by movingto the "Assigntransmittercontrols" statictail rotor compensation!
menuas described
before.
Assignthe transmitter
congyro suppressionin thesameway:
COLLECf
IVEPITCH, Setup"sensitivity"
trolsA - D to thecontrolJunctions
As
the
inputof thegyrois connected
to the
youpreROLL,PITCHandYAWusingthearrangement
"formal"desreceiver
in
the
same
way
as
a
servo,
the
fer.
hereis:" ServoNo... controls
ignation
GYRO".
AssignsliderE or F to "THROTTLE";
thenthe remaingyro
In ourexample
the
is connected
to receiver
output6.
ingsliderto " MIXTURE".
press
the
key
and
select
servo
No.
6.
PressZ
So:
S
tromthe
lf youareusinga gyrowhichcanbecontrolled
"GYRO"appears:
and
leaf
through
until
controlneedsto be
transmitter,
a furthertransmitter
oneof the "switched
chanassigned
to it; for example
riH 5EF:Url
r-r:,:,I
ü I
language:
transmitter
connels"H; in the transmitter's
=
trol H GYRO.
Tr:r
tiirFtür
youcouldassign
lf youdo notneedmixtureadjustment,
Leavethemenuas usual;that'sit - done!
oneof theslidersto thegyro.
Thethrottlecontrolsystem
Firstthe mixtureadiustment
able becauseeverycontrolmovementrequiresextra
"Assign
powerfromthe motor.lf youdo notwantto usethisfeaNo.
7;
servos"menuselect,say,servo
At the
"MIXTURE":
press
ture.
the ROLL.PITCHand YAWinoutswill be set to
the
key
and
select
then
Z
zeto.
So: pressthe tr key,then leai throughwiththe E key
T I
t1:,5IüHsEFlr,lr_t
untilvousee" DYN.-THROT.":
TÜ I'II!{TUFIE/
Nowthe "throttle" servo.
servoagain;in our case
Firstwe selectthe appropriate
No.4.
of thesimple"THROTTLE"
function
ason
Now instead
a fixed-wingaircraft,we are otferedthe mixedfunction
"DYN.-THROT."
(dynamic
Thismixedtunction
throttle).
allowsyouto "switchin" partof the ROLL,PITCHand
YAWcontrolsignalsto thethrottlesignal.Thisis desir-
t:t5!;itjH:,EF:t.t[t
4 r
T[t ['tr't'],
THF:.r
That'sallthereisto it here,too.
lncidentally:if you don'tholdwith such refinements,
youcanalwaysusethe simple"THROTTLE'
lunction.
In that casethe mixingarrangements
simplydo not
appty.
Theswashplate
controlsystem
Herewe can'tavoidgettinga littledeeperintothetechnology,as thereareseveraldifferentrotorheadcontrol
systems,or designs,which differwidelyfrom each
conother.In facttheyall do thesamejob:theyprovide
However,
trol of collectivepitch,roll-axisand pitch-axis.
the differentsystemsmakequitedifferentdemandson
thenumberof servosandhowtheyareused.
For this reasonwe presenthere a brief description
of the three most important systems, and the
assignmentsrequiredfor each:
1.The "classical"fixedswashplate
I
AEargem.nt 9d
Fig.34
pitchcontrolis operated.
For roll controlonlythe two
movealongthe axisof the
in this case in opposite
outer
servos
are
operated,
rotorshatt;it can only tilt.
servo alone provides
Finally
the
central
directions.
Collectivepitch control is
pitch-axis
control.
via a oushrodwhich runs
The120-degree
arrangement
distributesthe loadsto
inside the hollow rotor
the servosmoreevenly.
shaft,or in a groovein the
For collectivepitch control all three servos again
rotor shaft. Collectiveand
PITCHsigreceivean equalpartof the COLLECTIVE
cyclic pitch are mixed
" higherup",
nal.Forrollcontrol,onceagain,onlythetwooutersermechanically,
vos are operated,in oppositedirections.For pitch-axis
at the rotor.The swashplate is controlledby two
control.however.all three servosmustwork:the two
direction
but in the opposite
outeronesworktogether,
servos,set at 90 degrees
l. ffi-'x
"*:*.
(+ clllocllr. lro|]l
to
the
central
one.
J S€rw 5
to eachother.
F i o . 3 3 tor n ro r.0ü!) Call€ciiv! picn
Eventhisis notthe endof the matter:the servomovethreeservosfor collectivepitch,roll- mentsmust be different.The two outer servos,when
Therearetherefore
movement,
deflectby
func- required
to producea pitch-axis
axisandpitch-axis,whichhaveentirelyseparale
has
to
move
twiceas
The
central
one
the
same
amount.
tions.
far.
ServoNo.1controlsROLL-axis
mixeris usedfor controlling
The same"HEAD-MIX"
ServoNo.2 controlsPITCH-axis
PITCH
the servosin both versionsot the CPMrotor head:
COLLECTIVE
ServoNo.5 controls
inputto colleclf youwish,youcanmixin thepitch-axis
geometry
(torthe
tive pitchat a laterstage,if youfind it necessary
collective pitch
roll-axis
this,assign
fromcruiseto hoveo.Toachieve
transition
pilch-axis
" FLARE"to theDitch-axis
servo.
phase
all the
Pleasenotethatif youchangethe assignment,
previouspitch-axis
willbe lost.
servoadjustments
COLLECThismixeroffersthefacilityto feedadjustable
"CPM"
inputsto
and ROLL-AXIS
TIVE PITCH,PITCH-AXIS
swashplate
2. The
"Collective
- e.g.
required
input
which
is
not
PitchMixing".Thistypeof each servo.Any
CPMstandstor
(00/o),
is
set
to
zero
servo
simply
ROLL
for
the
central
fixed
linkageis to some extentthe oppositeof the
otf.
i.e.
switched
is
Jree
to
move
the
swashplate
In
this
case
swashDlate.
Movingit axi- Theservoassignment
alongtherotorshaftin theaxialdirection.
is simple:
pitchcontrol;
tiltingit produces
collective
allyproduces
HEAD-MlX,
ServoNo.1controls
cyclicpitchcontrol.
HEAD-MlX,
ServoNo.2 controls
but in this caseall
Threeservosare againrequired,
HEAD-MlX.
ServoNo.5 controls
is known
Thisarrangement
threeacton theswashplate.
youstillhaveto setthe magnitude
and
Naturally,
it is possibleto usemore direction
as a 3-pointlinkage.However,
of thethreeinputs.
servosto controlthe swashplate.
the displaywill
As an exampleto helpyou remember,
noproblem
to thetransmitter.looklikethis(servoNo.2):
A 4-pointlinkagepresents
You couldeven "distribute"5 or moreservosaround
withthesefeatures
the rotorhead,shoulda helicopter
H 5 : , I t j H : ; E F j t J :u I
evercomeontothe market.
lir
TLt HEHtt-l'lI
There are two differentmethodsof arrangingthese
"go-degree
and
the
arrangement"
three servos:the
a go-degree
arrangeThe4-pointlinkageis,in practice,
"120-degree
:
arrangement"
mentwith2 oitch-axisservos.
The 90-degreearrangementis the simplerone.
very simple.
mc 3010makeseverything
All threeservosmusttirstbe assignedan equalpartof YourPROFI
'HEAD-MIX"to,say,servos3 to 6.
You
assign
is
that
the
PITCHsignal;the result
the ooLLECTIVE
on page62.
adjustments
risesand fallsevenlvwhenthe collective Youwillfindthenecessary
swashDlate
",1 U ,
54
the rotorshatt.The bellcrank"tloats",and thus moves
The bellcrank"deup and downwiththe swashplate.
pitch.By an
controlfromcollective
couples"pitch-axis
pivot"flare"
designof the floatingbellcrank
ingenious
automatically,
so no special"flare"
mixingis achieved
mixeris needed.
for the two
mixeris provided
A soecial"HEIMHEAD"
"coilective
servos.
oitch/roll"
3. The"Heim"$t ashplate
is alsofree
Thisswasholate
to moveaxially,and collec-*
tive pitch is achievedby
However,
it
this movement.
is only controlleddirectly
by two (outboard)servos;
when they move in the
the resultis
samedirection
a collective pitch movement;whenthey movein
opposite directions the
resultis a rollmovement.
for
A bellcrankis provided
Ditch-axis
control.and this
is operatedby the pitchaxis servo, which is
mountedat righlanglesto
collectivepitch
roll-axis
is asJollows:
Servoassignment
HEIMHEAD
ServoNo.1 controls
HEIMHEAD
ServoNo.5 controls
ServoNo.2 controlsPITCH-AXIS
controloptionsfor helicoptercontrolsystems
Transmitter
oflersa seriesol optionstor helicopter The followingoptions are available:
Thetransmitter
controlsystems,exactlylikethe fixed-wingcontrolsys- ODtion
Transmittercontrol
tems,whichyou can "activate",and adjust,whenyou DualRate
PITCH,ROLL,YAW(tailrotol)
needthem.
COLL.PITCH,PITCH,ROLL,YAW
Exponential
ll the term "transmittercontroloptions"is not clear, Traveladj.,boths. PITCH,ROLL,YAw,COLL.PITCH.
pleaseturnbackto page32andreadthatsection.
COLL.PITCH*PITCH,ROLL,YAWMIXTURE,
Centreadjust
To someextenttheseootionsare identicalto thosetor ldle
THROTTLE
someof themare specific Fixedvalue
fixed-wingmodels;however,
THROTTLE
to helicopters.
Throttle
curve collEgrlvE PITCH
in thefol- Direc hrote
optionsareexplained
Thehelicopter-specific
coLLECrlvEPITCH
lowingsection.
GyroON/OFF GYRO
'"Coll€ctivepitchmaximum"
in helicopter
terminology.
Hereagain,you are free to makeuse of as manyof
and"coll.pitchminimum"
" "Collective
pitch-hover"
in helicopier
terminology.
theseoptions- or asfewof them- asyouwish.
The "collectivepitchcurve"
The term "collectivepitchcurve"refersto the relationship betweenthe positionof the collectivepitch stick
and the actualangleof collectivepitch.Pleasereferto
Fio.36here:
Colleclive
pitch servo
SP
Collective
pilch slick
o
Fig.36
Whenthe collective
oitchstickis set to "Centre",the
is required
to hover:thisis the "HoverPoint"
helicopter
(HP).The corresponding
angleol rotorbladepitchis
and is
usuallystatedby the helicoptermanufacturer,
is a
+3 degrees
usuallyin the range+2lo +4 degrees;
goodstartingpointfor yourownexperiments.
pitch"stick positionthe
At the "maximumcollective
pitchanglefor norrotorbladesaresetto themaximum
to "P+". lts actualvalueis
malflying;hereabbreviated
best discoveredin practicalflight testing,as it varies
accordingto the motorpoweravailable(seebelow).
pitch"
At the " bottomend" is the "minimumcollective
position- point"P-". Thissettingis not criticaland
to themodelandthe pilot.lt is bestfor
variesaccording
recbeginnersto stickto the helicoptermanulacturer's
here;expertswill havetheirownideas.
ommendation
of each
Youcan adjustall three pointsindependently
are no differentfrom
other.In tact, theseadjustments
of the
andseparatetraveladjustment
centreadjustment
control,and you will find
collectivepitchtransmitter
themin the menuundertheseterms.So:moveto the
"Adiusttransmittercontrols"menu;leafthroughto the
PITCHcontrol.Setthe hoverpoint(HP)
COLLECIIVE
"Centre"
pitchmaximum
ootion.andcollective
withthe
Travel".
withtheoption"Asymmetrical
andminimum
Note:As collectivepitchis alwaysadjustedin conjunctionwiththe "throttlecurve",we willhaveto comeback
to thissubjectin duecourse.
The "throttlecurve"
The levelof motoroutput,i.e.the positionof the throttle
is usuallyderivedtromtheposislidein thecarburettor,
pitchstickfor normalflying.The
tion of the collective
relationshipbetvveenthe two is termedthe "throttle
curve".
Theoptions
Youcanselecteitherof twotypesof curve:
"3-pointcurve" Fig.37;
"s-point
or
curve" Fig.38.
The philosophyconcerningcontrol and adiustment
is the samefor both curves:
The startingpoint is alwaysthe hover,as this is the
most importantbasicadjustment.The collectivepitch
100fi
reouired
for the hoveris determined
withincloselimits
The required"throttle"
by the designof the helicopter.
settingfor the hoveris adjustedto matchthe collective
pitchsetting.
"cornerpoint"is maximumcollecThe nextimportant
tive pitch.Thiscannotbe setto anyold value,however,
as it deoendson the maximumooweroJthe motor.For
this reasonfull throttleis set first,and the maximum
possible
pitchsubsequently
collective
setto matchit.
Thelastcorneroointis "minimum
throttle"
at lowcollective oitch.On oidertransmitters
this is wherethe "idleup",or throttlepre-select
functionwasused.Toavoidconfusion,we havealsotermedthispoint"lU'. In thiscase
thethrottle
is adjusted
withtherotor"unloaded";so
that
therotorspeedremains
as nearlyconstant
aspossible.
Throttle
---:.7
SP
Collective
pitch stick
3 - point
curue
IU
0
-100!6
-100!6
+
Fig.37
'50c;t
,50c;t
0
50%
100!6
Fig.38
ffsP = " Fullthrottleforward".s-oointcurve
The3-pointcurveis simplerto setup,andis adequate
fbsP = "Fullthrottle
back", s-pointcurve
in mostcases.lt alsoformsthe basisJorthe s-point
curve.
Firstthe 3-pointcurve.
The s-point curve oflers a further,adjustablepoint Stayat "fi3P"andpresstheZ key."HP" (hoverpoint)
aboveandbelowthe hoverpoint,so thatyoucan match willflash.Youarealreadyat thepointwhereyouadjust
the requiredmotorpowermoreaccurately
to the charac- the "hoverthrottle"setting.Use the El or El keys(or
teristicsof your motor.By settingthesetwo pointsthe the Digi-Adjustor),
to set the desiredvalue;e.g.750lo
"throttlecurve"is endowed
witheithera progressive
or (here00/o= throttleclosed;1000/o
= Jullthrottle).
shape.lt alsoprovides
a regressive
an easiermethodof
"negative
oosition
andhold
powerfor
pitch"- i.e.for Movethestickbackto thefull-throttle
increasing
collective
there.The displaywill now show " P+" insteadof
Theonlydrawback
is thatit givesyoumore it
aerobatics.
"HP"; and you can againset the correctvalueusing
workat theadjustment
stage.
Theadditional
hoverDoint the E) andEl keys,or the Digi-Adjustor.
Dointin the middle.between
"S+",
pitch,
collective
is termed
thepoint Caution: you are now adiusting collective pitch
andmaximum
hoverandminimum
maximum(notfullthrottle)!
between
collective
Ditch"S-".
Howto set the points
Thismethodof adjustment
is basedon practical
experiIt is veryhelpfulif youbecomefamiliar
withtheprocess ence:fullthrottleis a fixedvalue,andmaximum
collecand adiusting
thesecurves,so we recom- tive pitchmustbe set to matchthat value.lf you want
of selecting
practice
mendthatyoucarryoutthe following
session. proofthatyouareactually
pitchmaxisettingcollective
At the "Adjusttransmitter
controls"menu,selectthe mum,you can latermoveto the "Asymmetrical
Travel"
PITCHcontrol,and then select the option,and examineCOLLECTIVE
COLLECTIVE
PITCHtravelat
"Throttle
"stickback".Thereyouwillfindthesamevalueset.
curve"ootion.Themenuwilllooklikethis:
rEt:t::[tLL. [:UE:t-lEr
Nowto minimumthrottle.Movethe stickfoMardand
holdit there;the displaywill nowshow"1U".Youcan
rf'f'IF HF: bül{ r
pitchminiposition
nowsetthecarburettor
forcollective
mum;e.g.100/0.
Pressthe Il key;the "bottomleft-hand
corner"will
'fl'
'fb',
The
s-pointcurve
flash.Youcan nowselecteither
or
usingthe
"3P"
"5P"
The
setting-upprocedureis similarto that outlined
with the E
and
@ key.Choosebetween
No doubtyou realisethat you mustfirst select
above.
keys.
andE
"5P" instead
of 3P
guesswhatthe abbreviations
mean
Youcan probably
lf you havealreadyset up a 3-pointcurve,then those
already:
youshouldsetthosethree
valuesstillapply.Otherwise
ff3P = "FullthrottlefoMard". 3-oointcurve
pointsfirsl,asalready
fb3P = "Fullthrottle
curve
back". 3-boint
described.
56
curve:
by nowthatthe symbol The3-ooint
Youaresureto havediscovered
"S+" appearsin the displaywhenyou movethe stick Whenvou rotatethe knob,the minimumthrottleposipoint tion, ttie hoverthrottlesettingor the collectivepitch
between"HP" and "P+". This is the additional
interDosed
betweenhoverand maximumcollective maximumsettingwill be altered,dependingon the
pitchstick.
of thecollective
pitch.Holdthestickin thatposition
andenterthevalue position
Thes-oointcurve:
vouthinkcorrect.
the sameapplieson the "otherside".Between Hereagain"minimumthrottle,the centralpartof the
Exactly
"HP" and"lU' youwillfind"S-". Hold,the
stickin this curve,br the collectivepitch maximumsettingis
pitch
ot thecollective
ontheposition
depending
andenterthe correctvaluewiththe El andE altered,
oosition
points
part
HB
S-,
(the
moves
the
three
stick
centre
keys,or the Digi-Adjuslor.
S+ "in parallel").
Adjustingthe valuesin flight
to makechangesin flightusing In brief:
Caution:neverattempt
error is Becauseot the "intelligent" method adopted for
the keypad.The risk of makinga catastrophic
throttle adiustments,a single adiustor is sufficient
toogreat!
for in-flight adiustments. This makes operation
in-flight
for
making
Always use the Digi-Adiustor
muchsimpler,and removesa whole bundleof stress
adiustments.
withthedetailsof fromthe pilot.
Yoüdon'treallyneedto concernyourself
facilities:
duringa Nowto recap:you havetwo usefuladiustment
thiscurve.lf yourotatetheDigi-Adjustor
adjusting
"throttle
you
as
curve"
ad,ust
the
hand
can
to on theone
flight,it adjuststhatpartof thecurvewhichcorresponds
just
you
adiust
collective
other
can
on
the
pitch
described;
that
moment
stickat
the positionof thecollective
at anytime,usingthecollective
justaswhensettingupthecurvein thefirstplace.Never- pitch(thehoversetting)
oitchtrimslider.
theless- a fewwordsonthebasicprinciples:
The"throttleslider"
extreme,releaseit again.lf you reducethrotllegreatly
withthe slider,youwilldropbelowthe speedat which
the centrifugalclutch "bites": idle with helicopter
" landed".
is on the
The wholething in reverse:the helicopter
ground;throttleis "closed";motorat idle.To takeoff
pitchminipushthe throttleand revshigh(collective
mum):the "throttlecurve"takesover,and with the
canfinallybe taken
the helicopter
fullyreleased
throttle
collectivepitch.
otf by increasing
"Directthrottle" modeof operation
tor adiustingthe motorIn manycases- for example,
the throttleneedsto be adjustedwithoutanyautomatic
variationot collectiveoitch.In thiscasea switchis used
pitchlthrottle
this
coupling:
the coliective
to disconnect
is termed"Directthrottle".
In this mode of operation the throttle is adiusted
directly,usingthe slideralone.
As usuä|,you haveto tell the transmitterwhichswitch
vouwantto useto select"DirectThrottle".This is done
controls"menu,as a transmität the 'Adjusttransmitter
PITCH.
tercontroloptionunderCOLLECIIVE
First moveto the 'Adiusttransmittercontrols"menu,
selectthe collEgllvE PITcH transmittercontrol,
pressthe N key,andthen leafthroughwiththe El key
youreachthe" DirectThrottle"
option.
rrgdb until
Youwillseethis:
Thethrottleslideris setto the valueshownin the diagram by the dottedline. lf you now set the collective
rE : t-:u L L .T L rT H F:1
maxipitchstickto minimum
andslowlypushit towards
r
lEFHF:tlTE:r_rFF
curveshown
thethrottle
at firstfollows
mum,thethrottle
point
two
at whichthe
bv the doudashline.Fromthe
and follows Pressthe Z keyfirst,lhen switchON with the El key,
linesmeet,the throttleremainsconstant,
andfinallyselectthe switchyouwantto usewiththe El
thedottedlineagain.
lf you now set the sliderto a lowerpoint,so that its andE keys.
between"throttlecoupledto col'
vaiue is completelybelowthe throttlecurve,then the Nowyou can switch
"direct
throttlecontrol"by meansot
curvehasno effect,andthrottleis controlledentirelyby lectivepitch"and
you
havejustselected.
mechanical
switch
the
theslider.
Note:
application:
Practical
oositionof the throttleslideris switchable
Usingthe throttleslideryou can reducethrottleinde- The idle"idle
as withfixedback"and "idleforward",
between
position,
pitch
pendently
or,at theother
of thecollective
thethrotThethrottleslidercanalsobe usedto influence
modes
of
operation.
optional
There
are
two
tle setting.
Normalmodeof operation
the slider
Whileyou are in this modeoJ operation,
worksas a "limiter"for the throttle.At any time the
throttlepositionis limitedto thecurrentposimaximum
ot whereyourcoltionof the throttleslider;regardless
of howyouhave
lectivepitchstickis set,andregardless
throttle
curve.
setuDthe
form:
ln diaorammatic
"Adiusj the throttleoosition
Jorthe "idle" positionof the slider
wing models.lt youwishto do this,moveto the
andback(2, thentr)'
forward
transmittercontrols"menuand selectthe THROTTLE andswitchbetween
"ldle"
position
bytheprefix.
is
indicated
idle
the
Switching
adjust
option
and
the
now
select
You
can
control.
Auto-rotation
selecOneswitchcan be dedicatedas an auto-rotation
r E :T H H r : r T
FIll-1r
tor.
E]':r
the transmitter
r[rFF
When it is switchedto auto-rotation,
doestwothings:
throttle"
First:"auto-rotation
setting(idle
to a pre-selected
1. lt setsthethrottle
followed
by El, then set the desired
Pressthe Z key
work).
OFFtor competition
lor practising;
waywith the El or E keys,
in
the
usual
setting
throttle
2. Anylimitseton collectivepitchtravelat the
- 100/o
is a goodstartingpoint.
0
the
Digi-Adjustor;
or
controlend is lifted(tomakefull coltransmitter
switch:
Nowdefinetheauto-rotation
lf youdo not
available).
lectivepitchmovement
requirethisfeature,adjustcollectivepitchtravel Pressthe Sl key,thenselectthe switchyouwantto use,
usingthe E and E keys,as usual;for examplethe
at theservoonly.
"S5".That'sallthereisto it.
'what
switch
aboutthetail
be thinking:
Youwillnowprobably
rotor?"Normally,becausemain rotorpowertorqueis Nowto theactualproblem.
the mixingof collective Forauto-rotation
absentduringauto-rotation,
pitchinputneedsto be
the collective
oilchto tail rotorhasto be removed.
to the
switchedofi. This is the procedure:move
and 'SWITCHSERVO"menuand assignthe "COLLEC'
The PROFImc 3010offersyou a very simple
"Servo TIVEPITCH"inoutto theauto-rotation
switch55.
elegantfeature:you simplyneedto moveto the
"TAILROT",
"F|XEDVALUE"
and selectthe Switch
menu,select
adiustment"
the
andassign
the'INPUT'to
"doLLECIIVE PITCH" input as switchable,then
switch55 to thattoo,but workingin the oppositedireclf, for exam- tion.Todo this,withthe inputfieldstillactive(flashing),
assignthe sameswitchas for auto-rotation.
ple,you selectthe switch"55" for auto'rotation(we're oressE .
just'comingto that!),then make the coLLEcTlvE
memory15,BK117:
Sampledisplay,
by "S5".
alsoswitchable
PITCHinputto "TAILROT"
to this;please
Thereis a furtherpossiblerefinement
r 5 E F I5. : T HI L F ; Ü T .
section.
end
ol
this
note
at
the
readthe
!,5+. r
r[:[rLL,:
Whatyou haveto adiust:
here:
Therearetwo pointsto remember
"auto-rotation
throttle"to "FixedValue"
r5EFt.
1.Setthe
5: TrlI LF:r:rT.
"auto-rotation"
switch.
2. Assignthe
r
-i5'+.+
rFiiiEtl:
it
Thisshouldtellyouwhereyouwillfindauto-rotation:
is " hidden"underTHROTTLE.
The net etfectis that by operatingthe switchS5 you
"Transmitter
closethe throttle,setcollectivepitchotf,set a (variable)
Optionsl
To do this, move again to the
pitch
fixed
valueon, andswitchto a secondcollective
Press
the
N
THROTTLE
control.
menu;thenon to the
"FlX-1"
travel.
the
(fixed
with
value)
option
the
select
keyand
The travelsare adjustedin the SERVOTRAVEL&
E keY.
menu.
REVERSE
display:
Youwillseethefollowing
2. Gyroswhosesensitivitycan be alteredor switched
"Suppression"means reducingor eliminatingthe otf tromthetransmitter.
For this type ot gyro a switchedtransmittercontrolis
dampingeffectof the gyro when the pilot wishesto needed(e.9.channel"G"), whichis thenassigned
to
asthegyrois onlyintended the "GYRO"function;
it.Thisis essential,
override
youwillalsoneeda "servo"outdueto gustsetc., putby thenameof "GYRO".Thisis wherethesensitivflightmovements
to reduceunwanted
and not to counteractdeliberateeffortson the part of ity sr,tiitcn
inputfromthe gyrois connected."Automatic
pilot.
the
here
proportional
is of no relevance
suppression"
"Gyrosuppression"
control
Therearethree basictypes ot gyro:
at the 'GYRO"transmitter
"OFF".
to
set
is
therefore
tor
control
1. Gyroswith no specialfacilities allowing
adjustablefrom
fromthetransmitter.
3. Gyroswith proportionalsensitivity,
"suppression"
effect, thetransmitter.
Someol thesegyrosalsohavea
conwhichis derivedfromtheyawcontrolsignalemanating Thisis thetypeof gyrowithwhichwe areprimarily
gyro
a
speof
the
To
the
sensitivity
here.
control
cerned
from the receiver.Thesegyroshaveonly one connecin
the
transYAW
signal
from
the
is
derived
gyro,
signal
cial
of
you
this
type
using
are
tion to the receiver.lf
to thegyrovia
con' mitter,andthissignalis thentransmitted
youdo notneedto assign"GYRO'to a transmitter
"GYRO":this is termed"automatic
outout
the
servo
on
this
type
to
say
is
nothing
else
There
nor
a
servo.
irol
gyrocontrol"or "automaticgyrosuppression".
ol device.
Gyrosuppression
5ö
The systemin practice
Howsuppressionworks
"suppress"
generates
signalwhichis We will suppose,as an example,that you have
a
Thetransmitter
of assigned "transmitter control H = GYRO" and
proportional
to the tail rotorstickposition(regardless
to "ServoNo.6 controlsGYRO",as alreadydescribed.
Thissignalis transferred
the directionof movement).
"sensitivity
chan- As switchlor the Gyrofunctionyou can use eithera
input"of the gyrovia a separate
the
nel.Thefurtherthe stickis moved,the morethe sensF 2-oosition
switch
switchwith2-corelead,or a 3-position
tivity of the gyro is reduced;the less sensitiveit with 3-corelead.To be able to exploitthe full control
the lesseffectit has,andthe morethe model travelwhenyou are usinga switchwitha 2-coreleada
becomes.
Thiseffectis valueof 1000/o
to deliberate
controlmovements.
resoonds
mustbe setat the "Centre"option.
in Fig.40.Fig.40 a showsthesuppression
represented
Now all that is left is to switchautomaticsuppression
gyroeffect.
signal,40 b thecorresponding
ControlOptions"menu
on. Moveto the "Transmitter
to controlH.
andleafthrough
PressN andthe El and E keysto select"AUTO".You
willseethisdisplay:
I
rH: tj'T'Fjt:t HUT|_].
üFF r
:;I-IFF'F:E:;:;:
by "ON";
PresstheA key,thenE . "OFF" is replaced
andthat'sit.
.
Tip:
Connecta servo(insteadof a gyro)lo the receiver"GYYouwillthenbe
RO" outputforthissettingup process.
o
+
effectworks.
ableto seeexactlyhowthe suppression
WithswitchH setto OFFand the tail rotorstickat cenlf you nowoper'
tre,
theservowillbe at oneend-point.
Fio.40
a
ate the stick,the servowill run towardsthe otherendpoint,its movementproportional
to the stick position;
ol whichsidethe stickis movedto.
regardless
lf you nowsetswitchH to ON,the servorunsstraightto
this end-point,and is not affectedby movementol the
thesignal"gyrofullysuppressed".
stick:it receives
lf necessary:
gyro,it mayturnoutthat
on yourparticular
Depending
"the
wrongway round";i.e.
works
the suppression
is at a
suppression
rotor
stick
is
at
centre,
whenthe tail
increases.
asstickdetlection
maximum,
andit reduces
In this caseyou needto moveto the " Servo adiustandleal
ment" menu.Select"TRAVEL+ REVERSE"
throughuntil you reach "Servo" No. 6. Pressthe Sl
key,then E. You havenow " reversed"gyro suppressron.
Supplementarynotes
F i o . 4 0b
andmaximum
suooression
1.Minimum
thatthe "corwe haveassumed
Duringthisdescription
to
which
are
used
(maximum
and minimum
The gyro usuallyhas two adjustors
ner values"for suppression
range.
betweenwhichyou can moveusingthe
settopandbottomlimitson thesensitivity
suppression),
At the lransmitterend a slideror a switchcan be used switchH, wereseton the gyroitself,as explainedat the
of thesection.
beginning
to control"GYRO".
lf the gyro does not otferthis feature,or you wantto
lf a slideris used,it becomespossibleto adiust"gyro carry
thenthereis an alternative
it outat thetransmitter,
suppression"steplessly(not to be confusedwith infi- method:
to
whichis proportional
suppression,
nitelyadjustable
Move to the "Servo adjustment" menu, select
range
of
adjustment
In
this
case
the
movement!).
stick
'TRAVEL+ REVERSE",
and set the "travel"of gyro
is withinthe limitsseton thegyroitself.Usinga switch,
as you wish. Whenyou adjustthe travel
suppression
on the otherhand,you can "only" switchbetweenthe (you
allyouare
for bothdirections!),
can
do
it
separately
two limitsset on the gyro.In practice,this latterfacility doingis seltingthe cornervaluesfor gyrosuppression
an inlinitelyadiustable (seeFig.41).
hasprovedto be quiteadequate;
settingis reallyone thing too manyfor mostpilotsto
cooewith. Pleasereadthe noteat lhe end of this sectionin thisconnection.
59
2. ON/OFFswitchforgyrosuppression
can alsobe switchedon and off in
Gyrosuppression
haveto do is
flight with a physicalswitch.All you "Suppression"
(e.9.
the
Sl 55) under
assigna switch
Ootion.At the sametime this switchcan be set to
switchin the DualRatesOptionfor yawcontrol,to pre'
tailrotorservomovement.
ventunwanted
-100s
+100q6
Tad rolor 3üat(
Fig.41
controls
Thetransmitter
You may well have read throughthe information Servo3 is the servowhichcontrolsthe tail rotor.So
modelsin orderto understand pressthe N keyagain(theservoNo.will flashl and
fixed-wing
concerning
how the systemworks(no bad idea),but pleasenote moveto servo3 with the El key.Nowpressthe El key
Usethe E or
that you must never adopt the transmittercontrol to releasethe inputfield(fieldflashes).
pilot.
the "TAIL
may
be
to
select
You
Digi
Adjustor
of the fixed-wing
desighations
El keys or the
to think:aileron- well,that'sroll,and lcan ROTOR"mixer.ll you nowmovethe yawstick(andif
tempted
your receivingsystemis switchedon), the tail rotor
thateasily.
remember
pitchstick,and
good
not
servowill move.Movethe collective
it,
that's
remember
but
able
to
Youmaybe
and it will thesameservoshouldalsorespond.
Enter"Aileron",
enoughfor yourtransmitter.
give up with an errormessage,but usuallynot until Normallyyou wouldassignall the servosin turn,and
This time,
procedure.
necessary.
then make any adjustments
youhavefinishedyoursetting-up
procedure
step by
the
we will run through
however,
That'senoughof thepreaching.
is at the Statusdisplay, srep.
thatvourtransmitter
Assuminq
untilyoureturnto Menu1.
press t-he kbys EIZ N Z to reach ASSIGN PresstheE) keyrepeatedly
withthe Z key,pressthe
Adjustment
Branch
to
servo
Activate
the inputfieldZ and pressthe
CONTROLS.
"4".
(CENTRE)
thatall servosareat Oo/o.
and
check
key
E
El keyto reachcontrol
press
(input
flashes),
set themto 00/o
field
lf
not,
"A" is the left-hand
Z
stickunit(thelettersareprintedon
menuwiththe
leave
the
keys,
then
and
with
the
El
E
Releasethis inputfield with the fl
the transmitter).
with
menu
immediately
control @ key.Otherwiseleavethe
Leafthroughthe suggested
key(fieldflashes).
with
the
+
REVERSE
Z
to
TRAVEL
list withthe E or El keysuntilyou find the required @. Nöwbranch
this:
You
will
see
kev.
function.
Forexamole:
r5 E F l 5. : T HI L F l r:rT.
andE once.
A controlsROLL;nowpressthe Z key,
"
"B
(something
or
you
.
.
.
controls
see
In the display
r +'-+EtilFl+ t,illllr.l J
other). Press 5l again, and select the required
functionwiththeEl or E keysor theDigiAdjustor.
Checkthe directionof effectof the yaw servo.lf the
B controls COLLECTIVEPITCH (or, if you prefer, servo rotatesin the wrong direction,activatethe
PrTCH-AXrS).
inputfield with the f) key and press@
appropriate
shouldbe obviousnow
once:the prefixwill alter,andyourtail rotorservowill
Theorocedure
fortheyawinput.
Continuethis process until you have assigned be reversed
pitchinput:
functionsto all the transmittercontrolsyou need. Nowthecollective
(Nothing)
to controlsyou don't Pressthe Z key and El until COLLECTIVE
Assign"-----"
PITCH
pleasedon'tassignthe samefunction
need.However,
tail
rotor
must
the
in
which
direction
work
out
appears.
to two controls,e.g. "E controlsthrottle
effectof
{or
the
torque
to
compensate
in
order
deJlect
controlsthrottle"!On no accountforgetto assign the mainrotor.lf necessary,
thisfor maximum
reverse
"THROTTLE"
to oneof thesliders(Eor F).
pitch,asdescribed
fortheyawinput.
collective
Now you will need your helicopter;or at least a
receivingsystemcompletewithservos.
r 5 E F :i.: T I lI L F : Ü T ,
Go backto the 'ASSIGN"menuwiththe El key,and
withS. WewillbeginwithservoNo.3.
to SERVO
branch
r +f,tlr:i[tt' t-:t-]LL.r
please
keep
to
but
is notbinding,
Theservosequence
A good startingpointis about300/0.
whilewe dealwithourexamples.
oursuggestions
60
ROLL-axis
ServoNo.1 controls
Yourtail rotormixerrequiresa lurtherinput(pressthe
PITCH-axis
ServoNo.2 controls
Z key,thenEl).
PITCH
4
COLLECTIVE
No.
controls
Servo
FIXEDVALUE
this set-upwill onlyworkif you connectthe
has a tail rotor Naturally
Youonly needthis if your helicopter
receiver
outputsockets.
to
the
corresponding
servos
More
on
to
rotate
during
auto-rotation.
whichcontinues
The defaultfor FIXED Returnto Menul with the El key,then go to Servo
this under "Auto-rotation".
SERVO"menu).Fornow Adjustment,
VALUEis "OFF" ("SWITCH
TRAVEL
+ REVERSE.
leaveit unchanged.
oJtheservosandsetup
of rotation
Checkthedirection
THROTTLE
SERVO
servotravels.To do this,activatethe
the approximate
Let'smoveon to the nextservo.Leavethe Adjustment appropriate
inputfieldwithS, setthe travelswiththe
menuwiththe@ keyandmovethroughMenu1,Menu E and E keys(holdingthe transmitter
controlsat the
2 and Assign to "Assign servos".Select servo 6, corresponding
of centre.You
for
both
sides
end-points)
releasethe inoutfield,and selectthe "THROTTLE" can reverseany of the servos with the trl key if
functionusingthe E andE keys.Later,if youwishto necessary.
flying,you would
set up a mixercircuitfor aerobatic
select"DYN.THROTTLE"here.For our experiment
HEIM
we willstaywithTHROTTLE.
we
we speakof a HEIMrotorhead(HEIMHEAD)
When
lf you now pushthe throttleslider(theusualcontrol) are referring
with
the
freeJloatversion
to
the
classic
torward,and operatethe collectivepitch slick,your ingpitch-axis
rocker(seealsopage55).
throttleservoshouldmove.
key,thenmoveto Menu2
and Returnto Menu1 withtheE]
Hereagainwe needto set a basicadjustment,
andon to ASSIGNSERVOS.
CURVE.
SCIECT
thETHROTTLE
Select(Assign)the servosas tollows:
Press@ to returnto Menu 1, then branchto the
ServoNo.1 controlsHEIMHEAD
"TRANSMITTERCONTROU' adjustment menu.
PITCH
ServoNo.2 controls
SelectOPTIONS,then the CollectivePitch control.
4
HEIMHEAD
"CURVE".
No.
controls
Servo
Usingthe N selectorkey, move on to
to the receiveroutthe inputf ieldwith! (ff 3 or similarflashes) Thetwo rollservosareconnected
Release
servoto output2. Use
you can select a 3- or s-pointthrottlecurve as puts1 + 4, and the pitch-axis
preferred,using E or E) keys,set the full throttle the @ keyto returnto Menu1,thenon to ServoAdjust+ REVERSE.
positionwiththe E key(ff = full throttleforward,lb = ment,TRAVEL
full throttleback - moredetailson page56). After First selectservol and the CollectivePitch input.
pitchstick- lookat servo1 only
thecollective
releasingthe inputfield you can set up the throttle Operate
- and checkthe directionof rotationof the servo.
pitchstick.
curvewiththehelpof thecollective
Reverseit il necessary.
Fora 3-oointcurve:
=
for colof rotation
t d t eU p
tU
Nowlookat servo4. lf the direction
HP = HoverPoint
lectivepitchshouldbe wrong,switchto thisservoand
(servotravel)
pitchinput.
Throttlemaximum
reverse
thecollective
Andfor a s-oointcurve:
Nowfor the two rollservosandthe roll input:operate
ot
lU = ldleUo
the ROLLstickandwatchtheservos.lf thedirection
point
S- = Pre-idle
rotationof one or both servosis incorrect,selectthe
HP = HoverPoint
servo,then the roll input,and set the
corresponding
throttlepoint
S+ = Pre-max.
of rotation.
correctdirection
(servotravel)
Throttlemaximum
Noteherethatthe throttleslidershouldbe set to full 3-pointlinkage,
throttle.
90'degree"HEAD-MlX"
Nowto the rotor head
is swiftlylosingpopularity
arrangement
exhibit The90-degree
Thisis theonlyareain whichmodelhelicopters
Nevis veryinefficient.
of
forces
the
distribution
since
majorditferences.
in detail.
will
describe
the
application
we
ertheless,
examples:
5 difjerent
Wewilldescribe
Weassumethat you are at the Statusdisplay.Moveto
Schlueter
Menu1 withtheEl key,thento Menu2 withtheEl key,
Heim
to ASSIGNSERVOS.
andthenviaASSIGN
3-pointCPMgo-degree,with virtualrotation
Thereyouassigntheservosaslollows:
with virtualrotation
4-pointCPM
rotation
with
virtual
l2o-degree,
HEAD-MIX
3-pointCPM
ServoNo.1 controls
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.2 controls
whichareof no interest
lf youwish,skipthe examples
HEAD-MlX
ServoNo.4 controls
at present.
Oncemore,to remindyou:
SCHLUETER
key[1.
theSERVOinputlinewiththeselector
Release
That means no rotor head mixing (no electronic Selectthe servosin turn with the E or E keys.
mixers).Returnto Menu1 withthe El key,thenmove Releasethe Controlsfieldagainwiththe selectorkey
Io Menu2, to ASSIGNANdASSIGNSERVOS.
Z , and select HEAD-MIXwith the E or E key.
Repeatthe processwiththe secondservo,andso on.
Nowselect:
After you have assigned the rotor head servos,
returnto Menu1 usingthe El keyand branchagain
ADJUSTMENT.
SelectCentre,andset the
to SERVO
servo centres.Checkhere that the trim sliders and
the transmittercontrols are set to zerc (Oo/o),
menuwith the El
Returnto the "ServoAdjustment"
kev then branchto TRAVEL+ REVERSEwith the
seiectorkeyZ .
lmportant:
of
thatyousetthe direction
of rotation
1. lt is essential
the collectivepitch inputsto the head servosfirst.
Operatethe collectivepitchstick,and watchthe rotor
headservos.Checkcarefullywhichservoor servos
rotatein thewrongdirection.
Pitch
thenthe Collective
Selectthe servoconcerned,
input,and releasethe inputfield (selectorkey 5l).
Pressthe tr keyto reversethe directionof rotationof
thatinput.
inputfor all the rotorhead
2. Selectthe GEOMETRY
positionof eachservoin
set
the
servosin turn, and
degrees.Now move to the "SWITCH"menu and
inputfor all rotorheadservos.
switchon theGeometry
the rear
servoshouldbe 90 degrees,
The right-hand
servo 180 degrees, and the left-hand servo 270
servolies in front oJ the
degrees.lf your pitch-axis
enter0 degreesinsteadof 180degreesfor
swashplate,
servo2.
01, and select HEAD-MIXwith the El or E key.
withthesecondservo,andso on.
Repeattheprocess
you
After
have assigned the rotor head servos,
returnto Menu1 usingthe E keyand branchagain
ADJUSTMENT.
SelectCentre,and set the
to SERVO
servo centres.Checkhere that the trim slide6 and
the transmittercontrolsare set to zero (0%).
menuwith the El
Returnto the "ServoAdjustment"
key,then branchto TRAVEL+ REVERSEwith the
selectorkeyZ .
lmportant:
of rotation
of
thatyousetthe direction
1. lt is essential
pitch
inpulsto the head servosfirst.
the collective
pitchstick,andwatchthe rotor
Operatethe collective
headservos.Checkcarefullywhichservoor servos
rotatein thewrongdirection.
Pitch
thenthe Collective
Selectthe servoconcerned,
input,and releasethe input field (selectorkey !).
Pressthe El keyto reversethe directionof rotationof
thatinput.
inputof all the rotorhead
2. Selectthe GEOMETRY
servosin turn, and set the positionof eachservoin
degrees.
Thenmoveto the "SWITCH"menuand set
thegeometry
inputfor alltherotorheadservos.
the rear
The right-hand
servoshouldbe 90 degrees,
servo 180 degrees,the left-handservo 270 degrees,
andthe frontservo0 degrees.
o0
/
,t0"1
\
\
z
/
\-,-/
\
f ro. ll
Direction
of flight
1800
/
27ool
\
z
\
fto" U
\
,/
\--.'
Direction
of flight
18oo
allthe lf youhavefollowed
theseinstructions
carefully,
all the
lf youhavefollowed
theseinstructions
carefully,
movements
will nowbe correctroll-axis
will nowbe
and oitch-axis
movements
correctroll-axis
and oitch-axis
on yourmodel.
available
available
onyourmodel.
for 3. lf you requirevirtualrotationof the swashplate
lor
3. lf you requirevirtualrotationof the swashplate
your helicopter,
moveto the "SWITCH"menu and your helicopter,
moveto the "SWITCH"menu and
switchon the "PHASE"inDutfor oneoJthe rotorhead switchon the "PHASE"inputlor oneot the rotorhead
servos.Now move to the "TRAVEL& REVERSE" servos.Now moveto the "TRAVEL& REVERSE"
menu,and from thereto the PHASEinput(Z and menu,and lrom thereto the PHASEinput(Z and
EEI). Selectthe degreeinputlield \l and set the EE)). Selectthe degreeinputfield S and set the
rotation.lf you holdthe pitch-axis desiredswashplate
rotation.lf you holdthe pitch-axis
desiredswashplate
you will be ableto or roll-axis
you will be ableto
stickat one end-point,
or roll-axis
stickat one end-point,
seethechangeclearly.
seethechangeclearly.
4-pointlinkage" HEAD-MlX"
3-pointlinkage,120-deg."HEAD-MlX"
linkageis the mostpopular
popular. The 3-point,12o-degree
The 4-pointlinkageis becomingincreasingly
often arrangemenr.
the helicopter
Evenif oneservolailscompletely,
andcanbe "saved".
remainscontrollable,
Moveto
Weassumethatyouareat theStatusdisplay.
We assumethatyou are at the Statusdisplay.Moveto Menu1 withthe E] key,thenon to Menu2 withthe Z
Menul withthe E key,thenon to Menu2 withthe Zl key,onto ASSIGNandlinallyto SERVO.
key,on to ASSIGNandfinallyto SERVO.
Assignthe servosas lollows:
Assignthe servosas follows:
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.1 controls
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.2 controls
ServoNo.1 controlsHEAD-MIX
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.4 controls
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.2 controls
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.4 controls
Oncemore,to remindyou:
HEAD-MIX
ServoNo.5 controls
keyB.
Release
theSERVOinputlinewiththeselector
Selectthe servosin turn with the El or E) keys.
Oncemore,to remindyou:
theSERVOinputlinewiththeselectorkeyN. Releasethe Controlsfieldagainwiththe selectorkey
Release
Selectthe servosin turn with the El or E keys. Z , and select HEAD-MIXwith the E or E) key.
withthesecondservo,andso on.
Releasethe Controlsfieldagainwiththe selectorkey Repeattheprocess
62
After you have assigned the rotor head servos,
returnto Menu1 usingthe @ keyand branchagain
SelectCentre,and set the
to SERVOADJUSTMENT.
servocentres.Checkherethat the trim slidersand
the transmittercontrolsare set to zero (00/o).
menuwith the El
Returnto the " ServoAdjustment"
key,then branchto TRAVEL+ REVERSEwith the
selectorkeyZ .
lmportant:
of rotation
of
thatyousetthe direction
1. lt is essential
the collectivepitch inputsto the head servosfirst.
pitchstick,andwatchthe rotor
Operatethe collective
headservos.Checkcarefullywhichservoor servos
rotatein the wrongdirection.Selectthe servoconcerned,then the CollectivePitchinput,and release
the inputfield (selectorkey !). Pressthe E keyto
of thatinput.
reverse
thedirection
of rotation
inputof all the rotorhead
Selectthe GEOMETRY
servosin turn. and set the oositionof eachservoin
Moveto the "SWITCH"menuandswitchon
degrees.
inputfor alltherotorheadservos.
thegeometry
The rioht-hand
servoshouldbe 60 deqrees.the rear
-180
degreesand the left-haid servo 300
servo
oegrees.
300,,//
\60"
\
,/
\--./
f
Direction
of flisht
1800
allthe
theseinstructions
caretully,
lf youhavefollowed
movements
will nowbe
and oitch-axis
correctroll-axis
on yourmodel.
available
3. lJ you requirevirtualrotationof the swashplatelor
your helicopter,
moveto the "SWITCH"menu and
"PHASE"
inoutlor oneot the rotorhead
switchon the
servos.Now moveto the "TRAVEL& REVERSE"
menu,and from thereto the PHASEiHput(Z and
EE). Selectthe degreeinputfield S] and set the
rotation.lf you hold'thepitch-axis
desiredswashplate
you will be ableto
or roll-axis
stickat one end-point,
seethechangeclearly.
This setting-upprocedureproducesthe program
requiredfor yourmodel.Youcan nowset up the travor the informato yourownexperience
els according
manufacturer.
Use an
tion providedby the helicopter
anglejig,or checkthesettingsby eye.
to the
Teacher/Pupil
operationis basicallyrestricted
four mainstickfunctions(morethan this is unnecesin anycase).
sary,andis notrecommended
olferedby the PROFImc 3010
Teacher/Pupil
operation(sometimesknown as the Onespecialadvantage
"buddy-box"
is
that
individual
controlfunctions- e.g.
transmitter
is
method
of
learning
to
system) the best
just
just
rudder
rudder,or
andelevator- can be transmodel,Jromthe pointof view
controla radio-controlled
"learnthe ropes"in easy
pupil
"Teachet"
"Pupil"
terred,
so
that
the
can
haveone
and
of modellongevity.
by the Teacher/Pupilsrages.
transmitter
each,inter-connected
lead,OrderNo.I 5121.Onlythe teacher'stransmitter We will assumefrom now on that the PROFImc
gener- 3010transmitteris the "teacher"unit.
radiatesan RF signal.The pupil'stransmitter
ates a signal,but it is not broadcastat RadioFre- The tollowingtypescan be usedas the pupiltransquency;insteadit is transferred
to the teachertrans- mitter:
"processed".
is
where
it
mitterthroughthecable,
Naturally,
other PROFImc 3010/3030transmilters;
For this reasonit is vital that only basic signals anyotherMULTIPLEX
whichis f ittedwitha
transmitter
come from the pupil'stransmitter- no mixedsig- "diagnosis"(closedloop, or direct servo control)
nalsat all! lf mixedsignalsaresentto the teacher's socket.
transmitter,these signals would be processed Theseinclude" ROYAL
mc"; "COMBI"and "COMBI
"
twice.
90",Cockpit"and EUROPA-Sprint".
Assignthe transmittercontrolsof the pupil'strans- The teacher transmitter must be fitted with a
mitter as follows:
Teacher/Pupil
switch. The lollowingtypesof switch
e.g.A controlsaileronB controlsthrottle,etc.
canbe used:
and continue:
ON/OFFswitch,longtoggleOrderNo.7 5698ON/OFF
switch,shorttoggleOrderNo.7 5697
No.
2
controls
Servo No. 1 controls aileron Servo
elevator,etc.
for "ouickaccess"to theswitchare
Thebestlocations
lf you are using a difterent transmittet e.g. ROYAL bays1, Z 6, 12(seepage5).The plugfromthe switch
insidethe transmitter
to the "US"
mc, be sure to switch all mixers "OFF" at the mustbe connected
connector;see page7. lt does not matterwhichway
pupil'stransmitter.
but makesurethatthe
The pupil's transmitterdoes not require an RF roundyou inserttheconnector,
This is explained
is
right
way
round.
switch
itself
the
module.However,if one is fitted, it is automatically
"Testing
page
controls".
under
the
lransmitter
on
66
switchedout of circuitwhenthe leadis pluggedin.
The teacher'stransmitterhas to be fitted with a The two transmitters are inter-connectedby the
lead, Order No.8 5121.The lead is
switch,by meansof whichhe can alter- Teacher/Pupil
Teacher/Pupil
"teacher
plugged
"pupil
chargesockets.
intobothtransmitter
simply
has
has control"and
nate between
intervene
whenever
danger Caution:The ROYALmc Co-Pilotlead OrderNo. I
andcantherefore
control",
5122cannotbe used!
threatens.
AE
Eventhis is not so terriblydifficultto set up; all you
needto knowis howyourpupilusuallyllies.
in the
Thereis a specialmenulor theseadiustments
menu.
a.) lf it is not a PROFImc 3010/3030
transmitter
Teacher
transmitter:
the "TEACHER"
to "PPM" transmission
mode(as- Youreachthismenuwiththe keysequence
set the transmitter
@tr N A .
sumingthat it has two transmission
modes).Switch Youwillseethis:
off any mixers, Dual Rates etc. which may be in
lorce.
.'+l:llLEE: .'+:;Ft-tI
L
Setallthetransmitter
sticktrimsto centre.
.r+FtLl[r[rE,r+ELEI-1fi
At this pointyou shouldalsocheckwhichservonumnumbers)
bers(= 666nna1
arecontrolled
by the transmittersticks.To do this,operatethe sticksand check Note:
"arrangement"
and type of the four mainstick
at the receiverwhichservomovesandwhichreceiver The
functionsin this menuare basedon the modelwhich
to.
outDutit is connected
as the "Teacher"model.Themenu
youwill need hasbeenselected
Notedownthesefourchannelnumbers;
maytherefore
lookslightlydifferent
in somecases.For
themlaterwhensettinguptheTeacher
transmitter.
example,
theaileronsmaybe in a different"corner";if
It is not necessary
to reversethe transmitter
controls, the modelis a helicooterthe controlfunctionswill
or swapplugsover.Similarlyit makesno difference appearas collective
pitch,roll,pitchandyaw.
whetherthe pupil,lor example,
flies"aileron(helicopwhichchannel(=
ter: roll)right"ot " lett"i the sameappliesto "throttle Nowyou haveto tellthe transmitter
pupil's
"
servo)
numbers
of
the
system
are to be taken
(collective
pitch)right"ot left".Theseindividual
pref4
functions.
over
by
the
main
control
erencesare taken care of later when the Teacher
For example,press the Z key. The slash sign (i)
is setuD.
transmitter
"+ rlI LEE0H'startsflashing.
before
b) For PROFImc 3010transmitters:
Herethesettingup procedure
is simple;youjust need lf you nowpressthe El key,the slashis replacedby a
"1"; pressagain,andit becomes"2", etc.Thismeans:
to setthetransmitter
to " Pupilmode".
'"PUP|L"
To do this moveto the
menu,with the key Channel1 (or 2, etc.)in the pupiltransmitterwill be
taken over as the aileron signal in the teacher
seouence
@EaZ .
transmitter, and "replaces" the teacher's aileron
Youwillseethefollowing
display:
stick.
lf you leavethe slash unchanged,nothingwill be
-- FUF I L f , lilt iE- takenover,and control of aileronsremainswith the
I:; : r_rFFr
teacher,
that the control tunction is reversed
PressZ and then tr. 'OFF' is replacedby "ON". lf it turns out
pupil
when
the
is in control, simply press the E
That'sall thereis to it. Leavethe menuand returnto
key
while
the
channel
numberis still flashing.The
theStatusdisplaywithEl E El
" - " arrowwill be replacedby a whitearrowon a
"normal
Whenyouwishto returnto
tlightoperations" blackbackground
(inversevideo);this indicatesthat
later,switchbackin exactlythe sameway.
the directionof rotationis reversed
whenit is "taken
In the top line ol the displaythe model nameand over".
'Pupil" will tlash alternately.This is the transmitAssignthe remainingthree controlJunctions
in the
ter's way of telling you that it is in "Pupil mode". sameway.
This mode is maintaineduntil it is switchedout
"arrowkeys"areeachusedto activateoneof
agaln- evenif the transmitteris switchedotf in the Thefour
in the menu.
thefourcontrolfunctionassignments
meantime,
Hereagain,youwill needto checkwhichservo(chan- Caution:
whichcontrolfunction.Youcan Whentryingout the system,do not forgetto set the
nel number)operates
switchto "ON": otherwisethe svstem
information
in the "Assignservos"menu; Teacher/Puoil
find this
won'tworkat all!
likethis:
thereyouwillfindsomething
" S e r v oN o . 3 c o n t r o l sR U D D E R "";S e r v oN o . 2 And by the by ...
andso on.
controlsELEVATOR",
{irstwhichchannelnumberon
It is vitalto determine
whichfunction.
Altertheteacher's
transmitter
controls
you
you
when
natively,
can
try
everything
out
set
iust
2. Essentialadjustmentsto the
up the system.(althoughin that caseyou wouldnot
Teacher
transmitter
really"understand"
whatwasgoingon).
the PROFI We recommend that you practise these adiustHerethingsget a littlemorecomplicated;
givesyou so manyoptionsthat ments several times belore you go to the flying
mc 3010transmilter
you areforcedto choosebetweenthem:
field. At the take-offstrip you will not find the
You can in tact arrange the sticks of the teacher atmospherequite as peacetulas in your workshop.
and pupil transmittersin a diflerent layout. For Youwill undoubtedlyhaveto changesomethingor
example,the pupil can fly "aileron left", and the otherat the flying site,tor example,whenyou want
teacher "aileron right"; neither needs to depart to transfer more or fewer control tunctions to the
pupil.
from his usualways.
1. Essential
adjustments
to the Pupil
transmitter
64
The Rserve Battery $ctem
Tn nsm itf-r;r co ntrcI testrhgl
withdrawthe batterycradleJromthe transmittercase,
which is now tacingyou. Pull it upwardscaretully,
holdingit at bothends(seeFig.42).
The ReserveBatterySystem
Manycar drivers,despitehavinga largelueltankand an
accuratefuelgauge,carrya reservefuelcan in theircar:
gettingstuckwith an emptytank is unpleasant,
and can
be dangerous.lf your transmitter"runs out of juice"
while you are using it, then that is ratherworse than
it usuallymeansthe lossof the model,not
unpleasant:
to mentionotherdangers.
The reserve battery is a form of safety net to guard
againstsuchnastysurprises.lt givesyou a solidreserve
operatrngperiodof about15 minutes.That is enoughto
get anymodelsafelyontothe groundin one piece.
How it works
chargedup whenThe reservebatteryis automatically
ever the main batteryis recharged,througha special
ln fact,you
electroniccircuit.lt cannotbe overcharged.
neverneedto think aboutit at all undernormalcircumstances.lf the voltageof your main transmitterbattery
fallsto the dangerpointand the audiblemonitorsignal
sounds,thenyou can selectyour"utterlycertainf'safety
system,by manuallyswitchingto the reservebattery.We
The monitor
chosethis methodof switchingdeliberately.
is switched
lamowill flashfor all the timethe transmitter
to the reservebattery.Becauseof the flashinglampyou
is beingsupare boundto be awarethat the transmitter
plied from the reserve battery if you switch on again
later.tor examole.
Chargecurrentand chargeperiod
The automaticcharge circuit for the reservebattery
bleedsoft a currentof about30 mA fromthe chargecurAs mostchargrentwhichis suppliedto the transmitter.
baters oroducea constantcurrent,the maintransmitter
tery is deprivedot that 30 mA, and you shouldtherefore
charge for longer than normal. The charge period
should alwaysbe calculatedfrom the residualcurrent
whichis fedto the mainbattery.Hereis an example:
Currentfromcharger= 200 mA
by 30/200= 0.15= 150/0
Chargeperiodincreases
you
with
switchableor selectablecurhave
a
charger
lf
rentranges,you can,of course,increasethe chargerate
by about30mA,and your normalchargeperiodwill be
unchanged.
Rapid-charging
The reservebattery is alwayscharged at the "normal"
current,i.e. at the 14-hourrate - even if you rapidthe main
chargethe main battery.lf you slow-charge
batteryin the normalway,then the reservebatterywill
alwaysbe fully charged.However,if you usuallyuse a
technique,it mayhappenthatthe charge
rapid-charging
period is not sufficientto compensatefor the self-discharge tendency oJ the reserve battery.This is more
or if you do not use the syslikelyat hightemperalures,
time.Forthis reasonalwaysgive
tem for a considerable
a slowchargeevery10thcycle- whichyou oughtto do
in any case for other reasons.lf you have cause to use
the reservebattery,you must slow-chargethe batteryat
leastoncebeforeusingit again
Fig. 42
Fig.43
Placethe reservebatteryunitin the bottomright-hand
corner,over the mountingeyes providedfor it, and
retainit with the 4 screwsand eyeletssupplied(Fig.
43).Caution- makesuretheeyeletsarethe rightway
round(Fig.44).
Fig.44
F
ig.45
Fig.45
bay10),
Selectoneof the switchbays(werecommend
and installthe
cut awayone of the holescompletely
cablelrom
switch.Deploytheconnecting
change-over
Fig.
45.
Takecare
shown
in
to
the
battery
as
theswitch
or jamminganyot thewires.
here,to avoiddamaging
Onceyou havecheckedthat the wiresare deployed
wheretheyrun
exactlyas shownin Fig.45,especially
andthattheycannotgettanaroundthe mainbattery,
gled,replacethe cradleand mainbattery(thelugsin
eyesin
to the mounting
the cradlemustbe connected
thecasing).
the
between
theconnection
Nowyouhaveto complete
electronics.
reservebatteryunitandthetransmitter
Fig.46
Fig. 47
To do this,pleasereferto Fig.46. Firstpull out the
to the RFmodule;it is no longer
bridgingplugadjacent
needed.A ribboncableis suppliedin the set: insert
oneot thetwoplugs(eitherwilldo)on theribboncable
intothe vacantsocket.Nowbendthe ribboncableas
shownin Fig. 47 and deployit as shown.Insertthe
plugintothesocketonthereserve
batteryunit.
lnstallation
polarity,
to connectthiswithreversed
Switch the transmitteroft, then open the back and It is notpossible
please
refer
to
Fig.
47
in
any
case.
is
place it invertedon the workbench.The nextstep to but
oc
your
yoursell Fromthistimeon pleasebe sureto slow-charge
onelasttime.Convince
Nowcheckeverything
as oftenas possible,so that you can be
that the ribbon cable cannot obstructthe stick transmitter
and vou are done.Closethe transmitter.surethatthereservebatteryis fullycharged.
mechanics.
ControlTest"menu
The"Transmitter
mustbe installed Thisshouldtellyoutwothings.
functions
Alltheslidersandswitched
particular
lf they are installedthe 1. The aileronDual-Ratesswitchis connectedto "51".
orientation.
in a
in the menus 2. lf the directionof the arrow and the positionof the
wrongwayround,the aidsto adjustment
by
now
that the switchtoggleare the same,then the switchis installed
You
will
be
aware
incorrect.
will be
the slidersandswitches correctly.
only"recognises"
transmitter
E - I, 51 - S5 and LS,while Try the same with the other Dual-Ratesswitchesand
undertheirabbreviations
preferto remembertheir English the Combi-Switch.
you undoubtedly
names.
descriptive
Youshouldfind this arrangement:
Dual Ratesaileron = 51
This menuis usedto do two things:
whetherthe slidersandswitches
Dual Rateselevator= 52
1. Youcan establish
Dual Ratesrudder = 53
are installedthe "right way round",and/orcon= 55
This is
nectedto the maincircuitboardcorrectly.
Combi-Switch
" switcharrangement(alonly usuallyin questionwhen you installextra This is the " tactory-standard
you
wishto relocate though you do not need to keep to it). Naturallythe
but it alsoappliesif
switches,
preference.
to suityourpersonal
theswitches
arrows can only be reversed if the switches are
2. Youcan tind out quickly,and withoutopeningthe installed.Nothing is connectedto these inputs as
switch(whichyou standardwhereany particular
transmitter,
printedon the sticker)is When you operatethe Memorychange-over
knowby the designation
switchthe
pluggedin at the maincircuitboard,i.e.underwhat "0" (centrepositionof switch)shouldchangeto a "1"
" knows"it.
thetransmitter
designation
ota"2".
conthe term"transmitter
Butfirsta minorcorrection:
trol" test is not quiteaccurate,becauseyou cannot
stickunits- simplybecause
testthe two transmitter
thereis no needto do so. In fact,this menucan be
i.e.eventhosewhichare
usedto tesl all the switches,
controls'
notstrictly"transmitter
Youwillrecall(page12)thefollowing:
on the model
controls"move"something
Transmitter
condirectly:sticksand slidersaretypicaltransmitter
controlsif
trols.But switchescan alsobe transmitter
Fig.49
Fig.48
to "transmitter
control"connecthey are connected
channel lf you subsequently
tit anotherswitch,or movean
tions,or letters- inputsA - | (e.9.a switched
switch- G or H).Therearealsocouplingandchange- existingswitchto a newlocation,it maybe that the
and arrowdirectionand the positionof the switchtogswitches
whichincludeDual-Rates
overswitches,
51 - 55 gle are not the same.In this caseyou mustturn the
switch.Theyaredesignated
the Teacher/Pupil
and LS. Finallythere is the "Memory"change-overswitch itself round. Don't reversethe plug at the
switch,whichhas its own specialfunction(seepage circuitboard- that has no ettect!
68),and whichbelongsto neithergroup.lt is desig- Nowto Fig. b, whichyou will not see untilyou press
nated" M".
@.
Nowwe haveioggedyour memory,backto business: In Figureb you will see the transmittercontroldesigThe TESTmenuis underthe "ADJUSTTRANSMIT- nationsE - l; undereach one eitheran arrowor a horiyou zontalline.It you movethe left-handsliderforward,the
menu.Fromthe Statusdisplay,
TERCONTROLS"
point
TEST
with
the arrowunder "E" shouldalso pointforward(up).When
Select
the
reachit withEl andN.
(the
arrow
display
will
the
following
you movethe sliderback,the arrowshouldreverse.
key.
You
see
Z
do notconcernusforthemoment):
directions
lf you move the slider slowlyaround its centre point,
you will find a positionat which lhe arrow is replaced
by a horizontalline.This is the exact "electrical"cen.t. 't' .t 't' .t .t. til
tre point. Componenttolerancesmay result in this
positionbeing slightlydifferentfrom the scale printed
but in practicethis makesno differthe transmitter,
on
I
J
I::TF:L,IT
F
H I Fig.b
ence.
r l t ü = ' t ' - - lf no transmittercontrolis connectedto one of the control inputs(G, H, I as standard)then this horizontalline
Fig. a
In Figurea you will see the " names" of the coupling will appearthereat all times.
and change-overswitches; the "M+" at far right ll a transmitter control is fitted the wrong way
round, i.e. the direction of the switch toggle is not
standsfor the "Memory" switch.
Operatethe aileron Dual-Ratesswitch (far left): the the same as the direction of the arrow in the display,then reverseits plug at the main circuit board.
arrowunder"51" will reverse.
$
@
oo
5 t j t l i I 4 5 L l ' 1 +Fig.a
Pleasenotethis differencebetweenthe transmitter
controls and the other switches, as described
above,
It is quitedifficultto describethesechecks,but you
willfindthattheyonlytakea momentto carryout!
Fig.50
Fig.51
Accessories
Relocatingor installingswitches
The switchesand their locationon the standard
Stick tops
havebeenchosencarefullyto meetmost
transmitter
The transmitteris suppliedwith 3 pairs of stick tops:
practical
requirements.
modellers'
and long.
short,medium-length,
youarefreeto movetheswitches
to suityour
However,
Each one can be adjustedin length by about 10mm. own preference.
with two
is
supplied
The
transmitter
Selectthe lengthwhichsuitsyourpreference.
blankswitchpanelsandlegendsheetsto helpyou.
To adjustor changethe stick top, rotatethe grip until
lf
in severalversions.
switches
areavailable
Additional
you teel it "unlatch",then adjustthe lengthor pull it off you
your
layout
of
transmittet
the
wrsh
to
rearrange
altogether.Slip the new grip into place, set it to the pleasebearin mindthefollowing
points:
requiredlength,then turn it throughabout180degrees
titted
in switchbays1,2,
only
be
TheDigi-Adjustor
can
(Fig.52).
page
(see
mounting
bracketobstructs
5);
its
6
5 and
Stick press-button
oneadjacent
switchbay.
The long and medium-lengthstick tops can be fitted lf youhaveswitches
other
witha shorttoggleinstalled,
(momentarycontact),as shown in
with a press-button
be fittedin the
long
toggle
should
only
with
a
switches
"transmitler
Fig. 53.This can then be usedeitheras a
rowfurthestfromyou.
control"or as a reversingor couplingswitch.
lf youwantto changethe switchlayoutyou mustfirst
removethe existingswitches;undothe knurlednuts
usingthe specialspannersuppliedwiththe set.lf you
undothe grubscrew
the Digi-Adjustor,
wantto re-locate
knob.
andremovetherotary
youcanpressthe existing
removed,
Withtheswitches
fromthe inside,by
switchpanelout of the transmitter
itscentralsnapfixingandpushingit out.
squeezing
ll youwishto changethe positionof the Digi-Adjustor,
you mustremovethe switchpanelfirst.Pleasenote
thatthewasheron thefixingscrewis notsymmetlical,
as the spacingof the switchbays in the right/left
Turnthe
direction.
lromthefore/aft
is different
direction
and checkthatthe shaftof the
washeras necessary,
F i g . 5 3 Adjustor
r-rg.52
is centralin its hole.Thefixingscrewcan be
whenthisis thecase.
re-tightened
Usingthe press-button:
As a transmittercontrol:actuatinga tow'release It is best to cut out the holesyou needin the new
As
switch:operating switchpanelbeforeyou installit in the transmitter.
As change-over/coupling
mechanism
this
the plasticis muchthinnerat the holepositions,
thestopwatch
can easily be done with a sharp, pointed-blade
Stickswitch
knife.
modelling
It is alsopossibleto tit an ON/OFFswitchto the stick
Caution:the switchpanelsonlyfit one way roundrop.
takecarenotto cut out the wrongholes!lf necessary,
of this form of switchis that you can the MULTIPLEX
The advantage
will helpyouout
ServiceDepartment
see and teelthe currentpositionof the switchat any witha newpanel.
time.
the fixingnut
Beforetightening
Installthe switch(es).
Applications:
leads,run
permanently
the connecting
and deploying
Fixed wing: flap switch tow release Helicopter: throughthe "Transmitter
ControlTest"(seepage66),
switch
the rightway
auto-rotation
are installed
to ensurethatthe switches
about
switcheson
find
more
details
and switchcan onlybe installedby round.You will
The press-button
circuit
page
("Connectors
main
electronics
on
the
7
Pleasecontact
ServiceDepartment.
the MULTIPLEX
("Transmitter
page
controls
and
12
job
and
in
the
board")
are
done;addresses
us if you want the
switches").
aooendrx.
ot
stickers
in the
Thefinaljob is to applytheself-adhesive
Remove
nextto theswitches.
eachsticker
deoressions
pliers,
or fine-nosed
in turn,usinga pair of tweezers
placeit in thedepression
in theswitchpanel,andpress
a sticker
it downfirmly(Fig.54).lf we havenotprovided
printedwithyourparticular
application,
usethe all-yelwitha felttippen.
lowstickers
andwntetheinscription
Fig.54
Frg.55
Fig.56
Handsupports,weathershield
as a belly-mounted
lf you wantto use the transmitter
supunit, hand supportswith integralfoldingneckstrap Forfurtherdetails,pleasereferto the instructions
pliedwiththe handsupports.
bars(Fig.56)areavailable.
fur $rperts
Switchingmemories"in flight"
values.In other
list", then changethe appropriate
to createan entirelynew
facilityis oneturtherimportant
step casesit may be necessary
Thisnew,powerful
"dreamradiocontrolsystem".
list. Bearin mindthat you are free to changeevery
towards
everybody's
the mixaspectof the secondlist,includingmodifying
The principleis verysimple:
on.
re-defining
the
change-over
switches,
and
so
ers,
Foroneandthe samemodelyouprovidetwo (oreven
you
"lists"
which
important
the
memory
to
One
condition:
The
storedin them
three)separatememories.
must
the
next
higher
one
in
wish
to
change
be
Youcan then switchbetweenthe differare different.
lists
or
in
the
case
o1
two
alternative
seouence.
(or
at anytime.
entlists memories)
in
seouence.
Thedifferences
between
thelistscanbe as smallor as the next-but-one
the "normal"memoryfor the modelis No.
greatas you think fit - the scopeof this teatureis Example:
For example, 11.Youcanthenchangeto No.12andNo.13.
reallylimitedonly by your imagination.
"basic
configura- Youactuallychangememoriesusingthe "Memory"
the two listscouldsharethe same
controltest"
qurte
values.On switch. lf you moveto the "Transmitter
diflerentadjustment
tion",but have
to
the otherhand,you mightwishto havea totallydiffer- (seepage66),the screenwill showthe memories
whichyou can switchin each position.At one endentlistthatyoucancallup.
wingflap pointof the switchyouwillseethe display"M + 1",in
imaginea gliderwitha complex
Forexample,
"tow
launchconfiguration",theother"M + 2".
Youcouldprovidea
system.
"speed
"normal
configuration".Inourexample "M + 1" wouldbe memory
configuration"
and a
No.12;
a
movewould
have
different
Thedifferent
configurations
pairsof controlsurtaces,
andcontrol Youmayhaveto copythe contentsof yourmemories
mentsof different
Fansof theflying to adjacentlocations,
throwswouldalsobedifterent.
surface
in orderto be able to switch
uptheirears.
winglayoutwillnowbepricking
them.
between
modifications"
are Nowthere is one moresafetyfeatureto be overcome.
Incidentally,
such "configuration
"f ly by wire"technology lf
aviation;
you could switch betweenone memoryand its
alsousedin full-size
is the keythere.
movemenl
of
neighbour
tooeasily,thenoneaccidental
if the modelin
One furtherimportantapplicationis "invertedflight the switchwouldbe fatal.Forexamole,
In thiscaseseveralcontrol the adjacentmemoryhappened
for a helicopter.
switching"
to be entirelydifferent
haveto be changed fromtheoneyouwerecurrently
eflectsand basic adjustments
flying.
The solutionis obvious:one memory For this reasonwe havedeterminedthat the name
simultaneously.
for normalflying,and onefor invertedtlight.Previous of the model must end (eighth character)in a
with this problem, number,il that memoryis to be selectablein flight.
havealwaysstruggled
transmitters
as so much has to be changed.In the case of the Onlythen is it possibleto switchbetweenthem.
PROFImc 3010you can createa moreor lesscom- Example:
lf the
MemoryNo.7 contains"CORT|NA1".
pletely"new" listtor inverted
virtuflight,andthereare
No.8is "CORT|NA2",
thenit is posmodelin memory
on whatyoucando.
allynorestrictions
them.lf MemoryNo.9 consibleto switchbetween
tained"CORTINA3",
then you wouldalsobe able to
And now the systemin practice:
aboutthe "sec- selectthatmemoryin flight.
Thereis littlewe can say specifically
"third"
withoutnamingthe lists
list;it all depends
on yourparticu- lf youtry to switchmemories
ond"or even
a fewset- in this way,you will just heara briefbeepwhenyou
lf youaimmainlyat changing
larapplication.
the MemorySwitch.
tings,thenthesimplestmethodis to copythe "starting operate
68
Threeturthertips on this subiect.
the names
1. In the exampleaboveyou could use
"CORT-T11"insteadol "CORTINAI',"CORT-NF2"
and "CORT-HS3"insteadof
insteadof "CORTINA2"
"CORT|NA3".
In this caseTL standsfor tow launch,
NF for normalflight,and HS for high speed.The
nameswillthenremindyouof whichlistserveswhich
purpose.
Thef inalnumbersmustremain;buttheyare
on theirown.
notveryinlormative
2. lI youchangememoriesin the "normal"waytrom
pleasecheckthatthe MemorySwitchis in
the keypad,
"basic"
position.
will hapthe following
Otherwise
the
pen:youwantto changeto,say,MemoryNo.13.Let's
supposethat it containsa modellist whichyou have
one.lf the MemorySwitchis
set up as a "switchable"
position,
the transmitterimmediately
in the wrong
memory,
andinsteadof No.13you
new
changesto the
end uo at No.14or No.15.Thiscan leadto considerableconfusion.
tor "simple"switching
3. Pleasedon'tusethisJeature
"costs"
you
For
oneor two memories.
tasks;it always
you
of
cama
simple
change
could
execute
example,
memories;
but it is just
flap by switching
berchanging
as easyto usethe "FixedValue"fromthe Transmitter
wouldnotswallow
Controloptions,andthisalternative
up anothermemory.
for wings
Servoassignment
with morethantwo controlsurfaces.
winglayout,with
we showan "extreme"
assigning In thedrawing
the "traditional"
On page26 we discussed
perwing,all of whichareto workas
processfor the aileronservosof modelswithwingsfea- 3 controlsurfaces
movemenl.
diflerential
andallof whichrequire
differentiatedailerons,
electronically
controlled,
turingseparately
is
as
follows:
assignment
Therecommended
ailerons.
We havealreadyexplainedhowyou controlthe six servos (withthe "QUADRO"mixer);we havealso disServoNo.1 = Aileron1
cussed selectingand adiustingthe "Differential"
ServoNo.5 = Aileron2
all ootion.Nowall thatremainsis the orderof the six serForwingswhichhavemorethan2 controlsurfaces,
stage.
(mixed)
to vosat theassignment
of
which
are
and
all
ailerons,
of whichactas
" in sequential
pairs"works
assigning
can no In our example,
movements,
thisassignment
featuredifferential
outlikethis:
longerbe used.
(seepage91).
ServoNo.1 controlsQUADRO I Outboardpair
arrangement
Exahple:"Quadro-flap"
"in
ServoNo.2 controlsQUADROI of controlsurfaces
In such cases the servos must be assigned
pairs".
sequential
QUADROI Centrepair
ServoNo.3 controls
willmakethisclear:
An example
ServoNo.4 controlsOUADROJ of controlsurfaces
pair
QUADROI Inboard
ServoNo.5 controls
ServoNo.6 controlsQUADROI of controlsurfaces
clear.lf youhaveonlytwo
Thisshouldmakeeverything
servosper wingpanel,(normalQuadroarrangement),
simplystopat No.4.
aileron
differential
lf youdo notkeepto thissequence,
will
not
be
correct.
movement
Fig.57
The "Sl" switch
We have alreadymentionedthe "Sl" switchon page
36, in connectionwith the transmittercontroloptions
" Fixed Value1" and "Fixed Value2". You may have
noticedalreadythat "Sl" is offeredin the menuswhen
assigningthe switches51 - 52.
What is "Sl"?
"Sl" is another"non-hardware"switch,(i.e.a software
switch),in this case coupledto the transmittercontrol
switch",i.e.it
input"l". Firstly,"Sl" is a "three-position
"working
has an "idle position"in the centre,and a
position"at bothend-Points.
"1",and
lf, for example,you connecta slidercontrolto
"Sl"
is also at idle
if the slider is set to centre,then
(OFF).lf you movethe sliderto one end-point,then one
side of "Sl" switcheson. lf the slider leavesthe endAt the other
pointagain,"Sl" switchesoff immediately.
end-pointof the slider the same applies;only in this
casethe other"side" of "Sl" is switchedon and off.
ln this case "Sl" has the sameeffectas if two endoointswitcheswere fittedto the slider.With a little
youcan usethisfeaturefor manyinterestimagination
ingfunctions.
The mainapplicationof "Sl" is rathersimpler,however.
3-stageswitchis conIn this casea "real hardware"
nectedto input"1"; for exampleOrderNo.7 5699
(shorttoggle)or OrderNo.7 5700(longtoggle).
a transmitter
control
switch(actually
It this"hardware"
thenof courseit operis operated,
in this application)
ates the "software"switch"Sl" as well. The final
switch,whichcanbe
change-over
effectis a 3-position
usedwiththe switches51 - 55; but whichhas3 posF
thiswith51 - 55,whichareonlysimple
tions;compare
switches.
change-over
And that is exactlywhatwe needto switchbetween2
" FixedValues"
!
dif{erent
Aq
The mainapplicationof "Sl" is in conjunctlonwith
the transmittercontroloptions"FlX-1"and " FIX-2'.
A furtherexamplewill makeeveMhingclear:"campositions".
flapswith2 switchable
ber-changing
We will assumethattransmitter
controlE is assigned
to the "FLAP" function.Move to the "CONTROL
OPTIONS"menu,and from thereto "CONTROLE:
FLAP".
Pressthe N key,and leaf throughto the "FlX-l"
ootion.
Pressthe! key("switchcorner"),switchONwiththe
El key,andthenleafthroughto "1":
Nowto thesecondFixedValue:
Pressthe N keyagain,leafthroughwiththe El keyto
the "Flx-2" oprion.
Youwillseethisdisplay:
rE:FLI]F
t:ttllt/ 5I :
FIii-i!
rll.;;^r
Pressthe Z key and you can adjustthe otherflap
position(e.9.speed).Hereagain,operatethe switch
procedure
(opposite
end-point),
duringthe adjustment
so thatyoucanseethe effectdirectly.
r E : F L H F FI i i - 1 I
Onceyou havefinished the setting up process,the
flapscan be controlledin the lollowingway:
L I +.
lt:tttllr
Switchat centre:
After pressingthe Z key you can now set the first TheJlapservois controlled
bytheslider.
the "tow-launch"
flap posiFixedValue;for example,
Switch
at
the
end-points:
tion.Whileyou aresettingthis up,operatethe switch
so that you can see the resultsof your effortsat the Theflaoservorunsto oneor otherof the ore-selected
Dositions.
servoitself!
programs
Transferring
betweentwo transmitters
memory(=
Let'simaginethatyou haveworkedhardat perfecting IMPORTselectthe targetor destination
"XYZ",
menu.
your
your
memory)
using
the
MEMORY
current
SHIFT
list
lor
model
and
then
one
of
cola
leaguesbuysa kit of the samemodel.lf he alsopos- Move to the COPY MEMORYmenu with EIS)Z .
sessesa PROFImc 3010,you can sharethe fruitsof ReleaseMODEwiththe Z keyand leafthroughwith
yourhardworkwithhimby transferring
a copyof your theEl keyuntilyoureachtheIMPORT
mode.
program
to histransmitter.
Youmayevenfindthatyour Thedisplaywilllooklikethis:
dealer,as a specialservice,will copyintoyourtranshe hasjust sold
mittera suitablelistfor the helicopter
rt']ütiE ! I t'lFrlE:T
you.
. rirt! Ei:TEE:H
rFF:f'l
Programs(model lists) can be transferredin either
directionbetweentwo PROFImc 3010transmitters.
Nowyouhaveto informyourtransmitter
thememoryin
As you will see,this is a very simplematter.All you thesecondtransmitter
fromwhichit is to fetchdata.To
needis thetransferlead,OrderNo.I 5120.
do thispressN andselectthedesiredsourcememory
Youcan transterin eitherdirection:
numberusingE or E. In ourexample
thisis memory
now
look
like
this:
09.
The
display
should
your
to
transmitter
From
transmitter another
(" Export").
r[,][t[:'E : It'lFt:tFjT
Fromanothertransmitter
to yours("lmport").
: EiiTEFjH
is the same
Transfening
databetweenlwo transmitters
rFF:t'l,t:l'-1
Thedestinaas copyingfromone memoryto another.
takes
tion for a transfer is thereforealways the current Pressthe E) keyandyouaredone.Thetransfer
memory,whichyou haveselectedin yourtransmitter.placein a fractionof a secondafteryou pressthe key.
lf younowtakea lookat yourcurrentmemoryyouwill
whatis required.
ForIMPORT
thatis exactly
Jind
thesamedataas memory09 in the
thatit contains
For EXPORTthis meansthat you must take care.
source
transmitter.
Wewillassumethatyou haveselectedmemory05 as
lf younowEXPORT
frommemory lf for any reasonthe transterdoesnottakeplace(e.9.
thecurrentmemory.
will laultycable,cablenot pluggedin, sourcetransmitter
transmitter
12,then memory05 in the destination
will showthe meson),yourtransmitter
regardless
of whichmemoryis current not switched
be overwritten,
"MODE:-Error-".Putthe problemrightandtry
sage
in thattransmitter.
again.
Forthis reasonyou shouldalwaysIMPORTif you are thetransfer
a colleague's EXPORT.
in anydoubt,ratherthanriskoverwriting
memory.
This is a similaroperation,
so we can cut downthe
explanation.
First IMPORT.
withthe transferlead,by Firstmoveto the "SHIFTMEMORY"menuandselect
Connectthe twotransmitters
is to be
inserting
the plugsin the two chargesockets.Switch the memorywhich,in the secondtransmitter,
of thedatatransfer.
on. On the transmitter
which is to thedestination
both transmitters
70
Move to the "COPY MEMORY"menu, then to
" MODE:EXPORT".
Activate
the sourcememoryusing
the Sl key.
The displayshouldlook like this, with the memory
06Jlashing:
number
rf'lü['E : E:":FüFtT
r F F l t 'u' 1t :. F i E I T H
Twofurtherpoints:
1. ll you shouldwish to interruptan import,export,
copyor deleteprocessatteryou havestarted,simply
Thedatain the model
off briefly.
switchthetransmitter
willthenbe unchanged.
memories
is possiblebetweenall
2. Toensurethatimport/export
this functionis onlypossiversionsof the transmitter,
1 to 15andMx.
blewithmemories
Pressthe@ key,andthedatawillbetransferred.
The FIXEDVALUE
virtual"transmittercontrol"
lf youwishto operatea servowitha stick(ora function which you have assrgnedto FIXEDVALUE.Finally
for thefirstswitch
youdo notneedto "lose"a transmttter
control pressS, andsetthe servoposition
switch),
position.
you
purpose.
need
is,
that
all
Assuming,
that
for the
aretwofixedservopositions.
In the "SWITCHSERVO"menu you now have to
with the fixed
determinewhichswitchis associated
Assignfirst:
vatue.
menuwith @Z[!N.
Moveto the ASSIGN/SERVO
presstheZ key,and The servopositionfor the secondswitchpositionis
Selecttheservoyouwishto use,"transmitter
control". determined
To
assignit to the FIXEDVALUE
in the menuADJUST/SERVO/CENTRE.
"genuine"
you
transmitter
control, be ableto do this,youmustfirstgo backby onemenu
the
assign
When
FIXEDVALUEwillnotappear.
levelwiththe m key,and activateCentreadjustment
with ! . Now movethe physicalswitchto the other
Setup as tollows:
pressthe Z key,and set the desiredsec/ TRAVEL+ REVERSE end-point,
Moveto theADJUST/ SERVO
position
fortheservo.
ond
servo
select
the
menuwiththe sequence
@Z Z, and
ll. Tho reeeiYings1stem
Connectingservosand batteries
The receiveris the "heart" of the receivingsystem.
Servos, motor controllers, switch modules and
receiver modules are connected
MULTINAUT-p|uS
directlyto it.
The receiverbatteryis connectedto the receivervia a
"switchharness"(Fig.60).
For reasonsof space,certainoutputsocketson the
smallerreceiversare combined,so that two servos
to onesocket.Thistypeol socketis
can be connected
marked,for example,"8/9". Only one servocan be
connecteddirectly,and this is alwaysthe lower
number;in thiscasechannel8.
In thiscaseyouneed
Whatif youneedbothfunctions?
(Order
No.8
5060),whichcon'
adapter
an expansion
Theplugis connected
sistsof a plugandtwosockets.
to
socket;thetwoservosareconnected
to the receiver
on theadapter(Fig.61).
thetwosockets
Fis.60
The receiverservooutputsocketsare numberedfrom
on the numberof
l to a maximumoJ 10,depending
Eachservooutput
servoswhichcan be connected.
to onecontrolfunction.
corresoonds
Fig.61
71
The switch harness
This is pluggedintosocket" 8". The switchincorporatedin theharnessis usedto turnthewholereceiving
in
syslemon andotf.Theswitchitselfcanbe installed
side.
the model'sfuselage
Switch harnessesare availablein severalforms;
pleasereferto the main MULTIPLEX
cataloguefor
details.Some versionsare fitted with a separate
On the switch
socketfor chargingthe receiverbattery.
harnesssuppliedwiththe set (OrderNo.I 5100)the
chargesocketis integralwiththe switchcasing.This
withouthavmeansthatthe batterycan be recharged
(Fig.
model
62).
to
open
up
the
ing
PPMor PCM?
Fig.62
Arrangementof battery,servosand
is the more"intelligent" receiver
PCM(PulseCodeModulation)
In the caseof PCM The diagram below shows the most favourable
methods.
of the two transmission
The arrangementof the RC system componentsin the
is encodedby the transmitter.
the information
interference,
and contin- model. We recommendthat you decide exactlyhow
receiveris ableto recognise
ueslo sendthe last"good"signalsto the servosuntil your systemis to be installedin the new modelbefore
(seeFail vou startconstruction.
a signalfromthetransmitter
it againreceives
jittering.
servo
Thus
PCM
eliminates
Safe).
can
suppression
On the otherhand,this interference
until
leadto the PCMpilotfailingto noticeinterference
muchlaterthanwitha PPMsystem.
still has the advanPPM(PulsePositionModulation)
fromyour
tageif yourequireultrajastcontrolresponse
is broadcastby the
model,becausethe information
at a fasterratethanbv a PCMtransmitter.
transmitter
Whichtypesof receiver
can be used?
PCM
Receiver
Servo
Switch
All MULTIPLEXPCM receiverscan be used with your
Fig.63
new transmitter.
PPM
The receiver
when set to PPM, the transmitterbroadcastseither 7
receiverin the model,please
or I channels(see page 13 for methodof switching). When installingthe points:
following
the
This meansthat you can use all MULTIPLEXFM PPM observe
ul electric
wellawaytrompowerf
receivers (and all FM PPM receivers which can a Keepthe receiver
ignition
systems.
motors
and
electric
with
this
transmitter.
least
7
channels)
at
decode
. Leadthereceiver
aerialouto{ themodelbythe
position"lor servos)
possible
route.
Fail-Safg ("emergency
shortest
it in
o Protect
fromvibration
by wrapping
the receiver
receivers!
Onlyavailablewith PCM-DS
foamrubberandstowingit looselyin themodel.
the throttle
After about 0.8 secondsof interference
and all the otherser- . Neveralterthe lengthof thereceiver
servorunsto the 250loDosition,
aerial.
resetto centre.Fail-sateis a fea- . Deploythe receiver
vos areautomatically
a lineas
aerialin as straight
ture of the receiver,and must be switchedon before
possible.
Neverleaveit coiledup in themodel.
it canwork.
a lf yourmodelincorporates
carbonfibrereinforcethe
receiver
ments,
do
not
deploy
or double-superhet? fuselage(signalscreening) aerialinsidethe
Single-superhet
lf youoperateyourmodelin the vicinityof a powerful . Donotstickthereceiver
aerialto anypartof the
VHF radiotransmitter(frequencyrange103 to 105
withcarbonfibre(signal
which
is
reinlorced
model
radiocontrolsystems(single-su- screenrng).
MHz),conventional
perhet)in the 35 MHz bandcan sufferfrom interferprotransmitter
ence.In technicalterms:the powerful
to the single-su- Rangetesting
interlerence
ducesadjacent-channel
improvement
to
perhetreceiver.
receiverutilises Rangetestingcan makea significant
The double-superhet
your
We
you
model.
operating
levels
when
are
safety
problem
altowhich
eliminates
the
technology
different
havecookedup a standardrecipefor rangetesting
gether
72
lf Extensionleadwith separationfilter
and measurements.
basedon our own experience
your systempassesthis test,you can be sureyou are (60cm:OrderNo.I5082 120cm:OrderNo.I5083)
Extensionleadset with separationfilter
on thesafeside.
(max.2 m: OrderNo.I5138)
yourtransmitter
aeriallully.
1. Collapse
This
is a kit which can be usedto connectservos
2. Ask an assistantto hold your modelabout1 m
which
arebuiltintowingsor otherpartsof the model.
abovetheground.
3. Checkthat there are no largemetalitems(cars, Airbornepowersupplies
wirefencesetc.)closeto the model.
are switched Receiverbattery
4, Makesurethat no othertransmitters
whenyoucarryout Youcan use the lollowingroughtormulato calculate
channels)
on (evenon different
the receiverbatterycapacityrequiredin a particular
thetest.
model:
Whenthe
and receiver.
5. Switchon yourtransmitter
0.2
Ah x No.of servos= batterycapacityin Ah
is 80 m tromthe modelthe equipment
transmitter
For example,a modelwith 5 servosshouldbe fitted
test:
shouldbeableto passthefollowing
with
a 1 Ah receiverbattery.A good idea is to go one
PPM system: the controlsurfacesshould still
"next size up", provided
andmake step furtherand selectthe
to stickmovements,
respondimmediately
thatweightandspacearenota problem.
movements
at all.
no uncontrolled
PCM system: the controlsurfacesshould still Switchharnesses
to thebatteryandthe
Theinherent Theswitchharnessis connected
to stickmovements.
respondpromptly
(e.9.Order No.8
harnesses
switch
receiver.
Some
prevents
of a PCMsystem
interference
suppression
lJ the switchis
integral
charge
socket.
servosjittering.lf the signalreceivedis not strong 5100)havean
you
rechargethe
can
in
the
model's
side
installed
enough,thena PCMreceiverwill continueto pass
the
model.
without
having
to
open
receiver
battery
the last receivedsignalto the servos.The servos
or
will theneithernot respondto stickmovements,
(closedloop)operation
Diagnosis
willhesitate
beforeresponding.
the transmitter
ll your modelis fittedwith a motor,repeatthe testwith Forcheckingand makingadjustments,
linked
by
the Diagnosis
be
receiving
system
can
and
the motorrunning.
Lead(OrderNo.I5105).Themodelmustbe fittedwith
socket
a switchlead with integralcharge/diagnosis
suppressionwith
Interference
(OrderNo.8 5100).The RF modulein the transmitter
ignitionsystems is switchedout of circuitautomatically,
magnetic/electronic
and can even
. Screenthe ignitionleadwitha metaltube,fixed
be removed.
closeto the igni(earthed)
to the motorcrankcase
operation:
Closed-loop
- savespower;as no RF signalis produced
tioncoil.
or radiplugconnectors
ated by the transmitterits currentconsumption
a Usescreened
at alltimes.
of the normalvalue;
droDsto about330/o
a Neverpowerthe ignitionsystemfromthereceiver
disturbsnobody,becausethe RF moduleis not
battery.
functioning.
the ignia Keepa distance
of at least15cm between
(in- - cannotsufferinterference,
becauseRF signalsare
tionsystemandallthe RCsystemcomponents
receiver.
ignored
by
the
receiver
battery).
cludingthe
lmportant:
. Keepthe leadsfromthe ignitionbatteryandthe
andsuffiYoucanonlycarryoutclosedloopcheckingif noneof
as shortas possible,
othercomponents
as a Pupilfuncthe stickfunctionshasbeenreleased
cientlythick(min.0.5sq mm).
pages
operations).
(see
Teacher/Pupil
74174:
of tion
. Theignitionswitchshouldbe ratedat a minimum
the
Whenyou pull out the plugfromthe transmitter,
voltagedrop).
10A (minimum
RF moduleis switchedintocircuitagain,whichcould
withyourfellowmodellers.
interfere
Noteson servos
to switch the transmitteroff beforedisSo:
be
sure
The servotorquefor a particularcontrolsurfacecan
plug!
the
connecting
with sufficientaccuracyusing
usuallybe calculated
roughformula:
thefollowing
= torque
(incm/kg). Careof the transmitter
area(insqcm/100)
x
control
surface
0.75
In large modelsit is often necessaryto extendservo Storage
yourPROFImc3010from:
leads,pleasenote Protect
leads.lf youintendtittingextension
.
ll
lead
is
more
mechanical
damage
conditions.the
thattheyaffectreception
filter.lf . ambienttemperatures
than 60 cm long you musl use a separation
above60 degreesC (sunotherservoleadsrun parallelto theselongleadsfor a
shinein a car)
distanceof morethan 25 cm, thenthe shorterleads a damp,solvents,
modelfuel,exhaustresidue
filters.Thereare
shouldalsobe fittedwithseparation
.
(in
the
workshop).
dust
methods:
twoalternative
may formon
tilters
for directconnection(O.No.I5083) Pleasebear in mindthat condensation
Separation
your warm
you
from
move
it
il
in
the
transmitter
and
the
receiver
between
is
connected
lead
simply
This
workshooto a cold car or vice versa.Condensation
outDutandtheservoconnector.
73
o Avoidplacingmechanical
stresson thepowerleads
andon thecellsthemselves.
. Replace
in goodtime.
oldbatteries
. NC packs fall into the categoryof dangerous
Don'tjust
of properly.
waste,andmustbe disposed
chuckthemin the rubbishbin!
Storingbatteries
for a long period,
11you do not use your transmitter
points:
takespecialnoteof thefollowing
Stateof charge
Experience
showsthatNCpacksshouldbestoredin a
(empty)state.
discharged
Self-discharge
of theirchargeperdayunder
NC packsloseabout10lo
i.e.afterthreemonths'storconditions,
unfavourable
flat.
completely
agetheyaregenerally
Maintenance
charging
Thetransmitterbattery
Pleasenote that new batterypacks do not achieve The transmitterbatterycan be kepttoppedup, ready
at about
for useat anytime,by chargingit constantly
theirfullcapacityuntilafterabout10charge/discharge
Order
No.14
70
mA.
The
MULTIPLEX
Combi-Charger
cycres.
70
mA
output.
5540
includes
a
(orpackswhich
. Chargenew,rapid-charge
batteries
havenot beenusedfor a longtime)at leastthree
timesat the normal(slow)ratebeforerapid-chargingthem.
Hot-Line
MULTIPLEX
a Do not rapid-charge
a batteryunlessyou cerlain Forquestions
regarding
thetransmitter
anditsuseour
for it.
thatit wasdesigned
Youcan call us MonTeleohone
Serviceis available.
between2.00and4.00pm on the fol. Chargeup batteriesonly whenthe ambienttem- dayto Thursday
-7233-7390.
lowing
number:
01049
perature
is in therange0 to 40 degreesC.
may preventthe transmitterworkingproperly.lf you
are notsure,carryout a carefulrangetest,and letlhe
The
warm up or cool down thoroughly.
transmitter
dryinside.
shouldbe completely
transmitter
Cleaningthe transmitter
Takegreatcarethatno liquidsget insidethe transmitterwhenyouarecleaningthecase.
cleaneron
Do not use any abrasiveor solvent-based
cleaneris quite
case.A mildhousehold
thetransmitter
adeauate.
witha softpaintbrush.
Dustis bestremoved
Maintenance
containsno parts
Your PROFImc 3010transmitter
it is an
Nevertheless
which reouiremaintenance.
safetymeasureto checkradiorangeand all
essential
periodically.
workingtunctions
Typesof servo
Speed
The right servolor everyapplication
Servosare the musclesof your radiocontrolsystem. Servospeed,as in a car, is a tunctionof gearbox
andsteeringlinkages, ratios.A low reductionratiogiveshighspeed,at the
Theymovethe controlsurtaces
our standard
switches
andrelease expenseoJpower.Formostapplications
operatethrottlearmsandbrakes,
"all- servosare quite fast enough.Only extremelyhighFor most purposesa high-quality
mechanisms.
SpeedServos.
round"servois quitegoodenough.Theseservosusu- speedmodelsrequirespecialised
(accuracy)
price
performance
Resolution
ratio.
:
allyofterthe best
itself.
of a servomanifests
Thisis wherethe orecision
Principaldifferencesin servos:
figureol O.2o/o.
a resolution
Ourtopmodelsachieve
Typeot output
andweight
Mostservosare of the "rotary-output"type.The out- Dimensions
- especially
forwinginstallation
put arm rotates,usuallythroughan angleol +l- 45 Forsomepurposes
is minimum
degrees.For specialpurposes e.g.for retractable by far the most importantrequirement
- thereare high-powerservoswhich size,combinedwith plentyof power.For suchcases
undercarriages
ourPicoServo.
In sometypesof instaF we recommend
movethrough+/- 90 degrees.
offers
distinct
advantages.
linear-output
servo
lationa
is thatit is notpossible
disadvantage
Thefundamental
to alterservotravelby fittinga longeror shorteroutput Themc servofamily
(or:the computerin yourservo)
lever,as is the casewithrotaryservos.
Power(torque)
mc servosare controlledby a micro-processor
by the powerol the motor Our
Servopoweris determined
which have neverbeen
and
orovidecharacteristics
ratioof the gearbox.
Greaterpower possible
and the reduction
with
technology.
conventional
requiresa more powerfulmotor (whichconsumes
ratio(which Forexample:
morecurrent)or a highergear reduction
. highercontinuous
performance
slowsdownitsresponse).
- e.g.for a retractable
under. smallerdeadband
lf speedis unimportant
carriage- theslowPowerServois thebestsolution.
.wideroperating
voltagerange
In large,heavymodelsourProfiServoscomeintotheir
o
programmability
powercombined
withhigh
own.Theyofferoutstanding
Royal-mc,
Profiin
this
family- Micro-mc,
The
servos
in
a
model,
Profi
are
used
servos
soeed.lf several
- arecapableof solving
andJumbo-mc
you should alwaysselect a receiverbatterywith a mc,Power-mc
problem.
manyan unusualandintractable
largerthannormalcapacity.
74
to set
Dividingthe flaperonintotwo makesit possible
tlap
up the functionsol aileronand camber-changing
on
terms,particularly
in aerodynamic
moreefficiently
and improved
wings(betterlift distribution
long-span
aileronresponse).
ref,erri
ng
Sp_ecialist-terms
In the interestsof good aileronresponse,the aileron
movementof the outboardcontrolsurfaceshouldbe
tcifixed-wingaircraft
greater
thanthatof the inboardsurface;on the other
Spoilers:
oJthe inboardcontrolsurface
A'vagueterm usedfor any partof the controlsystem hand,the llap movement
aftects shouldbe greaterthan that of the outboardsurface,to
drag(andsometimes
whichprimarilyproduces
rotating
trailingedge ensuredocilestallbehaviour.
airbrakes,
winglift).Forexample:
flaps whichcan be debrakesor camber-changing
tlectedmorethan30 degreesnegativeor positive.
lbB
cttarying naB
Carnber- charu|.ng
Carn!,or
Aibron
Fis65
flaps(or simplyflaps)
camber-changing
at thetrailingedgeof thewing,usedto
surfaces
Control
andthusalsothe
varythe camberof thewingsection,
of the wing, to suit particularJlight
characteristics
(flapsdown)produce
Positive
deflections
requirements.
(slowflight),
with
in thewing'sliftcoeflicient
an increase
deflec-tions,
in drag.Smallnegative
a slightincrease
llight.
reducedragfor high-speed
around2 - 3 degrees,
lf flapsare deflectedmorethan about+30 degrees,
Flapsmakea usetullanding
drag risesconsiderably.
crowsystem).
aid(spoilers,
Flaperons:
controlsurtacesat the wing trailingedge,
Fuli-span
flaps.
andcamber-changing
double
asailerons
which
Fis68
brakes)
crow system(aileron
An extension
of the "Quadro"mixedfunction,utilising
The inboard
the mixedcontrolsurlacesas "spoilers".
controlsurfacesare set to a positivebrakingposition
braking
(flapdown),theoutboard
to a negative
surfaces
gliders
position(flap up). Usedon high-performance
(F3Bclass)whicharenotJittedwithproperairbrakes
or
sooilers.
Oandr€r- a*Lnging lt p
Snap-flaps:
Mixed function: elevator-
Cambr- cha.qang nap
Fig.66
Apoibr
spolbr
Fig.69
camber-changingflaps.
Oftenusedon aerobaticmodelsto reinforcethe effect
is applied,the camberof the elevator.lf up-elevator
changingflaps are deflecteddown;the resultis an
is
Down-elevator
in the wing'slift coefficient.
increase
is
litt
wing's
coefficient
and
the
by
up{lap,
accompanied
reduced.Theoveralleffectis thatthe aircraftis capable
- ideal for the
of very tight loopingmanoeuvres
"square"figures.
Delta("elevons"):
at thewingtrailingedge,on
controlsurfaces
Full-length
modelswithouta tailplane(delta,flying wing).The
elevonsdoubleas aileronsandelevators.
Fig.70
"
Fis6/ V-tail(or buttertlytail')
Combined
elevatorand rudderin the form of a "V".
euadro:
dividedintotwo Whenelevatoris applied,bothcontrolsurfacesmovein
controlsurfaces(flaperons)
Full-length
theymove
Whenrudderis applied,
separateflapsper wing. Eachcontrolsurfacedoubles the samedirection.
directions.
in opposite
tlap.
asaileronandcamber-changing
TC
in largespan
whichcan be verynoticeable
ot efficiency,
Diffierential:
gliders.
model
intended
to
Termusedlor unequalaileronmovements,
compensatefor the " negative"roll effect,otherwise Unequalaileronmo/emenb(muchmoreup movement
or eveneliminate
knownas adverseyaw.
thando!\,n)
canreducethiseffectgreatly,
lf aileronsmovean equalamountup and down,the it altogether.
aileronon the outsideof the turn producesa yawing The effectof adverseyaw variesfrom modelto model,
to thatoJtheturn,due depending
direction
geometryand wingsections.
momentin theopposite
on the aircraft's
ruddermovement Forthis reasonit is alwaysnecessary
in drag;an increased
to the increase
to carryout practical
is thenrequiredto counlerthe yaw.
tests. As a good startingpoint we recommend1000/o
down-movement.
and500/o-700lo
anda loss ulmovement,
Thismakesfor ditficultcontrolcharacteristics
terms
Somehelicopter
Swashplate:
curve":
all controlmove- "3-Doint
mixesand transfers
Thiscomoonent
hovercollective
to the rotating Cornerpointsfor minimumcollective,
mentsfromthe fixedcontrolmechanisms
pitch.
collective
andmaximum
rotorblades.
"s-oointcurve":
Collectivepitch variation:
pitch,or simply"collec- As above,but wilh two additionalpointsbetweenthe
knownas collective
Generally
corner points mentionedabove.The s-pointcurve
tive".
to be matched
in the pitchangleof all rotorbladesat the allowsthe rotor power requirements
Variation
power
output
charactermotor's
to
the
more
accurately
sametime,to controllift.
istics.
pitch,
lift
resultant
the
It no changeis madeto cyclic
withthe rotorshaft.
forceis coincident
Throttlepre-select(ldle-Up):
Throttlesettingfor rotoridle speedunder"no{oad"
Cyclicpitch variation:
"cyclic".
"cyclic
pitch",or simply
conditions.
knownas
Generally
A variationin rotorbladepitchwhichaltersoverthe "Schlueter"controlsystem:
courseof one rotation.The effectiveresultis that the A seoarateservo is used
lift tor eachof the threefuncolaneof the rotorbladesis tilted,andthe resultant
withthe rotorshaft.lt is tions collective pitch,
forceis no longercoincident
usedlor:
androll-axis.
oitch-axis
Ditch-axis
control:
feature:the
Characteristic
The resultantlift forceof the rotoris tilted forwardor swashplatecannot move -\
back(whenviewedfrombehindthe model,lookingfor- axially;collectivepitch is
on a controlledby meansof a
ward). Correspondsto up- and down-elevator
aircraft.
Jixed-wing
oushrodlocatedinsidethe
roll-axis
control:
hollowrotorshaft
The resultantlift forceoJthe rotoris tiltedto rightor left.
to aileronmovementon a fixed-wingairCorresponds
craft.
Tailrotor:
the torqueof the
Producesa torcewhichcounteracts
Fig.71
Usedfor yawconhelicopters.
mainrotorin single-rotor
airto ruddercontrolin a fixed-wing
trol,corresponding
craft.
"Heim"controlsystem:
Gyro:
The Junctionscollective
and oitch and roll are mixed
The gyro registersunwantedyaw-movements,
sends appropriatecorrectivesignalsto the tail rotor electronically
and passed
controlsystem.As everycontrolcommandinvolvingthe to two servos.Thesesermainrotorresultsin a changein mainrotortorque,the vos controlthe swashplate
gyroisan important
aidto thepilot.
in the "righVleft" and
" uo/down"
Gyrosuppression:
directions.
the effectof The oitch-axisfunctionis
Thissystemreducesor entirelysuppresses
the gyro,so that the pilot can effectlast, intentional mechanicallyde-coupled
movements
aroundtheyawaxis.
Jrom collective pitch. A
separatepitch-axisservo
Pitch^hrottlecurve:
therotorspeedwouldremaincon- controls the pitch-axis
ln an idealhelicopter
stantat all motorpowersettings;this is achievedby movementof the swashopeningand closingthe throttlewhenevercollective Dlate.
Ditch is increasedor decreased.The relationshipSoecialfeature:mechanF
is
betweencollectivepitchandthrottlecan be considered cal flare compensation
"curve";the
Dossible.
is
graph,
signal
throttle
or
in theformof a
pitchsignal.
fromthecollective
derived
76
"CPM" control system(HEADMlx):
for CollectivePitchlvlixing.The controlsigAbbreviation
nalsfor collectivepitch,pitch-axisand roll-axisare electronically"composed"and sentto the servos.Between
servos and swashplatethere are no mixer leversor
similar mechanics,so mechanicalcomplexityis minimised.
Virtualswashplaterotation:
lf a 3- (or more) bladedrotoris mountedon a swashplateintendedfor a 2-bladedsystem,then the tilt of the
swashplateno longercorrespondsto the inclinationof
the rotor disc, as it is not possiblein designterms to
locatethe mechanicallinkageto each blade of a multi-bladerotor at a point 90 degreesin advanceof its
highestpoint. lf the swashplatecontrolsystemcannot
be rotatedthroughthe appropriateangleto matchthe
bladesystem,the pitch-axisand roll-axisservosignals
to achievean apparent(vircan be mixedelectronically
tual)rotationot the swashplate.
Arrangrm€d 9d
bands,channels,
Frequency
and
crystals spotfrequencies
Four frequencybands are availablefor the controlot
modelsin the U.K.:
27 l\llqz band
35 MHz band(A und B band)
40 MHz band
459 MHz band
The latterband is usedvery littleat present;the PROFI
mc 3010transmitterand receiverare only availableon
the firstthreebands.
The easiestway of imaginingfrequencybands is to
comparethem withthe wavebandson yourradio.Think
of longwave(LW),mediumwave(MW),and so on.
On your radio you can probablychange bands by
pressinga knob.With radiocontrolequipmentwe can't
do that:the transmitterhas an RF modulewhich hasto
be changed.The receiver,on the other hand,must be
swappedfor a newone.
is a narrowsectionof one
A channel,or spotfrequency,
to our radio analogy,a
Going
back
frequencyband.
or
to one radiotransmitter,
spot frequencycorresponds
station.Insteadol the frequenciesthemselves,which
channel
are difficultto remember,we use standardised
numbers.
The crystals in the transmitterand receiverdetermine
the frequencyand the channel.They mustthereforebe
matchedto each otherwith extremeprecision.That is
whv:
crystalsin your
Alwaysuse genuineMULTIPLEX
equipment!
MULTIPLEX
radiocontrol
The channelnumberis alwaysprintedon one faceof
thecrystal.nextto it youwillseeeitheran "S" (Sender
= receiver).
= transmitter)
or an "E" (Empfaenger
blue
in
a
transparent
are
enclosed
Transmitter
crystals
in a transparent
crystals
casing,and "normal"receiver
vellowone.
Caution:
Ordinaryreceivercrystals
cannolbe usedwith double-suoerhet receivers.
require
Double-superhets
special types (DS crystals).Theyare fittedwith
plascolourless
an integral
(Fig.
holder
66).
tic
Fig.66
77

Liste Morceaux Entrée DEM

Télécharger - Duo Isabelle et Marie

lettre SFBD January 2014 vu AV

CCB SpeC1 Correction

Appel à contribution Avez-vous suivi un cours de langue, de

Grainetière

詳細情報を見る（PDF）

BIO MADEMOISELLE K HUNGRY DIRTY BABY

Remontées mécaniques et enneigement artificiel